Doc9705 Ed2 1999
Doc9705 Ed2 1999
The material contained in this document was originally developed as the detailed part of the
first set of Standards and Recommended Practices (SARPs) for the aeronautical telecommunication network
(ATN) which has commonly been referred to as the CNS/ATM-1 Package. It was intended to make the
material an appendix to the new Chapter 3 of Annex 10, Volume III, Part I, containing broad, general, stable
and mostly regulatory-type provisions (the core part of new ATN SARPs).
In December 1997, the Air Navigation Commission (ANC), while conducting the final
review of draft ATN SARPs, noted that actual implementation and operational experience was yet to be
gained by the international civil aviation community. In this regard, the ANC agreed that the detailed part
of ATN SARPs should be published as an ICAO manual (to be updated annually, if necessary), while
retaining its SARPs-style language. The ANC will review the status of the document, in its entirety or in
parts, after sufficient implementation and operational experience has been gained and the requirements for
further standardization, in the interests of safety, regularity and efficiency of international civil aviation have
been better ascertained.
Provisions contained in Sub-Volumes II, III, IV and V have been developed in accordance with system
requirements specified in Sub-Volume I.
In line with the agreement by the ANC that the document should be updated on a yearly basis (if deemed
necessary), the Second Edition has been published to incorporate changes necessitated by continuing
validation and actual implementation activities.
(iii)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(v)
(vi) Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
The list below shows the parts of this sub-volume that are different from similar parts of the first edition.
I-(i)
1.1 DEFINITIONS AND REFERENCES
1.1.1 DEFINITIONS
Note 1.— The aeronautical telecommunication network (ATN) comprises application entities and
communication services which allow ground, air-to-ground and avionics data subnetworks to interoperate
by adopting common interface services and protocols based on the International Organization for
Standardization (ISO) open systems interconnection (OSI) reference model.
Note 2.— This document addresses the following ATN technical requirements:
I-1
I-2 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
When the following terms are used in this document, they have the following meanings:
Abstract service interface. The abstract interface between the application entity (AE) and the application
user.
Abstract syntax notation One (ASN.1). Abstract syntax notation One is defined in ISO/IEC 8824-1. The
purpose of this notation is to enable data types to be defined, and values of those types specified, without
determining their actual representation (encoding) for transfer by protocols.
Addressing plan. A plan that provides common address syntax and management of global addresses for the
unambiguous identification of all end and intermediate systems in accordance with the rules prescribed
in ISO/IEC 7498-3 and ISO/IEC TR 10730.
Administrative domain. A collection of end systems, intermediate systems and subnetworks operated by a
single organization or administrative authority. An administrative domain may be internally divided into
one or more routing domains..
ADS application. An ATN application that provides ADS data from the aircraft to the ATS unit(s) for
surveillance purposes.
ADS Contract. An agreement between the ADS ground-user and the ADS air-user that the latter will provide
reports to the former under the conditions specified in the contract.
communication is used for a variety of purposes, such as flight and ground transportation, bookings,
deployment of crew and aircraft or any other logistical purposes that maintains or enhances the efficiency
of overall flight operation.
Aeronautical information service (AIS) messages. Messages concerning the aeronautical information
service defined in ANNEX 15.
Aeronautical mobile-satellite service (AMSS). The AMSS comprises satellites, aeronautical earth stations
(AESs), ground earth stations (GESs) and associated ground facilities such as a network coordination
center. It uses the satellite subnetwork to provide aeronautical communication services between aircraft
and ground users. Technical requirements for the AMSS are contained in Annex 10, Volume III, Part I,
Chapter 4. The ATN supports the packet-mode data exchange provided by the AMSS.
Aeronautical operational control (AOC). Communication required for the exercise of authority over the
initiation, continuation, diversion or termination of flight for safety, regularity and efficiency reasons.
Aeronautical passenger communication (APC). Communication relating to the non-safety voice and data
services to passengers and crew members for personal communication.
AFTN/AMHS gateway. An end system which provides bi-directional interworking between users of the
ATS message service and users connected to the AFTN.
AFTN/ATN Type A gateway. An end system which provides a bi-directional interface between the ATN
and the AFTN for the purpose of conveying AFTN messages over the ATN by implementation of the
ATN pass-through service.
AFTN form address (AF-address). Either an AFTN addressee indicator as specified in Annex 10, Volume
II, paragraphs 4.4.3.1.2 and 4.4.16.2.1.3 which is used to locate AMHS users, either direct or indirect, in
the AFTN address space or a predetermined distribution addressee indicator (PDAI) as specified in Annex
10, Volume II, 4.4.14.
Air application service element (air-ASE). An abstract part of the aircraft system that performs the
communication related functions of the application.
Airborne collision avoidance system (ACAS). An aircraft system based on secondary surveillance radar
(SSR) transponder signals which operates independently of ground-based equipment to provide advice
to the pilot on potential conflicting aircraft that are equipped with SSR transponders.
Aircraft address. A unique combination of twenty-four bits available for assignment to an aircraft for the
purpose of air-ground communications, navigation and surveillance.
Aircraft flight identification. A group of letters, figures or a combination thereof which is either identical
to, or the coded equivalent of, the aircraft call sign to be used in air-ground communication and which
is used to identify the aircraft in ground-ground air traffic services communication.
Air-ground application. An application that has one peer application on an aircraft and its other peer
application on the ground. An air-ground application may require the use of ground-ground subnetworks.
Air traffic control (ATC) clearance. Authorization for an aircraft to proceed under conditions specified by
an air traffic control unit.
Note 1.— For convenience the term “air traffic control clearance” is frequently abbreviated to
“clearance” when used in appropriate contexts.
Note 2.— The abbreviated term “clearance” may be prefixed by the words “taxi”, take-off”,
“departure”, “en-route”, “approach” or “landing” to indicate the particular portion of flight to which the
air traffic control clearance relates.
Air traffic control (ATC) instruction. Directives issued by air traffic control for the purposes of requiring
a pilot to take specific action.
Air traffic control (ATC) service. A service provided for the purposes of:
a) preventing collisions:
Air traffic services (ATS). A generic term meaning variously, flight information service, alerting service,
air traffic advisory service, air traffic control service (area control service, approach control service or
aerodrome control service).
Introduction and system level requirements I-5
Air user (air-user). The abstract part of the aircraft system that performs the non communication related
functions of the application.
AMHS management domain. An AMHS management domain formed by an ATS organization for the
management of that part of the AMHS which is under its responsibility.
AMHS message. An instance of the category of information object defined as message in ISO/IEC 10021-2
and conveyed in the AMHS. It is composed of an envelope and of a content.
AMHS probe. An instance of the category of information object defined as probe in ISO/IEC 10021-2 and
conveyed in the AMHS. It is a class of message containing only an envelope which is conveyed by the
message transfer agents (MTAs) from one user up to the MTA serving other users, used to determine the
deliverability of messages.
AMHS report. An instance of the category of information object defined as report in ISO/IEC 10021-2 and
conveyed in the AMHS. It is generated by a message transfer agent (MTA) in order to report on the
outcome or progress of a message or probe in the set of interconnected MTAs pertaining to the AMHS.
Application. The ultimate use of an information system, as distinguished from the system itself.
Application entity (AE). Part of an application process that is concerned with communication within the OSI
environment. The aspects of an application process that need to be taken into account for the purposes
of OSI are represented by one or more AEs.
Application entity (AE) qualifier. That part of the AE title that unambiguously identifies the particular
application entity.
Application entity (AE) service interface. The interface between the application users and the application
service provider.
Application layer. The seventh layer of the OSI reference model that controls application user access to the
communication system and provides services to perform a logical association to other applications.
Application layer structure (ALS). The application layer structure refers to the internal architecture of the
OSI application layer as described in ISO/IEC 9545.
Application process (AP). A set of resources, including processing resources, within a real open system
which may be used to perform a particular information processing activity.
Application protocol data unit (APDU). An Application protocol data unit is an (N) PDU where N refers
to the application layer. An APDU is the basic unit of information exchanged between the airborne
application and the ground application.
Application service. The abstract interface between the (N) service and the (N) service user, where N refers
to the application layer; thus it is the boundary between the AE and the application user.
I-6 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Application service element (ASE). The element in the communication system which executes the
application specific protocol. In other words, it processes the application specific service primitive
sequencing actions, message creation, timer management, error and exception handling. The application’s
ASE interfaces only with the application’s CF.
Application service element (ASE) service interface. The abstract interface through which the ASE service
is accessed.
Note.— In version 1 of the ADS application, the ADS-ASE service interface coincides with the ADS-
AE abstract service interface.
Application service object (ASO). An active element within (or equivalent to the whole of) the
application-entity embodying a set of capabilities defined for the application layer that corresponds to a
specific ASO-type (without any extra capabilities being used). An ASO is a combination of application
service elements (ASEs) and ASOs that perform a specific function. An ASO that provides the functions
of the establishment and data transfer phases is considered a complete protocol.
Application user. That abstract part of the aircraft or ground system that performs the non-communication
related functions of the application.
Association control service element (ACSE). The association control service element is the common
mechanism in the application layer structure (ALS) for establishing and releasing application service
object (ASO) associations.
ATIS. The automatic provision of current, routine information to arriving and departing aircraft throughout
24 hours or a specified portion thereof:
Data link — automatic terminal information service (D-ATIS). The provision of ATIS via data
link.
Voice — ATIS (Voice -ATIS). The provision of ATIS by means of continuous and repetitive voice
broadcast.
ATN application. Refers to an application that is designed to operate over ATN communication services.
ATN communication services. Composed of the internet communications service and the upper layers
communications service.
ATN environment. The environment that relates to functional and operational aspects of the ATN as a
complete end-to-end communication system.
ATN profile requirement list (APRL). APRLs identify, in a tabular form, requirements together with the
options and parameters for protocols used in the ATN. The supplier of an ATN protocol implementation
claiming to conform to the ATN technical requirements must indicate conformance to those requirements
by preparing a protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) based on the set of APRLs.
Introduction and system level requirements I-7
ATSC class. The ATSC class parameter enables the ATSC user to specify the quality of service expected
for the offered data. The ATSC class value is specified in terms of ATN end-to-end transit delay at 95%
probability.
ATS communication (ATSC). Communication related to air traffic services including air traffic control,
aeronautical and meteorological information, position reporting and services related to safety and
regularity of flight. This communication involves one or more air traffic service administrations. This
term is used for purposes of address administration.
ATS interfacility data communication (AIDC). Automated data exchange between air traffic services units,
particularly in regard to co-ordination and transfer of flights.
AIDC application. An ATN application dedicated to exchanges between ATS units (ATSUs) of air traffic
control (ATC) information in support of flight notification, flight coordination, transfer of control,
transfer of communication, transfer of surveillance data and transfer of general data.
ATS message. A unit of user-data, coded in binary form, which is conveyed from an originator of the data
to one or more recipients of the data. It is possible to associate a unique message identifier and a priority
with each ATS message.
ATS message handling services (ATSMHS). Procedures used to exchange ATS messages over the ATN
such that the conveyance of an ATS message is in general not correlated with the conveyance of another
ATS message by the service provider. There are two ATS message handling services. They are the ATS
message service and the ATN pass-through service.
ATS message protocol stack Type A. The protocol implemented between two ATN end systems which
support the ATN pass-through service.
ATS message server. An ATN end system which provides the relay function included in the ATS message
service. It may also optionally provide the storage function included in the ATS message service.
ATS message handling system (AMHS). The set of computing and communication resources implemented
by ATS organizations to provide the ATS message service.
ATS message user agent. An ATN end system which provides an interface to the ATS message service for
an ATS message service user.
ATS organization. An ICAO State or organization which administers one or more ATS end and/or
intermediate systems.
ATS unit (ATSU). A generic term meaning variously, air traffic control unit, flight information centre or
air traffic services reporting office.
I-8 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Authorized path. A communication path that the administrator(s) of the routing domain(s) has pre-defined
as suitable for a given traffic type and category.
Automatic dependent surveillance (ADS). A surveillance technique in which aircraft automatically provide,
via a data link, data derived from on-board navigation and position-fixing systems, including aircraft
identification, four-dimensional position, and additional data as appropriate.
Automatic terminal information service (ATIS). The provision of current, routine information to arriving
and departing aircraft throughout the day or a specified portion of the day, via a data link or a continuous
and repetitive voice broadcast.
Boundary intermediate system (BIS). An intermediate system that is able to relay data between two
separate routing or administrative domains.
CIDIN. The symbol used to designate common ICAO data interchange network.
Connectionless network protocol (CLNP). The protocol responsible for forwarding packets through the
ATN internet communications service.
Context management (CM) application. An ATN application that provides a logon service allowing initial
aircraft introduction into the ATN and a directory of all other data link applications on the aircraft . It
also includes functionality to forward addresses between ATS units.
Note.— Context management is a recognized OSI presentation layer term. The OSI use and the ATN
use have nothing in common.
Controller pilot communication (CPC). In a controlled airspace, continuous listening watch on the
appropriate radio frequency (either manual or automatic with signaling devices) and establishment of
two-way communication with the appropriate air traffic control (ATC) unit.
Controller pilot data link communication (CPDLC). A means of communication between controller and
pilot, using data link for ATC communications.
CPDLC application. An ATN application that provides a means of ATC data communication between
controlling, receiving or downstream ATS units and the aircraft, using air-ground and ground-ground
subnetworks, and which is consistent with the ICAO phraseology for the current ATC voice
communication.
Control function (CF). That abstract part of the AE that performs the mapping between the ASE service
primitives, the association control service element (ACSE) service primitives and other elements within
the application entity.
Controlling ATSU (C-ATSU). The air traffic control unit exercising legal authority over the initiation,
continuation, diversion or termination of flights and providing air traffic control service to controlled
flights in the control area under its jurisdiction.
CPDLC. The symbol used to designate controller pilot data link communication.
Introduction and system level requirements I-9
Current data authority. The ground system that provides for the establishment and maintenance of a
transport connection for the purposes of conducting a CPDLC dialogue pertaining to the services of the
C-ATSU.
Data authority. A ground system that provides for the establishment and maintenance of a CPDLC transport
connection with an aircraft. The transfer of communication from the current data authority to the next
data authority is prepared prior to the actual data link switch by designating a next data authority in a
specific CPDLC message.
Data communications equipment (DCE). An interface between data terminal equipment and the
transmission mechanism.
Data link layer. The second layer of the OSI reference model that manages the operations of the physical
layer and may utilize special error detection or retransmission techniques to achieve acceptable error
rates.
Demand contract (DC). A contract between a requestor and a provider of information service, such as ADS
or FIS, to provide a single report to the requestor (vs. Continual reports to one request).
Dialogue. A co-operative relationship between elements which enables communication and joint operation.
Dialogue service (DS). The lower service boundary of an ASE; the service allows two ASEs to
communicate, such as a CM ground-ASE to communicate with a CM air-ASE.
Directory. A facility that supports on request the retrieval of address information or the resolution of
application names.
Distinguishing path attribute (DPA). Used to discriminate among multiple routes to a destination, based
on differences in the quality of service between the routes (for example, expense, transit delay or residual
error probability.)
Domain. A set of end systems and intermediate systems that operate according to the same routing
procedures and that is wholly contained within a single administrative domain.
Domain specific part (DSP). An addressing authority is responsible for its own addressing subdomain and
network service access point (NSAP) addresses within that addressing domain are distinguished, where
necessary, by the value of the DSP.
Downstream ATSU (D-ATSU). D-ATSU handles the coordination of the conditions of transfer for a flight
from the controlling ATSU (C-ATSU) which may notify the D-ATSU of a flight's cleared profile prior
to its effective transfer to the receiving ATSU (R-ATSU).
Downstream clearance (DSC). Specific clearance request by an aircraft to an ATSU which is not the
controlling ATSU. The initiation of the DSC service can only be initiated by an aircraft.
Downstream data authority. The ground system that is permitted to conduct a downstream CPDLC
downstream clearance (DSC) dialogue with an aircraft.
Emergency contract. A contract to provide ADS reports at regular intervals during an emergency situation.
End routing domain (ERD). A routing domain (RD) that only routes protocol data units (PDUs) from/to
its own RD.
End system (ES). A system that contains the OSI seven layers and contains one or more end user application
processes.
End-to-end. Pertaining or relating to an entire communication path, typically from (1) the interface between
the information source and the communication system at the transmitting end to (2) the interface between
the communication system and the information user or processor or application at the receiving end.
Entity. An active element in any layer which can either be a software entity (such as a process) or a
hardware entity (such as an intelligent I/O chip).
Estimated time of arrival (ETA). For IFR flights, the time at which it is estimated that the aircraft will arrive
over that designated point, defined by reference to navigation aids, from which it is intended that an
instrument approach procedure will be commenced, or if no navigation aid is associated with the
aerodrome, the time at which the aircraft will arrive over the aerodrome. For VFR flights, the time at
which it is estimated that the aircraft will arrive over the aerodrome.
Ethernet. Based on the local area network standard, ISO/IEC 8802-3, carrier sense multiple access with
collision detection (CSMA/CD) access method, and physical layer specifications using broadcast
technology which may connect as an ATN subnetwork.
Expense. The cost to perform some task. In the context of internetworking, expense is defined in terms of
the incremental expense incurred for transfer of a single network service data unit (NSDU) of 512 octets
in size.
Fast byte. The capability at any layer of the OSI reference model to negotiate out the capabilities of the base
protocol.
Figure of merit (FOM). An indication of the level of accuracy of positional information given in an ADS
report.
FIS application. An ATN application that provides to aircraft information and advice useful for safe and
efficient conduct of flight.
FIS contract. An agreement between a FIS air-user and a FIS ground-user that the latter will provide FIS
reports under the conditions specified in the FIS contract.
Flight information region (FIR). An airspace of defined dimensions within which flight information
service and alerting service are provided.
Introduction and system level requirements I-11
Flight information service (FIS). A service provided for the purpose of giving advice and information
useful for the safe and efficient conduct of flights.
Flight plan. Specified information provided to air traffic services units, relative to an intended flight or
portion of a flight of an aircraft.
Note.— Specifications for flight plans are contained in Annex 2. A model Flight Plan Form is contained
in Appendix 2 to PANS-RAC (Doc 4444).
Flow control. A function that controls the flow of data to perform buffer management within a layer or
between adjacent layers.
Forward contract. A contract to provide a ground ADS system with ADS reports.
Forwarding information base (FIB). The information base that is maintained by each router and contains
the set of forwarding paths reflecting the various policy and QoS rankings available to reach each known
destination.
Function. A coherent set of activities which fulfils, by itself or together with other functionality, a concept.
Examples of functions: conflict free planning; electronic representation of the flight.
Functional requirements. Requirements that determine what function a system should perform. They can
usually be expressed by a verb applying to a type of data, e.g., display aircraft position.
Gateway. A system used to interconnect dissimilar networks. A gateway may contain all seven layers of
the OSI reference model.
General communication. A category of communications which includes APC, public correspondence and
other non-operational and non-administrative communication.
Ground application service element (ground-ASE). An abstract part of the ground system that performs
the communication related functions of the application.
Ground user (ground-user). The abstract part of the ground system that performs the non-communication
related functions of the application.
Ground earth station (GES). An earth station in the fixed satellite service, or, in some cases, in the
aeronautical mobile-satellite service, located at a specified fixed point on land to provide a feeder link
for the aeronautical mobile-satellite service.
Note.— This definition is used in the ITU’s Radio Regulations under the term “aeronautical earth
station.” The definition herein as “GES” for use in the SARPs is to clearly distinguish it from an aircraft
earth station (AES), which is a mobile station on an aircraft.
Ground forwarding function. The capability for a ground system to forward a CPDLC message to another
ground system via a CPDLC message with an indication of success, failure or non-support from the
receiving ground system. This function may be invoked by the current data authority in order to avoid
retransmission of a request by an aircraft by forwarding the information to the next data authority. The
I-12 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
downstream data authority may use this function in order to relay a message to the current data authority
which then performs the actual transmission to the aircraft.
Ground-ground application. An application that has one both of its peer applications on the ground.
ICAO Facility Designator (ICAO AFTN Addressee Indicator). An eight-letter code group formulated in
accordance with rules prescribed by ICAO and assigned to the ATS end system executing an application
process.
Initial domain part (IDP). The addressing authority responsible for an addressing subdomain that assigned
the network service access point (NSAP) address and that specified the abstract syntax and structure of
the remainder of the NSAP address.
Inter-centre communication (ICC). ICC is data communication between ATS units to support ATS, such
as notification, coordination, transfer of control, flight planning, airspace management and air traffic flow
management.
Intermediate system (IS). A system which performs relaying and routing function and comprises the lowest
three layers of the OSI reference model.
Note.— ATN uses the “6 bit ASCII” subset of 1A5, as used in SSR Mode S specifications.
Internet communications service (ICS). The internet communications service is an internetwork architecture
which allows ground, air-to-ground and avionics data subnetworks to interoperate by adopting common
interface services and protocols based on the ISO OSI reference model.
Internetwork protocol (IP). A protocol that performs the basic end-to-end mechanism for the transfer of
data packets between network entities. In the ATN internet communications service, the ISO/IEC 8473
internetwork protocol is used.
Interoperability. Describes the ability of the ATN to provide, as a minimum, a transparent data transfer
service between end systems even though the ATN comprises various ground, air-to-ground and avionics
subnetworks. The ability to interoperate between end systems can be extended to include commonality
of upper layer protocols.
Long transport service access point (TSAP). Composed of the router domain part (RDP) and the short
TSAP.
Lower layers. The physical, data link, network and transport layers of the OSI reference model.
Managed object. Data processing and data communication resources that may be managed through the use
of the OSI management protocol.
Management agent. Performs management operations on managed objects within its local environment as
a consequence of management operations communicated from a manager. A management agent may also
forward notifications emitted by managed objects to a manager.
Management domain (MD). Resources that for systems management purposes are represented by managed
objects. A management domain possesses at least the following quantities: a name that uniquely
identifies that management domain, identification of a collection of managed objects that are members
of the domain and identification of any inter-domain relationships between this domain and other
domains.
Manager. The term given to a system that requests or otherwise receives information about managed
objects.
Message. Basic unit of user information exchanged between an airborne application and its ground
counterpart or between two ground applications. Messages are passed in one or more data blocks from
one end user to another through different subnetworks.
Message element. A component of a message used to define the context of the information exchanged.
Message handling system (MHS)-form address. An instance of the AMHS address form which is used to
locate a direct or indirect AMHS user in the AMHS address space.
Message header. The control information used to maintain synchronization between the two end systems.
Mobile routing domains. Formed from ATSC and AINSC systems onboard an aircraft (or any other mobile
platform), within the aircraft operator’s administrative domain. A mobile RD is characterized as an end
routing domain (ERD).
Mobile subnetwork. A subnetwork connecting a mobile system with another system not resident in the same
mobile platform. These subnetworks tend to use free-radiating media (e.g. VHF/UHF radio, D band
satellite or D band secondary surveillance radar) rather than contained media (e.g. wire or coaxial cable);
thus they exhibit broadcast capabilities in the truest sense.
Mode select (Mode S). An enhanced mode of secondary surveillance radar (SSR) which permits the
selective interrogation of Mode S transponders, the two-way exchange of digital data between Mode S
interrogators and transponders and also the interrogation of Mode A or Mode C transponders.
I-14 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Naming plan. A plan that provides common naming conventions and designations for the unambiguous
identification of all end and intermediate systems in accordance with the rules prescribed in
ISO/IEC 7498-3, ISO/IEC TR 10730 and ISO/IEC 9545.
Network addressing domain. A subset of the global addressing domain consisting of all the NSAP addresses
allocated by one or more addressing authorities.
Network entity (NE). A functional portion of an internetwork router or host computer that is responsible for
the operation of internetwork data transfer, routing information exchange and network layer management
protocols.
Network layer (NL). Provides a uniform service interface for the transfer of data among end systems and
intermediate systems (ISs) utilizing the ISO protocol architecture.
Network management (NM). The set of functions related to the management of various OSI resources and
their status across the Network Layer of the OSI architecture.
Network service access point (NSAP). Point within the ISO protocol architecture at which global end users
may be uniquely addressed on an end-to-end basis.
Network service access point (NSAP) address. A hierarchically organized global address, supporting
international, geographical and telephony-oriented formats by way of an address format identifier located
within the protocol header. Although the top level of the NSAP address hierarchy is internationally
administered by ISO, subordinate address domains are administered by appropriate local organizations.
Network service access point (NSAP) address prefix. Used to identify groups of systems that reside in a
given routing domain or confederation. An NSAP prefix may have a length that is either smaller than or
the same size as the base NSAP address.
Network topology map. Provides an overall view of the global network connectivity and is used in path
computations by the operative routing algorithm.
Next data authority. The ground system that provides for the establishment and maintenance of a transport
connection for the purposes of conducting a CPDLC dialogue pertaining to the services of the receiving
ATS unit (R-ATSU).
NOTAM. A notice containing information concerning the establishment, condition or change in any
aeronautical facility, service, procedure or hazard, the timely knowledge of which is essential to personnel
concerned with flight operations.
Open systems interconnection (OSI) protocol architecture. A set of protocols used to implement the OSI
reference model.
Open systems interconnection (OSI) reference model. A model providing a standard approach to network
design introducing modularity by dividing the complex set of functions into seven more manageable,
self-contained, functional layers. By convention these are usually depicted as a vertical stack.
Introduction and system level requirements I-15
Operational requirement. A statement of the operational attributes of a system needed for the effective
and/or efficient provision of air traffic services to users.
Packed encoding rules (PER). Encoding rules as defined in ISO/IEC 8825-2 which have been designed to
minimize the number of bits transmitted.
Performance management. Enables the behavior of resources and the effectiveness of communication
activities to be evaluated. Includes functions to gather statistical information, maintain and examine logs
of system state histories, determine system performance under natural and artificial conditions and alter
system modes of operation.
Physical layer. The layer of the OSI reference model that controls access to the transmission medium which
forms the basis for the communication system.
Presentation address (PA). The presentation address must, as a minimum, include a network service access
point (NSAP) address and a transport service access point (TSAP) selector and may include a presentation
service access point (PSAP) selector and session service access point (SSAP) selector based on the
addressing structure adopted within the end system (ES) and whether the application requires the OSI
session or presentation protocol.
Presentation data value (PDV). The unit of information specified in an abstract syntax, which is transferred
by the OSI presentation-service (ISO/IEC 8822).
Presentation layer. The layer of the OSI reference model that controls the coding, format and appearance
of the data transferred to and from the application layer.
Presentation service access point (PSAP) selector. The element of the presentation address that identifies
the user of the presentation protocol entity.
Priority (P). The relative importance of a particular protocol data unit (PDU) relative to other PDUs in
transit and used to allocate resources which become scarce during the transfer process.
Projected profile. An indication of where and when the aircraft anticipates it will be at the following two
way-points.
Protocol. A set of rules and formats (semantic and syntactic) which determines the communication behavior
between peer entities in the performance of functions at that layer.
I-16 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Protocol control information (PCI). Information included in a layer header which contains service
primitives specific to that layer.
Protocol data unit (PDU). (1) A unit of data transferred between peer entities within a protocol layer
consisting of protocol control information and higher layer user data (i.e. service data units). (2) A unit
of data specified in an (N) protocol and consisting of (N) protocol control information and possibly (N)
user data, where N indicates the layer.
Quality of service (QoS). Information relating to data transfer characteristics (for example, requested
throughput and priority) used by a router to perform relaying and routing operations across the
subnetworks which make up a network.
Receiving ATSU (R-ATSU). The next air traffic control unit which is the process of accepting the control
authority and communication responsibility for a flight transferred by the controlling ATSU (C-ATSU).
Relaying. The process of transferring packets across subnetworks including any necessary packet
conversion.
Reserved value. Legal values for the respective fields (have not yet been assigned specific meanings by
ICAO). These values should be processed normally in order to allow future assignment. Meanings may
be assigned in the future and are not available for local use. The allocation of these values requires no
change in the version identifier.
Residual error probability. Indicates the likelihood that a protocol data unit (PDU) will be lost, duplicated
or corrupted. This probability is defined as the ratio of lost, duplicated or corrupted network service data
units (NSDUs) to the total number of NSDUs transmitted by an ATN network service (NS) provider,
normalized for an NSDU size of 512 octets.
Residual error rate (RER). The ratio of messages mis-delivered, non-delivered or delivered with an error
undetected by the system, to the total number of messages delivered to the system during a measurement
period (adapted from ISO/IEC 8072).
Note.— For the ATN, detected mis-delivered and non-delivered messages are not included in the ratio.
Route. The set of addresses that identifies the destinations reachable over the router and information about
the route’s path including the QoS and security available over the route.
Introduction and system level requirements I-17
Router. The communication element that manages the relaying and routing of data while in transit from an
originating end system to a destination end system. A router comprises an OSI intermediate system and
end system supporting a systems management agent.
Routing. A function within a layer that uses the address to which an entity is attached in order to define a
path by which that entity can be reached.
Routing area (RA). A routing subdomain comprising one or more intermediate systems (ISs) and optionally
one or more end systems (ESs).
Routing domain (RD). A set of end systems and intermediate systems that operate the same routing
protocols and procedures and that are wholly contained within a single administrative domain. A routing
domain may be divided into multiple routing subdomains.
Routing domain confederation (RDC). A set of routing domains and/or RDCs that have agreed to join
together. The formation of a RDC is done by private arrangement between its members without any need
for global coordination.
Routing domain identifier (RDI). A generic network entity title (NET) as described in ISO/IEC 7498 and
is assigned statically in accordance with ISO/IEC 8348. An RDI is not an address and cannot be used as
a valid destination of an ISO/IEC 8473 PDU. However, RDIs are, like ordinary NETs, assigned from the
same addressing domain as network service access point (NSAP) addresses.
Routing information base (RIB). A data base that is maintained by each router and comprises the
information regarding the connectivity and topology of the end systems (ESs) and intermediate systems
(ISs) within a particular routing domain and path information pertinent to paths interconnecting routing
domains. It is maintained by way of the information received by a routing information exchange protocol.
Each routing information exchange protocol has its own RIB specification.
Routing information exchange protocol. The protocol used to exchange subnetwork connectivity
information between end systems and intermediate systems and between intermediate systems and
intermediate systems.
Routing policy. A set of rules that control the selection of routes and the distribution of routing information
by boundary intermediate systems (BISs). These rules are based on policy criteria rather than on
performance metrics such as hop count, capacity, transit delay, cost, etc. which are usually applied for
routing. There are two groups of routing policy in the ATN:
b) user specified routing policy, i.e. individual policy rules which may be additionally
implemented in BISs by administrations and organizations to meet their specific operational
and policy needs.
Runway visual range (RVR). The range over which the pilot of an aircraft on the centre line of a runway
can see the runway surface markings or the lights delineating the runway or identifying its centre line.
I-18 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Secondary surveillance radar (SSR). A surveillance radar system which uses transmitters/receivers
(interrogators) and transponders.
Security label. May indicate requirements for protection of a protocol data unit (PDU) and provide
information used by network layer access control functions.
Service data unit (SDU). A unit of data transferred between adjacent layer entities, which is encapsulated
within a protocol data unit (PDU) for transfer to a peer layer.
Service primitive. A function of an application service element (ASE) that is not broken down further into
subfunctions and is presented as part of the abstract service interface (i.e. request, indication, response
or confirmation).
Service provider. The ground and airborne application entities (AEs) for the application, all underlying data
communication protocol entities and the physical media. As a consequence, it encompasses everything
between the application-AE service interfaces of the end users of the application.
Session layer. The layer of the OSI reference model that establishes the rules of dialogue between two end
user entities.
Session service access point (SSAP) selector. The element of the session address that identifies the user of
the session protocol entity.
Short transport service access point (TSAP). Composed of the administrative region selector (ARS),
(Optional), the location identifier (LOC), the system identifier (SYS), the network selector (SEL), and
the transport selector (TSAP selector).
Stack (or protocol stack). A set of cooperating OSI protocols selected from different layers of the basic
reference model. Hence, upper layer stack refers to session, presentation and application protocols, while
lower layer stack refers to physical, data link, network and transport protocols.
Subnetwork (SN). An actual implementation of a data network that employs a homogeneous protocol and
addressing plan and is under control of a single authority.
Subnetwork access protocol (SNAcP). The actual protocol used to receive services for a particular
sub-network. For example, the subnetwork access protocol to many public data networks is X.25.
Subnetwork dependent convergence function (SNDCF). The set of rules and procedures needed to convert
the data transfer needs of the subnetwork independent convergence protocol to the actual services
provided by a subnetwork.
Subnetwork (SN) domain. The set of end systems and intermediate systems connected to the same physical
network.
Subnetwork independent convergence function (SNICF). The common protocol for all host computers and
routers that is used for the transfer of data. The SNICF is the connectionless network protocol defined
by ISO/IEC 8473.
Introduction and system level requirements I-19
Subnetwork point of attachment (SNPA). The point at which a real end system, interworking unit or real
subnetwork is attached to a real subnetwork and is a conceptual point within an end or intermediate
system at which the subnetwork service is offered.
Subnetwork point of attachment (SNPA) address. Provides information used in the context of a particular
real subnetwork to identify a SNPA. An SNPA address is a subnetwork address such as X.25 data
terminal equipment (DTE) addresses, ethernet MAC addresses, etc.
Subset. An implementation of an application air or ground service conforming to the application SARPs
which supports a defined, technically acceptable but not complete application functionality.
Subsetting rules. Formal instructions relating to the requirement for combinations of elements within an
application SARPs, constituting limited application functionality.
System application. An application supports the operation of the air-ground applications, ground-ground
applications, or communication services. A system application can take the form of either an air-ground
application or a ground-ground application.
System level requirement. The system level requirement is a high-level technical requirement that has been
derived from operational requirements, technological constraints and regulatory constraints
(administrative and institutional). The system-level requirements are the basis for the functional
requirements and lower level requirements.
Systems management (SM). ATN systems management gives deterministic and controllable behaviour in
support of the required communications service levels by providing facilities to control, co-ordinate and
monitor the resources which allow communications to take place in the ATN environment. These
facilities include fault management, accounting management, configuration management, performance
management and security management.
Traffic category. A subdivision of the operational communication traffic type used to distinguish between
ATS communication and aeronautical operational control (AOC).
Traffic type. A means used to distinguish different types of message traffic for the purposes of establishing
communication paths to support operational and legal requirements. There are four traffic types:
a) the operational communication traffic type is subdivided into two cateogries representing
safety and regularity of flight communication:
1) ATS communication
Note.— The differentiation of traffic types is required because different data traffic may have different
access to subnetworks. The traffic type is conveyed in the ATN security label of ISO/IEC 8473 and ISO/IEC
10747. It is used to qualify connectionless mode network protocol (CLNP) data packets and (inter-domain)
routes according to the class of traffic that they carry. Based on this qualification, access of subnetworks
is controlled by the ATN internet communications service.
Transit delay. In packet data systems, the elapsed time between a request to transmit an assembled data
packet and an indication at the receiving end that the corresponding packet has been received and is ready
to be used or forwarded.
Transit routing domain (TRD). A domain whose policies permit its boundary intermediate systems (BISs)
to provide relaying for protocol data units (PDUs) whose source is located in either the local routing
domain or in a different routing domain.
Transport layer. The fourth layer of the OSI reference model which ensures that the data are reliably
delivered to the correct destination regardless of which network layer protocol and underlying
subnetworks are being used.
Transport protocol class 4 (TP-4). Transport protocol class 4 is defined in ISO/IEC 8073 and profiled for
ATN context to provide the connection mode transport service as described in ISO/IEC 8072.
Transport service access point (TSAP). The logical access point to the transport layer.
Transport service access point (TSAP) address. The complete communication address which
unambiguously defines a transport service user. The TSAP address comprises the NSAP address and a
TSAP selector.
Transport service data unit (TSDU). The data presented to the transport layer for transmission over the
ATN internet communications service.
Update contract (UC). A contract to provide a piece of FIS information and any update of this information.
Upper layer (UL) communications service. A term pertaining to the session, presentation and application
layers of the OSI reference model.
User. That abstract part of the aircraft or ground system that performs the non-communication related
functions of the application. The direct user of the ATN is an application within an end system
supporting ATS or aeronautical industry services. The air traffic controller, other ground staff or the pilot
are users of the ATN. The user may also be seen more on the abstract level as an organization, e.g. airline
or service provider
User requirements. Requirements that are allocated to the user to ensure the interoperability of the
communication services and application entities.
Very high frequency (VHF) digital link (VDL). Packet data communication to aircraft and ground users
comprised of airborne VHF data radios (VDRs), VHF ground stations and connectivity to routers on the
aircraft and the ground.
X.25 packet switched data network (PSDN). A communication network that provides a network access
service in compliance with CCITT recommendation X.25.
I-22 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
1.1.2 REFERENCES
When the following reference designators are cited in the Standards and Recommended Practices (SARPs)
for the ATN they are referring to the following editions and/or versions:
Note 1.— The cited references were used in the preparation of Doc 9705. In the course of the normal
progression of ISO and ITU-T standards, new editions are released. New editions to the referenced
documents can be safely used in place of the referenced documents with the understanding that new
functions introduced in those editions might not be supported by other implementations. Additionally,
Amendments to ISO standards are incorporated into the following editions of the base standard and
therefore information can be found there.
Note 2.— New versions of the ISO standards are issued whenever backwards compatibility is not
ensured. For that reason use of different versions of ISO and ITU standards from those cited is
undesirable.
CCITT Rec X.121 (1992). International numbering plan for public data networks.
CCITT Rec X.400 (1992). Message handling system and service overview.
CCITT Rec X.408 (1988). Message handling systems: Encoded information type conversion rules.
CCITT Rec X.411 (1992). Message handling systems: Message transfer system: Abstract service definition
and procedures.
CCITT Rec X.413 (1992). Message handling systems: Message store: Abstract service definition.
CCITT Rec X.420 (1992). Message handling systems: Interpersonal messaging system.
ISO/IEC 646:1991. Information Technology — ISO 7-bit coded character set for information interchange.
ISO/IEC 6523:1994. Data interchange — Structures for the identification of organizations (Registration of
International Code Designators).
ISO/IEC 8208:1995. Information technology — Data communications — X.25 Packet Layer Protocol for
Data Terminal Equipment (Revision of ISO/IEC 8208:1990).
ISO/IEC 8326:1994. Information technology — Open Systems Interconnection — Basic Session Service
Definition (second edition). Reference: ITU-T Rec. X.215 (1994).
ISO/IEC 8473-1:1994. Information technology — Protocol for providing the connectionless-mode network
service: Protocol specification.
ISO/IEC 8473-2:1994. Information technology — Protocol for providing the connectionless-mode network
service — Part 2: Provision of the underlying service by an ISO/IEC 8802 subnetwork.
ISO/IEC 8473-3:1995. Information technology — Protocol for providing the connectionless-mode network
service — Part 3: Provision of the underlying service by an X.25 subnetwork.
I-24 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
ISO/IEC 8473-4:1995. Information technology — Protocol for providing the connectionless-mode network
service — Part 4: Provision of the underlying service by a subnetwork that provides the OSI data link
service.
ISO/IEC TR 8509:1987. Information processing systems — Open Systems Interconnection — OSI Service
Conventions.
ISO/IEC 8602:1995. Information technology — Protocol for providing the OSI connectionless-mode
transport service.
ISO/IEC 8802-2:1990. Telecommunications and information exchange between systems — Local and
metropolitan area networks — Specific requirements — Part 2: Logical Link Control
ISO/IEC 8802-3:1989. Telecommunications and information exchange between systems — Local and
metropolitan area networks — Specific requirements — Part 3: Carrier Sense Multiple Access with
Collision Detection — Access Method and Physical Layer Specifications.
ISO/IEC 8824-1:1994. Information Technology — OSI Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1). —
Specification of basic notation. Reference: ITU-T Rec. X.682 (1994).
ISO/IEC 8824-2:1995. Information technology Open Systems Interconnection Abstract Syntax Notation
One (ASN.1) Part 2: Information object specification.
ISO/IEC 8824-3:1995. Information technology Open Systems Interconnection Abstract Syntax Notation
One (ASN. 1) Part 3: Constraint specification.
ISO/IEC 8824-4:1995. Information technology Open Systems Interconnection Abstract Syntax Notation
One (ASN. 1) Part 4: Parameterization of ASN.1 Specifications.
ISO/IEC 8825-1:1995. Information technology — ASN.1 encoding rules — Part 1: Specification of Basic
Encoding Rules (BER), Canonical Encoding Rules (CER) and Distinguished Encoding Rules (DER)
Reference: ITU-T Rec. X.691 (1993).
ISO/IEC 8825-2:1996. Information technology — Open Systems Interconnection — Encoding Rules for
Abstract Syntax Notation One (ASN.1) — Part 2: Packed encoding rules. Reference: ITU-T Rec. X.691
(1995).
ISO/IEC 8859-1:1987. Information processing — 8-bit single-byte coded graphic character sets — Part 1:
Latin alphabet No. 1.
conjunction with the Protocol for providing the connectionless-mode network service (ISO/IEC 8473) —
Amendment 1: Dynamic Discovery of OSI NSAP Addresses by End Systems.
ISO/IEC 9834-1:1993. Information technology — Open Systems Interconnection — Procedures for the
operation of OSI Registration Authorities — Part 1: General procedures.
ISO/IEC 9834-2:1993. Information Technology Open Systems Interconnection Procedures for specific
OSI Registration Authorities — Part 2: Registration Procedures for OSI Document Types.
ISO/IEC 9834-6:1993. Information technology — Open Systems Interconnection — Procedures for the
operation of OSI Registration Authorities — Part 6: Application processes and application entities.
ISO/IEC 10021-5/Amd. 1:Date. Message Store Extensions and Message Store Logs.
ISO/IEC 10731:1994. Information technology — Open Systems Interconnection — Conventions for the
definition of OSI services. Reference: ITU-T Rec. X.210 (1993).
ISO/IEC ISP 11183-1:1992. Information technology — International Standardized Profiles AOM1n OSI
Management — Management Communications — Part 1: Specification of ACSE, presentation and
session protocols for the use by ROSE and CMISE.
ISO/IEC ISP 11183-2:1992. Information technology — International Standardized Profiles AOM1n OSI
Management — Management Communications — Part 2: CMISE/ROSE for AOM12 — Enhanced
Management Communications.
ISO/IEC ISP 11183-3:1992. Information technology — International Standardized Profiles AOM1n OSI
Management — Management Communications — Part 3: CMISE/ROSE for AOM11 — Basic
Management Communications.
ITU-T Rec X.25 (1996). Interface between DTE and DCE terminals Operating in Packet Mode.
ITU-T Rec. X.215 Addendum 1 (1995). Information processing systems — Open Systems
Interconnection — Service Definition for Session Layer Efficiency Enhancements.
ITU-T Rec. X.216 Addendum 1 (1995). Information processing systems — Open Systems
Interconnection — Service Definition for Presentation Layer Efficiency Enhancements.
ITU-T Rec. X.225 Addendum 1 (1995). Information processing systems — Open Systems
Interconnection — Protocol Specification for Session Layer Efficiency Enhancements.
ITU-T Rec. X.226 Addendum 1 (1995). Information processing systems — Open Systems
Interconnection — Protocol Specification for Presentation Layer Efficiency Enhancements.
I-30 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
ITU-T Rec X.666 (1995). Procedures for registration of international and multinational organization names.
IETF RFC 1320. The MD4 Message — Digest Algorithm, R. Rivest, April 1992.
Introduction and system level requirements I-31
1.2 GENERAL
1.2.1 The aeronautical telecommunication network (ATN) shall provide data communication services and
application entities in support of:
Note 1.— The conceptual model of the ATN is as shown in Figure 1.2.
Note 2.— Provisions have been made to accommodate the exchange of information between aircraft
operator ground based systems and ATS units, such as weather, flight plans, notices to airmen and dynamic
real time air traffic flow management.
Note 3.— Provisions have also been made to accommodate aeronautical passenger communication
(APC).
1.2.2 When the aeronautical telecommunication network is used in support of air traffic services, it shall
conform with the provisions of this document.
1.2.3 Requirements for use of the ATN shall be made on the basis of regional air navigation agreements.
1.2.4 Recommendation.— Civil aviation authorities should co-ordinate, with national authorities and
aeronautical industry, those implementation aspects of the ATN which will permit its world-wide safety,
interoperability and efficient use, as appropriate.
I-32 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 1.— Shading indicates elements outside the scope of these SARPs. User requirements define
the interface between the application entity and the user and ensure the functionality and interoperability of
the ATN.
Note 2.— The figure represents a simplified model of the ATN and does not depict all of its
capabilities (e.g. the store and forward capability which is provided for ATS message handling service).
Note 3.— Various end-to-end points have been defined within the ATN to specify certain end-to-end
performance requirements. It may be necessary, however, to define different end-to-end points to facilitate
the qualification of implementations to those performance requirements. In such cases, the end-to-end points
should be clearly defined and correlated with the end-to-end points shown in the figure.
Note.— The system level requirements are high-level technical requirements that have been derived
from operational requirements, technological constraints and regulatory constraints (administrative and
institutional). These system-level requirements are the basis for the functional requirements and lower level
requirements.
1.3.1 The ATN shall use International Organization for Standardization (ISO) communication
standards for open systems interconnection (OSI).
1.3.2 The ATN shall provide a means to facilitate migration to future versions of application
entities and/or the communication services.
Note.— It is an objective that the evolution towards future versions facilitates the backward
compatibility with previous versions.
1.3.3 The ATN shall enable the transition of existing AFTN users and systems into the ATN
architecture.
1.3.4 The ATN shall make provisions whereby only the controlling ATS unit may provide ATC
instructions to aircraft operating in its airspace.
Note.— This is achieved through the current and next data authority aspects of the CPDLC application
entity.
1.3.5 The ATN shall accommodate routing based on a pre-defined routing policy.
1.3.6 The ATN shall provide means to define data communication that can be carried only over
authorized paths for the traffic type and category specified by the user.
1.3.7 The ATN shall offer ATSC classes in accordance with the criteria in Table 1-1.
I-34 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 1.— When ATSC class is specified by an application process, packets will be forwarded in the
ATN internet communications service on a best effort basis. Best effort basis means that when a route is
available of the requested ATSC class the packet is forwarded on that route. When no such route is
available, the packet will be forwarded on the first known route of ATSC class higher than that requested,
or if there is no such route, first known route of lower ATSC class than that requested.
Note 2.— The ATN communication services will not inform application entities if the requested ATSC
class was not achieved. It is the responsibility of the application entity to determine the actual transit delay
achieved by local means such as time stamping.
1.3.8 The ATN shall operate in accordance with the communication priorities defined in Table 1-2
and Table 1-3.
Introduction and system level requirements I-35
Corresponding Protocol
ATN Priority
Message Categories
Application Transport Network
Layer Layer
Priority Priority
Network/Systems Management 0 14
Distress Communications 1 13
Urgent Communications 2 12
High Priority Flight Safety Messages CPDLC, ADS 3 11
Normal Priority Flight Safety Messages AIDC 4 10
Meteorological Communications 5 9
Flight Regularity Communications CM, 6 8
ATSMHS
Aeronautical Information Service Messages ATIS 7 7
Network/Systems Administration 8 6
Aeronautical Administrative Messages 9 5
<unassigned> 10 4
Urgent Priority Administrative and U.N. 11 3
Charter Communications
High Priority Administrative and 12 2
State/Government Communications
Normal Priority Administrative 13 1
Low Priority Administrative 14 0
Note 1.— Priorities above the bold line are for communications related to safety
and regularity of flight.
Note 2.— The network layer priorities shown in the table apply only to
connectionless network priority and do not apply to subnetwork priority.
I-36 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
1.3.9 The ATN shall enable exchange of application information when one or more authorized
paths exist.
1.3.10 The ATN shall notify the appropriate application processes when no authorized path exists.
1.3.11 The ATN shall provide means to unambiguously address all ATN end and intermediate
systems.
1.3.12 The ATN shall enable the recipient of a message to identify the originator of that message.
1.3.13 The ATN addressing and naming plans shall allow States and organizations to assign
addresses and names within their own administrative domains.
Introduction and system level requirements I-37
1.3.14 The ATN shall support data communication to fixed and mobile systems.
1.3.15 The ATN shall accommodate ATN mobile subnetworks as defined in this Annex.
1.3.16 The ATN shall make provisions for the efficient use of limited bandwidth subnetworks.
1.3.17 The ATN shall enable an aircraft intermediate system to be connected to a ground
intermediate system via concurrent mobile subnetworks.
1.3.18 The ATN shall enable an aircraft intermediate system to be connected to multiple ground
intermediate systems.
1.3.19 The ATN shall enable the exchange of address information between application entities.
1.3.20 The ATN shall support the context management (CM) application when any of the other
air-ground applications are supported.
1.3.21 The ATN shall be capable of establishing, maintaining, releasing and aborting peer to peer
application associations for the context management (CM) application.
1.3.22 The ATN shall be capable of establishing, maintaining, releasing and aborting peer to peer
application associations for the automatic dependent surveillance (ADS) application.
1.3.23 The ATN shall be capable of establishing, maintaining, releasing and aborting peer to peer
application associations for the controller pilot data link communication (CPDLC) application.
1.3.24 The ATN shall be capable of establishing, maintaining, releasing and aborting peer to peer
application associations for the automatic terminal information service (ATIS) application.
1.3.25 The ATN shall be capable of establishing, maintaining, releasing and aborting application
associations for the ATS message handling services (ATSMHS) application.
1.3.26 The ATN shall be capable of establishing, maintaining, releasing and aborting peer to peer
application associations for the ATS interfacility data communication (AIDC) application.
1.3.27 Where the absolute time of day is used within the ATN, it shall be based on coordinated
universal time (UTC).
1.3.28 The end system shall make provisions to ensure that the probability of not detecting a 255-
octet message being mis-delivered, non-delivered or corrupted by the internet communications service is less
than or equal to 10-8 per message.
Note.— It is assumed that ATN subnetworks will ensure data integrity consistent with this system level
requirement.
5WD8QNWOG++
#KT)TQWPF#RRNKECVKQPU
NOTE ON THE SECOND EDITION
The list below shows the parts of this sub-volume that are different from similar parts of the first edition. It
also shows the parts of the first edition that have been deleted and thus no longer appear in this edition.
2.1.4.2.1 modification
2.1.5.1.1 (Note 4) modification
Figure 2.1.5-6 modification
Figure 2.1.5-8 modification
Figure 2.1.5-10 modification
Table 2.1.5-1 modification
2.1.5.3.1.2 modification
2.1.5.3.2.2.1 modification
2.1.5.3.3.2.1 modification
2.1.5.3.3.2.2 modification
2.1.5.3.3.4.1 modification
2.1.5.3.3.8.2 modification
2.1.5.4.3.2 modification
2.1.5.4.4. modification
2.1.5.4.4.1 modification
2.1.5.4.4.2 modification
2.1.5.4.4.3 addition
2.1.5.4.5.2 modification
2.1.5.4.7.1 modification
Table 2.1.5-2 modification
2.1.7.1.1.1 modification
2.1.7.1.1.2 addition
2.1.7.1.1.7 addition
2.1.7.1.2 (Note) addition
2.1.7.1.3.4 modification
2.1.7.2.2.6 addition
2.1.7.2.2.7 addition
2.1.7.2.3.1 (Note) addition
2.1.7.2.6.5 modification
Table 2.1.8-2 modification
Table 2.1.8-3 modification
Table 2.1.8-4 modification
Table 2.1.8-5 deletion
Table 2.1.8-5 deletion
II-(i)
2.2.1.1.1 (Note 4) modification
2.2.1.1.1 (Note 5) modification
2.2.1.1.1 (Note 6) modification
2.2.1.1.1 (Note 7) modification
2.2.1.3.2.1 (Note 5) modification
Table 2.2.1.3-1 modification
Table 2.2.1.3-2 modification
2.2.1.3.4.3 modification
2.2.1.3.4.3.1 modification
2.2.1.3.4.7 (Note) modification
2.2.1.3.5 (Note) modification
Table 2.2.1.3-3 modification
Table 2.2.1.3-4 modification
2.2.1.3.5.3 modification
2.2.1.3.5.3.1 modification
2.2.1.3.5.6.1 modification
Table 2.2.1.3-5 modification
Table 2.2.1.3-6 modification
2.2.1.3.6.3 modification
2.2.1.3.6.3.1 modification
2.2.1.3.7.3.1 modification
2.2.1.3.7.4.1 modification
2.2.1.3.13 (Note) modification
2.2.1.3.14 (Note) modification
2.2.1.3.14.2.1 modification
2.2.1.4 modification
2.2.1.4.1 modification
2.2.1.4.1.1 modification
2.2.1.4.1.2 modification
2.2.1.4.2.1 modification
2.2.1.5.1.1 (Note 3) modification
Table 2.2.1.5-1 modification
2.2.1.5.3.3 modification
2.2.1.5.3.3.2 modification
2.2.1.5.3.6.2.1 modification
Table 2.2.1.5-7 modification
Table 2.2.1.5-8 modification
2.2.15.3.8.2.1 modification
2.2.1.5.3.8.8 modification
2.2.1.5.3.9.5 modification
II-(ii)
Table 2.2.1.5-31 modification
Table 2.2.1.5-32 modification
2.2.1.5.3.10.3.1 modification
2.2.1.5.3.10.3.2 modification
2.2.1.5.3.10.4.1 modification
2.2.1.5.3.10.9 modification
Table 2.2.1.5-40 modification
2.2.1.5.3.14.4 modification
Table 2.2.1.5-61 modification
2.2.1.5.3.15.4 modification
2.2.1.5.3.15.4.1 modification
2.2.1.5.3.15.5.1 modification
Table 2.2.1.5-62 modification
2.2.1.5.3.16.4 modification
2.2.1.5.3.16.4.1 modification
2.2.1.5.3.16.5.1 modification
2.2.1.5.4.3.3 modification
2.2.1.5.4.4.2 addition
2.2.1.5.4.5.2 modification
2.2.1.5.4.6.1 modification
2.2.1.5.4.8.1 modification
2.2.1.5.5.1.1 (Note 1) modification
Table 2.2.1.5-73 modification
2.2.1.7.1.5.3 modification
2.2.1.7.1.5.5 modification
2.2.1.7.2.4.3 modification
2.2.1.7.2.4.4. addition
2.2.1.7.3.4 modification
2.2.1.7.3.5 modification
2.2.1.7.3.5.1 modification
2.2.1.7.3.5.2 modification
2.2.1.7.3.5.3 modification
2.2.1.7.3.5.4 modification
2.2.1.7.3.5.5 modification
2.2.1.7.3.5.6 modification
2.2.1.7.3.5.7 modification
2.2.1.7.3.5.8 modification
2.2.1.7.3.5.9 modification
2.2.1.7.3.5.10 modification
2.2.1.7.3.5.11 modification
2.2.1.7.3.7.12 modification
II-(iii)
2.2.1.7.3.7.13 modification
2.2.1.7.3.7.14 (Note 2) modification
2.2.1.7.4.1 modification
2.2.1.7.4.1 (Note) modification
Table 2.2.1.7-1 modification
2.2.1.7.4.4.7 modification
2.2.1.7.4.4.8 addition
2.2.1.7.7.1 modification
2.2.1.7.7.1 (Note) modification
2.2.1.7.7.1.1 modification
2.2.1.7.7.2.1 modification
2.2.1.7.7.2.1 (Note 2) modification
2.2.1.7.9 (Note 2) modification
Table 2.2.1.8-2 modification
Table 2.2.1.8-3 modification
Table 2.2.1.8-4 modification
Table 2.2.1.8-5 deletion
Table 2.2.1.8-6 deletion
2.2.2.1.1 modification
2.2.2.1.1 (Note 2) modification
2.2.2.3.2 (Note) modification
2.2.2.3.2.1 modification
2.2.2.3.8.2 (Note) modification
2.2.2.5.2.1 modification
2.2.2.5.3.2 modification
Table 2.2.2.5-2 modification
2.2.2.5.3.4.10.1 modification
2.2.2.5.3.4.11.1 modification
2.2.2.5.3.5.3.1 modification
2.2.2.5.3.5.3.1 (Note) addition
2.2.2.5.3.5.3.2 modification
Table 2.2.2.5-18 modification
2.2.2.5.4.1.1 modification
2.2.2.5.4.2.1 modification
2.2.2.5.4.3.1 modification
2.2.2.5.4.4.1 modification
2.2.2.5.4.4.2 addition
2.2.2.5.4.6.1 modification
2.2.2.5.4.7.1 modification
Table 2.2.2.5-19 modification
II-(iv)
Table 2.2.2.8-4 deletion
Table 2.2.2.9-4 deletion
II-(v)
2.3.7.3.9.15 modification
2.3.7.3.9.20 modification
2.3.7.3.9.21 modification
2.3.7.3.11.2.1 modification
2.3.7.3.11.5.1 modification
2.3.7.3.11.7 modification
2.3.7.3.11.7.1 modification
2.3.7.3.11.7.2 addition
2.3.7.3.11.7.3 modification
2.3.7.3.11.7.4 addition
2.3.7.3.11.8.1 modification
2.3.7.3.11.8.2 modification
2.3.7.3.11.8.3 modification
2.3.7.3.11.8.4 modification
2.3.7.3.11.8.5 addition
2.3.7.4.1.2.1 modification
2.3.7.4.1.2.2 modification
2.3.7.4.1.2.4 modification
2.3.7.4.1.2.5 modification
2.3.7.4.1.2.6 modification
2.3.7.4.1.2.7 modification
2.3.7.4.1.2.8 modification
2.3.7.4.1.3.1 modification
2.3.7.4.2.2.1 modification
2.3.7.4.4.2.1 (Note 2) modification
2.3.7.4.4.2.1 (Note 4) modification
2.3.7.4.4.2.1 (Note 5) modification
2.3.7.4.4.2.1 (Note 6) modification
2.3.7.4.4.2.2.1 modification
2.3.7.4.4.2.8.2 modification
2.3.7.4.4.2.9 modification
2.3.7.4.5.1.2 modification
2.3.7.4.6.2.1 modification
2.3.7.4.6.3.1 modification
2.3.7.5.1.2.3 modification
2.3.7.5.1.2.5 modification
2.3.7.5.1.2.6 modification
2.3.7.5.1.2.7 modification
2.3.7.5.1.2.8 addition
2.3.7.5.2.1.3 modification
2.3.7.5.2.2.2. modification
II-(vi)
2.3.7.5.3.1.2 modification
2.3.7.5.4.1 (Note 5) modification
2.3.7.5.4.1 (Note 6) modification
2.3.7.5.4.1.2.1 modification
2.3.7.5.4.1.3.1 modification
2.3.7.5.4.1.4.2 modification
2.3.7.5.4.1.5.2 modification
2.3.7.6.1 (Note 2) addition
Table 2.3.7-5 to 28 modification
Table 2.3.7-5 to 28 (Notes) addition
Table 2.3.8-2 modification
Table 2.3.8-3 modification
Table 2.3.8-4 modification
Table 2.3.8-5 deletion
Table 2.3.8-6 deletion
2.4.3.9.2.1 modification
2.4.4.2.1 modification
2.4.5.1.1 (Note 3) modification
Figure 2.4.5-18 addition
Table 2.4.5-1 modification
2.4.5.3.5.7 modification
2.4.5.3.6.4 modification
2.4.5.3.6.4.1 modification
2.4.5.3.6.5 modification
2.4.5.3.6.5.1 modification
2.4.5.3.6.7 modification
2.4.5.3.7.9.3 modification
2.4.5.3.7.10.1 modification
2.4.5.3.7.11 modification
2.4.5.3.8.8.3 modification
2.4.5.3.8.10 modification
2.4.5.3.9.1 modification
2.4.5.3.12 (Note 1) modification
2.4.5.3.12.5.1 modification
2.4.5.3.12.5.2 deletion
2.4.5.3.12.6 modification
2.4.5.3.12.6.1 modification
2.4.5.3.12.7.1 modification
2.4.5.3.12.8.1 modification
2.4.5.3.12.9.1 modification
II-(vii)
2.4.5.3.12.10.1 modification
2.4.5.3.12.11.1 modification
2.4.5.3.12.12 modification
2.4.5.3.12.13 modification
2.4.5.3.12.14 modification
2.4.5.3.12.15 modification
2.4.5.3.12.16.1 modification
2.4.5.3.12.17 modification
2.4.5.3.12.17.1 modification
2.4.5.4.2.2 addition
2.4.5.4.6.1 modification
Table 2.4.5-8/b modification
Table 2.4.5-9/b modification
Table 2.4.5-10/a modification
Table 2.4.5-10/b modification
Table 2.4.8-2 modification
Table 2.4.8-3/a modification
Table 2.4.8-3/b modification
Table 2.4.8-4 deletion
Table 2.4.8-5 deletion
II-(viii)
2.1 CONTEXT MANAGEMENT APPLICATION
2.1.1 INTRODUCTION
The CM application allows addressing capability for data link applications. The CM application provides
the capability to establish a logon between peer ATS ground systems and ATS ground and aircraft systems.
Once an appropriate connection is established, CM provides data link application information, the capability
to log-on to another ground system, and the capability to update log-on information.
1) The Logon function can only be air initiated. The aircraft system can use the logon
function to provide an application name and version number for each air-only
initiated application, and an application name, address, and version number for
each application that the aircraft wishes to use that can be ground initiated, along
with flight plan information as required by the ground system. In response, the
ground provides an application name for each ground-only initiated requested
application and an application name, address and version number for each
requested application that can be air initiated and that the ground can support.
II-1
II-2 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3) Each time a logon is accomplished between a given aircraft and a ground system,
the latest exchanged information replaces any previous information for each
indicated application.
4) The CM Logon Request message provides required flight plan information, the
aircraft
s CM application name and address, and information for each application
for which data link services are desired. For each application that can be ground
initiated the aircraft must provide the application name, version number and
address. For each application which is only air initiated the aircraft must provide
the application name and version number.
1) This function provides a method for the ground system to update application
information. This function assumes that the logon function has been accomplished.
2) The CM Update message can provide updated ground information for up to 256
applications. For each updated application the ground provides the application
s
name, version number and address.
1) This function provides a method for the ground system to request the aircraft system
to initiate the logon function with a designated ground system. It is expected that
the contact function will only be used when ground connectivity is not available
between respective ground system applications. This function assumes that the
logon function has been accomplished with the ground system initiating the contact
function. The ground initiates this function with a contact request specifying which
ground system to logon with. The aircraft initiates a logon as specified above and
indicates the success or lack thereof of the logon.
1) This function provides a method for the air and ground CM applications to make
available the application name, address, and version number for each application
exchanged in the logon, update or forward functions to other applications or
communications systems in the aircraft or on the ground.
2.1.2.1.1 The CM-air-ASE and CM-ground-ASE version numbers shall both be set to one.
2.1.2.2.1 In the event of information input by the CM-user being incompatible with that able to be
processed by the system, the CM-user shall be notified.
2.1.2.2.2 In the event of a CM-user invoking a CM service primitive when the CM-ASE is not in a
state specified in 2.1.5, the CM-user shall be notified.
Air-ground applications II-5
2.1.3.1.1 An implementation of either the CM ground based service or the CM air based service shall
exhibit external behaviour consistent with having implemented a CM-ground-ASE or CM-air-ASE
respectively.
Note 1.— 2.1.3 defines the abstract service interface for the CM service. The CM-ASE abstract service is
described from the viewpoint of the CM-air-user, the CM-ground-user and the CM-service-provider.
Note 2.— 2.1.3 defines the static behaviour (i.e., the format) of the CM abstract service. Its dynamic
behaviour (i.e., how it is used) is described in 2.1.7.
Note 3.— Figure 2.1.3-1 shows the functional model of the CM Application. The functional modules
identified in this model are the following:
a) the CM-user,
c) the CM-AE,
Note 4.— The CM-user represents the operational part of the CM system. This user does not perform the
communication functions but relies on a communication service provided to it via the CM-AE through the
CM-AE service interface. The individual actions at this interface are called CM-AE service primitives.
Similarly, individual actions at other interfaces in the communication system are called service primitives
at these interfaces.
Note 5.— The CM-AE consists of several elements including the CM-ASE and the CM-CF. The DS interface
is made available by the CM-CF to the CM-ASE for communication with the peer CM-ASE.
Note 6.— The CM-ASE is the element in the communication system which executes the CM specific protocol.
In other words, it takes care of the CM specific service primitive sequencing actions, message creation, timer
management, error and exception handling.
Note 7.— The CM-ASE interfaces only with the CM-CF. This CM-CF is responsible for mapping service
primitives received from one element (such as the CM-ASE and the CM-user) to other elements which
interface with it. The part of the CM-CF which is relevant from the point of view of the CM application, i.e.
the part between the CM-user and the CM-ASE, will map CM-AE service primitives to CM-ASE service
primitives transparently.
Note 8.— The DS interface is the interface between the CM-ASE and the part of CM-CF underneath the
CM-ASE, and provides the dialogue service as defined in 4.2.
2.1.3.2.1 The CM-ASE abstract service shall consist of a set of the following services as allowed by
the subsetting rules in 2.1.8:
Note 1.— For a given primitive, the presence of each parameter is described by one of the following values
in the parameter tables in 2.1.3.
c) C(=) conditional upon the value of the parameter to the left being present,
and equal to that value;
d) M mandatory;
e) M(=) mandatory, and equal to the value of the parameter to the left;
f) U user option.
a) Req - request; data is input by CM-user initiating the service to its respective ASE,
b) Ind - indication; data is indicated by the receiving ASE to its respective CM-user,
c) Rsp - response; data is input by receiving CM-user to its respective ASE, and
d) Cnf - confirmation; data is confirmed by the initiating ASE to its respective CM-user.
Note 3.— An unconfirmed service allows a message to be transmitted in one direction, without providing a
corresponding response.
Note 4.— A confirmed service provides end-to-end confirmation that a message sent by one user was
received by its peer user.
Note 5.— An abstract syntax is a syntactical description of a parameter which does not imply a specific
implementation. Only when the CM-ASE maps a parameter onto an APDU field, or vice versa, is the
abstract syntax of the parameter described by using the ASN.1 of 2.1.4 for this field.
Note.— The CM-logon service allows the CM-air-user to initiate data link service. The CM-air-user
provides information on each data link application for which it desires a data link service. The
CM-ground-user responds indicating whether or not the CM-logon was successful, and if successful,
includes information on each data link application it can support. It is a confirmed service.
2.1.3.3.1 If the CM-air-ASE version number is less than or equal to the CM-ground-ASE, then the
CM-logon service shall contain the primitives and parameters as presented in Table 2.1.3-1.
II-8 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Facility Designation M
2.1.3.3.2 If the CM-air-ASE version number is greater than the CM-ground-ASE, then the CM-logon
service shall contain the primitives and parameters as presented in Table 2.1.3-2.
Table 2.1.3-2. CM-logon Service Parameters Air-ASE version Number > Ground-ASE
Version Number
Facility Designation M
Aircraft Address M
Logon Request M
Note.— This parameter contains the addressed ground system s facility designation.
2.1.3.3.3.1 The Facility Designation parameter value shall conform to the abstract syntax four to
eight-character facility designation.
Air-ground applications II-9
Note.— This parameter contains 24-bit aircraft address of the aircraft initiating the CM-logon service.
2.1.3.3.4.1 The Aircraft Address parameter value shall conform to the abstract syntax 24-bit aircraft
address.
2.1.3.3.5.1 When provided by the CM-ASE, the Version Number parameter shall conform to an abstract
integer value from 1 to 255.
2.1.3.3.5.2 Only if the CM-air-ASE version number is less than the CM-ground-ASE version number
shall the CM-air-ASE version number be indicated to the CM-ground-user.
2.1.3.3.5.3 Only if the CM-air-ASE version number is greater than the CM-ground-ASE version number
shall the CM-ground-ASE version number be confirmed to the CM-air-user.
Note 1.— If the CM-air-ASE version number is the same as the CM-ground-ASE version number, the Version
Number parameter is not present in the indication given to the CM-ground-user, nor in the confirmation to
the CM-air-user.
Note 2.— The CM-air-ASE and CM-ground-ASE version numbers are both set to 1.
a) information for each data link application available on the aircraft, for which the
aircraft requires data link service, and
b) aircraft flight plan information (e.g. flight id, aircraft destination and departure airport
and time) as required by the addressed ground system.
2.1.3.3.6.1 The Logon Request parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
CMLogonRequest.
Note.— This parameter contains information for each requested data link application for which the ground
is able to provide data link service.
2.1.3.3.7.1 The Logon Response parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
CMLogonResponse.
II-10 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— This parameter contains the value of the required class of communication service if specified by the
CM-air-user.
2.1.3.3.8.1 When this parameter is specified by the CM-air-user, the Class of Communication Service
parameter value shall have one of the following abstract values: “A”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E”, “F”, “G”, or “H”.
Note.— If not specified by the CM-air-user, this indicates that there is no routing preference.
Note 1.— This parameter is used to indicate whether or not the requested CM dialogue is to remain open
after a Logon Response.
Note 2.— Whenever a CM dialogue is kept open by the CM-ground-user, it must later be explicitly closed
by the CM-ground-user.
Note 3.— This parameter is only provided by the CM-ground-user when the CM-ground-user wishes to keep
the CM dialogue open.
2.1.3.3.9.1 If provided by the CM-ground-user this parameter shall have the abstract value “maintain”.
Note.— The CM-update service allows the CM-ground-user to transmit updated ground information for its
applications to update previously coordinated CM-logon information. It is an unconfirmed service.
2.1.3.4.1 The CM-update service shall contain the primitives and parameters as presented
Table 2.1.3-3.
Aircraft Address C
Note.— This parameter contains the addressed aircraft s 24-bit aircraft address.
2.1.3.4.2.1 The Aircraft Address parameter value shall conform to the abstract syntax 24-bit aircraft
address.
2.1.3.4.2.2 If a CM dialogue does not exist when a CM-ground user invokes the CM-update service
request, the CM-ground-user shall provide the Aircraft Address parameter value.
Note.— The CM-update service does not use this parameter when a CM dialogue exists.
2.1.3.4.3.1 The Facility Designation parameter value shall conform to the abstract syntax four to
eight-character facility designation.
2.1.3.4.3.2 If a CM dialogue does not exist when a CM-ground user invokes the CM-update service
request, the CM-ground-user shall provide the Facility Designation parameter value.
Note.— The CM-update service does not use this parameter when a CM dialogue exists.
Note.— This parameter contains information on each updated data link application.
2.1.3.4.4.1 The Update Information parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
CMUpdate.
Note 1.— This parameter contains the value of the required class of communication service if specified by
the CM-ground-user.
Note 2.— The CM-update service does not use this parameter when a CM dialogue exists.
2.1.3.4.5.1 Where specified by the CM-ground-user, the Class of Communication Service parameter
shall have one of the following abstract values: “A”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E”, “F”, “G”, or “H”.
Note.— If not specified by the CM-ground-user, this indicates that there is no routing preference.
Note.— The CM-contact service allows the CM-ground-user, after successful completion of a CM logon, to
request that an aircraft logon with another ground system. It is a confirmed service.
II-12 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.1.3.5.1 The CM-contact service shall contain the primitives and parameters as presented in
Table 2.1.3-4.
Aircraft Address C
Note.— This parameter contains the addressed aircraft s 24-bit aircraft address.
2.1.3.5.2.1 The Aircraft Address parameter value shall conform to the abstract syntax 24-bit aircraft
address.
2.1.3.5.2.2 If a CM dialogue does not exist when a CM-ground user invokes the CM-contact service
request, the CM-ground-user shall provide the Aircraft Address parameter value.
Note.— The CM-contact service does not use this parameter when a CM dialogue exists.
2.1.3.5.3.1 The Facility Designation parameter value shall conform to the abstract syntax four to
eight-character facility designation.
2.1.3.5.3.2 If a CM dialogue does not exist when a CM-ground user invokes the CM-contact service
request, the CM-ground-user shall provide the Facility Designation parameter value.
Note.— The CM-contact service does not use this parameter when a CM dialogue exists.
Note.— This parameter contains the facility designation for the ground system that the CM-ground-user
requests the aircraft to contact.
Air-ground applications II-13
2.1.3.5.4.1 The Contact Request parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
CMContactRequest.
Note.— This parameter indicates success, or lack thereof, of the requested contact.
2.1.3.5.5.1 The Contact Response parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
CMContactResponse.
Note.— This parameter contains the value of the required class of communication service if specified by the
CM-ground-user.
2.1.3.5.6.1 When this parameter is specified by the CM-ground-user, the Class of Communication
Service parameter value shall have one of the following abstract values: “A”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E”, “F”, “G”,
or “H”.
Note.— If not specified by the CM-ground-user, this indicates that there is no routing preference.
Note 1.— This service provides the capability for the CM-ground-user to terminate a CM dialogue. This
service is only needed when the CM-ground-user maintains a CM dialogue during the logon process. It is
an unconfirmed service.
Note 2.— Only the CM-ground-user will be capable of initiating the CM-end service.
2.1.3.6.1 The CM-end service shall contain the primitives as presented Table 2.1.3-5.
none
Note.— The CM-forward service allows a CM-ground-user to forward data received in a CM-logon request
to another CM-ground system. It is a confirmed service.
2.1.3.7.1 If the sending CM-ground-ASE version number is less than or equal to the receiving
CM-ground-ASE version number, then the CM-forward service shall contain the primitives and parameters
as presented in Table 2.1.3-6.
II-14 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Result M
2.1.3.7.2 If the sending CM-ground-ASE version number is greater than the receiving
CM-ground-ASE version number, then the CM-forward service shall contain the primitives and parameters
as presented in Table 2.1.3-7.
Table 2.1.3-7. CM-forward Service Parameters Sending Ground-ASE Version Number >
Receiving Ground-ASE Version Number
Forward Request M
Result M
Note.— This parameter contains the receiving ground system s facility designation.
2.1.3.7.3.1 The Called Facility Designation parameter value shall conform to the abstract syntax four
to eight-character facility designation.
Air-ground applications II-15
Note.— This parameter contains the sending ground system s facility designation.
2.1.3.7.4.1 The Calling Facility Designation parameter value shall conform to the abstract syntax four
to eight-character facility designation.
2.1.3.7.5.1 When provided by the CM-ASE, the Version Number parameter shall conform to an abstract
integer value from 1 to 255.
2.1.3.7.5.2 Only if the sending CM-ground-ASE version number is less than the receiving
CM-ground-ASE version number shall the sending CM-ground-ASE version number be indicated to the
receiving CM-ground-user.
2.1.3.7.5.3 Only if the sending CM-ground-ASE version number is greater than the receiving
CM-ground-ASE version number shall the receiving CM-ground-ASE version number be confirmed to the
sending CM-ground-user.
Note 1.— If the sending CM-ground-ASE version number is the same as the receiving CM-ground-ASE
version number, the Version Number parameter is not present in the indication given to the receiving
CM-ground-user, nor in the confirmation to the sending CM-ground-user.
Note 2.— The sending CM-ground-ASE and receiving CM-ground-ASE version numbers are both set to 1.
2.1.3.7.6.1 The Forward Request parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
CMForwardRequest.
Note.— This parameter contains the value of the required class of communication service if specified by the
initiating CM-ground-user.
2.1.3.7.7.1 When this parameter is specified by the CM-ground-user, the Class of Communication
Service parameter value shall have one of the following abstract values: “A”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E”, “F”, “G”,
or “H”.
Note.— If not specified by the CM-ground-user, this indicates that there is no routing preference.
2.1.3.7.8 Result
Note.— This parameter indicates whether or not the information was forwarded as requested.
II-16 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.1.3.7.8.1 The Result parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax CMForwardResponse.
Note.— When the sending CM-ground-ASE version number is less than or equal to the receiving
CM-ground-ASE version number the Result parameter takes the abstract value “success”. When the sending
CM-ground-ASE version number is greater than the receiving CM-ground-ASE version number the Result
parameter takes the abstract value “incompatible version”. When the receiving CM-ground-ASE does not
support ground-ground forwarding the Result parameter takes the abstract value “service not supported”.
Note 1.— This service provides the capability for either the CM-air-user or a CM-ground-user to abort
communication with its peer. This can be used for operational or technical reasons. It can be invoked at
any time by an active user. Messages in transit may be lost during this operation. It is an unconfirmed
service.
Note 2.— If the service is invoked prior to complete establishment of the dialogue, the CM-user-abort
indication may not be provided. A CM-provider-abort indication may result instead.
2.1.3.8.1 The CM-user-abort service shall contain the primitives as presented Table 2.1.3-8.
none
Note.— This service provides the capability for the CM-service provider to inform its users that it can no
longer provide the CM service. Messages in transit may be lost during this operation.
2.1.3.9.1 The CM-provider-abort service shall contain the primitives and parameters as presented
Table 2.1.3-9.
Reason M
2.1.3.9.2 Reason
2.1.3.9.2.1 The Reason parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax CMAbortReason.
Air-ground applications II-17
2.1.4.2.1 The abstract syntax of the CM protocol data units shall comply with the description
contained in the ASN.1 module CMMessageSetVersion1 (conforming to ISO/IEC 8824-1), as defined
in 2.1.4.
BEGIN
-- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- CM Message Structure
-- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Aircraft-generated messages
CMAircraftMessage ::=CHOICE
{
cmLogonRequest [0]CMLogonRequest,
cmContactResponse [1]CMContactResponse,
cmAbortReason [2]CMAbortReason,
...
}
-- Ground-generated messages
CMGroundMessage ::=CHOICE
{
cmLogonResponse [0]CMLogonResponse,
cmUpdate [1]CMUpdate,
cmContactRequest [2]CMContactRequest,
cmForwardRequest [3]CMForwardRequest,
cmAbortReason [4]CMAbortReason,
cmForwardResponse [5]CMForwardResponse,
...
}
-- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- CM Message Components
-- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II-18 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
-- The Date field does not have to correspond to the flight if the field is not to be used;
-- the field’s value can be assigned a meaningless, but compliant, value locally. If operational
-- use of the Date field is intended, there must be bilateral agreements in place to ensure its proper
-- use. This is a local implementation issue.
END
Air-ground applications II-21
2.1.5.1.1 With the exception of abort primitives, only the sequence of primitives described in figures
2.1.5-1 through 2.1.5-22 shall be permitted.
Note 1.— The following figures define the valid sequences of primitives that are possible to be invoked
during the operation of the CM application. It shows the relationship in time between the service request
and the resulting indication, and if applicable, the subsequent response and resulting confirmation.
Note 2.— Abort primitives may interrupt and terminate any of the normal message sequences outlined below.
Note 3.— More than one CM-logon attempt may be made for a given CM-contact request. The number of
attempts may be determined by local procedures.
Note 4.— Primitives are processed in the order in which they are received.
D-ABORT Req
T
D-ABORT Ind I
M
E
CM-provider-abort Ind
Note 1.— Table 2.1.5-1 lists the time constraints related to the CM application. Each time constraint
requires a timer to be set in the CM protocol machine.
Note 2.— If the timer expires before the final event has occurred, a CM-ASE takes the appropriate action
as defined in 2.1.5.4.1.
Note.— The receipt of a CM-user-abort request, D-ABORT indication, or D-P-ABORT indication are also
timer stop events.
2.1.5.3.1 Introduction
Note.— 2.1.5.3 presents requirements for CM-ASEs in specific states. 2.1.5.5 contains state tables for the
CM-ASEs.
2.1.5.3.1.1 If no actions are described for a CM service primitive when a CM-ASE is in a specific state,
then the invocation of that service primitive shall be prohibited while the CM-ASE is in that state.
2.1.5.3.1.2 Upon receipt of a PDU or dialogue service primitive, if no actions are described for their
arrival when a CM-ASE is in a specific state, then they are considered not permitted and exception handling
procedures as described in 2.1.5.4.4 shall apply.
II-36 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.1.5.3.1.3 If a PDU is received that cannot be decoded, then that PDU is considered an invalid PDU
and exception handling procedures as described in 2.1.5.4.3 shall apply.
2.1.5.3.1.4 If a PDU is not received where one is expected, then that PDU is considered an invalid PDU
and exception handling procedures as described in 2.1.5.4.3 shall apply.
Note 1.— The states defined for the CM-air-ASE are the following:
a) IDLE,
b) LOGON,
c) CONTACT,
d) DIALOGUE, and
e) CONTACT DIALOGUE.
Note 2.— The CM-air-user is considered an active user from the time:
2.1.5.3.2.2.1 Upon receipt of a D-START indication, if the CM-air-ASE is in the IDLE state and the
D-START Priority QOS parameter has the abstract value “flight regularity communications”, the D-START
RER QOS parameter has the abstract value of “low”, the D-START Routing Class QOS parameter identifies
the traffic category “Air Traffic Service Communications (ATSC)” and the Calling Peer ID parameter is a
valid four to eight character facility designation then:
2.1.5.3.2.2.1.1 If the APDU contained in the D-START User Data parameter is a [CMUpdate] APDU the
CM-air-ASE shall:
b) invoke D-START response with the abstract value “rejected (permanent)” provided
as D-START Result parameter value, and
2.1.5.3.2.2.1.2 If the APDU contained in the D-START User Data parameter is a [CMContactRequest]
APDU the CM-air-ASE shall:
2.1.5.3.2.3.1 Upon receipt of a D-START confirmation, if the CM-air-ASE is in the LOGON state and
if the APDU contained in the D-START User Data parameter is a [CMLogonResponse] APDU or if the D-
START User Data parameter is not present but the D-START DS User Version Number parameter is present,
the CM-air-ASE shall:
2.1.5.3.2.4.1 Upon receipt of a D-DATA indication, if the CM-air-ASE is in the DIALOGUE state then:
2.1.5.3.2.4.1.1 If the APDU contained in the D-DATA User Data parameter is a [CMUpdate] APDU the
CM-air-ASE shall:
a) invoke CM-update service indication with the APDU contained in the D-DATA
User Data parameter as the CM-update service Update Information parameter
value, and
2.1.5.3.2.4.1.2 If the APDU contained in the D-DATA User Data parameter is a [CMContactRequest]
APDU the CM-air-ASE shall:
a) invoke CM-contact service indication with the APDU contained in the D-DATA
User Data parameter as the CM-contact service Contact Request parameter value,
and
2.1.5.3.2.5.1 Upon receipt of a D-END indication, if the CM-air-ASE is in the DIALOGUE state then the
CM-air-ASE shall:
b) invoke D-END response with the D-END Result parameter set to the abstract value
“accepted”, and
iii) the abstract value of “low” as the D-START RER parameter value,
and
2.1.5.3.2.7.1 Upon receipt of a CM-contact service response, if the CM-air-ASE is in the CONTACT state
the CM-air-ASE shall:
2.1.5.3.2.7.2 Upon receipt of a CM-contact service response, if the CM-air-ASE is in the CONTACT
DIALOGUE state the CM-air-ASE shall:
b) invoke D-DATA request with the CMAircraftMessage APDU as the D-DATA User
Data parameter value, and
2.1.5.3.2.8.1 Upon receipt of a CM-user-abort service request, if the CM-air-ASE is not in the IDLE state
the CM-air-ASE shall:
b) invoke D-ABORT request with the D-ABORT Originator parameter set to the
abstract value “user”, and
2.1.5.3.2.9.1 Upon receipt of a D-ABORT indication, if the CM-air-ASE is not in the IDLE state the
CM-air-ASE shall:
2.1.5.3.2.10.1 Upon receipt of a D-P-ABORT indication, if the CM-air-ASE is not in the IDLE state the
CM-air-ASE shall:
Note 1.— The states defined for the CM-ground-ASE are the following:
a) IDLE,
b) LOGON,
c) UPDATE,
d) CONTACT,
e) DIALOGUE,
f) CONTACT DIALOGUE,
g) END, and
h) FORWARD.
Note 2.— The CM-ground-user is considered an active user from the time:
2.1.5.3.3.2.1 Upon receipt of a D-START indication, if the CM-ground-ASE is in the IDLE state and the
APDU contained in the D-START User Data parameter is a [CMLogonRequest] APDU and the abstract
value of the D-START Calling Peer ID parameter is a 24 bit Aircraft Address and the D-START Priority
QOS parameter has the abstract value “flight regularity communications” and the D-START RER QOS
parameter has the abstract value of “low” and the D-START Routing Class QOS parameter identifies the
traffic category “Air Traffic Service Communications (ATSC)”, then:
2.1.5.3.3.2.1.1 If the D-START DS User Version Number parameter value is greater than the
CM-ground-ASE version number the CM-ground-ASE shall:
2.1.5.3.3.2.1.2 If the D-START DS User Version Number parameter value is less than the CM-ground-ASE
version number the CM-ground-ASE shall:
3) the APDU in the D-START User Data parameter as the CM-logon service
Logon Request parameter value, and
2.1.5.3.3.2.1.3 If the D-START DS User Version Number parameter value is equal to CM-ground-ASE
version number the CM-ground-ASE shall:
2) the APDU in the D-START User Data parameter as the CM-logon service
Logon Request parameter value, and
2.1.5.3.3.2.2 Upon receipt of a D-START indication, if the receiving CM-ground-ASE is in the IDLE state
and the APDU contained in the D-START User Data parameter is a [CMForwardRequest] APDU and the
abstract value of the D-START Calling Peer ID parameter is a 4 to 8 character Facility Designation and the
D-START Priority QOS parameter has the abstract value “flight regularity communications” and the D-
START RER QOS parameter has the abstract value of “low”and the D-START Routing Class QOS
parameter identifies the traffic category “Air Traffic Service Communications (ATSC)”, then:
2.1.5.3.3.2.2.1 If the CM-ground-ASE does not support the CM-forward service, the CM-ground-ASE shall:
2.1.5.3.3.2.2.2 If the D-START DS User Version Number parameter value is greater than the
CM-ground-ASE version number and the CM-ground-ASE supports the CM-forward service, the
CM-ground-ASE shall:
2.1.5.3.3.2.2.3 If the D-START DS User Version Number parameter value is less than the CM-ground-ASE
version number and the CM-ground-ASE supports the CM-forward service, the CM-ground-ASE shall:
2.1.5.3.3.2.2.4 If the D-START DS User Version Number parameter value is equal to the CM-ground-ASE
version number and the CM-ground-ASE supports the CM-forward service, the CM-ground-ASE shall:
2.1.5.3.3.3.1.1 If the CM-ground-ASE is in the UPDATE state and the D-START User Data parameter is
not provided, the CM-ground-ASE shall:
2.1.5.3.3.3.1.2 If the CM-ground-ASE is in the CONTACT state and the APDU contained in the D-START
User Data parameter is a [CMContactResponse] APDU, the CM-ground-ASE shall:
2.1.5.3.3.3.1.3 If the CM-ground-ASE is in the FORWARD state and if the D-START User Data parameter
is a [CMForwardResponse] APDU, and the abstract value of the D-START Result parameter is “rejected
(permanent)” and the abstract value of the D-START Reject Source parameter is “DS user”, the
CM-ground-ASE shall:
d) if the abstract value of the D-START User Data parameter is “success”, the
CM-ground-ASE will invoke a CM-forward service confirmation with the
CM-forward Result parameter set to the abstract value “success”, and
b) invoke CM-contact service confirmation with the APDU contained in the D-DATA
User Data parameter as the CM-contact Contact Response parameter value, and
2.1.5.3.3.5.1 Upon receipt of a D-END confirmation, if the CM-ground-ASE is in the END state and the
abstract value of the D-END Result is “accepted”, the CM-ground-ASE shall:
2.1.5.3.3.6.1 Upon receipt of a CM-logon service response, if the CM-ground-ASE is in the LOGON state
the CM-ground-ASE shall:
2.1.5.3.3.7.1 Upon receipt of a CM-update service request, if the CM-ground-ASE is in the IDLE state,
the CM-ground-ASE shall:
iii) the abstract value of “low” as the D-START RER parameter value,
2.1.5.3.3.7.2 Upon receipt of a CM-update service request, if the CM-ground-ASE is in the DIALOGUE
state, the CM-ground-ASE shall:
b) invoke D-DATA request with the CMGroundMessage APDU as the D-DATA User
Data parameter value, and
2.1.5.3.3.8.1 Upon receipt of a CM-contact service request, if the CM-ground-ASE is in the IDLE state
the CM-ground-ASE shall:
iii) The abstract value of “low” as the D-START RER parameter value,
2.1.5.3.3.8.2 Upon receipt of a CM-contact service request, if the CM-ground-ASE is in the DIALOGUE
state the CM-ground-ASE shall:
b) invoke D-DATA request with the CMGroundMessage APDU as the D-DATA User
Data parameter value,
2.1.5.3.3.9.1 Upon receipt of a CM-end service request, if the CM-ground-ASE is in the DIALOGUE state
the CM-ground-ASE shall:
2.1.5.3.3.10.1 Upon receipt of a CM-forward service request, if the CM-ground-ASE is in the IDLE state,
the CM-ground-ASE shall:
iii) the abstract value of “low” as the D-START RER parameter value,
2.1.5.3.3.11.1 Upon receipt of a CM-user-abort service request, if the CM-ground-ASE is not in the IDLE
state the CM-ground-ASE shall:
b) invoke D-ABORT request with the D-ABORT Originator parameter set to the
abstract value “user”, and
2.1.5.3.3.12.1 Upon receipt of a D-ABORT indication, if the CM-ground-ASE is not in the IDLE state the
CM-ground-ASE shall:
2.1.5.3.3.13.1 Upon receipt of a D-P-ABORT indication, if the CM-ground-ASE is not in the IDLE state
the CM-ground-ASE shall:
2.1.5.4.1.1 If a CM-ASE detects that a timer has expired, that CM-ASE shall:
2.1.5.4.2.1 Recommendation.— If a CM-ASE has an unrecoverable system error, the CM-ASE should:
2.1.5.4.3.1 If the User Data parameter of a D-START indication or D-DATA indication does not
contain a valid PDU as defined in 2.1.5.3.1.3 and 2.1.5.3.1.4, the CM-ASE shall:
2.1.5.4.3.2 If the User Data parameter of a D-START confirmation does not contain a valid PDU as
defined in 2.1.5.3.1.3 and 2.1.5.3.1.4, the CM-ASE shall:
b) if the CM-ASE is a CM-air-ASE and if the D-START Result parameter is set to the
abstract value “accepted”, then
2.1.5.4.4.1 If the User Data parameter of a D-START indication or D-DATA indication is a valid PDU,
but is not a permitted PDU as defined within 2.1.5.3.1.2, the CM-ASE shall:
2.1.5.4.4.2 If the User Data parameter of a D-START confirmation is a valid PDU, but is not a
permitted PDU as defined within 2.1.5.3.1.2, the CM-ASE shall:
2.1.5.4.4.3 Upon receipt of a Dialogue service primitive for which there are no instruction in 2.1.5.3 (i.e.
the primitive was not expected or was expected under other conditions or with other parameter values), the
CM-ASE shall:
2.1.5.4.5 D-START Confirmation Result or Reject Source Parameter Values Not as Expected
2.1.5.4.5.1 If the CM-ground-ASE receives a D-START confirmation with the D-START Result
parameter having the abstract value of “accepted”, the CM-ground-ASE shall:
2.1.5.4.5.2 If the CM-ASE receives a D-START confirmation with the D-START Result parameter
having the abstract value of “rejected (transient)” or if the D-START Reject Source parameter has the
abstract value of “DS provider”, the CM-ASE shall:
2.1.5.4.6.1 If the CM-ground-ASE receives a D-END confirmation with the D-END Result parameter
that does not have the abstract value of “accepted”, the CM-ground-ASE shall:
2.1.5.4.7.1 If the abstract value of the D-START Priority QOS parameter is not “flight regularity
communications” or the abstract value of the D-START RER QOS parameter is not “low” or the abstract
value of the D-START Routing Class QOS parameter does not identify the traffic category “Air Traffic
Service Communications (ATSC)”, the CM-ASE shall:
2.1.5.4.8.1 If the User Data parameter of a D-START indication, D-START confirmation (with the
Result parameter set to the abstract value “accepted”), or D-DATA indication is not provided where it is
expected, the CM-ASE shall:
2.1.5.4.8.2 If the User Data parameter of a D-START confirmation (with the Result parameter set to
the abstract value “rejected (transient)” or “rejected (permanent)”) is not provided where it is expected, the
CM-ASE shall:
2.1.5.5.1 Priority
2.1.5.5.1.1 If the state tables for the CM-air-ASE and the CM-ground-ASE shown below conflict with
textual statements made elsewhere in this document, the textual statements shall take precedence.
Note 1.— In the following state tables, the statement “cannot occur” means that if the implementation
conforms to the SARPs, it is impossible for this event to occur. If the event does occur, this implies that there
is an error in the implementation. If such a situation is detected, it is suggested that the ASE aborts with the
error “unrecoverable system error”.
Note 2.— In the following state tables, the statement “not permitted” means that the implementation must
prevent this event from occurring through some local means. If the event does occur this implies that there
is an error in the implementation. If such a situation is detected, it is suggested that the ASE performs a local
rejection of the request rather than aborting the dialogue.
Table 2.1.5-2. CM-Ground-ASE State Table
Air-ground applications
STATE < IDLE LOGON UPDATE CONTACT DIALOGUE CONTACT END FORWARD
EVENT ? DIALOGUE
DIALOGUE Service Events
D-START Indication D-START cannot occur cannot cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
Version Number is greater response occur
than the CM-ground-ASE <IDLE
version number,
ground-ground forwarding
supported
D-START Indication CM-logon cannot occur cannot cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
Version Number is less than indication occur
or equal to the <LOGON
CM-ground-ASE version
number, User Data =
CMLogonRequest,
ground-ground forwarding
supported
D-START Indication Version CM-forward cannot occur cannot cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
Number is less than or equal indication occur
to the CM-ground-ASE D-START
version number, response
User Data = <IDLE
CMForwardRequest,
ground-ground forwarding
supported
D-START Indication, D-START cannot occur cannot cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
Ground-ground forwarding is response occur
not supported, User Data = <IDLE
CMForwardRequest
D-START Confirmation cannot occur cannot occur Stop timer cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
Result “rejected (permanent)” tupdate
and Reject Source “DS user”, <IDLE
D-START User Data
parameter not provided
D-START Confirmation cannot occur cannot occur cannot Stop timer cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
Result “rejected (permanent)” occur tcontact
and Reject Source “DS user”, CM-contact
D-START User confirmation
Data=CMContactResponse <IDLE
II-59
STATE < IDLE LOGON UPDATE CONTACT DIALOGUE CONTACT END FORWARD
II-60
EVENT ? DIALOGUE
D-START Confirmation cannot occur cannot occur cannot cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur Stop timer
Result “rejected (permanent)” occur tforward
and Reject Source “DS user”, CM-
D-START User forward
Data=CMForwardResponse confirmation
<IDLE
D-DATA Indication cannot occur cannot occur cannot cannot occur cannot occur CM contact cannot occur cannot occur
occur confirmation
Stop timer tcontact
<DIALOGUE
D-END Confirmation cannot occur cannot occur cannot cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur stop timer tend cannot occur
Result “accepted” occur <IDLE
CM-User Events
CM-update Request D-START not permitted not not permitted D-DATA not permitted not permitted not permitted
request permitted request
Start timer <DIALOGUE
tupdate
<UPDATE
CM-contact Request D-START not permitted not not permitted D-DATA not permitted not permitted not permitted
request permitted request
Start timer Start timer tcontact
tcontact <CONTACT
<CONTACT DIALOGUE
CM-forward Request D-START not permitted not not permitted not permitted not permitted not permitted not permitted
request permitted
Start timer
tforward
<FORWARD
CM-logon Response not permitted D-START not not permitted not permitted not permitted not permitted not permitted
Maintain Dialogue not response permitted
supplied by CM-ground user <IDLE
CM-logon Response not permitted D-START not not permitted not permitted not permitted not permitted not permitted
Maintain Dialogue response permitted
“accepted” <DIALOGUE
CM-end Request not permitted not permitted not not permitted D-END request not permitted not permitted not permitted
permitted Start timer tend
<END
ABORT Events
Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network
STATE < IDLE LOGON UPDATE CONTACT DIALOGUE CONTACT END FORWARD
EVENT ? DIALOGUE
CM-user-abort Request not permitted D-ABORT stop timer stop timer D-ABORT D-ABORT stop timer
request tupdate tcontact request request not permitted tforward
<IDLE D-ABORT D-ABORT <IDLE Stop timer tcontact D-ABORT
request request <IDLE request
<IDLE <IDLE <IDLE
D-ABORT Indication cannot occur CM- stop timer stop timer CM-provider- CM-provider- stop timer tend stop timer
Air-ground applications
Originator is “provider” provider- tupdate tcontact abort indication abort indication <IDLE tforward
abort CM-provi CM-provider- <IDLE Stop timer tcontact CM-
indication der-abort abort indication <IDLE provider-
<IDLE indication <IDLE abort
<IDLE indication
<IDLE
D-ABORT Indication cannot occur CM-user- stop timer stop timer CM-user-abort CM-user-abort stop timer tend cannot occur
Originator is “user” abort tupdate tcontact indication indication <IDLE
indication CM-user- CM-user-abort <IDLE Stop timer tcontact
<IDLE abort indication <IDLE
indication <IDLE
<IDLE
D-P-ABORT indication cannot occur CM- stop timer stop timer CM-provider- CM-provider- stop timer tend stop timer
provider- tupdate tcontact abort indication abort indication <IDLE tforward
abort CM-provi CM-provider- <IDLE Stop timer tcontact CM-
indication der-abort abort indication <IDLE provider-
<IDLE indication <IDLE abort
<IDLE indication
<IDLE
Tupdate Expires cannot occur cannot occur D-ABORT cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
request
CM-provi
der-abort
indication
<IDLE
Tcontact Expires cannot occur cannot occur cannot D-ABORT cannot occur D-ABORT cannot occur cannot occur
occur request request
CM-provider- CM-provider-
abort indication abort indication
<IDLE <IDLE
Tend Expires cannot occur cannot occur cannot cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur D-ABORT cannot occur
occur request
<IDLE
II-61
STATE < IDLE LOGON UPDATE CONTACT DIALOGUE CONTACT END FORWARD
II-62
EVENT ? DIALOGUE
Tforward Expires cannot occur cannot occur cannot cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur D-ABORT
occur request
CM-
provider-
abort
indication
<IDLE
D-START Indication CM-update indication cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
User Data CMUpdate D-START response
<IDLE
D-START Indication CM-contact indication cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
User Data CMContactRequest <CONTACT
D-START Confirmation cannot occur Stop timer tlogon cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
Result “rejected (permanent)” CM-logon
and Reject Source “DS user” confirmation
<IDLE
D-START Confirmation cannot occur Stop timer tlogon cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
Result “accepted” CM-logon
confirmation
<DIALOGUE
D-DATA Indication cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur CM-update indication cannot occur
User Data CMUpdate <DIALOGUE
D-DATA Indication cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur CM-contact indication cannot occur
User Data CMContactRequest <CONTACT
DIALOGUE
D-END Indication cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur CM-end indication cannot occur
Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network
D-END response
<IDLE
STATE < IDLE LOGON CONTACT DIALOGUE CONTACT DIALOGUE
EVENT ?
CM-User Events
CM-contact Response not permitted not permitted D-START response not permitted D-DATA request
<IDLE <DIALOGUE
Air-ground applications
CM-logon Request D-START request not permitted not permitted not permitted not permitted
Start timer tlogon
<LOGON
ABORT Events
CM-user-abort Request not permitted stop timer tlogon D-ABORT request D-ABORT request D-ABORT request
D-ABORT request <IDLE <IDLE <IDLE
<IDLE
D- ABORT Indication cannot occur stop timer tlogon CM-provider-abort CM-provider-abort CM-provider-abort
Originator is “provider” CM-provider-abort indication indication indication
indication <IDLE <IDLE <IDLE
<IDLE
D-ABORT Indication cannot occur stop timer tlogon CM-user-abort CM-user-abort CM-user-abort
Originator is “user” CM-user-abort indication indication indication
indication <IDLE <IDLE <IDLE
<IDLE
D-P-ABORT indication cannot occur stop timer tlogon CM-provider-abort CM-provider-abort CM-provider-abort
CM-provider-abort indication indication indication
indication <IDLE <IDLE <IDLE
<IDLE
Tlogon Expires cannot occur D-ABORT request cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
CM-provider-abort
indication
<IDLE
II-63
II-64 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.1.6.1.1 The CM application shall use PER encoding as defined in ISO/IEC 8825-2, using the Basic
Unaligned variant to encode/decode the ASN.1 message structure and content specified in 2.1.4.
2.1.6.2.1.1 Where dialogue service primitives, that is D-START, D-DATA, D-END, D-ABORT, and
D-P-ABORT are described as being invoked in 2.1.5, the CM-ground-ASE and the CM-air-ASE shall exhibit
external behaviour consistent with the dialogue service, as described in 4.2, having been implemented and
its primitives invoked.
2.1.6.2.2.1 The Priority Quality-of-Service parameter of the D-START for CM shall be the abstract
value of “flight regularity communications”.
2.1.6.2.2.2 The RER Quality-of-Service parameter of the D-START for CM shall be set to the abstract
value of “low”.
2.1.6.2.2.3 The CM-ASE shall map the Class of Communication Service abstract values to the Routing
Class abstract value part of the D-START Quality-of-Service parameter as presented in Table 2.1.6-1.
Table 2.1.6-1. Mapping Between Class of Communication and Routing Class Abstract Values
Note.— Requirements imposed on CM-users concerning CM messages and interfacing with the CM-ASEs
are presented in 2.1.7.
Note 1.— When a CM-air-user invokes the CM-logon service and requires a particular class of
communication service, it sets the Class of Communication Service parameter to be the class of
communication it requires.
Note 2.— When the CM-air-user invokes a CM-logon service and has no preference for the class of
communication service to be used, the Class of Communication Service parameter does not need to be
provided.
Note 3.— For each CM-air-ASE invocation, the CM-air-user establishes a correlation between a
CM-air-ASE invocation and the facility designation.
Note 4.— Upon the initiation of a CM-logon service request, or upon receipt of a CM-update service
indication or a CM-contact service indication, the ASE invocation correlation is based on the facility
designation in the Facility Designation parameter of the respective CM service.
Note 5.— The correlation is maintained for the duration of the ASE invocation.
2.1.7.1.1.1 When invoking the CM-logon service request the CM-air-user shall provide the following
as part of the CMLogonRequest:
c) information on each application for which it requires a data link service as follows:
1) for air-only initiated services: application name and version number for all
the versions that can be supported, and
d) the facility designation of the facility with which the CM-air-user wishes to
exchange application information (if required), and
Note.— The facility designation is only used if the CM-air-user wants to explicitly identify a facility other
than the one contained in the Facility Designation parameter of the CM-logon service for which it requires
application information.
2.1.7.1.1.2 Recommendation. — The CM-air-user should only use the facilityDesignation field of the
CMLogonRequest if requesting information for a facility other than the one specified in the Facility
Designation parameter of the CM-logon service.
2.1.7.1.1.3 When invoking the CM-logon service request, if any RDP for a given application address
is different than the CM RDP, the CM-air-user shall use the long TSAP for each application address
provided.
Note.— The long TSAP = RDP + short TSAP. The short TSAP = ARS + LOC + SYS + NSEL + TSEL. The
RDP = VER + ADM + RDF.
2.1.7.1.1.4 When invoking the CM-logon service request, the ARS component of the short TSAP shall
contain the aircraft’s 24 bit address.
Note.— If there is more than one routing domain on the aircraft, the LOC field is used to differentiate them.
2.1.7.1.1.5 Upon receipt of a CM-logon service confirmation, the CM-air-user shall create the actual
TSAP for each ground application information contained in the Logon Response based on the IDP and long
TSAP for each application as defined in 2.1.4.
Note.— The actual TSAP = IDP + long TSAP. The IDP = AFI + IDI.
2.1.7.1.1.6 Upon receipt of a CM-logon service confirmation, the CM-air-user shall make the
information contained in the CMLogonResponse available to the other applications (i.e., ADS, CPDLC, and
FIS), as well as to the dialogue service provider.
2.1.7.1.1.7 Upon the receipt of a Logon Response from a CM-logon service confirmation from a ground
facility for which CM information has previously been received, the CM-air-user shall only replace the
previous information for which new logon information has been received.
Note 1.— If the facilityDesignation field of the LogonRequest was provided, then the information contained
in the Logon Response parameter corresponds to that facility designation. If the facilityDesignation field
of the LogonRequest was not provided, then the information contained in the LogonResponse parameter
corresponds to the Facility Designation parameter of the CM-logon service.
Note 2.— If the facilityDesignation field of the LogonRequest was provided and no application information
is returned in the Logon Response parameter, this means that the CM-ground-user does not have access to
the information for the requested facility or that the requested facility does not support any of the proposed
applications.
Note.— If a CM-update service indication is received, then the information contained in the Update
Information parameter corresponds to the facility designation contained in the Facility Designation
parameter, or, if a dialogue exists, the facility with which the dialogue is in place.
Air-ground applications II-67
2.1.7.1.2.1 Upon the receipt of Update Information from a CM-update service indication from a ground
facility designation for which CM information has previously been received, the CM-air-user shall only
replace the previous information for which updated information has been received.
2.1.7.1.2.2 Upon receipt of a CM-update service indication, the CM-air-user shall create the actual
TSAP for each ground application information contained in the Update Information based on the IDP and
long TSAP for each application as defined in 2.1.4.
Note.— The actual TSAP = IDP + long TSAP. The IDP = AFI + IDI.
2.1.7.1.2.3 The CM-air-user shall make the updated information contained in the Update Information
available to the other applications (i.e., ADS, CPDLC, and FIS), as well as to the dialogue service provider.
2.1.7.1.3.2 Upon receipt of a CM-logon confirmation when performing the CM-contact service, the
CM-air-user shall invoke a CM-contact response.
2.1.7.1.3.4 Upon receipt of a CM-contact service indication, the CM-air-user shall attempt to initiate
a CM-logon service request with the indicated ground system.
Note.— If a CM-logon service request is initiated, the CM-air-user will comply with the CM-logon
requirements as stated in 2.1.7.1.1. However, the facility designation will not be provided as part of the
CMLogonRequest in this case.
2.1.7.1.3.5 In addition to the above CM-logon service requirements, upon receipt of a CM-logon service
response from the indicated facility designation, or if no CM-logon service request can be initiated, the
CM-air-user shall invoke the CM-contact service response indicating the success or lack thereof of the
CM-logon service request.
2.1.7.2.1.1 A CM-ground-user shall invoke the CM-logon service, CM-update service, CM-contact
service, and CM-end service only when communicating with a CM-air-user.
2.1.7.2.1.2 A CM-ground-user shall invoke the CM-forward service only when communicating with
another CM-ground-user.
Note 1.— When a CM-ground-user invokes the CM-update service, CM-contact service, or CM-forward
service and requires a particular class of communication service, it will set the Class of Communication
Service parameter to be the class of communication it requires.
II-68 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 2.— When the CM-ground-user invokes a CM-update service, CM-contact service, or CM-forward
service and has no preference for the class of communication service to be used, the Class of Communication
Service parameter does not need to be provided.
Note 3.— When a CM-ground-user specifies the Class of Communication Service parameter and the
dialogue is in place, the class of communication parameter is ignored.
Note 4.— For each CM-ground-ASE invocation, the CM-ground-user establishes a correlation between a
CM-ground-ASE invocation and the aircraft 24 bit address
Note 5.— Upon the initiation a CM-update service request or CM-contact service request, or upon receipt
of a CM-logon service indication the ASE invocation correlation is based on the 24-bit aircraft address in
the Aircraft Address parameter of the respective CM service.
Note 6.— The correlation is maintained for the duration of the ASE invocation.
2.1.7.2.2.2 Upon receipt of a CM-logon service indication, the CM-ground-user shall make the aircraft
application information contained in the Logon Request available to the other applications (i.e., ADS,
CPDLC, and FIS), as well as to the dialogue service provider.
2.1.7.2.2.3 Upon receipt of a CM-logon service indication, the CM-ground-user shall create the actual
TSAP for each aircraft application information contained in the Logon Request based on the IDP and long
TSAP for each application as defined in 2.1.4.
Note.— The actual TSAP = IDP + long TSAP. The IDP = AFI + IDI.
2.1.7.2.2.4 Upon the receipt of a Logon Request from a CM-logon service indication from an aircraft
for which CM information has previously been received and still being maintained, the CM-ground-user shall
update the aircraft information accordingly.
2.1.7.2.2.5 Upon receipt of a CM-logon service indication, the CM-ground-user shall invoke a
CM-logon service response with a CMLogonResponse containing:
a) application names, addresses, and version numbers for the requested applications
that can be air-initiated for all versions that the ground and aircraft systems can
support, and
b) application names and version numbers for the requested ground-only initiated
applications that the ground system can support.
Air-ground applications II-69
2.1.7.2.2.6 If the facility designation is present in the Logon Request parameter, then the application
information contained in the CM LogonResponse shall correspond to that facility designation.
Note.— If a CM-ground-user does not have access to the information for the requested facility, no
application information is returned.
2.1.7.2.2.7 If the facility designation is not present in the Logon Request parameter, then the application
information contained in the LogonResponse shall correspond to the responding CM-ground-user’s facility
designation.
2.1.7.2.2.8 When invoking the CM-logon service response, if any RDP for a given application address
is different than the CM RDP, the CM-ground-user shall use the long TSAP for each application address
provided.
Note 1.— The long TSAP = RDP + short TSAP. The short TSAP = ARS (optional) + LOC + SYS + NSEL
+TSEL. The RDP = VER + ADM + RDF.
Note 2.— If there is more than one routing domain on the ground, the ARS field is used to differentiate them.
If there is not more than one routing domain on the ground, the ARS field need not be used.
Note 3.— The value of the ARS field is a 24-bit unsigned binary number that uniquely identifies the
addressed system in a single routing domain and is assigned by the State or Organization identified in the
ADM field.
2.1.7.2.3.1 When invoking the CM-update service request, the CM-ground-user shall provide a
CMUpdate containing application names, addresses, and version numbers for each of the data link
applications being updated.
Note.— The CM-update service only corresponds to a ground facility’s local applications.
2.1.7.2.3.2 When invoking the CM-update service request, the CM-ground-user shall use the Long
TSAP for each application address provided.
2.1.7.2.4.1 When invoking the CM-contact service request, the CM-ground-user shall provide a
CMContactRequest containing the facility designation of the ground facility that the ground requests the
aircraft to contact.
II-70 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 2.— If the CM-ground-user establishes a CM dialogue with the CM-logon Maintain Dialogue
parameter set, the CM-ground user is responsible for closing the CM dialogue with the CM-end service.
2.1.7.2.6.1 When requesting the CM-forward service, the CM-ground-user shall provide all of the
information from either a CM-logon request message or a CM-forward request message, whichever is the
more recent.
2.1.7.2.6.2 Upon receipt of a CM-forward service indication, the CM-ground-user shall make the aircraft
application information contained in the Forward Request available to the other applications (i.e., ADS,
CPDLC, and FIS), as well as to the dialogue service provider.
2.1.7.2.6.3 Upon receipt of a CM-forward service indication, the CM-ground-user shall create the actual
TSAP for each aircraft application information contained in the Forward Request based on the IDP and long
TSAP for each application as defined in 2.1.4.
Note.— The actual TSAP =IDP + long TSAP. The IDP = AFI + IDI.
2.1.7.2.6.4 Upon the receipt of a Forward Request from a CM-forward service indication concerning
an aircraft identifier for which CM information has previously been received and is still being maintained,
the CM-ground-user shall update the aircraft information accordingly.
2.1.7.2.6.5 Recommendation. — Upon the receipt of a Forward Request from a CM-forward service
indication, the receiving CM-ground-user should invoke a CM-update service request with the indicated
aircraft, if the update service is supported.
2.1.7.3.1 A CM user shall interpret parameter value unit, range and resolution as defined in 2.1.4.
Air-ground applications II-71
2.1.8.1 General
Note.— 2.1.8.1.1 specifies conformance requirements which all implementations of the CM protocol obey.
2.1.8.1.1 An implementation of either the CM ground based service or the CM air based service
claiming conformance shall support the CM protocol features as shown in the table below.
Note 1.— The ‘status
column indicates the level of support required for conformance to the CM-ASE
protocol. The values are as follows:
d) ‘C.n
the item is conditional where n is the number which identifies the
condition which is applicable.
Version 1 M none
Note 2.— A CM ground system may or may not support the maintain dialogue feature.
Note.— Structure of 2.2: 2.2.1 defines the air-ground communication aspects of ADS. 2.2.2 defines the
ground-ground (i.e. ADS report forwarding) aspects of ADS.
2.2.1.1 Introduction
2.2.1.1.1 The ADS air ground application will allow users to obtain positional and other information from
suitably equipped aircraft in a timely manner in accordance with their requirements. The ADS application
is designed to give automatic reports about aircraft to a user. The ADS reports give positional as well as other
information likely to be of use to the air traffic management function, including air traffic control. The
aircraft provides the information to the user under the following circumstances:
a) under a contract (known as a demand contract) agreed with the ground system, the
aircraft provides the information immediately and once only;
b) under a contract (known as a periodic contract) agreed with the ground system, the
aircraft provides information on a regular basis;
c) under a contract (known as an event contract) agreed with the ground system, the
aircraft provides information when certain events are detected by the avionics;
Note 1.— Structure of 2.2: This chapter defines the air-ground communication aspects of ADS only.
c) 2.2.1.3: THE ABSTRACT SERVICE contains the description of the abstract service
provided by the application service elements (ASE) defined for ADS.
J 57$5'66+0) 47.'5 RTQXKFGU TWNGU HQT UWDUGVVKPI VJG #&5 5#42U
C 6JG CXKQPKEU CTG ECRCDNG QH UWRRQTVKPI EQPVTCEVU YKVJ CV NGCUV HQWT #6% ITQWPF
U[UVGOU UKOWNVCPGQWUN[ VJG[ CTG CNUQ ECRCDNG QH UWRRQTVKPI QPG FGOCPF QPG
GXGPV CPF QPG RGTKQFKE EQPVTCEV YKVJ GCEJ ITQWPF U[UVGO UKOWNVCPGQWUN[
D +P CFFKVKQP KH VJG RKNQV QT CXKQPKEU GNGEVU VJG CXKQPKEU YKNN UWURGPF CP[ GZKUVKPI
RGTKQFKE EQPVTCEV CPF GUVCDNKUJGU CP GOGTIGPE[ EQPVTCEV YKVJ GCEJ ITQWPF U[UVGO
YKVJ YJKEJ KV JCU CP #&5 EQPVTCEV
C (WPEVKQPCN &GUETKRVKQP
6JG ITQWPF U[UVGO UGPFU C FGOCPF EQPVTCEV TGSWGUV VQ VJG CXKQPKEU 6JKU
EQPVCKPU CP KPFKECVKQP QH YJKEJ QRVKQPCN KPHQTOCVKQP DNQEMU CTG TGSWKTGF
6JG CXKQPKEU VJGP FGVGTOKPGU YJGVJGT QT PQV VJGTG CTG GTTQTU KP VJG
TGSWGUV CPF KH VJGTG CTG PQ GTTQTU YJGVJGT QT PQV KV KU CDNG VQ EQORN[
YKVJ VJG TGSWGUV +H VJG CXKQPKEU ECP EQORN[ YKVJ VJG FGOCPF EQPVTCEV
TGSWGUV KV UGPFU VJG TGRQTV CU UQQP CU RQUUKDNG +H VJGTG CTG GTTQTU KP VJG
EQPVTCEV TGSWGUV QT KH VJG CXKQPKEU ECPPQV EQORN[ YKVJ VJG TGSWGUV KV
UGPFU C PGICVKXG CEMPQYNGFIGOGPV VQ VJG ITQWPF U[UVGO KPFKECVKPI VJG
TGCUQP HQT KVU KPCDKNKV[ VQ CEEGRV VJG EQPVTCEV +H VJG CXKQPKEU ECP RCTVKCNN[
EQORN[ YKVJ VJG TGSWGUV KV UGPFU C PQPEQORNKCPEG PQVKHKECVKQP KPFKECVKPI
VJQUG RCTVU QH VJG EQPVTCEV YKVJ YJKEJ KV ECPPQV EQORN[ CPF VJGP KV UGPFU
CP #&5TGRQTV
Air-ground applications II-77
D /GUUCIG &GUETKRVKQPU
ii) the projected profile, indicating the position and predicted time of
the next way point, and the position of the following way point;
iii) the ground vector, indicating the track, ground speed and vertical
rate;
iv) the air vector, indicating the heading, air speed and vertical rate;
vi) the short term intent, indicating the predicted location of the
aircraft at some time in the future (as indicated in the demand
contract) and, for any intermediate points where level, track or
speed change is predicted to occur, the projected distance, track,
level and time are given;
a) Functional Description
1) This function allows the ground system to establish an event contract with
the aircraft, and then for the conditions of that contract to be realised.
Realisation of the contract involves the sending of reports from the aircraft
to the ground system when certain agreed events occur.
2) Only one event contract may exist between the ground system and avionics
at any one time, but this may contain multiple event types. A set of basic
information is sent with every report, and depending on the event that
triggered the sending of the report, other information blocks may also be
included. The contract that is agreed states the event types that are to
trigger reports and also any values needed to clarify those event types.
iv) Level range deviation. This is triggered when the aircraft
s level
becomes greater than the level ceiling or less than the level floor.
vi) Ground speed change. This is triggered when the aircraft
s ground
speed differs negatively or positively from its value at the time of
the previous ADS report containing a ground vector, by an amount
which is equal to the ground speed threshold which is specified in
Air-ground applications II-79
xi) Level change. This is triggered when the aircraft
s level differs
negatively or positively from its value at the time of the previous
ADS report, by an amount which is equal to the level change
threshold which is specified in the event contract request. If there
has been no previous such report, one is sent immediately.
5) The ground system sends an event contract request to the avionics. This
contains the types of event to be reported on and the necessary parameters
for that event (e.g. if the event is a level range deviation, then the upper and
lower thresholds must be sent). The avionics then determines whether or
not there are errors in the request, and if not, whether or not it is able to
comply with the request. If the avionics can comply with the event contract
request it sends a positive acknowledgement and any required baseline
report. If the contracted event occurs, an ADS report is sent.
II-80 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
6) If there are errors in the event contract request, or if the avionics cannot
comply with the request, it sends a negative acknowledgement to the
ground system indicating the reason for its inability to accept the contract
within 0.5 seconds.
7) If the avionics can partially comply with the request, it sends a non-
compliance notification indicating those parts of the contract with which
it cannot comply. If a contracted event occurs with which it can comply, an
ADS-report is sent.
8) For lateral deviation, level range and vertical rate change, if the event
occurs, a report is sent every 60 seconds while the limit(s) specified in the
contract are exceeded. For all other events, a single report is sent every
time the event occurs.
b) Message Descriptions
iii) leaving a given level range - containing the upper and lower level
thresholds;
2) The ADS report has the same structure as in the operation of a demand
contract, containing position, time and FOM. However the choice of
additional optional information blocks is made as follows:
ii) if the triggering event is a way point change, then the ADS report
will contain the projected profile;
v) if the triggering event is a FOM change, then the ADS report will
contain no additional information other than the basic information
contained in every ADS report).
a) Functional Description
1) This function allows the ground system to establish a periodic contract with
the aircraft, and then for the conditions of that contract to be realised.
Realisation of the contract involves the sending of reports from the aircraft
to the ground system at regular intervals (the reporting rate).
2) Only one periodic contract may exist between a ground system and the
avionics at any one time. A set of basic information is sent with every
report. Optionally, at the request of the ground system, other information
blocks may also be sent; they may only be sent at a time interval which is
a multiple of the reporting rate. The contract that is agreed includes the
II-82 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
reporting rate, the optional blocks of information to be sent and the rate at
which they are to be sent.
3) The ground system sends a periodic contract request to the avionics. This
contains the basic reporting rate and an indication of which optional
information blocks are required and how often they are to be sent relative
to the basic rate (i.e. every time, every second report, every third report
etc.). The avionics then determines whether or not there are errors in the
request, and if not, whether or not it is able to comply with the request. If
the avionics can comply with the periodic contract request it sends its first
report , and then sends other reports at the intervals requested. If it cannot
send the first report within 0.5 seconds, it sends a positive
acknowledgement first to indicate its acceptance of the contract.
5) If there are errors in the periodic contract request, or if the avionics cannot
accept the contract, it sends a negative acknowledgement to the ground
system indicating the reason for its inability to accept the contract within
0.5 seconds.
6) If the avionics can partially comply with the request, it sends a non-
compliance notification indicating those parts of the contract with which
it cannot comply. It then sends ADS-reports at a rate with which it can
comply, and containing information requested with which it can comply.
Non-compliance can be caused by either inability to meet the requested
reporting rate, and/or inability to supply the requested information.
b) Message Descriptions
1) The periodic contract request may optionally contain any of the following
information:
i) reporting interval;
ix) Moduli indicate the multiple of the reporting rate that the
information block is sent at (e.g. weather modulus of 5 means that
the weather information block is sent with every 5th report).
2) The ADS report has the same structure as in the operation of a demand
contract.
a) Functional Description
1) This function allows the ground system explicitly to cancel a contract that
is in operation. The ground system sends a cancel contract message to the
avionics. The avionics cancels the contract and acknowledges the
cancellation.
3) The ground system may also cancel all contracts in a single cancel all
contracts message. The avionics cancels all contracts and acknowledges
the cancellation.
b) Message Descriptions
a) Functional Description
b) Message Descriptions
ii) the ground vector, indicating the track, ground speed and vertical
rate;
a) Functional Description
contract, and then sends the emergency reports at the new interval. This
only effects the emergency contract between the ground system making the
request and the aircraft.
3) If the avionics is unable to change the reporting rate, the avionics will send
a negative acknowledgement within 0.5 seconds.
b) Message Descriptions
a) Functional Description
b) Message Descriptions
2.2.1.2.1.1 The ADS-air-ASE and the ADS-ground-ASE version numbers shall both be set to one.
2.2.1.2.2.1 In the event of information input by the ADS-user being incompatible with that able to be
processed by the system, the user shall be notified.
2.2.1.2.2.2 In the event of an ADS-user invoking an ADS service primitive, when the ADS-ASE is not
in a state specified in 2.2.1.5, the user shall be notified.
II-86 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.2.1.3.1.1 An implementation of either the ADS ground based service or the ADS air based service
shall exhibit behaviour consistent with having implemented an ADS-ground-ASE, or ADS-air-ASE
respectively.
Note 1.— 2.2.1.3 defines the abstract service interface for the ADS service. The ADS-ASE abstract service
is described in 2.2.1.3 from the viewpoint of the ADS-ASE-air-user, the ADS-ASE-ground-user and the ADS
service-provider.
Note 2.— 2.2.1.3 defines the static behaviour (i.e. the format) of the ADS abstract service. Its dynamic
behaviour (i.e. how it is used) is described in 2.2.1.7.
Note 3.— Figure 2.2.1.3-1 shows the functional model of the ADS Application. The functional modules
identified in this model are the following :
a) the ADS-user,
c) the ADS-AE,
Note 4.— The ADS-user represents the operational part of the ADS system. This user does not perform the
communication functions but relies on a communication service provided to it via the ADS-AE through the
ADS-AE service interface. The individual actions at this interface are called ADS-AE service primitives.
Similarly, individual actions at other interfaces in the communication system are called service primitives
at these interfaces.
Note 5.— The ADS-AE consists of several elements, including the ADS-ASE and the ADS-CF. The DS
interface is made available by the ADS-CF to the ADS-ASE for communication with the peer ADS-ASE.
Note 6.— The ADS-ASE is the element in the communication system which executes the ADS specific
protocol. In other words, it takes care of the ADS specific service primitive sequencing actions, message
creation, timer management, error and exception handling.
Note 7.— The ADS-ASE interfaces only with the ADS-CF. This ADS-CF is responsible for mapping service
primitives received from one element (such as the ADS-ASE and the ADS-user) to other elements which
interface with it. The part of the ADS-CF which is relevant from the point of view of these SARPs, i.e. the
part between the ADS-user and the ADS-ASE, will map ADS-AE service primitives to ADS-ASE service
primitives transparently.
Note 8.— The DS interface is the interface between the ADS-ASE and part of ADS-CF underneath, the ADS-
ASE and provides the dialogue service.
Note.— There is no requirement to implement the service in an ADS product; however, it is necessary to
implement the ground based and air based system in such a way that it will be impossible to detect (from the
peer system) whether or not an interface has been built.
2.2.1.3.2.1 The ADS-ASE abstract service shall consist of a set of the following services as allowed by
the subsetting rules defined in 2.2.1.8:
Note 2.— ADS-report, ADS-emergency-report and ADS-cancel-emergency are only initiated by the ADS-air-
user.
Note 5.— An abstract syntax is a syntactical description of a parameter which does not imply a specific
implementation. Only when the ADS-ASE maps a parameter onto an APDU field, or vice-versa, is the
abstract syntax of the parameter described by using the ASN.1 of 2.2.1.4 for this field.
2.2.1.3.3 Conventions
Note 1.— For a given primitive, the presence of each parameter is described by one of the following values
in the parameter tables 2.2.1.3:
c) C(=) conditional upon the value of the parameter to the immediate left being
present, and equal to that value;
d) M mandatory;
e) M(=) mandatory, and equal to the value of the parameter to the immediate left;
f) U user option.
a) Req request; data is input by an ADS user initiating the service to its respective
ASE;
b) Ind indication; data is indicated by the receiving ASE to its respective ADS
user;
c) Rsp response; data is input by receiving ADS user to its respective ASE;
d) Cnf confirmation; data is confirmed by the initiating ASE to its respective ADS
user.
Air-ground applications II-89
Note 3.— An unconfirmed service allows just one message to be transmitted, in one direction.
Note 4.— A confirmed service provides end-to-end confirmation that a message sent by one user was
received by its peer user.
Note.— The ADS-demand-contract service allows the ADS-ground-user to request a demand contract with
the aircraft. It is a confirmed service, initiated by the ADS-ground-user.
2.2.1.3.4.1 The ADS-demand-contract service shall contain primitives and parameters as presented in
Table 2.2.1.3-1, when an acknowledgement is sent independent of an ADS-report.
Aircraft address M
Class of communication service U
Contract details M M(=)
Reply M M(=)
ICAO facility designation C C(=)
2.2.1.3.4.2 The ADS-demand-contract service primitives shall contain the parameters as presented in
Table 2.2.1 3-2, when a positive acknowledgement is embedded in an ADS-report.
Aircraft address M
Class of communication service U
Contract details M M(=)
ICAO facility designation C C(=)
Note.— This parameter contains the 24 bit ICAO address of the aircraft with which the contract is being
made.
2.2.1.3.4.3.1 The aircraft address parameter value shall conform to an abstract value corresponding to
a 24-bit ICAO aircraft address.
II-90 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— This parameter contains the value of the required class of communication service, if specified by
the ADS-ground-user.
2.2.1.3.4.4.1 Where specified by the ADS-ground-user, the class of communication service parameter
shall have one of the following abstract values: “A”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E”, “F”, “G” or “H”.
Note 1.— If contracts are currently in place, the class of communication service parameter is not used by
the ADS-service provider.
Note 2.— Where not specified by the ADS-ground-user, when there are no contracts already in force, this
indicates that there will be no routing preference.
Note.— This parameter contains the details of the contract as requested by the ADS-ground-user.
2.2.1.3.4.5.1 The contract details parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
DemandContract.
2.2.1.3.4.6 Reply
Note 1.— This parameter indicates the extent to which the contract request can be complied with. If it has
the value NegativeAcknowledgement, it indicates that the contract has been rejected and gives reasons. If
it has the value NoncomplianceNotification, it indicates that only some parts of the contract can be complied
with, and indicates which ones have been rejected.
Note 2.— Unlike Event and Periodic contracts, the “Reply” parameter does not have the option of
containing a positive acknowledgement.
2.2.1.3.4.6.1 The reply parameter value shall conform to one of the following abstract syntaxes:
Note.— This parameter contains the 4 to 8 character ICAO facility designation of the ICAO facility which
is initiating the contract. If contracts are currently in place, this parameter is not used by the
ADS-service-provider.
2.2.1.3.4.7.1 The ICAO facility designation parameter value shall conform to an abstract value
corresponding to a 4 to 8 character ICAO facility designation.
Air-ground applications II-91
2.2.1.3.4.7.2 The ICAO facility designation parameter value shall be provided when the ADS-ground-user
has no other contracts in place with the aircraft.
Note.— The ADS-event-contract service allows the ADS-ground-user to request an event contract with the
aircraft. It is a confirmed service, initiated by the ADS-ground-user.
2.2.1.3.5.1 The ADS-event-contract service shall contain primitives and parameters as presented in
Table 2.2.1.3-3, when an acknowledgement is sent independent of an ADS-report.
Aircraft address M
Class of communication service U
Contract details M M(=)
Reply M M(=)
ICAO facility designation C C(=)
2.2.1.3.5.2 The ADS-event-contract service shall contain primitives and parameters as presented in
Table 2.2.1.3-4, when a positive acknowledgement is embedded in an ADS-report.
Aircraft address M
Class of communication service U
Contract details M M(=)
Note.— This parameter contains the 24 bit ICAO address of the aircraft with which the contract is being
made.
2.2.1.3.5.3.1 The aircraft address parameter value shall conform to an abstract value corresponding to
a 24-bit ICAO aircraft address.
II-92 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— This parameter contains the value of the required class of communication service, if specified by
the ADS-ground-user.
2.2.1.3.5.4.1 Where specified by the ADS-ground-user, the class of communication service parameter
shall have one of the following abstract values: “A”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E”, “F”, “G” or “H”.
Note 1.— If contracts are currently in place, the class of communication service parameter is not used by
the ADS-service provider.
Note 2.— Where not specified by the ADS-ground-user, when there are no contracts already in force, this
indicates that there will be no routing preference.
Note.— This parameter contains the details of the contract as requested by the ADS-ground-user.
2.2.1.3.5.5.1 The contract details parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
EventContract.
2.2.1.3.5.6 Reply
Note.— This parameter indicates the extent to which the contract request can be complied with. If it has the
value NegativeAcknowledgement, it indicates that the contract has been rejected and gives reasons. If it has
the value NoncomplianceNotification, it indicates that only some parts of the contract can be complied with,
and indicating which ones have been rejected. If it has the value PositiveAcknowledgement, it indicates full
compliance with the contract has been accepted.
2.2.1.3.5.6.1 The reply parameter value shall conform to one of the following abstract syntaxes:
Note.— This parameter contains the 4 to 8 character ICAO facility designation of the ICAO facility which
is initiating the contract. If contracts are currently in place, this parameter is not used by the
ADS-service-provider.
2.2.1.3.5.7.1 The ICAO facility designation parameter value shall conform to an abstract value
corresponding to a 4 to 8 character ICAO facility designation.
Air-ground applications II-93
2.2.1.3.5.7.2 The ICAO facility designation parameter value shall be provided when the ADS-ground-user
has no other contracts in place with the aircraft.
Note.— The ADS-periodic-contract service allows the ADS-ground-user to request a periodic contract with
the aircraft. It is a confirmed service, initiated by the ADS-ground-user.
2.2.1.3.6.1 The ADS-periodic-contract service shall contain primitives and parameters as presented in
Table 2.2.1.3-5, when an acknowledgement is sent independent of an ADS-report.
Aircraft address M
Class of communication service U
Contract details M M(=)
Reply M M(=)
ICAO facility designation C C(=)
2.2.1.3.6.2 The ADS-periodic-contract service shall contain primitives and parameters as presented in
Table 2.2.1.3-6, when a positive acknowledgement is embedded in an ADS-report.
Aircraft address M
Class of communication service U
Contract details M M(=)
ICAO facility designation C C(=)
Note.— This parameter contains the 24 bit ICAO address of the aircraft with which the contract is being
made.
2.2.1.3.6.3.1 The aircraft address parameter value shall conform to an abstract value corresponding to
a 24-bit ICAO aircraft address.
II-94 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— This parameter contains the value of the required class of communication service, if specified by the
ADS-ground-user.
2.2.1.3.6.4.1 Where specified by the ADS-ground-user, the class of communication service parameter
shall have one of the following abstract values: “A”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E”, “F”, “G” or “H”.
Note 1.— If contracts are currently in place, the class of communication service parameter is not used by
the ADS-service provider.
Note 2.— Where not specified by the ADS-ground-user, when there are no contracts already in force, this
indicates that there will be no routing preference.
Note.— This parameter contains the details of the contract as requested by the ADS-ground-user.
2.2.1.3.6.5.1 The contract details parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
PeriodicContract.
2.2.1.3.6.6 Reply
Note.— This parameter indicates the extent to which the contract request can be complied with. If it has the
value Negative Acknowledgement, it indicates that the contract has been rejected and gives reasons. If it has
the value NoncomplianceNotification, it indicates that only some parts of the contract can be complied with,
and indicating what part of the contract cannot be conformed to. If it has the value
PositiveAcknowledgement, it indicates that the contract has been accepted but cannot be satisfied
immediately, either because there is an emergency contract in place, or because the information is not
available within the 0.5 second turnaround time.
2.2.1.3.6.6.1 The reply parameter value shall conform to one of the following abstract syntaxes:
Note.— This parameter contains the 4 to 8 character ICAO facility designation of the ICAO facility which
is initiating the contract. If contracts are currently in place, this parameter is not used by the
ADS-service-provider.
Air-ground applications II-95
2.2.1.3.6.7.1 The ICAO facility designation parameter value shall conform to an abstract value
corresponding to a 4 to 8 character ICAO facility designation.
2.2.1.3.6.7.2 The ICAO facility designation parameter value shall be provided when the ADS-ground-user
has no other contracts in place with the aircraft.
Note.— The ADS-report service allows the ADS-air-user to send an ADS report to the ADS-ground-user.
This is an unconfirmed service, initiated by the ADS-air-user.
2.2.1.3.7.1 The ADS-report service shall contain primitives and parameters as contained in
Table 2.2.1.3-7.
Note.— This parameter identifies the type of contract that this report is in response to.
2.2.1.3.7.2.1 The contract type parameter value shall contain one of the abstract values “demand
contract”, “event contract”, or “periodic contract”.
Note.— This parameter indicates the type of event that triggered the report.
2.2.1.3.7.3.1 The event type parameter shall be present if, and only if, the contract type parameter has the
abstract value event-contract.
2.2.1.3.7.3.2 The event type parameter shall contain a value conforming to the abstract syntax
EventTypeReported.
Note.— This parameter is used to indicate that the report carries with it a positive acknowledgement of a
new event contract, or a new periodic contract, or a new demand contract.
2.2.1.3.7.5.1 The report details parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax ADSReport.
Note.— The ADS-cancel service allows the ADS-ground-user to cancel an existing contract. It is a confirmed
service, initiated by the ADS-ground-user.
2.2.1.3.8.1 The ADS-cancel service shall contain primitives and parameters as contained in
Table 2.2.1.3-8.
2.2.1.3.8.2.1 The contract type parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
CancelContract.
Note.— The ADS-cancel-all-contracts service allows the ADS-ground-user to cancel all contracts with a
particular aircraft. It is a confirmed service, initiated by the ADS-ground-user.
none
Note.— The ADS-emergency-report service allows the ADS-air-user to send an emergency ADS report to
the ADS-ground-user. This is an unconfirmed service, initiated by the ADS-air-user.
Air-ground applications II-97
2.2.1.3.10.1 The ADS-emergency-report service shall contain primitives and parameters as contained in
Table 2.2.1.3-10.
Note.— The presence of this parameter indicates that the ADS-air-user has received the ADS-modify-
emergency-contract indication and has accepted it.
2.2.1.3.10.2.1 The positive acknowledgement of modification parameter abstract syntax shall be NULL.
2.2.1.3.10.3.1 The emergency report details parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ADSEmergencyReport.
Note.— This parameter indicates the new interval for sending the ADS emergency reports.
2.2.1.3.11.3.1 The reporting interval parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ReportingInterval.
Note.— The ADS-cancel-emergency service allows the ADS-air-user to inform the ADS-ground-user that
the emergency contract has been cancelled. When the emergency is concluded, the ADS-air-user must invoke
this service with every ground system with which it has an emergency contract. This is an unconfirmed
service, initiated by the ADS-air-user.
2.2.1.3.12.1 The ADS-cancel-emergency service shall contain primitives as contained in Table 2.2.1.3-13.
none
Note 1.— The ADS-user-abort service allows the ADS-air-user to abort all ADS contracts with a particular
ground system or ADS-ground-user to abort all ADS contracts with a particular aircraft. It is an
unconfirmed service, initiated by an ADS-ground-user or the ADS-air-user. Messages in transit may be lost
during this operation. It can be invoked at any time that the ADS-user is aware that any ADS service is in
operation.
Note 2.— If the service is invoked prior to complete establishment of the dialogue, the ADS-user-abort
indication may not be provided. An ADS-provider-abort indication may result instead.
2.2.1.3.13.1 The ADS-user-abort service shall contain primitives as contained in Table 2.2.1.3-14.
Air-ground applications II-99
none
Note.— The ADS-provider-abort service allows the ADS-service-provider to inform the ADS-ground-user
and the ADS-air-user that it can no longer provide the ADS service for a particular ADS-ground-user - ADS-
air-user pairing. It is initiated by the ADS-service-provider. Messages in transit may be lost during this
operation.
2.2.1.3.14.1 The ADS-provider-abort service shall contain primitives and parameters as contained in
Table 2.2.1.3-15.
Reason M
2.2.1.3.14.2 Reason
2.2.1.3.14.2.1 The reason parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax AbortReason.
2.2.1.4.2.1 The abstract syntax of the air-ground ADS protocol data units shall comply with the
description contained in the ASN.1 module ADSMessageSetVersion1 (conforming to ISO/IEC 8824), as
defined in 2.2.1.4.
Note .— Where units indicate directional information, the value is given relative to true North. If magnetic
information is required this will be a matter for local ground implementation.
II-100 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
ADSMessageSetVersion1 DEFINITIONS::=
BEGIN
EXPORTS
AbortReason, ADSEmergencyReport, ADSReport, AircraftAddress, EventTypeReported;
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Aircraft-generated and Ground-generated Message Choice
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Ground-generated and Aircraft-generated message components - Protocol Data Units
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
cannot-establish-contact (5),
undefined-error (6),
dialogue-end-not-accepted (7),
unexpected-PDU (8),
decoding-error (9),
invalid-qos-parameter (10),
...
}
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Reports and their components
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- When AirSpeed is returned in an ADS report, the choice of which of the above units of
-- air speed are used depends on how the aircraft is equipped and whether the aircraft is
-- flying on Mach or IAS at the time. The choice is made by the avionics.
-- IntermediateIntent indicates a set of way points between the current position and the
-- time indicated in the ShortTerm intent element.
-- distance is expressed as relative to position at the time of the ADS-report.
-- track is expressed as absolute track.
-- level is expressed as absolute level.
-- projected-time is expressed as relative to the timestamp on the ADS-report.
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Components of Contracts
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
II-106 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Miscellaneous components
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
event-contract (0),
periodic-contract (1),
demand-contract (2),
cancel-event-contract (3),
cancel-periodic-contract (4),
modify-emergency-contract (5),
cancel-all-contracts (6),
...
}
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Common components
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Eta ::=Time
}
II-110 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
END -- of ADSMessageSetVersion1
II-112 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.2.1.5.1.1 Only the sequence of primitives illustrated in figures 2.2.1.5-1 to 2.2.1.5-35 shall be
permitted.
Note 1.— The following figures define the valid sequences of primitives that are possible to be invoked
during the operation of the ADS application. They show the relationship in time between the service request
and the resulting indication, and if applicable, the subsequent response and the resulting confirmation.
Note 2.— Abort primitive may interrupt and terminate any of the normal message sequences outlined below.
Note 3.— Primitives are processed in the order in which they are received .
D-START ind
ADS-demand-contract ind
t-DC-1
D-START rsp ADS-report req
(with positive
D-START cnf acknowledgement)
ADS-report ind
T
(with positive I
acknowledgement) M
D-END req E
D-END ind
D-END cnf
D-START ind
ADS-demand-contract ind
t-DC-1
D-START rsp ADS-demand-contract rsp
(negative acknowledgement)
D-START cnf
ADS-demand-contract cnf T
I
(negative acknowledgement)
M
E
D-END req
D-END ind
D-END cnf
Figure 2.2.1.5-4: Use of demand contract with dialogue existing - with negative acknowledgement
D-START ind
ADS-demand-contract ind
t-DC-1
D-START rsp ADS-demand-contract rsp
(noncompliance notification)
D-START cnf
ADS-demand-contract cnf
D-DATA req ADS-report req
(noncompliance notification) t-DC-2
D-DATA ind T
ADS-report ind I
M
D-END req E
D-END ind
D-END cnf
Figure 2.2.1.5-5: Use of demand contract with no dialogue existing - with noncompliance notification
Air-ground applications II-115
Figure 2.2.1.5-6: Use of demand contract with dialogue existing - with noncompliance notification
Figure 2.2.1.5-7: Use of event contract with no dialogue existing - with positive
acknowledgement or noncompliance notification
II-116 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Figure 2.2.1.5-8: Use of event contract with dialogue existing - with positive acknowledgement or
noncompliance notification
Figure 2.2.1.5-11: Use of event contract with no dialogue existing - with positive acknowledgement
or noncompliance notification and immediate report
II-118 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
D-START ind
ADS-event-contract ind
t-EC-1
D-START rsp ADS-event-contract rsp
(negative acknowledgement)
D-START cnf
ADS-event-contract cnf T
I
(negative acknowledgement)
M
E
D-END req
D-END ind
t-LI-1
D-END rsp
D-END cnf
Figure 2.2.1.5-12: Use of event contract with no dialogue existing - with negative acknowledgement
Air-ground applications II-119
Figure 2.2.1.5-13: Use of event contract with dialogue existing - with negative acknowledgement
Figure 2.2.1.5-16: Use of periodic contract with no dialogue existing with positive
acknowledgement or noncompliance notification
II-122 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
D-DATA ind
ADS-periodic-contract ind
t-PC-1
D-DATA req ADS-periodic-contract rsp
(positive acknowledgement
D-DATA ind or noncompliance notification)
ADS-periodic-contract cnf
D-DATA req ADS-report req
(positive acknowledgement t-PC-2
or noncompliance notification)
D-DATA ind
ADS-report ind
D-DATA req ADS-report req
t-PC-2
T
D-DATA ind
I
ADS-report ind M
D-DATA req ADS-report req
t-PC-2 E
D-DATA ind
ADS-report ind
...
Figure 2.2.1.5-17: Use of periodic contract with dialogue existing with positive acknowledgement
or noncompliance notification
Air-ground applications II-123
D-START ind
ADS-periodic-contract ind
t-PC-1
D-START rsp ADS-periodic-contract rsp
(negative acknowledgement)
D-START cnf
ADS-periodic-contract cnf T
I
(negative acknowledgement)
M
E
D-END req
D-END ind
D-END cnf
Figure 2.2.1.5-18: Use of periodic contract with no dialogue existing with negative acknowledgement
II-124 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Figure 2.2.1.5-19: Use of periodic contract with a dialogue existing with negative
acknowledgement
D-DATA ind
ADS-cancel ind
t-EC-2 or
t-PC-3
D-DATA req
D-DATA ind
ADS-cancel cnf T
I
M
E
D-END req
D-END ind
D-END cnf
Figure 2.2.1.5-21: Use of ADS cancel contract service with only one contract
ADS-modify-emergency-
contract req D-DATA req
D-DATA ind
ADS-modify-emergency-
contract ind
t-EM-2
D-DATA ind T
ADS-emergency-report ind
... I
M
E
ADS-cancel-
D-DATA req emergency req
D-DATA ind
ADS-cancel-
emergency ind
t-EM-3
D-DATA req
D-DATA ind
T
I
M
E
D-END req
D-END ind
D-END cnf
t-EM-3
D-DATA ind D-END ind
ADS-cancel-emergency ind
ADS-cancel-all-contracts ind
t-LI-1
D-END rsp
T
I
D-END cnf
M
ADS-cancel-all-contracts cnf E
Figure 2.2.1.5-28: Crossed air emergency cancellation and cancel all contracts
II-130 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
ADS-modify-emergency
contract req ADS-cancel-emergency req
D-DATA req D-DATA req
t-EM-1
D-DATA ind D-DATA ind
ADS-cancel-emergency ind
t-EM-3
D-DATA req
T
D-DATA ind I
M
E
Figure 2.2.1.5-29: Crossed air emergency cancellation and modification of emergency contract
with other contracts in place
Air-ground applications II-131
ADS-modify-emergency
contract req ADS-cancel-emergency req
D-DATA req D-DATA req
t-EM-1
D-DATA ind D-DATA ind
ADS-cancel-emergency ind
t-EM-3
D-DATA req
T
D-END req D-DATA ind I
M
E
D-END ind
D-END rsp
D-END cnf
Figure 2.2.1.5-30: Crossed air emergency cancellation and modification of emergency contract
with no other contracts in place
D-ABORT req
ADS-provider-abort ind
D-ABORT ind
ADS-provider-abort ind
T
I
M
E
Note 1.— Table 2.2.1.5-1 lists the time constraints related to the ADS application. Each time constraint
requires a timer to be set in the ADS protocol machine.
Note 2.— If the timer expires before the final event has occurred, the ADS ASE takes the appropriate action
as defined in 2.2.1.5.4.1.
ADS Service Timer Timer Timer Start Event Timer Stop Event
Value
ADS-demand t-DC-1 6 minutes ADS-demand-contract ADS-demand-contract
-contract request confirmation
or
ADS-report indication
t-DC-2 3 minutes ADS-demand-contract ADS-report indication
30 confirmation
seconds
ADS-event- t-EC-1 6 minutes ADS-event-contract request ADS-event-contract
contract confirmation
or
ADS-report indication
t-EC-2 6 minutes ADS-cancel request ADS-cancel-contract
confirmation
ADS- t-PC-1 6 minutes ADS-periodic-contract ADS-periodic-contract
periodic- request confirmation
contract or
ADS-report indication
t-PC-2 reporting ADS-report indication or ADS-report indication
rate + 3 ADS-periodic-contract
minutes confirmation
t-PC-3 6 minutes ADS-cancel request ADS-cancel-contract
confirmation
ADS t-EM-1 reporting ADS-emergency-report ADS-emergency-report
emergency rate + 3 indication indication
contract minutes
Air-ground applications II-135
ADS Service Timer Timer Timer Start Event Timer Stop Event
Value
t-EM-2 6 minutes ADS-modify-emergency- ADS-modify-emergency-
contract request contract confirmation or
ADS-emergency-report
indication
t-EM-3 6 minutes ADS-cancel-emergency Arrival of ADS-cancel-
request emergency PDU
General t-LI-1 6 minutes D-END request D-END confirmation
Note.— The receipt of ADS-user-abort request, D-ABORT indication or D-P-ABORT indication are also
timer stop events.
2.2.1.5.3.1 Description
Note 1.— The ADS-ground-ASE is functionally made of 7 modules as shown in figure 2.2.1.5-36 and the
ADS-air-ASE is functionally made of a similar 7 modules as shown in figure 2.2.1.5-37:
a) the High Interface Module (HI module). This module interfaces with the ASE-user
through the abstract service interface as defined in 2.2.1.3.
b) the ADS Demand Contract Module (DC module): the DC module manages all
demand contracts with a single ground system.
c) the ADS Event Contract Module (EC module): the EC module manages event
contracts with a single ground system.
d) the ADS Periodic Contract Module (PC module): the PC module manages periodic
contracts with a single ground system.
e) the ADS Emergency Module (EM module): the EM module manages emergency
contracts with a single ground system.
f) the ADS Abort Module (AB module): the AB module handles aborts in case of
irrecoverable error.
g) the Low Interface Module (LI module). This module interfaces the Dialogue Service
Provider on behalf of theDC, EC, PC, EM and AB modules.
II-136 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 2.— The only difference between the ADS-ground-ASE and the ADS-air-ASE functional models is that
in the ADS-air-ASE, there is no communication between the PC and EM modules.
Note 3.— 2.2.1.5.3 describes the actions of the individual modules in both the air and ground systems.
2.2.1.5.6 contains state Tables for the individual modules.
Note 4.— The ADS-ground-user is considered an active user from the time at which it invokes the first
ADS-demand-contract request, an ADS-event-contract request or an ADS-periodic-contract request until
such time that:
Note 5.— The ADS-air-user is considered an active user from the time at which it receives the first
ADS-demand-contract indication, an ADS-event-contract indication or an ADS-periodic-contract indication
until such time that:
e) the ADS-air-user invokes an ADS-report request, with the Contract type parameter
value set to “demand contract”, and there are no other contracts in place,
2.2.1.5.3.2 In 2.2.1.5.3, if no actions are described for an ADS service primitive in a particular state,
then the invocation of that service primitive shall be prohibited in that state.
2.2.1.5.3.3 Possible errors arising upon Receipt of an APDU or a Dialogue Service Primitive.
2.2.1.5.3.3.1 If an APDU is not received when one is required, or one is received in an inappropriate
dialogue service primitive, then exception handling procedures as described in 2.2.1.5.4.3 shall apply.
2.2.1.5.3.3.2 Upon receipt of an APDU or dialogue service primitive, if no actions are described for their
arrival when in a particular state, then exception handling procedures as described in 2.2.1.5.4.4 shall apply.
2.2.1.5.3.3.3 Upon receipt of an APDU that cannot be decoded, then exception handling procedures as
described in 2.2.1.5.4.7 shall apply.
2.2.1.5.3.4.1 Upon receipt of a service primitive, the HI module shall pass it to the module as shown in
Table 2.2.1.5-2.
2.2.1.5.3.4.2 Upon receipt of a request to invoke a service primitive from one of the ground modules in
the ADS-ground-ASE as shown in Table 2.2.1.5-3, the ground HI module shall do so.
2.2.1.5.3.4.4 On receipt of a request to invoke ADS-user-abort indication from the ground AB module,
the ground HI module shall:
2.2.1.5.3.4.5 The ground HI module shall reject requests and responses, apart from ADS-user-abort
requests, when the ground LI module is in the LI-G-START state or the LI-G-END state.
II-140 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.2.1.5.3.5.1 Upon receipt of a service primitive, the air HI module shall pass it to the air module as shown
in Table 2.2.1.5-4.
2.2.1.5.3.5.2 Upon receipt of a request to invoke a service primitive from one of the air modules in the
ADS-air-ASE as shown in Table 2.2.1.5-5, the air HI module shall do so.
2.2.1.5.3.5.3 On receipt of a request to invoke ADS-provider-abort indication from the air AB module,
the air HI module shall:
2.2.1.5.3.5.4 On receipt of a request to invoke ADS-user-abort indication from the air AB module, the air
HI module shall:
Note.— The states defined for the ground ADS DC module are the following:
a) DC-G-IDLE
b) DC-G-PENDING
c) DC-G-ACTIVE
b) pass it, together with the aircraft address parameter value, ICAO facility
designation parameter value and the class of communication service parameter
value, to the ground LI module,
Table 2.2.1.5-6
Table 2.2.1.5-7
Table 2.2.1.5-8
Table 2.2.1.5-9
Table 2.2.1.5-10
2.2.1.5.3.6.6.2 Upon expiry of the t-DC-1 timer or the t-DC-2 timer, the ground DC module shall:
2.2.1.5.3.6.6.3 Upon receipt of a request from the ground AB or ground LI module to stop operation, the
ground DC module shall:
Note.— The states defined for the air ADS DC module are the following:
a) DC-A-IDLE
b) DC-A-PENDING
c) DC-A-ACTIVE
2.2.1.5.3.7.2 Upon receipt of an ADS-demand-contract response with the Reply parameter value set to
negative acknowledgement:
Table 2.2.1.5-11
2.2.1.5.3.7.3 Upon receipt of an ADS-demand-contract response with the reply parameter value set to
noncompliance notification:
Table 2.2.1.5-12
2.2.1.5.3.7.4.1 If in the DC-A-PENDING state and the positive acknowledgement parameter is present, the
air DC module shall:
2.2.1.5.3.7.4.2 If in the DC-A-ACTIVE state and the positive acknowledgement parameter is not present,
the air DC module shall:
Table 2.2.1.5-13
Table 2.2.1.5-14
Table 2.2.1.5-15
2.2.1.5.3.7.5.2 Upon receipt of a request from the air AB or air LI module to stop operation, the air DC
module shall enter the DC-A-IDLE state.
Note.— The states defined for the ground ADS EC module are the following:
a) EC-G-IDLE
b) EC-G-START-PENDING
c) EC-G-ACTIVE
d) EC-G-PENDING
e) EC-G-CANCEL
b) pass it, together with the aircraft address parameter value, ICAO facility
designation parameter value and the class of communication service parameter
value to the ground LI module,
Table 2.2.1.5-16
Table 2.2.1.5-17
Table 2.2.1.5-18
Table 2.2.1.5-19
Table 2.2.1.5-20
2.2.1.5.3.8.6.1 If in the EC-G-START-PENDING state or the EC-G-PENDING state, the ground EC module
shall:
Table 2.2.1.5-21
Table 2.2.1.5-22
Table 2.2.1.5-23
Table 2.2.1.5-24
2.2.1.5.3.8.9.2 Upon expiry of the t-EC-1 timer or the t-EC-2 timer, the ground EC module shall:
2.2.1.5.3.8.9.3 Upon receipt of a request from the ground AB module to stop operation, the EC module
shall:
Note.— The states defined for the air ADS EC module are the following:
a) EC-A-IDLE
b) EC-A-PENDING
Air-ground applications II-151
c) EC-A-ACTIVE
d) EC-A-ACTIVE-PENDING
2.2.1.5.3.9.2 Upon receipt of an ADS-event-contract response with the reply parameter value set to
positive acknowledgement:
2.2.1.5.3.9.2.1 If in the EC-A-PENDING state or in the EC-A-ACTIVE-PENDING state, the air EC module
shall:
Table 2.2.1.5-25
2.2.1.5.3.9.3 Upon receipt of an ADS-event-contract response with the reply parameter value set to
noncompliance notification:
2.2.1.5.3.9.3.1 If in the EC-A-PENDING state or in the EC-A-ACTIVE-PENDING state, the air EC module
shall:
Table 2.2.1.5-26
2.2.1.5.3.9.4 Upon receipt of an ADS-event-contract response with the reply parameter value set to
negative acknowledgement:
Table 2.2.1.5-27
2.2.1.5.3.9.5.1 If in the EC-A-PENDING state or the EC-A-ACTIVE-PENDING state, the air EC module
shall:
Table 2.2.1.5-28
Table 2.2.1.5-29
Table 2.2.1.5-30
Table 2.2.1.5-31
Table 2.2.1.5-32
2.2.1.5.3.9.8.2 Upon receipt of a request from the air AB or air LI module to stop operation, the air EC
module shall enter the EC-A-IDLE state.
Note.— The states defined for the ground ADS PC module are the following:
a) PC-G-IDLE
b) PC-G-START-PENDING
c) PC-G-ACTIVE
d) PC-G-PENDING
Air-ground applications II-155
e) PC-G-CANCEL
b) pass it, together with the aircraft address parameter value, ICAO facility
designation parameter value and the Class of communication service parameter
value, to the ground LI module,
Table 2.2.1.5-33
Table 2.2.1.5-34
2.2.1.5.3.10.5.1 If in the PC-G-START-PENDING state, or the PC-G-PENDING state, the ground PC module
shall:
Table 2.2.1.5-35
Table 2.2.1.5-36
2.2.1.5.3.10.7.1 If in the PC-G-START-PENDING state, or the PC-G-PENDING state, the ground PC module
shall:
Table 2.2.1.5-37
Table 2.2.1.5-38
Table 2.2.1.5-39
Table 2.2.1.5-40
2.2.1.5.3.10.11 Upon receipt of a request to suspend periodic contracts from the ground EM module, the PC
module shall:
2.2.1.5.3.10.12 Upon receipt of a request to reinstate periodic contracts from the ground EM module, the
ground PC module shall:
a) if in the PC-G-ACTIVE state, start the t-PC-2 timer, based on the most recent value
of the period of the contract,
2.2.1.5.3.10.13 Upon receipt of a request from the ground AB or ground LI module to stop operation, the
ground PC module shall:
2.2.1.5.3.10.14 Upon expiry of the t-PC-1 timer, t-PC-2 timer, or t-PC-3 timer, the ground PC module shall:
Note.— The states defined for the air ADS PC module are the following:
a) PC-A-IDLE
b) PC-A-PENDING
c) PC-A-ACTIVE
d) PC-A-ACTIVE-PENDING
2.2.1.5.3.11.2 Upon receipt of an ADS-periodic-contract response with the reply parameter value set to
positive acknowledgement or noncompliance notification , then:
2.2.1.5.3.11.2.1 If in the PC-A-PENDING state or PC-A-ACTIVE-PENDING state, the air PC module shall:
Table 2.2.1.5-41
Table 2.2.1.5-42
2.2.1.5.3.11.3 Upon receipt of an ADS-periodic-contract response with the reply parameter value set to
negative acknowledgement, then:
Table 2.2.1.5-43
2.2.1.5.3.11.4 Upon receipt of an ADS-report request with a positive acknowledgement parameter, then:
Table 2.2.1.5-44
2.2.1.5.3.11.5 Upon receipt of an ADS-report request with no positive acknowledgement parameter, then:
Table 2.2.1.5-45
Table 2.2.1.5-46
a) request the air HI module to invoke ADS-cancel indication with parameter values
derived as in Table 2.2.1.5-47,
Table 2.2.1.5-47
Table 2.2.1.5-48
2.2.1.5.3.11.7.2 Upon receipt of a request from the air AB or air LI module to stop operation, the air PC
module shall enter the PC-A-IDLE state.
Note.— The states defined for the ground ADS EM module are the following:
a) EM-G-IDLE
b) EM-G-ACTIVE
c) EM-G-MODIFY
Table 2.2.1.5-49
Table 2.2.1.5-50
Table 2.2.1.5-51
c) create ADS-cancel-emergency-acknowledgement-PDU,
c) create ADS-cancel-emergency-acknowledgement-PDU,
2.2.1.5.3.12.7 Upon expiry of the t-EM-1 timer or the t-EM-2 timer, the ground EM module shall:
2.2.1.5.3.12.7.1 Upon receipt of a request from the ground AB or ground LI module to stop operation, the
ground EM module shall:
Note.— The states defined for the air ADS EM module are the following:
a) EM-A-IDLE
b) EM-A-ACTIVE
c) EM-A-MODIFY
Air-ground applications II-167
d) EM-A-CANCEL
Table 2.2.1.5-52
Table 2.2.1.5-53
a) create an ADS-cancel-emergency-PDU,
Table 2.2.1.5-54
2.2.1.5.3.13.9 Upon receipt of a request from the air AB or air LI module to stop operation, the air EM
module shall:
Note.— All statements in 2.2.1.5.3.14 apply to both the ADS ground AB module and the ADS air AB module.
2.2.1.5.3.14.2 Upon receipt of a request to abort from the LI, DC, EC, PC or EM modules, the AB module
shall:
Table 2.2.1.5-56
Table 2.2.1.5-57
Table 2.2.1.5-58
Table 2.2.1.5-59
2.2.1.5.3.14.4 Upon receipt of a D-ABORT indication with the originator parameter value set to the
abstract value “user” and with data in the User Data parameter, the AB module shall:
2.2.1.5.3.14.5 Upon receipt of a D-ABORT indication with the originator parameter value set to the
abstract value “provider”, the AB module shall:
Table 2.2.1.5-60
Note.— The states defined for the ground ADS LI module are the following:
a) LI-G-IDLE
b) LI-G-START
c) LI-G-ACTIVE
d) LI-G-END
a) Invoke D-START request using parameter values as shown in Table 2.2.1.5-61, and
a) Invoke D-DATA request with the PDU as the user data parameter value, and
2.2.1.5.3.15.4.2 If in the LI-G-END state, the ground LI module shall remain in the LI-G-END state.
2.2.1.5.3.15.5 Upon receipt of request to invoke D-ABORT from the ground AB module:
2.2.1.5.3.15.5.1 If in the LI-G-START state, the LI-G-ACTIVE state or the LI-G-END state, the ground LI
module shall:
2.2.1.5.3.15.5.2 If in the LI-G-IDLE state, the ground LI module shall ignore the request.
2.2.1.5.3.15.6 Upon receipt of a D-START confirmation with the Result parameter value containing the
abstract value accepted:
b) if, after processing the PDU (i.e. the ground HI module has issued the appropriate
indication or confirmation), the ground DC module is in the DC-G-IDLE state, and
the ground EC module is in the EC-G-IDLE state, and the ground PC module is in
the PC-G-IDLE state, and the ground EM module is in the EM-G-IDLE state, then:
c) if, after processing the PDU, the ground DC module is not in the DC-G-IDLE state,
or the ground EC module is not in the EC-G-IDLE state, or the ground PC module
is not in the PC-G-IDLE state, or the ground EM module is not in the EM-G-IDLE
state, then:
b) if, after processing the PDU (i.e. the ground HI module has issued the appropriate
indication or confirmation), the ground DC module is in the DC-G-IDLE state, and
the ground EC module is in the EC-G-IDLE state, and the ground PC module is in
the PC-G-IDLE state, and the ground EM module is in the EM-G-IDLE state, then:
a) pass the user data to the module as defined in Table 2.2.1.5-62, and
ADS-demand-report-PDU DC
ADS-event-report-PDU EC
ADS-periodic-report-PDU PC
ADS-emergency-report-PDU EM
ADS-cancel-emergency-PDU EM
ADS-positive-acknowledgement-PDU RequestType
cancel-event-contract EC
cancel-periodic-contract PC
demand-contract DC
event-contract EC
modify-emergency-contract EM
periodic-contract PC
ADS-noncompliance-notification-PDU contract-type
demand-contract DC
event-contract EC
periodic-contract PC
ADS-negative-acknowledgement-PDU RequestType
demand-contract DC
event-contract EC
modify-emergency-contract EM
periodic-contract PC
2.2.1.5.3.15.8 Upon receipt of a D-END confirmation with the result parameter value containing the
abstract value accepted:
Air-ground applications II-175
2.2.1.5.3.15.11 Upon expiry of the t-LI-1 timer, the ground LI module shall:
Note.— The states defined for the air ADS LI module are the following:
a) LI-A-IDLE
b) LI-A-START
c) LI-A-ACTIVE
a) Invoke D-DATA request using the PDU as the user data parameter value, and
a) Invoke D-DATA request using the PDU as the user data parameter value, and
2.2.1.5.3.16.4 Upon receipt of a request to invoke D-ABORT from the air AB module:
a) If a dialogue exists, invoke D-ABORT request with the parameter values supplied,
and
2.2.1.5.3.16.5.1 If in the LI-A-IDLE state, and the application service priority parameter value is “high
priority flight safety messages”, the RER quality of service parameter is the abstract value “low”, the Routing
Class parameter identifies the traffic category “Air Traffic Service Communications (ATSC)” and the Calling
Peer ID parameter is a valid four to eight character facility designation, the air LI module shall:
a) pass the user data and the calling peer id parameter value to the module as defined
in Table 2.2.1.5-64, and
a) pass the user data to the module as defined in Table 2.2.1.5-64, and
2.2.1.5.3.16.7.1.1 If the user data parameter value contains an ADS-cancel-all-contracts-PDU, the air
LI module shall:
b) invoke D-END response with the Result parameter value set to accepted and
ADS-positive-acknowledgement-PDU (cancel-all-contracts) in the user data,
II-178 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
a) invoke D-END response with the result parameter value set to accepted and no user
data, and
2.2.1.5.4.1.1 When any of the timers in any of the modules stated in 2.2.1.5.2 reaches its maximum time,
the module shall request the air or ground AB module to abort with reason timer-expiry.
2.2.1.5.4.2.1 Recommendation.—When any module has an unrecoverable system error, the module
should request the air or ground AB module to abort with reason unrecoverable-system-error.
2.2.1.5.4.3.1 When the user data parameter value of a D-START indication is a valid APDU and is not
an ADS-demand-contract-PDU, an ADS-event-contract-PDU or an ADS-periodic-contract-PDU, the air LI
module shall request the AB module to abort with reason invalid-PDU.
2.2.1.5.4.3.2 When the user data parameter value of a D-START confirmation is a valid APDU and is not
an ADS-demand-report-PDU, an ADS-event-report-PDU, an ADS-periodic-report-PDU, an ADS-positive-
acknowledgement-PDU, and ADS-negative-acknowledgement-PDU or an
ADS-noncompliance-notification-PDU the ground LI module shall request the AB module to abort with
reason invalid-PDU.
Air-ground applications II-179
2.2.1.5.4.3.3 When the user data parameter value of a D-DATA indication is a valid APDU and is not an
ADS-demand-contract-PDU, an ADS-event-contract-PDU, an ADS-periodic-contract-PDU, an
ADS-modify-emergency-contract-PDU, an ADS-cancel-emergency-acknowledgement-PDU or an
ADS-cancel-contract-PDU, the air LI module shall request the AB module to abort with reason invalid-PDU.
2.2.1.5.4.3.4 When the user data parameter value of a D-DATA indication is a valid APDU and is not
an ADS-demand-report-PDU, an ADS-event-report-PDU, an ADS-periodic-report-PDU, an
ADS-positive-acknowledgement-PDU, and ADS-negative-acknowledgement-PDU, an
ADS-noncompliance-notification-PDU, an ADS-emergency-report-PDU or an ADS-cancel-emergency-PDU
the ground LI module shall request the AB module to abort with reason invalid-PDU.
2.2.1.5.4.3.5 When the user data parameter value of a D-END indication is present, but does not contain
an ADS-cancel-all-contracts-PDU, the air LI module shall request the AB module to abort with reason
invalid-PDU.
2.2.1.5.4.3.6 When the user data parameter value of a D-ABORT indication is a valid APDU and is not
an ADS-provider-abort-PDU, the air LI module or the ground LI module shall request the AB module to
abort with reason invalid-PDU.
2.2.1.5.4.3.7 When the user data parameter value of a D-END confirmation is present, but does not
contain an ADS-positive-acknowledgement-PDU (cancel-all-contracts), the ground LI module shall request
the AB module to abort with reason invalid-PDU.
2.2.1.5.4.4.1 When a PDU is passed to a module for which there are no instructions in 2.2.1.5.3 (i.e. the
PDU has arrived out of sequence), the air or ground AB module shall be requested to abort with reason
sequence-error.
2.2.1.5.4.4.2 Upon receipt of a Dialogue service primitive for which there are no instruction in 2.2.1.5.3
(i.e. the primitive was not expected or was expected under other conditions or with other parameter values),
the air or ground AB module shall be requested to abort with reason sequence-error.
2.2.1.5.4.5.1 Upon receipt of a D-START confirmation with the result parameter value containing the
abstract value rejected (transient) or rejected (permanent), and the reject source parameter value containing
the abstract value DS user, the ground LI module shall:
2.2.1.5.4.5.2 Upon receipt of a D-START confirmation with the result parameter value containing the
abstract value rejected (transient) or rejected (permanent), and the reject source parameter value containing
the abstract value DS provider, the ground LI module shall:
2.2.1.5.4.6.1 Upon receipt of a D-END confirmation with the result parameter value containing the
abstract value rejected, the ground AB module shall be requested to abort with reason
dialogue-end-not-accepted.
2.2.1.5.4.7.1 When the air LI module or the ground LI module fails to decode an APDU, the LI module
shall request the AB module to abort with reason decoding-error.
2.2.1.5.4.8.1 Upon receipt of a D-START indication with the application service priority parameter set
to a value other than the abstract value “high priority flight safety messages”, or the RER quality of service
parameter set to a value other than the abstract value “low” or the Routing Class quality of service parameter
set to a value other than one identifying the traffic category “Air Traffic Service Communications (ATSC)”,
the air LI module shall request the air AB module to abort with reason invalid-qos-parameter.
2.2.1.5.5.1 Priority
2.2.1.5.5.1.1 If the state tables for the ADS-air-ASE and the ADS-ground-ASE shown below conflict with
textual statements made elsewhere in this document, the textual statements shall take precedence.
Note 1.— In the following state tables, the statement “cannot occur” means that if the implementation
conforms to the SARPs, it is impossible for this event to occur. If the event does occur, this implies that there
is an error in the implementation. If such a situation is detected, it is suggested that the ASE aborts with the
error “unrecoverable error”.
Note 2.— In the following state tables, the statement “not permitted” means that the implementation must
prevent this event from occurring through some local means. If the event does occur this implies that there
is an error in the implementation. If such a situation is detected, it is suggested that the ASE performs a local
rejection of the request rather than aborting the dialogue.
#KTITQWPF CRRNKECVKQPU
Table 2.2.1.5-65: ADS ground DC module state table
ADS-demand-report-PDU (with positive acknowledgement) request AB to abort Stop t-DC-1 request AB to abort
ADS-report ind
DC-G-IDLE
ADS-demand-report-PDU request AB to abort request AB to abort stop t-DC-2
ADS-report ind
DC-G-IDLE
ADS-negative-acknowledgement-PDU (demand contract) request AB to abort stop t-DC-1 request AB to abort
ADS-demand-contract cnf
DC-G-IDLE
ADS-noncompliance-notification-PDU request AB to abort stop t-DC-1 request AB to abort
(demand-ncn) ADS-demand-contract cnf
start t-DC-2
DC-G-ACTIVE
Timer expiry
++
++
Table 2.2.1.5-66: ADS air DC module state table
ADS-demand-contract rsp (negative acknowledgement) Not permitted Send ADS-negative- Not permitted
acknowledgement-PDU
DC-A-IDLE
ADS-demand-contract rsp (noncompliance notification) Not permitted Send ADS-noncompliance- Not permitted
notification-PDU
DC-A-ACTIVE
ADS-event-contract req Send ADS-event- Not permitted Send ADS-event-contract - Not permitted Not permitted
contract -PDU PDU
Start t-EC-1 Start t-EC-1
EC-G-START- EC-G-PENDING
PENDING
ADS-cancel req Not permitted Not permitted Send ADS-cancel-PDU Not permitted Not permitted
(event contract) Start t-EC-2
EC-G-CANCEL
ADS Aircraft PDUs
ADS-event-report-PDU request AB to abort Stop t-EC-1 request AB to abort Stop t-EC-1 request AB to abort
(with positive ADS-report ind ADS-report ind
acknowledgement) EC-G-ACTIVE EC-G-ACTIVE
ADS-event-report-PDU request AB to abort request AB to abort ADS-report ind ADS-report ind ADS-report ind
EC-G-ACTIVE EC-G-PENDING EC-G-CANCEL
ADS-positive- request AB to abort stop t-EC-1 request AB to abort stop t-EC-1 request AB to abort
acknowledgement-PDU ADS-event-contract cnf ADS-event-contract cnf
(event-contract) EC-G-ACTIVE EC-G-ACTIVE
ADS-positive- request AB to abort request AB to abort request AB to abort request AB to abort Stop t-EC-2
acknowledgement-PDU ADS-cancel-contract cnf
(cancel-contract-event) EC-G-IDLE
ADS-negative- request AB to abort stop t-EC-1 request AB to abort stop t-EC-1 request AB to abort
acknowledgement-PDU ADS-event-contract cnf ADS-event-contract cnf
(event-contract) EC-G-IDLE EC-G-ACTIVE
ADS-noncompliance- request AB to abort stop t-EC-1 request AB to abort stop t-EC-1 request AB to abort
notification-PDU ADS-event-contract cnf ADS-event-contract cnf
(event-ncn) EC-G-ACTIVE EC-G-ACTIVE
Requests from other modules
Requests to stop EC-G-IDLE stop t-EC-1 EC-G-IDLE stop t-EC-1 stop t-EC-2
operation EC-G-IDLE EC-G-IDLE EC-G-IDLE
Timer expiry
t-EC-1 cannot occur request AB to abort cannot occur request AB to abort cannot occur
++
t-EC-2 cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur request AB to abort
++
Table 2.2.1.5-68: ADS air EC module state table
State < EC-A-IDLE EC-A-PENDING EC-A-ACTIVE EC-A-ACTIVE-PENDING
Event ?
Primitive Requests and Responses
ADS-event-contract rsp (positive Not permitted Send ADS-positive- Not permitted Send ADS-positive-acknowledgement-
acknowledgement or acknowledgement-PDU or ADS- PDU or ADS-noncompliance-notification-
noncompliance notification) noncompliance-notification- PDU
PDU EC-A-ACTIVE
EC-A-ACTIVE
ADS-event-contract rsp (negative Not permitted Send ADS-negative- Not permitted Send ADS-negative-acknowledgement-
acknowldegement) acknowledgement-PDU PDU
EC-A-IDLE EC-A-ACTIVE
ADS-report req (with positive Not permitted Send ADS-event-report-PDU Not permitted Send ADS-event-report-PDU
acknowledgement) EC-A-ACTIVE EC-A-ACTIVE
(event contract)
ADS-report req Not permitted Not permitted Send ADS-event-report-PDU Not permitted
(event contract) EC-A-ACTIVE
ADS-periodic-contract Send ADS-periodic-contract - Not permitted If emergency=FALSE then Not permitted Not permitted
req PDU Stop t-PC-2
Start t-PC-1 Send ADS-periodic-contract -PDU
PC-G-START-PENDING Start t-PC-1
PC-G-PENDING
ADS-cancel req Not permitted Not permitted Stop t-PC-2 Not permitted Not permitted
Send ADS-cancel-PDU
Start t-PC-3
PC-G-CANCEL
ADS-periodic-report- request AB to abort Stop t-PC-1 request AB to abort Stop t-PC-1 request AB to abort
PDU ADS-report ind ADS-report ind
(with positive If emergency=FALSE If emergency=
acknowledgement) then FALSE then
Start t-PC-2 Start t-PC-2
PC-G-ACTIVE PC-G-ACTIVE
ADS-periodic-report- request AB to abort request AB to abort If emergency=FALSE then ADS-report ind ADS-report ind
PDU Stop t-PC-2 PC-G-PENDING PC-G-CANCEL
(with no positive ADS-report ind
acknowledgement) If emergency=FALSE then
Start t-PC-2
PC-G-ACTIVE
ADS-positive- request AB to abort stop t-PC-1 request AB to abort stop t-PC-1 request AB to abort
acknowledgement- ADS-periodic-contract ADS-periodic-
PDU (periodic- cnf contract cnf
contract) If emergency=FALSE If emergency=
then FALSE then
Start t-PC-2 Start t-PC-2
PC-G-ACTIVE PC-G-ACTIVE
ADS-positive- request AB to abort request AB to abort request AB to abort request AB to abort Stop t-PC-3
acknowledgement- ADS-cancel-contract
PDU (cancel-contract cnf
- periodic) PC-G-IDLE
++
++
State < PC-G-IDLE PC-G-START-PENDING PC-G-ACTIVE PC-G-PENDING PC-G-CANCEL
Event ?
+PKVKCN 5VCVG
ADS-negative- request AB to abort stop t-PC-1 request AB to abort stop t-PC-1 request AB to abort
acknowledgement- ADS-periodic-contract ADS-periodic-
Request to stop set emergency=FALSE stop t-PC-1 If emergency=FALSE then stop t-PC-1 stop t-PC-3
operation PC-G-IDLE set emergency=FALSE stop t-PC-2 set emergency= set emergency=FALSE
PC-G-IDLE set emergency=FALSE FALSE PC-G-IDLE
PC-G-IDLE PC-G-IDLE
Request to suspend set emergency=TRUE set emergency=TRUE set emergency=TRUE set set emergency=TRUE
periodic contract stop t-PC-2 emergency=TRUE
Request to reinstate set emergency=FALSE set emergency=FALSE set emergency=FALSE set emergency= set emergency=FALSE
periodic contract start t-PC-2 FALSE
Timer expiry
t-PC-1 cannot occur request AB to abort cannot occur request AB to abort cannot occur
t-PC-2 cannot occur cannot occur request AB to abort cannot occur cannot occur
t-PC-3 cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur request AB to abort
#KTITQWPF CRRNKECVKQPU
Table 2.2.1.5-70: ADS air PC module state table
ADS-periodic-contract rsp Not permitted Send ADS-positive- Not permitted Send ADS-positive-
(positive acknowledgement acknowledgement-PDU or ADS- acknowledgement-PDU or
or noncompliance noncompliance-notification-PDU ADS-noncompliance-
notification) PC-A-ACTIVE notification-PDU
PC-A-ACTIVE
ADS-periodic-contract rsp Not permitted Send ADS-negative- Not permitted Send ADS-negative-
(negative acknowledgement) acknowledgement-PDU acknowledgement-PDU
PC-A-IDLE PC-A-ACTIVE
ADS-report req - with Not permitted Send ADS-periodic-report-PDU Not permitted Send ADS-periodic-report-PDU
positive acknowledgement PC-A-ACTIVE PC-A-ACTIVE
(periodic contract)
ADS-report req Not permitted Not permitted Send ADS-periodic-report-PDU Not permitted
(periodic contract) PC-A-ACTIVE
++
++
Table 2.2.1.5-71: ADS ground EM module state table
State< EM-G-IDLE EM-G-ACTIVE EM-G-MODIFY
Event ?
ADS-emergency-report req Send ADS-emergency-report- Send ADS-emergency-report- Not permitted Not permitted
PDU PDU
EM-A-ACTIVE EM-A-ACTIVE
ADS-emergency-report req Not permitted Not permitted Send ADS-emergency-report-PDU Not permitted
(with positive EM-A-ACTIVE
acknowledgement)
ADS-cancel-emergency req Not permitted Send ADS-cancel-emergency- Not permitted Not permitted
PDU
Start t-EM-3
EM-A-CANCEL
ADS-modify-emergency- Not permitted Not permitted Send ADS-negative- Not permitted
contract rsp acknowledgement-PDU
EM-A-ACTIVE
Timer expiry
++
++
Table 2.2.1.5-73: Ground ADS LI module state table
State <
D-START ind pass user data to cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
appropriate module
LI-G-START-R
D-START cnf cannot occur pass user data to ECPPQV QEEWT ECPPQV QEEWT
appropriate OQFWNG
=?
&# KPF ECPPQV QEEWT ECPPQV QEEWT RCUU WUGT FCVC VQ RCUU WUGT FCVC VQ
CRRTQRTKCVG OQFWNG CRRTQRTKCVG OQFWNG
=? .+)'0&
&'0& EPH ECPPQV QEEWT ECPPQV QEEWT ECPPQV QEEWT UVQR V.+
#&5ECPEGNCNNEQPVTCEVU
EPH
.+)+&.'
&#$146 KPF QT &2#$146 KPF ECPPQV QEEWT RCUU VQ #$ OQFWNG RCUU VQ #$ OQFWNG RCUU VQ #$ OQFWNG
.+)+&.' .+)+&.' .+)+&.'
6KOGT GZRKT[
.+)'0&
GNUG
.+)#%6+8'
'XGPV ?
+PKVKCN 5VCVG
&# KPF ECPPQV QEEWT ECPPQV QEEWT RCUU WUGT FCVC VQ CRRTQRTKCVG
OQFWNG
.+##%6+8'
&#$146 KPF QT &2#$146 KPF ECPPQV QEEWT RCUU VQ #$ OQFWNG RCUU VQ #$ OQFWNG
.+#+&.' .+#+&.'
++
II-192 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.2.1.6.1.1 The ADS application shall use PER as defined in ISO/IEC 8825-2, using the Basic Unaligned
variant to encode/decode the ASN.1 message structure and content specified in 2.2.1.4.
2.2.1.6.2.1.1 Where dialogue service primitives, that is D-START, D-END, D-ABORT, D-P-ABORT and
D-DATA are described as being invoked in 2.2.1.5, the ADS-ground-ASE and the ADS-air-ASE shall exhibit
external behaviour consistent with the dialogue service, as described in 4.2, having been implemented and
its primitives invoked.
2.2.1.6.2.2.1 The application service priority for ADS shall have the abstract value of “high priority flight
safety messages”.
2.2.1.6.2.2.2 The RER quality of service parameter of the D-START request shall be set to the abstract
value of “low”.
2.2.1.6.2.2.3 The ADS-ASE shall map the class of communication service abstract values to the ATSC
routing class abstract value part of the D-START QOS parameter as presented in Table 2.2.1.6-1.
Table 2.2.1.6-1. Mapping between class of communication and routing class abstract values
2.2.1.7.1 General
2.2.1.7.1.1.1 The ADS-ground-user shall only establish a demand contract, an event contract or a periodic
contract with an ADS-air-user.
2.2.1.7.1.1.2 The ADS-air-user shall invoke ADS-report requests only at the rate specified and containing
only the information required to meet the contract as specified in 2.2.1.7.
Note 3.— When an ADS-ground-user specifies the class of communications service parameter and there is
an ADS contract in place, the parameter is ignored.
2.2.1.7.1.2.1 When providing the air speed (as part of the air vector parameter), the ADS-air-user shall:
2.2.1.7.1.4.1 If the ADS-air-user or ADS-ground-user has an unrecoverable system error, then it shall:
a) cease the operation of all contracts with peer system(s) which are effected by the
error, and
II-194 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.2.1.7.1.5.1 With the permissible exception of ADS-user-abort and ADS-provider-abort, the ADS-air-
user shall respond to indications and confirmations in the order in which they are received.
2.2.1.7.1.5.2 The ADS-air-user shall be capable of supporting contracts from at least four different ATC
ground systems at the same time.
Note.— The ADS-air-user may use the class of communications service indicated in the D-START indication
quality of service parameter value in order to determine if the ground systems is an ATC ground system.
How the ADS-air-user finds out what class of communications service parameter value is used is a local
matter.
a) reject the contract with the reply parameter set to negative acknowledgement,
c) include the set of ICAO facility designations of all the ground systems with which
it has contracts in the maximum-capacity-exceeded element.
Note.— The intention is that the new connection will be aborted; the existing connection and all the contracts
on it will be retained.
2.2.1.7.1.5.5 If, after accepting a contract, the ADS-air-user is unable to provide the information required,
either because it is unavailable, invalid or because its validity is uncertain, then:
1) the ADS-air-user shall continue to send ADS reports as required with the
FOM set to “0”; and
2) if all of the information is again found to be valid and available, the FOM
shall be reset to its actual value, and
Air-ground applications II-195
c) if the information is part of the projected-profile, the ADS-air-user shall omit the
projected-profile from any ADS-reports that require it, and
d) if the information is part of the ground-vector, the ADS-air-user shall omit the
ground-vector from any ADS-reports or ADS-emergency-reports that require it, and
e) if the information is part of the air-vector, the ADS-air-user shall omit the air-vector
from any ADS-reports that require it, and
f) if the information is part of the weather, the ADS-air-user shall omit the weather
from any ADS-reports that require it, and
g) if the information is part of the short-term-intent, the ADS-air-user shall omit the
short-term-intent from any ADS-reports that require it, and
Note 1.— If information is not available for more than one optional field, then both are omitted.
Note 2.— The ADS-air-user must be able to detect when information becomes unavailable. The ADS-air-user
must be able to detect if the information is invalid, or its validity is uncertain.
Note 3.— The ADS-ground-user will know what information is expected in any ADS-report or
ADS-emergency-report. It is therefore able to tell when the information is unavailable or possibly invalid.
2.2.1.7.1.6.1 With the permissible exception of ADS-user-abort and ADS-provider-abort, the ADS-
ground-user shall respond to indications and confirmations in the order in which they are received.
Note.— The ADS-ground-user checks the contents of the ADS reports received, for conformance to the
contracts in place, and flags any non-conformance.
Note 1.— 2.2.1.7.2 details the actions taken by the ADS-ground-user and the ADS-air-user in the
establishment and operation of a demand contract.
Note 2.— When the ADS-ground-user requires to establish a demand contract with the ADS-air-user, it
invokes ADS-demand-contract request.
II-196 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.2.1.7.2.1 When the ADS-air-user receives an ADS-demand-contract indication, and is not able to
accept the contract, the ADS-air-user shall invoke an ADS-demand-contract response with the reply
parameter set to negative-acknowledgement, and the reason parameter set to the value indicating the reason
that it cannot accept the contract.
2.2.1.7.2.2 When the ADS-air-user receives an ADS-demand-contract indication, and it is able to accept
the contract in full, the ADS-air-user shall invoke an ADS-report request including a positive
acknowledgement parameter.
2.2.1.7.2.3 When the ADS-air-user receives an ADS-demand-contract indication, and it is able to accept
the contract, but is not able to supply all the requested information,
b) invoke ADS-report request containing the information that it is able to send, with
the positive acknowledgement parameter absent.
2.2.1.7.2.3.2 Recommendation.— the ADS-air-user should invoke ADS-report request containing the
information that it is able to send, with the positive acknowledgement parameter absent, within 0.5 seconds.
2.2.1.7.2.4.1 Subject to the restrictions stated in 2.2.1.7.1.5.5, the ADS-air-user invokes ADS-report
request in response to an ADS-demand-contract, and only when requested in the ADS-demand-contract
indication and not indicated as being unavailable in an ADS-demand-contract response (where the reply
parameter was set to noncompliance-notification), then the ADS-air-user shall form the report details
parameter with the following information:
a) aircraft address,
b) projected-profile,
c) ground-vector,
d) air-vector,
e) weather,
f) short-term-intent, and
g) extended-projected-profile.
2.2.1.7.2.4.2 When short-term-intent is provided it shall cover the time period indicated in short-term-
intent.
Air-ground applications II-197
2.2.1.7.2.4.4 When time-interval was provided in the ADS-demand-contract indication, and extended-
projected-profile is provided in the subsequent ADS-report request, the extended-projected-profile shall
cover the time interval indicated in time-interval or the time interval covered by way points stored in the
avionics, which ever is the lesser.
Note 1.— 2.2.1.7.3 details the actions taken by the ADS-ground-user and the ADS-air-user in the
establishment and operation of a event contract.
Note 2.— When the ADS-ground-user requires to establish an event contract with the ADS-air-user, it
invokes ADS-event-contract request.
2.2.1.7.3.1 When invoking the ADS-event-contract request, the ADS-ground-user shall specify at least
one event type.
2.2.1.7.3.2 When the ADS-air-user receives an ADS-event-contract indication, and it is not able to
accept the contract, then the ADS-air-user shall invoke an ADS-event-contract response with the reply
parameter set to negative-acknowledgement and reason set to the value indicating the reason that it cannot
accept the contract.
Note.— In the event of the new event contract not being accepted, any existing event contract will remain
in place.
2.2.1.7.3.3 When the ADS-air-user receives an ADS-event-contract indication, and it is able to accept
the contract in full, the ADS-air-user shall:
a) if the terms of the contract require an ADS-report as baseline information, and the
ADS-air-user is able to invoke an ADS-report request within 0.5 seconds, then
invoke an ADS-report request including a positive acknowledgement parameter, or
2.2.1.7.3.4 When the ADS-air-user receives an ADS-event-contract indication, and it is able partially
to fulfill the contract, because it is not able to detect some of the events in the contract, then the ADS-air-user
shall invoke ADS-event-contract response with the reply parameter set to noncompliance-notification, and
the event-ncn element set to the events that cannot be complied with.
II-198 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.2.1.7.3.5 If the ADS-air-user accepts the event contract with a noncompliance-notification, or with
a positive-acknowledgement (either in an ADS-event-contract response or an ADS-report request) then the
ADS-air-user shall:
a) cancel any other event contract with that ground system, and
b) if one or more of the following event types are in the ADS-event-contract indication
and not present in the noncompliance notification if sent, then invoke ADS-report
request with the contract type set to event-report, the event-type set to baseline, and
air-vector and ground-vector included in the report details parameter:
1) air-speed-change,
2) ground-speed-change,
3) heading-change,
4) track-angle-change and/or
5) level-change.
Note.— This provides a baseline reference against which possible deviations are compared.
2.2.1.7.3.5.4 Subject to the restrictions stated in 2.2.1.7.1.5.5, when level threshold is provided in the
ADS-event-contract contract details parameter, and not indicated in the noncompliance notification if sent,
then for the duration of the event contract, only when the aircraft
s level is greater than the value of ceiling,
or less than the value of floor, the ADS-air-user shall invoke ADS-report requests at a rate of once every 60
seconds, including the ground-vector element in the report details parameter.
Air-ground applications II-199
2.2.1.7.3.5.5 Subject to the restrictions stated in 2.2.1.7.1.5.5, when way-point-change is provided in the
ADS-event-contract contract details parameter, and not indicated in the noncompliance notification if sent,
then for the duration of the event contract, whenever the aircraft
s next way-point changes, the ADS-air-user
shall invoke ADS-report request, including the projected-profile element in the report details parameter.
2.2.1.7.3.5.6 Subject to the restrictions stated in 2.2.1.7.1.5.5, when fom-change is provided in the ADS-
event-contract contract details parameter, then for the duration of the event contract, whenever the aircraft
s
navigational accuracy, navigational system redundancy or airborne collision avoidance system (ACAS)
availability changes, the ADS-air-user shall invoke ADS-report request.
2.2.1.7.3.5.9 Subject to the restrictions stated in 2.2.1.7.1.5.5, when air-speed-change is provided in the
ADS-event-contract in the contract details parameter, and is not indicated in the noncompliance notification
if sent, then for the duration of the event contract, whenever the absolute value of the difference between the
aircraft
s airspeed and the airspeed transmitted in the most recent ADS-report request that contained an air-
vector element, is greater than or equal to the value of air-speed-change, then the ADS-air-user shall invoke
ADS-report request including the air-vector element in the report details parameter.
2.2.1.7.3.5.12 Subject to the restrictions stated in 2.2.1.7.1.5.5, when level-change is provided in the ADS-
event-contract in the contract details parameter, and is not indicated in the noncompliance notification if
sent, then for the duration of the event contract, whenever the absolute value of the difference between the
aircraft
s level and the level transmitted in the most recent ADS-report request, is greater than or equal to
the value of level-change, then the ADS-air-user shall invoke ADS-report request including the ground-
vector element in the report details parameter.
2.2.1.7.3.5.13 Subject to the restrictions stated in 2.2.1.7.1.5.5, when heading-change is provided in the
ADS-event-contract contract details parameter, and not indicated in the noncompliance notification if sent,
then for the duration of the event contract, whenever the aircraft’s heading differs negatively or positively
from the value transmitted in the previous ADS report containing an air-vector element by an amount
exceeding the value of the heading-change element specified in the event contract request, then the
ADS-air-user shall invoke ADS-report request including the air-vector element in the report details
parameter.
2.2.1.7.3.5.14 If the ability of the aircraft to detect the occurrence of events changes during the event
contract to the extent that it may effect the ability of the aircraft to meet the terms of the event contract, the
ADS-air-user shall invoke ADS-report request including the ability-to-detect-events-impaired element in the
report details parameter.
Note 1.— If more than one of the events described above occurs at the same time, the ADS-air-user invokes
separate ADS-report requests as described above, for each event independently (i.e. the same report cannot
be used to report on more than one event, even if the same information is being transmitted.)
Note 2.— Apart from circumstances detailed in 2.2.1.7.3.3, the positive acknowledgement parameter is not
present in any ADS-report request made in response to an ADS-event-contract indication.
Note 1.— 2.2.1.7.4 details the actions taken by the ADS-ground-user and the ADS-air-user in the
establishment and operation of a periodic contract while no emergency contract exists.
Note 2.— When the ADS-ground-user requires to establish a periodic contract with the ADS-air-user it
invokes ADS-periodic-contract request.
2.2.1.7.4.1 When the ADS-air-user receives an ADS-periodic-contract indication, and it is not able to
accept the contract, then the ADS-air-user shall invoke an ADS-periodic-contract response with the reply
parameter set to negative-acknowledgement and reason set to the value indicating the reason that it cannot
accept the contract.
Note.— In the event of the new contract not being accepted, any existing contract will remain in place.
Air-ground applications II-201
2.2.1.7.4.2 When the ADS-air-user receives an ADS-periodic-contract indication, and it is able to accept
the contract in full, then:
2.2.1.7.4.2.1 If the ADS-air-user is able to send the first ADS-report request of the contract within 0.5
seconds, then the ADS-air-user shall invoke the first ADS-report request of the contract, including a positive
acknowledgement parameter.
2.2.1.7.4.2.2 If the ADS-air-user is not able to send the first ADS-report request of the contract within 0.5
seconds, then:
b) if no emergency contract exists, send the first ADS-report request of the contract.
b) if no emergency contract exists, send the first ADS-report request of the contract
within 30 seconds from the receipt of the ADS-periodic-contract request.
2.2.1.7.4.3 When the ADS-air-user receives an ADS-periodic-contract indication, and it is able to supply
some of the information required in the contract, but is not able generate all the report elements, or it is not
able to meet the requested reporting rate, or both, then the ADS-air-user shall invoke ADS-periodic-contract
response with the reply parameter set to noncompliance-notification, and with periodic-ncn set to indicate
the reports that cannot be generated and/or that the reporting rate cannot be met.
2.2.1.7.4.4 If the ADS-air-user accepts the periodic contract with an ADS-periodic-contract response
with the Reply parameter value set to noncompliance-notification, or positive-acknowledgement, or the ADS-
air-user accepts the periodic contract with an ADS-report with the Positive acknowledgement parameter
present then:
2.2.1.7.4.4.1 The ADS-air-user shall cancel any periodic contract in force with the ground system.
2.2.1.7.4.4.2 If the ADS-air-user accepted the contract with a noncompliance-notification that indicated
that the reporting rate could not be met, then the ADS-air-user shall set the reporting rate to be 60 seconds.
2.2.1.7.4.4.3 If the ADS-air-user accepted the contract by a means other than a noncompliance-
notification that indicated that the reporting rate could not be met, then the ADS-air-user shall set the
reporting rate to be the reporting-interval from the contract details parameter of the ADS-periodic-contract
indication.
2.2.1.7.4.4.4 The ADS-air-user shall invoke ADS-report requests at the reporting rate, until such time as
the contract is cancelled, or suspended due to an emergency.
II-202 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— If an emergency contract is already in place, the periodic contract will be immediately suspended
due to the provisions stated in 2.2.1.7.
2.2.1.7.4.4.5 Subject to the restrictions stated in 2.2.1.7.1.5.5, the ADS-air-user invokes ADS-report
request in response to a ADS-periodic-contract indication, then, for each row in Table 2.2.1.7-1 :
then the ADS-air-user shall include the report details element as indicated in Table 2.2.1.7-1.
Note 1.— For example, if aircraft address has the value 2 and ground-vector-modulus has the value 3, then
the aircraft address element will be included in the 1st, 3rd, 5th, 7th etc. ADS-reports, and the ground-vector
will be included in the 1st, 4th, 7th, 10th etc. ADS-reports.
Note 2.— Position, time-stamp and fom will always be included in every ADS-report.
2.2.1.7.4.4.6 When short-term-intent is included in the report details parameter of an ADS-report, the
ADS-air-user shall insert a value that covers way points and estimated times of arrival for the following
intent-projection-time as measured from the timestamp on the ADS-report.
Note 1.— Apart from circumstances detailed in 2.2.1.7.4.2.1, the positive acknowledgement parameter is not
present in the ADS-report request.
Note 2.— When the ADS-air-user invokes ADS-report request in response to an ADS-periodic-contract
indication, the event type parameter is not be included in the ADS-report request.
Note 1.— 2.2.1.7.5 details the actions taken by the ADS-ground-user and the ADS-air-user in the
cancellation of contracts.
Note 2.— When an ADS-ground-user requires to cancel an event contract or a periodic contract, then it
either invokes ADS-cancel request with the contract type parameter set to event-contract or periodic-
contract respectively. When an ADS-ground-user requires to cancel all contracts with the aircraft it invokes
ADS-cancel-all-contracts request
2.2.1.7.5.1 If the ADS-air-user receives an ADS-cancel-contract with contract type parameter set to
event-contract, the ADS-air-user shall cancel any event contract with that ground system.
2.2.1.7.5.2 If the ADS-air-user receives an ADS-cancel-contract with contract type parameter set to
periodic-contract, the ADS-air-user shall cancel any periodic contract with that ground system.
2.2.1.7.5.3 When the ADS-air-user receives an ADS-cancel-all-contracts indication, it shall cancel all
contracts (event, periodic and emergency) with that ground system.
Note 1.— 2.2.1.7.6 details the actions taken by the ADS-ground-user and the ADS-air-user in the
establishment and operation of emergency contracts.
Note 2.— The emergency contract is only air user activated, and may be initiated either by human or
automatically by the aircraft system.
2.2.1.7.6.1 On emergency contract initiation, the ADS-air-user shall establish an emergency contract
with every ground system with which it has an event contract or a periodic contract (or both).
II-204 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
a) acknowledge the contract in the manner indicated in 2.2.1.7.3 and 2.2.1.7.4, with
either a response or an ADS-report request, and
2.2.1.7.6.3 When the ADS-air-user establishes an emergency contract with an ADS-ground-user, then:
2.2.1.7.6.3.1 If the ADS-air-user has a periodic contract with the ADS-ground-user, then the ADS-air-user
shall suspend the operation of the periodic contract.
2.2.1.7.6.3.2 If the ADS-air-user has no periodic contract with the ADS-ground-user at the time of
establishing the emergency contract, then the ADS-air-user shall set the emergency reporting rate to be 60
seconds.
2.2.1.7.6.3.3 If the ADS-air-user has a periodic contract with the ADS-ground-user at the time of
establishing the emergency contract, then the ADS-air-user shall set the emergency reporting rate to be as
indicated in Table 2.2.1.7-2.
Table 2.2.1.7-2: Emergency reporting rate calculation when a periodic contract is in place
2.2.1.7.6.3.4 The ADS-air user shall invoke ADS-emergency-report request at the emergency reporting
rate.
2.2.1.7.6.3.5 Subject to the restrictions stated in 2.2.1.7.1.5.5, the ADS-air user shall include the following
elements in the emergency report details parameter in the ADS-emergency-report request:
b) ground-vector and aircraft address for the first ADS-emergency-report request after
the emergency contract has been established, and subsequently every fifth ADS-
emergency-report request.
Note 1.— That is, on the 1st, 6th, 11th, 16th etc. ADS-emergency-report request.
Air-ground applications II-205
Note 2.— Apart from conditions specified in 2.2.1.7.7, the positive acknowledgement parameter is not
present in any ADS-emergency-report request.
2.2.1.7.6.3.7 For each ground system, the ADS-air-user shall store details of the most recent of the
following:
Note.— This information is used to re-establish the periodic contract after the emergency is over.
Note 1.— 2.2.1.7.7 details the actions taken by the ADS-ground-user and the ADS-air-user when modifying
an emergency contract.
Note 2.— When the ADS-ground-user requires to modify the reporting rate of an emergency contract it
invokes ADS-modify-emergency-contract request.
a) change the emergency reporting rate to the time indicated in the reporting interval
parameter; and
Note 1.— The existing five ADS-emergency-report cycle remains regardless of any reporting rate
modification, moreover, the position within the cycle also remains unaffected. For example, if the second
ADS-emergency-report request was invoked before the modification of emergency reporting rate, the
following ADS-emergency-report request will be the third.
Note 1.— 2.2.1.7.8 details the actions taken by the ADS-ground-user and the ADS-air-user when the ADS-
air-user cancels emergency contracts.
Note 2.— The initiation of the cancellation of an emergency contract may only be done by human
intervention in the aircraft.
2.2.1.7.8.1 When the ADS-air-user cancels emergency contracts, it shall cancel the emergency contract
with each ADS-ground-user with which it has an emergency contract.
Note.— If the latest event to be stored (as indicated in 2.2.1.7.6.3) was an ADS-cancel-contract indication
(with a value of periodic-contract) then no periodic contract is started or resumed.
2.2.1.7.8.2.2 If the ADS-air-user reinstates a periodic contract, it shall restart in the same position in the
cycle of reports as it was in when the emergency contract was established.
Note 1.— 2.2.1.7.9 details the actions taken by an ADS-ground-user and the ADS-air-user aborts occur.
Note 2.— When an ADS-ground-user or an ADS-air-user requires to abort the current contracts, it initiates
ADS-user-abort request.
Air-ground applications II-207
2.2.1.7.10.1 An ADS user shall interpret ADS parameter value unit, range and resolution as defined
in 2.2.1.4.
2.2.1.8.1 General
Note.— 2.2.1.8 specifies conformance requirements which all implementations of the ADS protocol obey.
2.2.1.8.1.1 An implementation of either the ADS ground based service or the ADS air based service
claiming conformance to 2.2.1 shall support the ADS protocol features as shown in the tables below.
Note.— The ‘status
column indicates the level of support required for conformance to the ADS-ASE protocol
described in 2.2.1. The values are as follows:
d) ‘C.n
the item is conditional where n is the number which identifies the condition
which is applicable.
2.2.2.1 Introduction
2.2.2.1.1 The ADS report forwarding application will allow users to obtain positional and other information
from suitably equipped aircraft in a timely manner in accordance with their requirements.
2.2.2 defines the ground-ground aspects of ADS only. 2.2.1 defines the air-ground communication aspects
of ADS:
c) 2.2.2.3: THE ABSTRACT SERVICE contains the description of the abstract service
provided by the application service elements (ASE) defined for ADS Report
Forwarding.
h) 2.2.2.8: SUBSETTING RULES provides rules for subsetting the ADS Report
Forwarding SARPs.
a) Functional Description
2) The receiving ground system may reject the ADS start forwarding request.
3) When an ADS report is to be sent the ground system will use an ADS
forward report message.
b) Message Descriptions
1) The ADS start forwarding request message may contain the first ADS
forward report.
2) The ADS start forwarding response contains the result of the establishment
of the forward contract.
3) An ADS forward report message contains the aircraft address and flight
identification of the aircraft the report is related to, and either a periodic,
event, demand, or emergency report.
a) Functional Description
1) This function allows the sending ground system to cancel the Forward
Contract.
2) The sending ground system sends a cancel forward contract message to the
receiving ground system.
b) Message Descriptions
1) The cancel forward contract message does not contain any information.
2.2.2.2.2.1 In the event of information input by the ARF-user being incompatible with that able to be
processed by the system, the ARF-user shall be notified.
2.2.2.2.2.2 In the event of a ARF-user invoking an ADS Report Forwarding service primitive, when the
ADS-RF-ASE is not in a state specified in 2.2.2.5, the ARF-user shall be notified.
2.2.2.3.1.1 An implementation of the ADS Report Forwarding service shall exhibit external behaviour
consistent with having implemented an ADS-RF-ASE.
Note 1.— 2.2.2.3 defines the abstract service interface for the ADS Report Forwarding service. The ADS-RF-
ASE abstract service is described in 2.2.2.3 from the viewpoint of the ADS-RF-user and the ADS-RF service-
provider.
Note 2.— 2.2.2.3 defines the static behaviour (i.e. the format) of the ADS Report Forwarding abstract
service. Its dynamic behaviour (i.e. how it is used) is described in 2.2.2.7.
Note 3.— Figure 2.2.2.3-1 shows the functional model of the ADS Report Forwarding Function. The
functional modules identified in this model are the following :
c) the ADS-RF-AE,
Note 4.— The ADS-RF-user represents the operational part of the ADS system. This user does not perform
the communication functions but relies on a communication service provided to it via the ADS-RF-AE
through the ADS-RF-AE service interface. The individual actions at this interface are called ADS-RF-AE
service primitives. Similarly, individual actions at other interfaces in the communication system are called
service primitives at these interfaces.
Note 5.— The ADS-RF-AE consists of several elements, including the ADS-RF-ASE and the ADS-RF-CF.
The DS interface is made available by the ADS-RF-CF to the ADS-RF-ASE for communication with the peer
ADS-RF-ASE.
Note 6.— The ADS-RF-ASE is the element in the communication system which executes the ADS-RF specific
protocol. In other words, it takes care of the ADS-RF specific service primitive sequencing actions, message
creation, timer management, error and exception handling.
Note 7.— The ADS-RF-ASE interfaces only with the ADS-RF-CF. This ADS-RF-CF is responsible for
mapping service primitives received from one element (such as the ADS-RF-ASE and the ADS-RF-user) to
other elements which interface with it. The part of the ADS-RF-CF which is relevant from the point of view
of these SARPs, i.e. the part between the ADS-RF-user and the ADS-RF-ASE, will map ADS-RF-AE service
primitives to ADS-RF-ASE service primitives transparently.
Note 8.— The DS interface is the interface between the ADS-RF-ASE and part of ADS-RF-CF underneath,
the ADS-RF-ASE and provides the dialogue service.
Air-ground applications II-215
Note.— There is no requirement to implement the service in an ADS product; however, it is necessary to
implement the ground based system in such a way that it will be impossible to detect (from the peer system)
whether or not an interface has been built.
2.2.2.3.2.1 The ADS-RF-ASE abstract service shall consist of a set of the following services as allowed
by the subsetting rules defined in 2.2.2.8:
Note.— An abstract syntax is a syntactical description of a parameter which does not imply a specific
implementation. Only when the ADS-RF-ASE maps a parameter onto an APDU field, or vice-versa, is the
abstract syntax of the parameter described by using the ASN.1 of 2.2.2.4 for this field.
2.2.2.3.3 Conventions
Note 1.— For a given primitive, the presence of each parameter is described by one of the following values
in the parameter tables 2.2.2.3:
c) C(=) conditional upon the value of the parameter to the immediate left being
present, and equal to that value;
d) M mandatory;
e) M(=) mandatory, and equal to the value of the parameter to the immediate left;
f) U user option.
a) Req request; data is input by an ADS-RF-user initiating the service to its respective
ASE;
b) Ind indication; data is indicated by the receiving ASE to its respective ADS-RF-
user;
II-216 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
d) Cnf confirmation; data is confirmed by the initiating ASE to its respective ADS-RF-
user.
Note 3.— An unconfirmed service allows just one message to be transmitted, in one direction,.
Note 4.— A confirmed service provides end-to-end confirmation that a message sent by one user was
received by its peer user.
Note.— The ADS-start-forward service allows an ADS-RF-user to request the establishment of a forward
contract with another ADS-RF-user. An ADS report may be included within this service. It is a confirmed
service, initiated by an ADS-RF-user.
2.2.2.3.4.1 The ADS-start-forward service shall contain primitives and parameters as presented in Table
2.2.2.3-1 where the version numbers of the peer ASEs are compatible.
2.2.2.3.4.2 The ADS-start-forward service shall contain primitives and parameters as presented in Table
2.2.2.3-2 where the version numbers of the peer ASEs are incompatible.
Note.— This parameter contains the receiving ground system s ICAO facility designation.
2.2.2.3.4.3.1 The ICAO Facility designation parameter value shall conform to the abstract syntax four-
to eight-character ICAO facility designation.
Note.— This parameter contains the value of the required class of communication service, if specified by the
ADS-RF-user.
2.2.2.3.4.4.1 Where specified by the ADS-RF-user, the class of communication service parameter shall
have one of the following abstract values: “A”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E”, “F”, “G” or “H”.
Note.— Where not specified by the ADS-RF-user, this indicates that there will be no routing preference.
Note.— This parameter contains the details of the forwarded ADS report.
2.2.2.3.4.5.1 The forwarded report details parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ADSForwardedReport.
2.2.2.3.4.6 Reply
Note.— This parameter indicates whether the ADS-start-forward request has been accepted (abstract value
is “accepted”) or rejected (abstract value is “incompatible version”) by the peer ADS-RF-user.
2.2.2.3.4.6.1 The Reply parameter value shall have one of the following abstract values:
a) “accepted”, or
b) “incompatible version”.
II-218 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— The ADS-forward-report service allows an ADS-RF-user to forward an ADS report to another ADS-
RF-user. This is an unconfirmed service, initiated by the ADS-RF-user which has initiated the ADS-start-
forward service.
2.2.2.3.5.1 The ADS-forward-report service shall contain primitives and parameters as contained in
Table 2.2.2.3-3.
Note.— This parameter contains the details of the forwarded ADS report.
2.2.2.3.5.2.1 The forwarded report details parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ADSForwardedReport.
Note.— The ADS-end-forward service allows the ADS-RF-user forwarding the ADS reports to end the ADS
Report Forwarding service. It is a unconfirmed service, initiated by the sending ADS-RF-user.
2.2.2.3.6.1 The ADS-end-forward service shall contain primitives as contained in Table 2.2.2.3-4.
none
Note 1.— The ADS-user-abort service allows the ADS-RF-user to abort a forward contract. It is an
unconfirmed service, initiated by an ADS-RF-user. Messages in transit may be lost during this operation.
It can be invoked at any time that the ADS-RF-user is aware that any ADS Report Forwarding service is in
operation.
Note 2.— If the service is invoked prior to complete establishment of the dialogue, the ADS-user-abort
indication may not be provided. An ADS-provider-abort indication may result instead.
2.2.2.3.7.1 The ADS-user-abort service shall contain primitives as contained in Table 2.2.2.3-5.
Air-ground applications II-219
none
Note.— The ADS-provider-abort service allows the ADS-service-provider to inform the ADS-RF-users that
it can no longer provide the ADS Report Forwarding service for a particular ADS-RF-user pairing. It is
initiated by the ADS-service-provider. Messages in transit may be lost during this operation.
2.2.2.3.8.1 The ADS-provider-abort service shall contain primitives and parameters as contained in
Table 2.2.2.3-6.
Reason M
2.2.2.3.8.2 Reason
2.2.2.3.8.2.1 The reason parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax AbortReason.
2.2.2.4.2.1 The abstract syntax of the ADS-RF protocol data units shall comply with the description
contained in the ASN.1 module ADSRFMessageSetVersion1 (conforming to ISO/IEC 8824), as defined in
2.2.2.4.
II-220 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
BEGIN
IMPORTS
AbortReason, ADSEmergencyReport, ADSReport,AircraftAddress, EventTypeReported
FROM ADSMessageSetVersion1;
ADSRFPDUs ::= CHOICE
{
aDS-forwarded-report-PDU [0] ADSForwardedReport,
aDS-provider-abort-PDU [1] AbortReason,
...
}
ADSForwardedReport ::= SEQUENCE
{
aircraftAddress AircraftAddress,
forwardedADSReport ForwardedReport
}
ForwardedReport::= CHOICE
{
aDSDemandReport [0] ADSReport,
aDSPeriodicReport [1] ADSReport,
aDSEventReport [2] SEQUENCE
{
event-type EventTypeReported,
aDSReport ADSReport
},
aDSEmergencyReport [3] ADSEmergencyReport
}
END -- of ADSRFMessageSetVersion1
Air-ground applications II-221
2.2.2.5.1.1 Only the sequence of primitives defined illustrated in figures 2.2.2.5-1 to 2.2.2.5-6 shall be
permitted.
Note 1.— The following figures define the valid sequences of primitives that are possible to be invoked
during the operation of the ADS Report Forwarding function. They show the relationship in time between
the service request and the resulting indication, and if applicable, the subsequent response and the resulting
confirmation.
Note 2.— Abort primitive may interrupt and terminate any of the normal message sequences outlined below.
Note 3.— Primitives are processed in the order in which they are received (see 4.3.3.1.2.4).
Figure 2.2.2.5-5. Dialogue service provider abort service, with forward contract in place
Note 1.— Table 2.2.2.5-1 lists the time constraints related to the ADS Report Forwarding function. Each
time constraint requires a timer to be set in the ADS protocol machine.
Note 2.— If the timer expires before the final event has occurred, the ADS-RF-ASE takes the appropriate
action.
ADS Service Timer Timer Timer Start Event Timer Stop Event
Value
ADS forward t-RF-1 6 minutes ADS-start-forward request ADS-start-forward
contract confirmation
t-RF-2 6 minutes D-END request D-END confirmation
Note.— 2.2.2.5.3 defines the protocol for the ADS-RF-ASE. The protocol for the initiating ADS-RF-ASE and
the responding ADS-RF-ASE are given separately.
2.2.2.5.3.1 If an APDU is not received when one is required, or one is received in an inappropriate
dialogue service primitive, then the exception handling procedures as described in 2.2.2.5.4.3 shall apply.
2.2.2.5.3.2 Upon receipt of an APDU or dialogue service primitive, if no actions are described for their
arrival when in a particular state, then the exception handling procedures as described in 2.2.2.5.4.4 shall
apply.
2.2.2.5.3.3 Upon receipt of an APDU that cannot be decoded, then the exception handling procedures
as described in 2.2.2.5.4.6 shall apply.
a) RF-I-IDLE
b) RF-I-START
c) RF-I-ACTIVE
d) RF-I-END
II-226 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Table 2.2.2.5-3
Table 2.2.2.5-4
Table 2.2.2.5-5
Originator “user”
2.2.2.5.3.4.6 Upon receipt of a D-START confirmation with a Result parameter value of “accepted”:
Table 2.2.2.5-6
Reply “accepted”
2.2.2.5.3.4.7 Upon receipt of a D-START confirmation with a Result parameter value of “rejected
(permanent)”:
Table 2.2.2.5-7
2.2.2.5.3.4.8 Upon receipt of a D-END confirmation with a Result parameter value of “accepted”:
2.2.2.5.3.4.9 Upon receipt of a D-END confirmation with a Result parameter value of “rejected”:
Table 2.2.2.5-8
Originator “provider”
2.2.2.5.3.4.10 Upon receipt of a D-ABORT indication with the Originator parameter value set to “user”:
2.2.2.5.3.4.10.1 If in the RF-I-START state, the RF-I-ACTIVE state or the RF-I-END, the initiating ADS-RF-
ASE shall:
2.2.2.5.3.4.11 Upon receipt of a D-ABORT indication with the Originator parameter value set to
“provider”:
2.2.2.5.3.4.11.1 If in the RF-I-START state, the RF-I-ACTIVE state or the RF-I-END state, the initiating
ADS-RF-ASE shall:
Table 2.2.2.5-9
2.2.2.5.3.4.12.1 If in the RF-I-START state or the RF-I-ACTIVE state, the initiating ADS-RF-ASE shall:
Table 2.2.2.5-10
Reason communications-service-failure
a) RF-R-IDLE
b) RF-R-ACTIVE
Table 2.2.2.5-11
Originator “user”
2.2.2.5.3.5.3.1 If in the RF-R-IDLE state, and if the D-START DS-User Version Number parameter is not
compatible with the version number of the responding ADS-RF-ASE, and the application service priority
parameter value is “high priority flight safety messages”, and the RER quality of service parameter is the
abstract value “low”, and the Routing Class quality of service parameter identifies the traffic category “Air
Traffic Service Communications (ATSC)”, and the Calling Peer ID parameter is a valid four to eight
character facility designation, the responding ADS-RF-ASE shall:
a) invoke D-START response with parameter values as defined in Table 2.2.2.5-12, and
Air-ground applications II-231
Note.— By “compatible” is meant that the receiving ASE and user is able to react to the receiving protocol
in the correct way. If the version numbers are equal, they will always be compatible. If the receiving ASE
and user has a version number greater than the initiating version number, then they will be compatible only
if the receiving system is able to downgrade itself to the lower version number. If the receiving ASE and user
has a version number less than the initiating version number, then the receiving system has no way of
knowing whether or not the systems are compatible. It would, therefore, have to assume that it is not
compatible..
Table 2.2.2.5-12
2.2.2.5.3.5.3.2 If in the RF-R-IDLE state, and if the D-START DS-User Version Number parameter is
compatible with the version number of the responding ADS-RF-ASE, and the application service priority
parameter value is “high priority flight safety messages”, and the RER quality of service parameter is the
abstract value “low”, and the Routing Class quality of service parameter identifies the traffic category “Air
Traffic Service Communications (ATSC)”, and the Calling Peer ID parameter is a valid four to eight
character facility designation the responding ADS-RF-ASE shall:
b) invoke D-START response with parameter values as defined in Table 2.2.2.5-13, and
Table 2.2.2.5-13
Result accepted
Table 2.2.2.5-14
Table 2.2.2.5-15
Table 2.2.2.5-16
Result “accepted”
2.2.2.5.3.5.6 Upon receipt of a D-ABORT indication with the Originator parameter value set to “user”:
2.2.2.5.3.5.7 Upon receipt of a D-ABORT indication with the Originator parameter value set to
“provider”:
Table 2.2.2.5-17
Table 2.2.2.5-18
Reason “communications-service-failure”
2.2.2.5.4.1.1 When either t-RF-1 or t-RF-2 timer expires, the ADS-RF-ASE shall :
a) invoke D-ABORT request with Originator parameter value provider and user data
parameter value aDS-provider-abort-PDU with value timer-expiry,
2.2.2.5.4.2.1 Recommendation.— When the ADS-RF-ASE has an unrecoverable system error, it should:
a) invoke D-ABORT request with Originator parameter value provider and user data
parameter value aDS-provider-abort-PDU with value unrecoverable-system-error,
c) if the initiator, enter the RF-I-IDLE state; if the responder, enter the RF-R-IDLE state.
2.2.2.5.4.3.1 When the user data parameter value of a D-START indication is a valid APDU and is not
an aDS-forwarded-report-PDU, or the user data parameter value of a D-START confirmation is present, or
the user data parameter value of a D-DATA indication is not an aDS-forwarded-report-PDU, or the user data
parameter of a D-END indication is present, or the user data parameter of a D-END confirmation is present,
the ADS-RF-ASE shall:
a) invoke D-ABORT request with Originator parameter value provider and user data
parameter value aDS-provider-abort-PDU with value invalid-PDU,
c) if the initiator, enter the RF-I-IDLE state; if the responder, enter the RF-R-IDLE state.
2.2.2.5.4.4.1 When a PDU is delivered to the ADS-RF-ASE for which instructions are not stated in
2.2.2.5, it shall:
a) invoke D-ABORT request with Originator parameter value provider and user data
parameter value aDS-provider-abort-PDU with sequence-error,
c) if the initiator, enter the RF-I-IDLE state; if the responder, enter the RF-R-IDLE state.
2.2.2.5.4.4.2 When a Dialogue service primitive is delivered to the ADS-RF-ASE for which there are no
instruction in 2.2.2.5.3 (i.e. the primitive was not expected or was expected under other conditions or with
other parameter values), it shall:
a) invoke D-ABORT request with Originator parameter value provider and user data
parameter value aDS-provider-abort-PDU with value sequence-error,
Air-ground applications II-235
c) if the initiator, enter the RF-I-IDLE state; if the responder, enter the RF-R-IDLE state.
2.2.2.5.4.5.1 Upon receipt of a D-START confirmation with the result parameter value containing the
abstract value rejected (transient) or rejected (permanent), and the reject source parameter value containing
the abstract value DS provider, the ADS-RF-ASE shall:
a) invoke D-ABORT request with Originator parameter value provider and user data
parameter value aDS-provider-abort-PDU with value decoding-error, and
2.2.2.5.4.7.1 Upon receipt of a D-START indication with the application service priority parameter set
to a value other than the abstract value “high priority flight safety messages”, or the RER quality of service
parameter set to a value other then the abstract value “low”, or the Routing Class quality of service parameter
set to a value not identifying the traffic category “Air Traffic Service Communications (ATSC)”, the
ADS-RF-ASE shall:
a) invoke D-ABORT request with Originator parameter value provider and user data
parameter value aDS-provider-abort-PDU with value invalid-qos-parameter; and
2.2.2.5.5.1 Priority
2.2.2.5.5.1.1 If the state tables for the ADS-RF-ASE shown below conflict with textual statements made
elsewhere in this document, the textual statements shall take precedence.
II-236 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 1.— In the following state tables, the statement “cannot occur” means that if the implementation
conforms to the SARPs, it is impossible for this event to occur. If the event does occur, this implies that there
is an error in the implementation. If such a situation is detected, it is suggested that the ASE aborts with the
error “internal system error”.
Note 2.— In the following state tables, the statement “not permitted” means that the implementation must
prevent this event from occurring through some local means. If the event does occur this implies that there
is an error in the implementation. If such a situation is detected, it is suggested that the ASE performs a local
rejection of the request rather than aborting the dialogue.
ADS-start-forward req D-START req Not permitted Not permitted Not permitted
start t-RF-1
RF-I-START
ADS-forward-report req Not permitted Not permitted D-DATA req Not permitted
RF-I-ACTIVE
ADS-end-forward req Not permitted Not permitted D-END req Not permitted
start t-RF-2
RF-I-END
ADS-user-abort req Not permitted D-ABORT req D-ABORT req D-ABORT req
RF-I-IDLE RF-I-IDLE RF-I-IDLE
D-START cnf accepted Cannot occur stop t-RF-1 Cannot occur Cannot occur
ADS-start-forward cnf +
RF-I-ACTIVE
D-START cnf rejected Cannot occur stop t-RF-1 Cannot occur Cannot occur
ADS-start-forward cnf -
RF-I-IDLE
D-END cnf accepted Cannot occur Cannot occur Cannot occur stop t-RF-2
RF-I-IDLE
D-END cnf rejected Cannot occur Cannot occur Cannot occur stop t-RF-2
D-ABORT req
RF-I-IDLE
D-ABORT ind with Cannot occur stop any timer stop any timer stop any timer
originator=”user” ADS-user-abort ind ADS-user-abort ind RF-I-IDLE
RF-I-IDLE RF-I-IDLE
D-ABORT ind with Cannot occur stop any timer stop any timer stop any timer
originator=”provider” ADS-provider-abort ind ADS-provider-abort ind RF-I-IDLE
RF-I-IDLE RF-I-IDLE
Timer Expiry
Air-ground applications II-237
2.2.2.6.1.1 The ADS application shall use PER as defined in ISO/IEC 8825-2, using the Basic Unaligned
variant to encode/decode the ASN.1 message structure and content specified in 2.2.2.4.
II-238 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.2.2.6.2.1.1 Where dialogue service primitives, that is D-START, D-END, D-ABORT, D-P-ABORT and
D-DATA are described as being invoked in 2.2.2.5, the ADS-ground-ASE and the ADS-air-ASE shall exhibit
external behavior consistent with the dialogue service, as described in 4.2, having been implemented and its
primitives invoked.
2.2.2.6.2.2.1 The application service priority for ADS shall have the abstract value of “high priority flight
safety messages”.
2.2.2.6.2.2.2 The RER quality of service parameter of the D-START request shall be set to the abstract
value of “low”.
2.2.2.6.2.2.3 The ADS-ASE shall map the class of communication service abstract values to the ATSC
routing class abstract value part of the D-START QOS parameter as presented in Table 2.2.2.6-1.
Table 2.2.2.6-1. Mapping between class of communication and routing class abstract values
Note 1.— 2.2.2.7.1 details the actions taken by an ADS-RF-user and a second ADS-RF-user when the first
forwards ADS reports to the second.
Note 2.— When an ADS-RF-user requires to initiate forwarding of ADS-reports, it initiates ADS-start-
forward request.
Air-ground applications II-239
Note 3.— When the initiating ADS-RF-user receives an ADS-start-forward confirmation with the Reply
parameter value set to “accepted”, it invokes ADS-forward-report request when it requires to forward ADS-
reports.
Note 4.— When the initiating ADS-RF-user requires to stop forwarding ADS-reports, it invokes ADS-end-
forward request.
Note 1.— 2.2.2.7.2 details the actions taken by an ADS-RF-user when aborts occur.
Note 2.— When an ADS-RF-user requires to abort the current contract, it invokes ADS-user-abort request.
2.2.2.7.3.1 An ADS Report Forwarding user shall interpret ADS Report Forwarding parameter value
unit, range and resolution as defined in 2.2.2.4.
2.2.2.8.1 General
Note.— 2.2.2.8 specifies conformance requirements which all implementations of the ADS Report
Forwarding protocol obey.
2.2.2.8.1.1 An implementation of the ADS Report Forwarding service claiming conformance to 2.2.2
shall support the ADS Report Forwarding protocol features as shown in the tables below.
Note.— The ‘status
column indicates the level of support required for conformance to the ARF-ASE protocol
described in this 2.2.2. The values are as follows:
d) ‘C.n
the item is conditional where n is the number which identifies the condition which
is applicable.
Version 1 M none
II-240 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.3.1 INTRODUCTION
2.3.1.1 Overview
2.3.1.1.1 The CPDLC application allows data link communication between controllers and pilots.
2.3.1.1.2 The CPDLC application provides the capability to establish, manage, and terminate CPDLC
dialogues between ATS ground and aircraft system peers. Once a dialogue is established, CPDLC provides
for controller/pilot message exchange.
2.3.1.1.3 The CPDLC application also provides the capability to establish, manage, and terminate
CPDLC dialogues between two ATC ground system peers for the purpose of ground/ground forwarding of
a CPDLC message.
h) 2.3.8: SUBSETTING RULES defines the conformant subsets for the CPDLC-ASE.
II-242 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2) clearance
i) delivery,
iii) response;
3) altitude/identity surveillance;
5) advisories
i) request and
ii) delivery;
7) emergency situations.
b) The Transfer of Data Authority Function provides the capability for the current
data authority to designate another ground system as the next data authority. A
CPDLC dialogue can be opened with or by the next data authority at a time before
becoming the current data authority. This capability is intended to prevent a loss
of communication that would occur if the next data authority were prevented from
actually setting up a dialogue with an aircraft until it became the current data
authority. The designation of a next data authority is accomplished using a CPDLC
message.
c) The Down Stream Clearance Function provides the capability for an aircraft to
contact an air traffic service unit which is not the current data authority for the
purpose of receiving a down stream clearance. This information is exchanged
using CPDLC message(s).
d) The Ground Forward Function provides the capability for a ground system to
forward information received in a CPDLC message to another ground system. The
ground forwarding function can be used by the controlling data authority to
forward an aircraft request to the next data authority, so that an aircraft does not
need to issue the same request again. This function can also be used by a
Air-ground applications II-243
Note 3.— See 2.3.7 for detailed CPDLC message intent/use descriptions.
II-244 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.3.2.1.1 The CPDLC-air-ASE and CPDLC-ground-ASE version numbers shall both be set to one.
2.3.2.2.1 In the event of information input by the CPDLC-user being incompatible with that able to
be processed by the system, the CPDLC-user shall be notified.
2.3.2.2.2 In the event of a CPDLC-user invoking a CPDLC service primitive when the CPDLC-ASE
is not in a state specified in 2.3.5, the CPDLC-user shall be notified.
Air-ground applications II-245
2.3.3.1.1 An implementation of either the CPDLC ground based service or the CPDLC air based
service shall exhibit external behavior consistent with having implemented a CPDLC-ground-ASE, or
CPDLC-air-ASE respectively, with the following abstract service interface primitives, making them available
to the CPDLC-ground-user or CPDLC-air-user respectively.
Note 1.— There is no requirement to implement the service in a CPDLC product; however, it is necessary
to implement the ground based and air based system in such a way that it will be impossible to detect (from
the peer system) whether or not the interface has been built.
Note 2.— This chapter defines the abstract service interface for the CPDLC service. The CPDLC-ASE
abstract service is described in this chapter from the viewpoint of the CPDLC-air-user, the
CPDLC-ground-user and the CPDLC-service-provider.
Note 3.— This chapter defines the static behavior (i.e., the format) of the CPDLC abstract service. Its
dynamic behavior (i.e., how it is used) is described in 2.3.7.
Note 4.— Figure 2.3.3-1 shows the functional model of the CPDLC Application. The functional modules
identified in this model are the following :
a) the CPDLC-user,
c) the CPDLC-AE,
Note 5.— The CPDLC-user represents the operational part of the CPDLC system. This user does not
perform the communication functions but relies on a communication service provided to it via the
CPDLC-AE through the CPDLC-AE service. The individual actions possible through the CPDLC-AE
service are called service primitives.
Note 6.— The CPDLC-AE consists of several elements including the CPDLC-ASE and the CPDLC-CF.
Note 7.— The CPDLC-ASE is the element in the communication system which executes the CPDLC specific
protocol. In other words, it takes care of the CPDLC specific service primitive sequencing, message
creation, timer management, error and exception handling.
Note 8.— This CPDLC-CF is responsible for mapping service primitives received from one element (such
as the CPDLC-ASE and the CPDLC-user) to service primitives of other abstract elements.
Note 9.— The CPDLC-ASE has two abstract boundaries with the CPDLC-CF: the CPDLC-ASE service and
the dialogue service. The CPDLC-CF maps CPDLC-AE service primitives to other abstract elements in the
CPDLC-AE and the underlying communication service, and vice versa.
2.3.3.2.1 The CPDLC-ASE abstract service shall consist of a subset of the following services as
allowed in 2.3.8:
Note 1.— For a given primitive, the presence of each parameter is described by one of the following values
in the parameter tables in 2.3.3.
c) C(=) conditional upon the value of the parameter to the left being
present, and equal to that value;
d) M mandatory;
e) M(=) mandatory, and equal to the value of the parameter to the left;
f) U user option.
a) Req - request; data is input by CPDLC-user initiating the service to its respective
ASE,
c) Rsp - response; data is input by receiving CPDLC user to its respective ASE, and
Note 3.— An unconfirmed service allows a message to be transmitted in one direction without providing a
corresponding response.
Note 4.— A confirmed service provides end-to-end confirmation that a message sent by one user was
received by its peer user.
Note 5.— An abstract syntax is a syntactical description of a parameter which does not imply a specific
implementation. Only when the CPDLC-ASE maps a parameter into an APDU field, or vice versa, the
abstract syntax of the parameter is described by using ASN.1 of 2.3.4 for this field.
II-248 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 1.— The CPDLC-start service is used by the CPDLC-air-user or CPDLC-ground-user to establish a
CPDLC dialogue. It is a confirmed service.
Note 2.— Once a CPDLC dialogue is established it remains open until explicitly closed. (See CPDLC-end
and CPDLC-abort services.)
2.3.3.3.1 The CPDLC-start service shall contain the primitives and parameters as presented in
Table 2.3.3-1.
Note 1.— If the service is ground initiated, this parameter contains the addressed aircraft
s 24-bit aircraft
address.
Note 2.— If the service is air initiated, this parameter contains the addressed ground system
s facility
designation.
2.3.3.3.2.1 If the service is ground initiated, the Called Peer Identifier parameter value shall conform
to the abstract syntax 24-bit aircraft address.
2.3.3.3.2.2 If the service is air initiated, the Called Peer Identifier parameter value shall conform to the
abstract syntax four to eight-character facility designation.
Note 1.— If the service is ground initiated, this parameter contains the sending ground system
s facility
designation.
Note 2.— If the service is air initiated, this parameter contains the sending aircraft s 24-bit aircraft address.
2.3.3.3.3.1 If the service is ground initiated, the Calling Peer Identifier parameter value shall conform
to the abstract syntax four to eight-character facility designation.
Air-ground applications II-249
2.3.3.3.3.2 If the service is air initiated, the Calling Peer Identifier parameter value shall conform to the
abstract syntax 24-bit aircraft address.
Note.— The CPDLC-user can use this parameter to send a CPDLC message to its peer user.
2.3.3.3.4.1 The CPDLC Message parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ATCUplinkMessage, if supplied by the CPDLC-ground-user.
2.3.3.3.4.2 The CPDLC Message parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ATCDownlinkMessage, if supplied by the CPDLC-air-user.
Note.— This parameter is used to provide a reason for rejecting a CPDLC dialogue.
2.3.3.3.5.1 If the CPDLC-user accepts the request to open a CPDLC dialogue, the CPDLC user shall
be prohibited from providing a CPDLC message for the Reject Reason parameter.
2.3.3.3.5.2 The Reject Reason parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ATCUplinkMessage if supplied by the CPDLC-ground-user.
2.3.3.3.5.3 The Reject Reason parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ATCDownlinkMessage if supplied by the CPDLC-air-user.
2.3.3.3.6 Result
Note.— This parameter is used to indicate whether or not a requested CPDLC dialogue is accepted.
2.3.3.3.6.1 This parameter shall have one of two abstract values: “accepted” or “rejected”.
Note 1.— This parameter contains the value of the required class of communication service. If not specified
by the CPDLC-user, this indicates that there is no routing preference.
Note 2.— This parameter is used by the CPDLC-ground-user to determine if the Class of Communication
value is acceptable for the establishment of a CPDLC dialogue.
Note 3.— The parameter indicated to the peer user is that provided by the user if specified by the user, else
it indicates that no routing preference was requested by the CPDLC dialogue initiator.
2.3.3.3.7.1 Where specified by the CPDLC-user, the Class of Communication Service parameter shall
have one of the following abstract values: “A”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E”, “F”, “G”, or “H”.
2.3.3.3.7.2 When this parameter is provided by the user, the same value shall be indicated to the peer
user, else the abstract value “ATSC - No Traffic Type Policy Preference” is indicated.
II-250 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 1.— The DSC-start service is used to establish a DSC dialogue for the purpose of providing down
stream clearances. It is a confirmed service.
Note 2.— Once a DSC dialogue is established it remains open until explicitly closed. (See DSC-end and
CPDLC-abort services.)
2.3.3.4.1 The DSC-start service shall contain the primitives and parameters as presented in
Table 2.3.3-2.
Note.— This parameter contains the addressed ground system s facility designation.
2.3.3.4.2.1 The Facility Designation parameter value shall conform to the abstract syntax four to
eight-character facility designation.
2.3.3.4.3.1 The Aircraft Address parameter value shall conform to the abstract syntax 24-bit aircraft
address.
Note.— The CPDLC-air-user can use this parameter to send a CPDLC message to a CPDLC-ground-user.
2.3.3.4.4.1 The CPDLC Message parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ATCDownlinkMessage.
Air-ground applications II-251
Note.— The parameter is used to provide a reason for rejecting a DSC dialogue.
2.3.3.4.5.1 If, the CPDLC-ground-user accepts the request to open a DSC dialogue, the
CPDLC-ground-user shall be prohibited from providing a CPDLC message for the Reject Reason parameter.
2.3.3.4.5.2 The Reject Reason parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ATCUplinkMessage.
2.3.3.4.6 Result
Note.— This parameter is used to indicate whether or not a requested DSC dialogue is accepted.
2.3.3.4.6.1 The Result parameter value shall have one of two abstract values: “accepted” or “rejected”.
Note 1.— This parameter contains the value of the required class of communication service. If not specified
by the CPDLC-air-user, this indicates that there is no routing preference.
Note 2.— This parameter is used by the CPDLC-ground-user to determine if the Class of Communication
value is acceptable for the establishment of a DSC dialogue.
Note 3.— If provided by the user, the parameter indicated to the peer user is that provided by the user, else
it indicates that no routing preference was requested by the CPDLC dialogue initiator .
2.3.3.4.7.1 Where specified by the CPDLC-air-user, the Class of Communication Service parameter
shall have one of the following abstract values: “A”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E”, “F”, “G”, or “H”.
2.3.3.4.7.2 When this parameter is provided by the user, the same value shall be indicated to the peer
user, else the abstract value “ATSC - No Traffic Type Policy Preference” is indicated.
Note.— The CPDLC-message service can be used for pilot/controller message exchange, once a dialogue
is established. It is an unconfirmed service.
2.3.3.5.1 The CPDLC-message service shall contain the primitives and parameters as presented in
Table 2.3.3-3.
2.3.3.5.2.1 If the CPDLC-message service is invoked by the CPDLC-ground-user, the CPDLC Message
parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax ATCUplinkMessage.
2.3.3.5.2.2 If the CPDLC-message service is invoked by the CPDLC-air-user, the CPDLC Message
parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax ATCDownlinkMessage.
Note.— The CPDLC-end service is used by the CPDLC-ground-user to end a CPDLC dialogue with a
CPDLC-air-user. It is a confirmed service.
2.3.3.6.1 The CPDLC-end service shall contain the primitives and parameters as presented in
Table 2.3.3-4.
2.3.3.6.2.1 The CPDLC Message parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ATCUplinkMessage, if provided by the CPDLC-ground-user.
2.3.3.6.2.2 The CPDLC Message parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ATCDownlinkMessage, if provided by the CPDLC-air-user.
2.3.3.6.3 Result
Note.— This parameter is used to indicate whether or not a request to terminate a CPDLC dialogue is
accepted.
2.3.3.6.3.1 The Result parameter shall have one of two abstract values: “accepted” or “rejected”.
Note.— The DSC-end service is used by the DSC-air-user to end a DSC dialogue with a
CPDLC-ground-user. It is a confirmed service.
Air-ground applications II-253
2.3.3.7.1 The DSC-end service shall contain the primitives and parameters as presented in
Table 2.3.3-5.
2.3.3.7.2.1 The CPDLC Message parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ATCUplinkMessage, if provided by the CPDLC-ground-user.
2.3.3.7.2.2 The CPDLC Message parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ATCDownlinkMessage if provided by the CPDLC-air-user.
2.3.3.7.3 Result
Note.— This parameter is used to indicate whether or not a request to terminate a DSC dialogue is accepted.
2.3.3.7.3.1 The Result parameter shall have one of two abstract values: “accepted” or “rejected”.
Note.— The CPDLC-forward service is used by a CPDLC-ground-user to send a CPDLC message to another
CPDLC-ground-user. Its primary use is for the forwarding of aircraft requests.
2.3.3.8.1 If the CPDLC-forward service is supported by the receiving ground system and the sending
CPDLC-ground-ASE and receiving CPDLC-ground-ASE version numbers are equal, the CPDLC-forward
service shall contain the primitives and parameters as presented in Table 2.3.3-6.
2.3.3.8.2 If the CPDLC-forward service is not supported by the receiving ground system, or if the
CPDLC-forward service is supported by the receiving ground system but the sending CPDLC-ground-ASE
and receiving CPDLC-ground-ASE version numbers are not equal, the CPDLC-forward service shall contain
the primitives and parameters as presented in Table 2.3.3-7.
Note.— This parameter contains the addressed ground system s facility designation.
2.3.3.8.3.1 The Called Facility Designation parameter value shall conform to the abstract syntax four
to eight-character facility designation.
Note.— This parameter contains the sending ground system s facility designation.
2.3.3.8.4.1 The Calling Facility Designation parameter value shall conform to the abstract syntax four
to eight-character facility designation.
2.3.3.8.5.1 When provided by the CPDLC-ground-ASE, the ASE Version Number parameter shall
conform to the abstract integer value in the range 1-255.
2.3.3.8.5.2 Only if the sending CPDLC-ground-ASE version number is not equal to the receiving
CPDLC-ground-ASE version number shall the receiving CPDLC-ground-ASE version number be confirmed
to the sending CPDLC-ground-user.
Note.— If the sending CPDLC-ground-ASE version number is the same as the receiving
CPDLC-ground-ASE version number, the Version Number parameter is not present in the indication given
to the receiving CPDLC-ground-user, nor in the confirmation to the sending CPDLC-ground-user.
Air-ground applications II-255
Note.— The sending CPDLC-ground-user uses this parameter to forward a CPDLC message to another
CPDLC-ground-user.
2.3.3.8.6.1 The CPDLC Message parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ATCForwardMessage, when supplied by the CPDLC-ground-user.
Note.— This parameter contains the value of the required class of communication service. If not specified
by the CPDLC-ground-user, this indicates that there is no routing preference.
2.3.3.8.7.1 Where specified by the CPDLC-ground-user, the Class of Communication Service parameter
shall have one of the following abstract values: “A”, “B”, “C”, “D”, “E”, “F”, “G”, or “H”.
2.3.3.8.8 Result
Note.— This parameter contains the result of the CPDLC-forward service. It will indicate success (service
supported and matching versions), service unsupported, or version number incompatibility.
2.3.3.8.8.1 The Result parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ATCForwardResponse.
Note 1.— This service provides the capability for either the CPDLC-air-user or a CPDLC-ground-user to
abort communication with its peer. It can be invoked at any time the user is aware that the CPDLC service
is in operation. The CPDLC-user-abort service can be used for operational or technical reasons. It is an
unconfirmed service. Messages in transit may be lost during this operation.
Note 2.— If the service is invoked prior to complete establishment of the dialogue, the CPDLC-user-abort
indication may not be provided. A CPDLC-provider-abort indication may result instead.
2.3.3.9.1 The CPDLC-user-abort service shall contain the primitives and parameters as presented in
Table 2.3.3-8.
2.3.3.9.2 Reason
Note 1.— This parameter is used to indicate a reason for aborting the CPDLC or DSC dialogue.
Note 2.— If provided by the user, the parameter indicated to the peer user is that provided by the user, else
it is what the ASE supplies.
II-256 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.3.3.9.2.1 The Reason parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
CPDLCUserAbortReason.
2.3.3.9.2.2 When this parameter is provided by the user, the same value shall be indicated to the peer
user.
Note.— This service provides the capability for the CPDLC-service provider to inform its active users that
it can no longer provide the CPDLC service. Messages in transit may be lost during this operation.
2.3.3.10.1 The CPDLC-provider-abort service shall contain the primitives and parameters as presented
in Table 2.3.3-9.
2.3.3.10.2 Reason
2.3.3.10.2.1 The Reason parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
CPDLCProviderAbortReason.
Air-ground applications II-257
2.3.4.2.1 The abstract syntax of the CPDLC protocol data units shall comply with the description
contained in the ASN.1 module CPDLCMessageSetVersion1 conforming to ISO/IEC 8824, as defined in this
section.
CPDLCMessageSetVersion1 DEFINITIONS::=
BEGIN
-- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Ground Generated Messages - Top level
-- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GroundPDUs ::= CHOICE
{
abortUser [0] CPDLCUserAbortReason,
abortProvider [1] CPDLCProviderAbortReason,
startup [2] UplinkMessage,
send [3] ATCUplinkMessage,
forward [4] ATCForwardMessage,
forwardresponse [5] ATCForwardResponse,
...
}
-- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Aircraft Generated Messages - Top level
-- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AircraftPDUs::= CHOICE
{
abortUser [0] CPDLCUserAbortReason,
abortProvider [1] CPDLCProviderAbortReason,
startdown [2] StartDownMessage,
send [3] ATCDownlinkMessage,
...
}
-- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Uplink and Downlink messages - Common Elements
-- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Uplink message element
-- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- STANDBY Urg(N)/Alr(L)/Resp(N)
uM1NULL [1] NULL,
-- ROGER Urg(N)/Alr(L)/Resp(N)
uM3NULL [3] NULL,
-- AFFIRM Urg(N)/Alr(L)/Resp(N)
uM4NULL [4] NULL,
-- NEGATIVE Urg(N)/Alr(L)/Resp(N)
uM5NULL [5] NULL,
-- Reserved Urg(L)/Alr(L)/Resp(Y)
uM33NULL [33] NULL,
-- Reserved Urg(L)/Alr(L)/Resp(Y)
uM40NULL [40] NULL,
-- Reserved Urg(L)/Alr(L)/Resp(Y)
uM41NULL [41] NULL,
-- [DepartureClearance] Urg(N)/Alr(M)/Resp(W/U)
uM73DepartureClearance [73] DepartureClearance,
-- [facilitydesignation] Urg(L)/Alr(N)/Resp(N)
uM163FacilityDesignation [163] FacilityDesignation,
-- THEN Urg(L)/Alr(N)/Resp(N)
uM165NULL [165] NULL,
-- DISREGARD Urg(U)/Alr(M)/Resp(R)
uM168NULL [168] NULL,
-- [freetext] Urg(N)/Alr(L)/Resp(R)
uM169FreeText [169] FreeText,
II-272 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
-- [freetext] Urg(D)/Alr(H)/Resp(R)
uM170FreeText [170] FreeText,
-- Reserved Urg(L)/Alr(L)/Resp(Y)
uM178NULL [178] NULL,
-- [freetext] Urg(N)/Alr(M)/Resp(N)
uM183FreeText [183] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(L)/Alr(N)/Resp(N)
uM187FreeText [187] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(N)/Alr(L)/Resp(Y)
uM194FreeText [194] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(L)/Alr(L)/Resp(R)
uM195FreeText [195] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(N)/Alr(M)/Resp(W/U)
uM196FreeText [196] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(U)/Alr(M)/Resp(W/U)
uM197FreeText [197] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(D)/Alr(H)/Resp(W/U)
uM198FreeText [198] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(N)/Alr(L)/Resp(N)
uM199FreeText [199] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(N)/Alr(M)/Resp(R)
uM203FreeText [203] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(N)/Alr(M)/Resp(Y)
uM204FreeText [204] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(N)/Alr(M)/Resp(A/N)
uM205FreeText [205] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(L)/Alr(N)/Resp(Y)
uM206FreeText [206] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(L)/Alr(L)/Resp(Y)
uM207FreeText [207] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(L)/Alr(L)/Resp(N)
uM208FreeText [208] FreeText,
-- IMMEDIATELY Urg(D)/Alr(H)/Resp(N)
uM230NULL [230] NULL,
...
}
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Downlink message element
-- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- UNABLE Urg(N)/Alr(M)/Resp(N)
dM1NULL [1] NULL,
-- STANDBY Urg(N)/Alr(M)/Resp(N)
dM2NULL [2] NULL,
-- ROGER Urg(N)/Alr(M)/Resp(N)
dM3NULL [3] NULL,
-- AFFIRM Urg(N)/Alr(M)/Resp(N)
dM4NULL [4] NULL,
-- NEGATIVE Urg(N)/Alr(M)/Resp(N)
dM5NULL [5] NULL,
-- [facilitydesignation] Urg(L)/Alr(L)/Resp(N)
dM64FacilityDesignation [64] FacilityDesignation,
-- [freetext] Urg(N)/Alr(L)/Resp(N)
dM67FreeText [67] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(D)/Alr(H)/Resp(Y)
dM68FreeText [68] FreeText,
-- [versionnumber] Urg(L)/Alr(L)/Resp(N)
dM73Versionnumber [73] VersionNumber,
-- [freetext] Urg(N)/Alr(M)/Resp(N)
dM90FreeText [90] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(N)/Alr(L)/Resp(Y)
dM91FreeText [91] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(L)/Alr(L)/Resp(Y)
dM92FreeText [92] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(U)/Alr(H)/Resp(N)
dM93FreeText [93] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(D)/Alr(H)/Resp(N)
dM94FreeText [94] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(U)/Alr(M)/Resp(N)
dM95FreeText [95] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(U)/Alr(L)/Resp(N)
dM96FreeText [96] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(L)/Alr(L)/Resp(N)
dM97FreeText [97] FreeText,
-- [freetext] Urg(N)/Alr(N)/Resp(N)
dM98FreeText [98] FreeText,
-- ETA[position][time] Urg(L)/Alr(L)/Resp(N)
dM104PositionTime [104] PositionTime,
END
Air-ground applications II-307
2.3.5.1.1 With the exception of abort primitives, only the sequence of primitives illustrated in
figures 2.3.5-1 to 2.3.5-18 shall be permitted.
Note 1.— The following figures define the valid sequences of primitives that are possible to be invoked
during the operation of the CPDLC application. It shows the relationship in time between the service
request and the resulting indication, and if applicable, the subsequent response and resulting confirmation.
Note 2.— Abort primitives may interrupt and terminate any of the normal message sequences outlined below.
Note 3.— Primitives are processed in the order received. See 4.4.3.
D-ABORT Req
CPDLC-provider-abort Ind T
D-ABORT Ind I
M
E
CPDLC-provider-abort Ind
D-ABORT Req
CPDLC-provider-abort Ind T
D-ABORT Ind I
M
E
CPDLC-provider-abort Ind
D-ABORT Req
CPDLC-user-abort Req
D-ABORT Ind
T
I
M
E
T
I
CPDLC-provider-abort Ind
M
E
D-ABORT Req
T
D-ABORT Ind I
M
E
CPDLC-provider-abort Ind
D-ABORT Req
CPDLC-provider-abort Ind T
D-ABORT Ind I
M
E
Note 1.— Table 2.3.5-1 lists the time constraints related to the CPDLC application. Each time constraint
requires a timer to be set in the CPDLC protocol machine.
Note 2.— If the timer expires before the final event has occurred, a CPDLC-ASE takes appropriate action
as defined in 2.3.5.4.1.
CPDLC Service Timer Timer Value Timer Start Event Timer Stop Event
Note.— The receipt of CPDLC-user-abort requests, D-ABORT Indications, or D-P-ABORT Indications are
also timer stop events.
2.3.5.3.1 Introduction
2.3.5.3.1.1 If no actions are described for a CPDLC service primitive when a CPDLC-air-ASE is in a
specific state, then the invocation of that service primitive shall be prohibited while the CPDLC-air-ASE is
in that state.
2.3.5.3.1.2 Upon receipt of a PDU, if no actions are described for the arrival of that PDU when a
CPDLC-air-ASE is in a specific state, then that PDU is considered not permitted, and exception handling
procedures as described in 2.3.5.4.4 shall apply.
2.3.5.3.1.3 If a PDU is received that cannot be decoded, then exception handling procedures as
described in 2.3.5.4.3 for invalid PDU shall apply.
2.3.5.3.1.4 If a PDU is not received when one is required, then exception handling as described 2.3.5.4.3
shall apply.
Note 1.— The states defined for the CPDLC-air-ASE are the following.
a) IDLE
b) START-REQ,
c) START-IND,
d) DIALOGUE, and
e) END.
Note.— The CPDLC-air-ASE contains a Boolean called DSC. DSC has the abstract value “true” when the
dialogue is a DSC dialogue, and has the abstract value “false” otherwise.
2.3.5.3.1.6 On the initiation of a CPDLC-air-ASE, DSC shall be set to the abstract value “false”.
2.3.5.3.2.1 Upon receipt of a D-START indication, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is in the IDLE state and the
D-START User Data parameter contains a GroundPDUs [UplinkMessage] APDU, and the D-START QOS
Priority parameter has the abstract value “high priority flight safety message” and the D-START QOS
Residual Error Rate parameter has the abstract value “low”, the D-START QOS Routing Class parameter
has one of the abstract values specified in Table 2.3.6-1, and the D-START Calling Peer ID parameter is a
valid four to eight character facility designation, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
2.3.5.3.3.1 Upon receipt of a D-START confirmation, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is in the START-REQ state
and the D-START Result parameter has the abstract value “accepted” and DSC has the abstract value “false”
and D-START User Data parameter is not provided, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
b) Invoke CPDLC-start service confirmation with the abstract value “accepted” as the
CPDLC-start service Result parameter value,
2.3.5.3.3.2 Upon receipt of a D-START confirmation, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is in the START-REQ state
and the D-START Result parameter has the abstract value “rejected (permanent)” and the D-START Reject
Source parameter has the abstract value “DS user” and DSC has the abstract value “false” and if the
D-START User Data parameter is provided, the User Data parameter contains a GroundPDUs
[ATCUplinkMessage] APDU, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
2.3.5.3.3.3 Upon receipt of a D-START confirmation, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is in the START-REQ state
and the D-START Result parameter has the abstract value “accepted” and DSC has the abstract value “true”
and D-START User Data parameter is not provided, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
b) Invoke DSC-start service confirmation with the abstract value “accepted” as the
DSC-start service Result parameter value,
2.3.5.3.3.4 Upon receipt of a D-START confirmation, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is in the START-REQ state
and the D-START Result parameter has the abstract value “rejected (permanent)” and the D-START Reject
Source parameter has the abstract value “DS user”, and DSC has the abstract value “true”, and if the
D-START User Data parameter is provided, the User Data parameter contains a GroundPDUs
[ATCUplinkMessage] APDU, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
2.3.5.3.4.1 Upon receipt of a D-DATA indication, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is in the DIALOGUE state
and the APDU contained in the D-DATA User Data parameter is a GroundPDUs [ATCUplinkMessage]
APDU, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
2.3.5.3.4.2 Upon receipt of a D-DATA indication, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is in the END state and DSC
has the abstract value of “true” and the APDU contained in the D-DATA User Data parameter is a
GroundPDUs [ATCUplinkMessage] APDU, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
2.3.5.3.5.1 Upon receipt of a D-END indication, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is in the DIALOGUE state, and
DSC has the abstract value “false”, and if the D-END User Data parameter is provided, the User Data
parameter contains a GroundPDUs [ATCUplinkMessage] APDU, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
a) Invoke CPDLC-end service indication with the APDU contained in the D-END
User Data parameter as the CPDLC-message service CPDLC Message parameter
value, if provided, as the CPDLC-end service CPDLC Message parameter value,
and
2.3.5.3.6.1 Upon receipt of a D-END confirmation, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is in the END state and the
abstract the D-END Result parameter has the abstract value “accepted” and DSC has the abstract value “true”
and if the D-END User Data parameter is provided, the User Data parameter contains a GroundPDUs
[ATCUplinkMessage] APDU, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
1) if the D-END User Data parameter is provided, the APDU contained in the
D-END User Data parameter as the DSC-end service CPDLC Message
parameter value, and
2.3.5.3.6.2 Upon receipt of a D-END confirmation, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is in the END state and the
D-END Result parameter has the abstract value “rejected”, and DSC has the abstract value “true”, and if the
D-END User Data parameter is provided, the User Data parameter contains a GroundPDUs
[ATCUplinkMessage] APDU, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
1) if the D-END User Data parameter is provided, the APDU contained in the
D-END User Data parameter as the DSC-end service CPDLC Message
parameter value, and
2.3.5.3.7.1 Upon receipt of a CPDLC-start service request, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is in the IDLE state,
the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
ii) The abstract value of “high priority flight safety messages”, as the
D-START QOS Priority parameter value, and
iii) The abstract value of “low” as the D-START QOS Residual Error
Rate parameter value, and
a) Invoke D-START response with the abstract value “accepted” as the D-START
Result parameter value, and
Air-ground applications II-323
2.3.5.3.9.1 Upon receipt of a DSC-start service request, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is in the IDLE state, the
CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
ii) The abstract value of “high priority flight safety messages”, as the
D-START QOS Priority parameter value, and
II-324 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
iii) The abstract value of “low” as the D-START QOS Residual Error
Rate parameter value, and
b) Invoke D-DATA request with the APDU as the D-DATA User Data parameter
value, and
2.3.5.3.10.2 Upon receipt of a CPDLC-message service request, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is in the END
state and DSC has the abstract value “false”, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
b) Invoke D-DATA request with the APDU as the D-DATA User Data parameter
value, and
2.3.5.3.11.1 Upon receipt of a CPDLC-end service response, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is in the END state,
and the CPDLC-end service Result parameter has the abstract value “accepted” and DSC has the abstract
value “false”, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
1) if created, the APDU as the D-END User Data parameter value, and
2) the abstract value “accepted”, as the D-END Result parameter value, and
Air-ground applications II-325
2.3.5.3.11.2 Upon receipt of a CPDLC-end service response, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is in the END state,
and the CPDLC-end service Result parameter has the abstract value “rejected” and DSC has the abstract
value “false”, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
1) if created, the APDU as the D-END User Data parameter value, and
2) the abstract value “rejected”, as the D-END Result parameter value, and
2.3.5.3.12.1 Upon receipt of a DSC-end service request, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is in the DIALOGUE
state and DSC has the abstract value “true”, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
b) Invoke D-END request with the APDU as the D-END User Data parameter value,
if provided, and
2.3.5.3.13.1 Upon receipt of a CPDLC-user-abort service request, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is not in the
IDLE state, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
1) the D-ABORT Originator parameter set to the abstract value “user”, and
e) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.3.14.1 Upon receipt of a D-ABORT indication, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is not in the IDLE state, and
the D-ABORT Originator parameter is “user” and the D-ABORT User Data parameter contains a
GroundPDUs [CPDLCUserAbortReason] APDU, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
c) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.3.14.2 Upon receipt of a D-ABORT indication, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is not in the IDLE state, and
if the D-ABORT Originator parameter is “provider” and if the D-ABORT User Data parameter is provided,
the D-ABORT User Data parameter contains a GroundPDUs [CPDLCProviderAbortReason] APDU, the
CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
c) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.3.15.1 Upon receipt of a D-P-ABORT indication, if the CPDLC-air-ASE is not in the IDLE state,
the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
c) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.4.1.1 If a CPDLC-air-ASE detects that a timer has expired, that CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
e) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
e) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
II-328 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.3.5.4.3.1 If the User Data parameter of a D-END confirmation with Result parameter set to the
abstract value “rejected”, or if the User Data parameter of a D-START indication, a D-DATA indication,
or a D-END indication, does not contain a valid PDU, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
e) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.4.3.2 If the User Data parameter of a D-START confirmation with Result set to the abstract value
“rejected (permanent)”, or a D-END confirmation with Result set to the abstract value “accepted”, is not a
valid PDU then the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
c) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.4.4.1 If the User Data parameter of a D-START indication, D-DATA indication, or D-END
indication is a valid PDU, but is not a PDU for which action is described within a given state in 2.3.5.3, the
CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
e) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.4.4.2 If a D-START confirmation with the Result parameter set to the abstract value “accepted”
contains a User Data parameter the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
e) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.4.4.3 If the User Data parameter of a D-END confirmation is a valid PDU, but is not a permitted
PDU as defined in 2.3.5.3, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
a) If the D-END Result parameter is set to the abstract value “rejected”, then
ii) the APDU as the D-ABORT User Data parameter value, and
c) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.4.4.4 Upon receipt of a Dialogue service primitive for wich there are no instruction in 2.3.5.3 (i.e.
the primitive was not expected or was expected under other conditions or with other parameter values), the
CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
e) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.4.5.1 If a D-START confirmation Result parameter has the abstract value of “rejected (transient)”
or if the Reject Source parameter has the abstract value of “DS provider”, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
c) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.4.6.1 If a D-START indication QOS Priority parameter does not have the abstract value of “high
priority flight safety messages” or if the QOS Residual Error Rate parameter does not have the abstract value
of “low”, or if the QOS Routing Class parameter does not have one of the abstract values specified in
Table 2.3.6-1, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
d) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.4.7.1 If the User Data parameter of a D-START indication or D-DATA indication does not
contain a PDU, the CPDLC-air-ASE shall:
e) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.5.1 Introduction
2.3.5.5.1.1 If no actions are described for a CPDLC service primitive when a CPDLC-ground-ASE is
in specific state, then the invocation of that service primitive shall be prohibited while the
CPDLC-ground-ASE is in that state.
2.3.5.5.1.2 Upon receipt of a PDU, if no actions are described for the arrival of that PDU when a
CPDLC-ground-ASE is in a specific state, then that PDU is considered not permitted, and exception handling
procedures as described in 2.3.5.6.4 shall apply.
2.3.5.5.1.3 If a PDU is received that cannot be decoded, then exception handling procedures as
described in 2.3.5.6.3 for invalid PDU shall apply.
2.3.5.5.1.4 If a PDU is not received when one is required, then exception handling as described in
2.3.5.6.3 shall apply.
Note 1.— The states defined for the CPDLC-ground-ASE are the following.
a) IDLE
b) START-REQ,
c) START-IND,
d) DIALOGUE,
e) END, and
f) FORWARD.
Note.— The CPDLC-ground-ASE contains a Boolean called DSC. DSC has the abstract value “true” when
the dialogue is a DSC dialogue, and has the abstract value “false” otherwise.
2.3.5.5.1.6 On the initiation of a CPDLC-ground-ASE, DSC shall be set to the abstract value “false”.
II-334 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.3.5.5.2.1 Upon receipt of a D-START indication, if the CPDLC-ground-ASE is in the IDLE state, and
the abstract value of the D-START Calling Peer ID parameter is a 24-bit aircraft address, and the D-START
User Data parameter contains an AircraftPDUs [StartDownMessage] APDU with the APDU-element mode
“cpdlc”, and the D-START QOS Priority parameter has the abstract value “high priority flight safety
messages” and the D-START QOS Residual Error Rate parameter has the abstract value “low” and the
D-START QOS Routing Class parameter has one of the abstract values specified in Table 2.3.6-1, the
CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
2.3.5.5.2.2 Upon receipt of a D-START indication, if the CPDLC-ground-ASE is in the IDLE state, and
the abstract value of the D-START Calling Peer ID parameter is a 24-bit aircraft address, and the D-START
User Data parameter contains an AircraftPDUs [StartDownMessage]APDU with the APDU-element mode
“dsc”, and the D-START QOS Priority parameter has the abstract value “high priority flight safety
messages” and the D-START QOS Residual Error Rate parameter has the abstract value “low”, and the
D-START QOS Routing Class parameter has one of the abstract values specified in Table 2.3.6-1 the
CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
2.3.5.5.2.3 Upon receipt of a D-START indication, if the CPDLC-ground-ASE is in the IDLE state, and
the abstract value of the D-START Calling Peer ID parameter is a Facility Designation, and the D-START
User Data parameter contains a GroundPDUs [ATCForwardMessage] APDU and the CPDLC-ground-ASE
supports the CPDLC-forward service, and the D-START QOS Priority parameter has the abstract value “high
priority flight safety messages” and the D-START QOS Residual Error Rate parameter has the abstract value
“low”, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
b) If the D-START DS User Version Number parameter value is not equal to the
CPDLC-ground-ASE version number:
ii) the APDU as the D-START User Data parameter value, and
2.3.5.5.2.4 Upon receipt of a D-START indication, if the CPDLC-ground-ASE is in the IDLE state, and
the abstract value of the D-START Calling Peer ID parameter is a Facility Designation, and the D-START
User Data parameter contains a GroundPDUs APDU and the APDU element is an ATCForwardMessage
and the CPDLC-ground-ASE does not support the CPDLC-forward service, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
a) If the D-START DS User Version Number parameter value is equal to the CPDLC-
ground-ASE version number:
b) If the D-START DS User Version Number parameter value is not equal to the
CPDLC-ground-ASE version number:
2.3.5.5.4.1 Upon receipt of a D-DATA indication, if the CPDLC-ground-ASE is in the DIALOGUE state
and the APDU contained in the D-DATA User Data parameter is a AircraftPDUs [ATCDownlinkMessage]
APDU, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
2.3.5.5.4.2 Upon receipt of a D-DATA indication, if the CPDLC-ground-ASE is in the END state and
DSC has the abstract value “false” and the APDU contained in the D-DATA User Data parameter is an
AircraftPDUs [ATCDownlinkMessage] APDU, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
2.3.5.5.5.1 Upon receipt of a D-END indication, if the CPDLC-ground-ASE is in the DIALOGUE state,
and DSC has the abstract value “true”, and if the D-END User Data parameter is provided, the User Data
parameter contains an AircraftPDUs [ATCDownlinkMessage] APDU, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
a) Invoke DSC-end service indication with the APDU contained in the D-END User
Data parameter as the DSC-end service CPDLC Message parameter value, if
provided, and
2.3.5.5.6.1 Upon receipt of a D-END confirmation, if the CPDLC-ground-ASE is in the END state and
the D-END Result parameter has the abstract value “accepted” and DSC has the abstract value “false” and
if the D-END User Data parameter is provided, the User Data parameter contains an AircraftPDUs
[ATCDownlinkMessage] APDU, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
2.3.5.5.6.2 Upon receipt of a D-END confirmation, if the CPDLC-ground-ASE is in the END state and
the D-END Result has the abstract value “rejected” and DSC has the abstract value “false”, and if the D-END
User Data parameter is provided, the User Data parameter contains an AircraftPDUs
[ATCDownlinkMessage] APDU, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
2.3.5.5.7.1 Upon receipt of a CPDLC-start service request, if the CPDLC-ground-ASE is in the IDLE
state, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
ii) The abstract value of “high priority flight safety messages”, as the
D-START QOS Priority parameter value, and
iii) The abstract value of “low” as the D-START QOS Residual Error
Rate parameter value, and
a) Invoke D-START response with the abstract value “accepted” as the D-START
Result parameter value, and
1) The APDU as the D-START User Data parameter value; if the Reject
Reason parameter was provided, and
a) Invoke D-START response with the abstract value “accepted” as the D-START
Result parameter value, and
1) The APDU element as D-START User Data parameter value; if the Reject
Reason parameter was provided, and
b) Invoke D-DATA request with the APDU as the D-DATA User Data parameter
value, and
2.3.5.5.10.2 Upon receipt of a CPDLC-message service request, if the CPDLC-ground-ASE is in the END
state and DSC has the abstract value “true”, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
b) Invoke D-DATA request with the APDU as the D-DATA User Data parameter
value, and
b) Invoke D-END request with the APDU as the D-END User Data parameter value,
if provided and,
2.3.5.5.12.1 Upon receipt of a DSC-end service response, if the CPDLC-ground-ASE is in the END state
and DSC has the abstract value “true”, and the DSC-end service Result parameter has the abstract value
“accepted”, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
2.3.5.5.12.2 Upon receipt of a DSC-end service response, if the CPDLC-ground-ASE is in the END state
and DSC has the abstract value “true”, and the DSC-end service Result parameter has the abstract value
“rejected”, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
2) the abstract value “rejected” as the D-END Result parameter value, and
2.3.5.5.13.1 Upon receipt of a CPDLC-forward service request, if the CPDLC-ground-ASE is in the IDLE
state, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
ii) The abstract value of “high priority flight safety messages”, as the
D-START QOS Priority parameter value, and
iii) The abstract value of “low” as the D-START QOS Residual Error
Rate parameter value, and
1) the D-ABORT Originator parameter set to the abstract value “user”, and
e) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.5.15.1 Upon receipt of a D-ABORT indication, if the CPDLC-ground-ASE is not in the IDLE state
and the D-ABORT Originator parameter is “user” and the D-ABORT User Data parameter contains an
AircraftPDUs [CPDLCUserAbortReason] APDU, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
c) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.5.15.2 Upon receipt of a D-ABORT indication, if the CPDLC-ground-ASE is not in the IDLE state,
and if the D-ABORT Originator parameter is “provider” and if the D-ABORT User Data parameter is
provided, the D-ABORT User Data parameter contains either an AircraftPDUs
[CPDLCProviderAbortReason] APDU or a GroundPDUs [CPDLCProviderAbortReason] APDU , the
CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
c) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.5.16.1 Upon receipt of a D-P-ABORT indication, if the CPDLC-ground-ASE is not in the IDLE
state, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
c) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.6.1.1 If a CPDLC-ground-ASE detects that a timer has expired, that CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
e) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
e) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.6.3.1 If the User Data parameter of a D-END confirmation with Result parameter set to the
abstract value “rejected”, a D-START indication, a D-DATA indication, or a D-END indication, does not
contain a valid PDU, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
e) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.6.3.2 If the User Data parameter of a D-START confirmation with Result set to the abstract value
“rejected (permanent)”, or a D-END confirmation with Result set to the abstract value “accepted”, is not a
valid PDU the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
c) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.6.4.1 If the User Data parameter of a D-START indication, D-DATA indication, or a D-END
indication is a valid PDU, but is not a PDU for which action is described within a given state as defined in
2.3.5.5, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
e) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.6.4.2 If D-START confirmation with the Result parameter set to the abstract value “accepted”
contains a User Data parameter, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
e) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.6.4.3 If the User Data parameter of a D-END confirmation is a valid PDU, but is not a permitted
PDU for which action is described within a given state as defined in 2.3.5.5, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
b) If the D-END Result parameter is set to the abstract value “rejected”, then
ii) the APDU as the D-ABORT User Data parameter value, and
II-348 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
d) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.6.4.4 Upon receipt of a Dialogue service primitive for wich there are no instruction in 2.3.5.3 (i.e.
the primitive was not expected or was expected under other conditions or with other parameter values), the
CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
e) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.6.5.1 If a D-START confirmation Result parameter has the abstract value of “rejected (transient)”
or if the Reject Source parameter has the abstract value of “DS provider”, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
c) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.6.6.1 If a D-START indication QOS Priority parameter does not have the abstract value of “high
priority flight safety messages” or if the QOS Residual Error Rate parameter does not have the abstract value
of “low”, or if the QOS Routing Class parameter does not have one of the abstract values specified in
Table 2.3.6-1, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
d) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.6.7.1 If the User Data parameter of a D-START indication or a D-DATA indication does not
contain a PDU, the CPDLC-ground-ASE shall:
e) If DSC has the abstract value “true”, set DSC to the abstract value “false”, and
2.3.5.7.1 Priority
2.3.5.7.1.1 If the state tables shown for the CPDLC-air-ASE and the CPDLC-ground-ASE shown below
conflict with textual statements made elsewhere in this document, the textual statements shall take
precedence.
Note 1.— In the following state tables, the statement “cannot occur” means that if the implementation
conforms to the SARPs, it is impossible for this event to occur. If the event does occur, this implies that there
is an error in the implementation. If such a situation is detected, it is suggested that the ASE aborts with the
error “unrecoverable system error”.
Note 2.— In the following state tables, the statement “not permitted” means that the implementation must
prevent this event from occurring through some local means. If the event does occur this implies that there
is an error in the implementation. If such a situation is detected, it is suggested that the ASE performs a local
rejection of the request rather than aborting the dialogue.
Air-ground applications II-351
Dialogue Service
Events
D-START Indication CPDLC-start cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
APDU = UplinkMessage indication
<START-IND
D-START Confirmation cannot occur Stop timer tstart cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
Result “accepted”, CPDLC-start
DSC = “false” confirmation
No User Data <DIALOGUE
D-START Confirmation cannot occur Stop timer tstart cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
Result “rejected CPDLC-start
(permanent)” and Reject confirmation
Source “DS user”, <IDLE
DSC=“false”
if User Data, APDU =
ATCUplinkMessage
D-START Confirmation cannot occur Stop timer tstart cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
Result “accepted”, DSC-start
DSC = “true” confirmation,
No User Data <DIALOGUE
D-START Confirmation cannot occur Stop timer tstart cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
Result “rejected DSC-start
(permanent)” and Reject confirmation
Source “DS user”, DSC= Set DSC =
“true” “false”
if User Data, APDU = <IDLE
ATCUplinkMessage
D-DATA Indication cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur CPDLC-message if DSC=“true”
APDU = indication CPDLC-messag
ATCUplinkMessage <DIALOGUE e indication
<END
else not
permitted
D-END Indication: cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur CPDLC-end cannot occur
DSC=“false" indication
if User Data, APDU = <END
ATCUplinkMessage
D-END Confirmation: cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur DSC-end
DSC=“true” confirmation
Result “accepted” Set DSC “false”
if User Data, APDU = <IDLE
ATCUplinkMessage
II-352 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
D-END Confirmation: cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur DSC-end
DSC=“true”, confirmation
Result “rejected” <DIALOGUE
if User Data, APDU =
ATCUplinkMessage
CPDLC-User Events
CPDLC-start Request D-START not permitted not permitted not permitted not permitted
request
Start timer tstart
<START-REQ
CPDLC-start Response not permitted not permitted D-START not permitted not permitted
DSC=“false” response
Result “accepted” <DIALOGUE
CPDLC-start Response not permitted not permitted D-START not permitted not permitted
DSC=“false” response
Result “rejected” <IDLE
DSC-start Request D-START not permitted not permitted not permitted not permitted
request
set DSC =“true”
Start timer tstart
<START-REQ
CPDLC-message not permitted not permitted not permitted D-DATA request if DSC=“false”
Request <DIALOGUE D-DATA
request
<END
else not
permitted
CPDLC-end Service cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur not permitted D-END response
Response <IDLE
DSC = “false”
Result “accepted”
CPDLC-end Service cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur not permitted D-END response
Response <DIALOGUE
DSC = “false”
Result “rejected”
DSC-end Request: not permitted not permitted not permitted D-END request not permitted
DSC = “true” <END
ABORT Events
CPDLC-user-abort not permitted Stop timer tstart, if Stop timer tstart, if D-ABORT D-ABORT
Request set set request request
D-ABORT D-ABORT If DSC = “true”, If DSC = “true”,
request request set DSC = “false” set DSC = “false”
If DSC = “true”, If DSC = “true”, <IDLE <IDLE
set DSC = “false” set DSC = “false”
<IDLE <IDLE
Air-ground applications II-353
D-ABORT Indication cannot occur Stop timer Tstart, Stop timer Tstart, If active user: If active user:
Originator “user” if set if set CPDLC-user-abort CPDLC-user-abor
If active user: If active user: indication t indication
CPDLC-user-abort CPDLC-user-abort If DSC = “true”, If DSC = “true”,
indication indication set DSC = “false” set DSC = “false”
If DSC = “true”, If DSC = “true”, <IDLE <IDLE
set DSC = “false” set DSC = “false”
<IDLE <IDLE
D-ABORT Indication cannot occur Stop timer Tstart, Stop timer Tstart, If active user: If active user:
Originator “provider” if set if set CPDLC-provider- CPDLC-provider-
If active user: If active user: abort indication abort indication
CPDLC-provider- CPDLC-provider- If DSC = “true”, If DSC = “true”,
abort indication abort indication set DSC “false” set DSC “false”
If DSC = “true”, If DSC = “true”, <IDLE <IDLE
set DSC “false” set DSC “false”
<IDLE <IDLE
D-P-ABORT indication cannot occur Stop timer tstart, if Stop timer tstart, if If active user: If active user:
set set CPDLC-provider- CPDLC-provider-
If active user: If active user: abort indication abort indication
CPDLC-provider- CPDLC-provider- If DSC = “true”, If DSC = “true”,
abort indication abort indication set DSC = “false” set DSC = “false”
If DSC = “true”, If DSC = “true”, <IDLE <IDLE
set DSC = “false” set DSC = “false”
<IDLE <IDLE
Tstart Expires cannot occur D-ABORT cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
request
CPDLC-provider
-abort indication
If DSC = “true”,
set DSC = “false”
<IDLE
II-354 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Dialogue Service
Events
D-START Indication CPDLC-start cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
APDU Aircraft indication
mode “cpdlc” <START-IND
D-START Indication DSC-start cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
APDU Aircraft indication,
mode “dsc” Set DSC
=“true”
<START-IND
D-START Indication CPDLC- cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
APDU Forward forward
version equal and indication
function supported D-START
response
<IDLE
D-START Indication D-START cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
APDU Forward response
version not equal or <IDLE
function not
supported
D-START cannot occur Stop timer tstart cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
Confirmation CPDLC-start
Result “accepted” confirmation
DSC = “false” <DIALOGUE
D-START cannot occur Stop timer tstart cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur Stop timer tstart
Confirmation CPDLC-start CPDLC-
Result “rejected confirmation forward
(permanent)” and <IDLE confirmation
Reject Source “DS <IDLE
user”
DSC=“false”
D-START cannot occur Stop timer tstart cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
Confirmation DSC-start
Result “accepted” confirmation,
DSC =“true” <DIALOGUE
D-START cannot occur Stop timer tstart cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
Confirmation DSC-start
Result “rejected confirmation
(permanent)” and Set DSC =
Reject Source “DS “false”
user” <IDLE
DSC = “true”
Air-ground applications II-355
D-DATA Indication cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur CPDLC- if DSC = cannot occur
message “false
indication CPDLC-
<DIALOGUE message
indication
<END
else not
permitted
D-END Indication: cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur DSC-end cannot occur cannot occur
DSC=“true” indication
<END
D-END cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur CPDLC-end cannot occur
Confirmation: confirmation
DSC = “false” <IDLE
Result “accepted”
D-END cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur CPDLC-end cannot occur
Confirmation: confirmation
DSC = “false” <DIALOGUE
Result “rejected”
CPDLC-User
Events
CPDLC-start Request D-START not permitted not permitted not permitted not permitted not permitted
request
Start timer tstart
<START-REQ
CPDLC-start not permitted not permitted D-START not permitted not permitted not permitted
Response response
DSC = “false” <DIALOGUE
Result “accepted”
CPDLC-start not permitted not permitted D-START not permitted not permitted not permitted
Response response
DSC = “false” <IDLE
Result “rejected”
DSC-start Response not permitted not permitted D-START not permitted not permitted not permitted
DSC = “true” response
Result “accepted” <DIALOGUE
DSC-start Response not permitted not permitted D-START not permitted not permitted not permitted
DSC = “true” response
Result “rejected” Set DSC=
“false”
<IDLE
II-356 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
CPDLC-message not permitted not permitted not permitted D-DATA If DSC= not permitted
Request request “true”
<DIALOGUE D-DATA
request
<END
Else not
permitted
CPDLC-end Request: not permitted not permitted not permitted D-END not permitted not permitted
DSC = “false” request
<END
DSC-end Service cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur not permitted D-END not permitted
Response response
DSC = “true” Set DSC =
Result “accepted” “false”
<IDLE
DSC-end Service cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur not permitted D-END not permitted
Response response
DSC = “true” <DIALOGUE
Result “rejected”
CPDLC-forward D-START not permitted not permitted not permitted not permitted not permitted
Request request
Start timer tstart
<FORWARD
ABORT Events
CPDLC-user-abort not permitted Stop timer tstart, Stop timer tstart, D-ABORT D-ABORT Stop timer
Request if set if set request request tstart, if set
D-ABORT D-ABORT If DSC = If DSC = D-ABORT
request request “true”, set “true”, set request
If DSC = If DSC = DSC= “false” DSC= “false” <IDLE
“true”, set “true”, set <IDLE <IDLE
DSC= “false” DSC= “false”
<IDLE <IDLE
D-ABORT Indication cannot occur Stop timer Stop timer If active user: If active user: Stop timer
Originator Tstart, if set Tstart, if set CPDLC- CPDLC- Tstart, if set
“provider” If active user: If active user: provider-abort provider-abort If active user:
CPDLC- CPDLC- indication indication CPDLC-
provider-abort provider-abort If DSC = If DSC = provider-abort
indication indication “true”, set “true”, set indication
If DSC = If DSC = DSC= “false” DSC= “false” <IDLE
“true”, set “true”, set <IDLE <IDLE
DSC= “false” DSC= “false”
<IDLE <IDLE
Air-ground applications II-357
D-ABORT Indication cannot occur Stop timer Stop timer If active user: If active user: Stop timer
Tstart, if set Tstart, if set CPDLC-user- CPDLC-user- Tstart, if set
Originator “user” If active user: If active user: abort indication abort indication If active user:
CPDLC-user- CPDLC-user- If DSC = If DSC = CPDLC-user-
abort indication abort indication “true”, set “true”, set abort indication
If DSC = If DSC = DSC= “false” DSC= “false” <IDLE
“true”, set “true”, set <IDLE <IDLE
DSC= “false” DSC= “false”
<IDLE <IDLE
D-P-ABORT cannot occur Stop timer tstart, Stop timer tstart, If active user: If active user: Stop timer
indication if set if set CPDLC- CPDLC- tstart, if set
If active user: If active user: provider-abort provider-abort If active user:
CPDLC- CPDLC- indication indication CPDLC-
provider-abort provider-abort If DSC = If DSC = provider-abort
indication indication “true”, set “true”, set indication
If DSC = If DSC = DSC= “false” DSC= “false” <IDLE
“true”, set “true”, set <IDLE <IDLE
DSC= “false” DSC= “false”
<IDLE <IDLE
Tstart Expires cannot occur D-ABORT cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur D-ABORT
request request
CPDLC- CPDLC-
provider-abort provider -abort
indication indication
If DSC = <IDLE
“true”, set
DSC= “false”
<IDLE
II-358 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.3.6.1.1 The CPDLC application shall use PER as defined in ISO/IEC 8825-2, using the Basic
Unaligned variant to encode/decode the ASN.1 message structure and content specified in 2.3.4.
2.3.6.2.1.1 Where dialogue service primitives, that is D-START, D-DATA, D-END, D-ABORT, and
D-P-ABORT are described as being invoked in 2.3.5, the CPDLC-ground-ASE and the CPDLC-air-ASE shall
exhibit external behavior consistent with the dialogue service, as described in 4.2 having been implemented
and its primitives invoked.
2.3.6.2.2.1 The application service priority for CPDLC shall have the abstract value of “high priority
flight safety messages”.
2.3.6.2.2.2 The RER Quality of Service Parameter of the D-START shall be set to the abstract value
of “low”.
2.3.6.2.2.3 The CPDLC-ASE shall map the CPDLC-start service or DSC-start service Class of
Communication parameter abstract value to the ATSC routing class abstract value part of the D-START QOS
parameter as presented in Table 2.3.6-1.
Table 2.3.6-1. Mapping Between Class of Communication and Routing Class Abstract Values
2.3.7.1 General
Note 1.— Requirements imposed on CPDLC-user concerning CPDLC messages and interfacing with the
CPDLC-ASEs are presented in this chapter.
Note 2.— Where reference is made to the “CPDLC-user”, this implies both the CPDLC-air-user and the
CPDLC-ground-user.
b) what the CPDLC-user receives in the same parameters from the CPDLC service
indication or confirmation primitives.
Note 4.— The terms CPDLC message, message, uplink message and downlink message are used
interchangeably, and equate to a CPDLC message. When the terms “send” and “transmit” are used this
means that the CPDLC-user has invoked a CPDLC service request or response primitive. When the term
“receive” is used this means that a CPDLC indication or confirmation primitive parameter containing a
CPDLC message has been provided by the CPDLC service.
Note 1.— When a CPDLC-user invokes the CPDLC-start service, the DSC-start service, or the
CPDLC-forward service and requires a particular class of communication service, the CPDLC-user sets the
Class of Communication Service parameter.
Note 2.— When a CPDLC-user does not require a particular class of communication, the user does not set
the Class of Communication Service parameter.
Note 1.— A response message is a message which is a reply to a received message. It contains a message
reference number identical to the message identification number of the message to which it refers. Only
response messages contain a message reference number.
Note 2.— Message response attributes dictate a) if a response is required or prohibited; b) if a response is
required, dictate the permitted response messages.
II-360 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 3.— A closure response message is a reply to a message or series of messages which terminates a
sequence of message exchanges. However due to the multiple element capability of a CPDLC message, a
closure message may contain message element(s) in addition to the required closure message element that
initiate a new sequence of messages.
2.3.7.2.1.1 A CPDLC message shall be composed of a message header, and from one to five message
elements.
2.3.7.2.1.2 For air/ground messages, the message header shall be composed of a message identification
number, a message reference number, if required, a time stamp, and a logical acknowledgment requirement
(optional).
2.3.7.2.1.3 For ground/ground messages, the message header shall be composed of a time stamp, the
aircraft flight identification, and the aircraft address to which the message refers.
2.3.7.2.1.4 A message element shall consist of a message element identifier, data as indicated by the
specified message element, and associated message element attributes.
2.3.7.2.1.5 For each CPDLC message the CPDLC-user sends air/ground it shall provide the following
information:
2.3.7.2.1.6 For each CPDLC message the CPDLC-user sends ground/ground it shall provide the
following information:
Note 1.— A message identification number pertains to a single peer to peer dialogue.
Air-ground applications II-361
Note 2.— Message identification numbers used by a CPDLC ground system for uplink messages to an
aircraft have no relationship to the message identification numbers used by the same ground system with
another aircraft.
Note 3.— Similarly, message identification numbers used by a CPDLC aircraft for downlink messages to
a CPDLC ground system have no relationship to the message identification numbers used by the same
aircraft with another ground system.
Note 4.— There is no relationship between message identification numbers assigned and managed by a
CPDLC ground system and those message identification numbers assigned and managed by the aircraft.
2.3.7.2.2.1 The message identification number provided by the CPDLC-user shall be different from any
other message identification number currently in use.
2.3.7.2.2.3 If a CPDLC or DSC dialogue is terminated, all message identification numbers pertaining
to that dialogue shall be considered available.
2.3.7.2.3 Message Elements That Cannot Be Combined With Other Message Elements in a Message
2.3.7.2.3.1 The LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT message element (uplink message element 227 and
downlink message element 100) shall be sent only as a single message element CPDLC message.
2.3.7.2.3.2 The NEXT DATA AUTHORITY [facility] message element (uplink message element 160)
shall be sent only as a single message element CPDLC message.
2.3.7.2.4.1 A CPDLC message shall contain no more than two message elements with the
[routeClearance] variable.
Note 1.— Message attributes dictate certain message handling requirements for the CPDLC-user receiving
a message. Each CPDLC message has Urgency, Alert, and Response attributes.
Note 2.— Message element attribute table entries are listed in order of precedence (i.e., a precedence value
of 1 is highest followed by 2, etc.).
2.3.7.3.1.1 When a message contains a single message element, the message attributes shall be the
message element attributes.
II-362 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.3.7.3.1.2 When a message contains multiple message elements, the highest precedence message
element attribute for each attribute type associated with any element in the message shall be the message
attribute for each attribute type for the entire message.
Note.— The Urgency (URG) attribute delineates the queuing requirements for received messages that are
displayed to the end-user. The same Urgency attribute types are used for both air/ground and
ground/ground messages.
2.3.7.3.2.1 Each message element shall have associated Urgency attributes with precedence as defined
in table 2.3.7-1.
2.3.7.3.2.2 When a CPDLC-user queues received messages, messages with the highest Urgency type
shall be placed at the beginning of the queue.
2.3.7.3.2.3 When a CPDLC-user queues received messages, messages with the same Urgency type shall
be queued in order of receipt.
Note.— The alert (ALRT) attribute delineates the type of end-user alerting required by the CPDLC-user upon
message receipt. The same Alert attribute types are used for both air/ground and ground/ground messages.
2.3.7.3.3.1 Each message element shall have associated Alert attributes with precedence as defined in
table 2.3.7-2.
2.3.7.3.3.2 Upon receipt of a CPDLC message, the CPDLC-user shall provide one of three distinct alerts
as determined by the received message alert attribute.
Note.— The response (RESP) attribute mandates CPDLC-user response requirements for a given
message element. Response message attribute only apply to air/ground messages.
2.3.7.3.4.1 Each uplink message element shall have associated Response attributes with precedence
as defined in table 2.3.7-3.
2.3.7.3.4.2 Each downlink message element shall have associated Response attributes with
precedence as defined in table 2.3.7-4.
II-364 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.3.7.3.5.1 Upon receipt of a CPDLC message the CPDLC-air-user shall provide a distinction between
CPDLC messages received from the Current Data Authority and those received from a Downstream Data
Authority.
2.3.7.3.6.1 Upon receipt of a CPDLC message the CPDLC-ground-user shall provide a distinction
between CPDLC messages received from an aircraft and those received from another ground system.
2.3.7.3.8.1 If a received message requires a response, the CPDLC-user shall provide a message reference
number for each response message sent.
2.3.7.3.8.2 The message reference number shall be identical to the message identification number of
the received message to which it refers.
2.3.7.3.9.1 Recommendation. — A message sequence initiated by data link should be closed by data
link.
Air-ground applications II-365
2.3.7.3.9.3 A CPDLC-user shall only be permitted to respond to a received message in its entirety.
2.3.7.3.9.4 Only one closure response shall be permitted for a given message.
2.3.7.3.9.5 If the CPDLC-air-user has not issued a DSC-end service request primitive, or if the
CPDLC-air-user has issued a DSC-end service request primitive for which a DSC-end service confirmation
primitive has been received with the Result parameter containing the abstract value “rejected” then, if a
message is received that requires a response, the CPDLC-air-user shall either:
a) send any permitted response messages and then send a closure response message,
or
2.3.7.3.9.6 If the CPDLC-ground-user has not issued a CPDLC-end service request primitive, or if the
CPDLC-ground-user has issued a CPDLC-end service request primitive for which a CPDLC-end service
confirmation primitive has been received with the Result parameter containing the abstract value “rejected”
then, if a message is received that requires a response, the CPDLC-ground-user shall either:
a) send any permitted response messages and then send a closure response message,
or
Note.— In above cases, the LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT message element is not sent.
2.3.7.3.9.7 For a given message, once the CPDLC-user has sent the closure response message, no other
response messages shall be sent referring to the given message.
2.3.7.3.9.9 A logical acknowledgment response message, if required, shall be sent prior to sending any
other related response message(s), except:
Note.— When case a) or b) occurs, the LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message element is not sent.
2.3.7.3.9.10 When the CPDLC-air-user receives a message with a W/U RESP attribute, the only
permitted responses shall be messages that contain a LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT (if required),
STANDBY, WILCO, UNABLE, NOT CURRENT DATA AUTHORITY, NOT AUTHORIZED NEXT
DATA AUTHORITY or ERROR message element.
2.3.7.3.9.11 When the CPDLC-air-user receives a message with a W/U RESP attribute, the closure
response message shall contain at least a WILCO, UNABLE, NOT CURRENT DATA AUTHORITY, NOT
AUTHORIZED NEXT DATA AUTHORITY or ERROR message element.
2.3.7.3.9.12 When the CPDLC-air-user receives a message with an A/N RESP attribute, the only
permitted responses shall be messages that contain a LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT (if required),
STANDBY, AFFIRM, NEGATIVE, NOT CURRENT DATA AUTHORITY, NOT AUTHORIZED NEXT
DATA AUTHORITY or ERROR message element.
2.3.7.3.9.13 When the CPDLC-air-user receives a message with an A/N RESP attribute, the closure
response message shall contain at least a AFFIRM, NEGATIVE, NOT CURRENT DATA AUTHORITY,
NOT AUTHORIZED NEXT DATA AUTHORITY or ERROR message element.
2.3.7.3.9.14 When the CPDLC-air-user receives a message with a R RESP attribute, the only permitted
responses shall be messages that contain a LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT (if required), STANDBY,
ROGER, UNABLE, NOT CURRENT DATA AUTHORITY, NOT AUTHORIZED NEXT DATA
AUTHORITY or ERROR message element.
2.3.7.3.9.15 When the CPDLC-air-user receives a message with a R RESP attribute, the closure response
message shall contain at least a ROGER, UNABLE, NOT CURRENT DATA AUTHORITY, NOT
AUTHORIZED NEXT DATA AUTHORITY or ERROR message element.
2.3.7.3.9.16 When the CPDLC-air-user receives a message with a Y RESP attribute, a LOGICAL
ACKNOWLEDGMENT only when requested, and all other CPDLC messages shall be permitted as a
response message.
2.3.7.3.9.17 When the CPDLC-air-user receives a message with a Y RESP attribute, the first response
message sent that does not contain a STANDBY or LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT shall constitute the
closure response message.
Air-ground applications II-367
2.3.7.3.9.18 When the CPDLC-ground-user receives an air/ground message with a Y RESP attribute, a
LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT, only when requested and all other CPDLC messages shall be permitted
as a response message.
2.3.7.3.9.19 When the CPDLC-ground-user receives an air/ground message with a Y RESP attribute, the
first response message sent that does not contain a STANDBY, REQUEST DEFERRED, or LOGICAL
ACKNOWLEDGMENT message element shall constitute the closure response message.
2.3.7.3.9.20 When the CPDLC-air-user receives a message with a N RESP attribute, but requiring a
logical acknowledgment, the only permitted response shall be a message that contains a LOGICAL
ACKNOWLEDGMENT, NOT CURRENT DATA AUTHORITY, NOT AUTHORIZED NEXT DATA
AUTHORITY or ERROR message element. This response message is the closure message.
2.3.7.3.9.21 When the CPDLC-ground-user receives an air/ground message with a N RESP attribute, but
requiring a logical acknowledgment the only permitted response shall be a message that contains a
LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT, SERVICE UNAVAILABLE, FLIGHT PLAN NOT HELD or ERROR
message element. This response message is the closure message.
2.3.7.3.9.22 When the CPDLC-ground-user receives a ground/ground message the ground-user shall be
prohibited from generating a ground/ground response message.
Note.— Ground/ground forwarding of messages is a one-way exchange on a one message per dialogue
basis. There are no message identification or message reference numbers contained in the header of a
ground/ground message.
2.3.7.3.10.1 The CPDLC-ground-user shall be prohibited from sending any CPDLC message containing
the uplink message elements 33, 40, 41, or 178.
2.3.7.3.11.2.1 If the CPDLC-user receives a message containing a message reference number which is not
identical to any message identification number currently in use, the CPDLC-user shall:
2.3.7.3.11.3.1 If the CPDLC-user attempts to send a CPDLC message and all message identification
numbers are currently in use, the CPDLC-user shall invoke the CPDLC-user-abort request with a CPDLC
message containing the CPDLCUserAbortReason with the value
[no-message-identification-numbers-available] as the Reason parameter.
2.3.7.3.11.4.1 If the CPDLC-user receives a message and has insufficient resources to handle the message,
the CPDLC-user shall:
c) a message containing more than two message elements with the [routeClearance]
variable,
the CPDLC-user shall invoke the CPDLC-message request with the ERROR [errorinformation] message
element with the [invalidMessageElementCombination] value as the CPDLC Message parameter, and
disregard the received message.
2.3.7.3.11.6.1 If the CPDLC-air-user receives a message containing any of the uplink message element
identifiers 33, 40, 41 or 178 the CPDLC-air-user shall invoke the CPDLC-message request with the ERROR
[errorinformation] message element with the [invalidMessageElement] value as the CPDLC Message
parameter, and disregard the received message.
2.3.7.3.11.7.1 If the CPDLC-air-user sends a message containing the NOT CURRENT DATA
AUTHORITY, NOT AUTHORIZED NEXT DATA AUTHORITY or ERROR message element instead of
the expected response message, the NOT CURRENT DATA AUTHORITY, NOT AUTHORIZED NEXT
DATA AUTHORITY or ERROR message shall contain the received message identification number as the
message reference number.
Air-ground applications II-369
2.3.7.3.11.8.1 If the CPDLC-ground-user sends a message that has a W/U response attribute, and a response
to this message is received by the CPDLC-ground-user that does not contain any of the following message
elements: WILCO, UNABLE, STANDBY, LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT, NOT CURRENT DATA
AUTHORITY, NOT AUTHORIZED NEXT DATA AUTHORITY or ERROR [errorInformation] the
CPDLC-ground-user shall invoke CPDLC-user-abort request with a CPDLC message containing the
CPDLCUserAbortReason with the value [invalid-response].
2.3.7.3.11.8.2 If the CPDLC-ground-user sends a message that has an A/N response attribute, and a
response to this message is received by the CPDLC-ground-user that does not contain any of the following
message elements: AFFIRM, NEGATIVE, STANDBY, LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT, NOT
CURRENT DATA AUTHORITY, NOT AUTHORIZED NEXT DATA AUTHORITY or
ERROR[errorInformation] the CPDLC-ground-user shall invoke CPDLC-user-abort request with a CPDLC
message containing the CPDLCUserAbortReason with the value [invalid-response].
2.3.7.3.11.8.3 If the CPDLC-ground-user sends a message that has a R response attribute, and a response
to this message is received by the CPDLC-ground-user that does not contain any of the following message
elements: ROGER, UNABLE, STANDBY, LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT, NOT CURRENT DATA
AUTHORITY, NOT AUTHORIZED NEXT DATA AUTHORITY or ERROR [errorInformation] the
CPDLC-ground-user shall invoke CPDLC-user-abort request with a CPDLC message containing the
CPDLCUserAbortReason with the value [invalid-response].
2.3.7.3.11.8.4 If the CPDLC-ground-user sends a message that has a N response attribute and requires a
logical acknowledgment, and a response to this message is received by the CPDLC-ground-user that does
not contain any of the following message elements: LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT, NOT CURRENT
DATA AUTHORITY, NOT AUTHORIZED NEXT DATA AUTHORITY or ERROR [errorInformation]
the CPDLC-ground-user shall invoke CPDLC-user-abort request with a CPDLC message containing the
CPDLCUserAbortReason with the value [invalid-response].
2.3.7.3.11.8.5 If the CPDLC-air-user sends a message that has a N response attribute and requires a logical
acknowledgment, and a response to this message is received by the CPDLC-air-user that does not contain
any of the following message elements: LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT, SERVICE UNAVAILABLE,
FLIGHT PLAN NOT HELD or ERROR [errorInformation] the CPDLC-air-user shall invoke
CPDLC-user-abort request with a CPDLC message containing the CPDLCUserAbortReason with the value
[invalid-response].
II-370 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.3.7.4.1.1.1 If there is no CPDLC service, the only CPDLC service primitives the CPDLC-air-user shall
be permitted to invoke are the CPDLC-start request or the DSC-start request.
2.3.7.4.1.1.2 The CPDLC-air-user shall only be permitted to invoke the CPDLC-start request with:
a) any ground system, if there is no existing CPDLC service for the CPDLC-air-user,
or
b) the Next Data Authority, if the CPDLC-air-user has received a message from the
Current Data Authority designating a Next Data Authority.
2.3.7.4.1.2.1 Upon receipt of a CPDLC-start service indication, the CPDLC-air-user shall invoke a
CPDLC-start service response within 0.5 seconds.
2.3.7.4.1.2.2 Upon receipt of a CPDLC-start indication the CPDLC-air-user shall invoke the CPDLC-start
response, with the response parameters set as follows:
2) CPDLC service exists and the request is from either the Current Data
Authority or Next Data Authority,
b) Else set the Result parameter is set to the abstract value “rejected” and the Reject
Reason parameter to a CPDLC message with the message element NOT
AUTHORIZED NEXT DATA AUTHORITY.
2.3.7.4.1.2.3 If a CPDLC-start indication is received from either the Current Data Authority or the Next
Data Authority, and this results in a second CPDLC dialogue being established with a given ground system,
the CPDLC-air-user shall invoke the CPDLC-user-abort request primitive for the first connection with that
ground system.
2.3.7.4.1.2.4 If the CPDLC-air-user sets the CPDLC-start response Result parameter to the abstract value
“rejected” any CPDLC message contained in the CPDLC-start indication CPDLC Message parameter shall
be disregarded.
Air-ground applications II-371
2.3.7.4.1.2.5 If the CPDLC-air-user sets the CPDLC-start response Result parameter to the abstract value
“accepted” and the request is from the Current Data Authority any CPDLC message contained in the
CPDLC-start indication CPDLC Message parameter shall be processed.
2.3.7.4.1.2.6 If the CPDLC-air-user sets the CPDLC-start response Result parameter to the abstract value
“accepted” and the request is from the Next Data Authority any CPDLC message contained in the
CPDLC-start indication CPDLC Message parameter shall be disregarded.
2.3.7.4.1.2.7 If the CPDLC-air-user sets the CPDLC-start response Result parameter to the abstract value
“accepted” the CPDLC-air-user shall:
2.3.7.4.1.2.8 If a CPDLC-start indication has been received, the CPDLC-air-user shall be prohibited from
invoking any CPDLC-service primitive with this ground system, except the CPDLC-user-abort request, until
after it has invoked the CPDLC-start response.
2.3.7.4.1.3.1 If a CPDLC-start confirmation has been received with a Result parameter containing the
abstract value “accepted” the CPDLC-air-user shall:
2.3.7.4.2.1.1 Only a CPDLC-air-user shall be permitted to invoke the DSC-start service request primitive.
II-372 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.3.7.4.2.1.2 A CPDLC-air-user shall only be permitted to invoke the DSC-start-service request primitive
if the CPDLC-air-user has no existing DSC dialogue.
2.3.7.4.2.2.1 If a DSC-start confirmation has been received with a Result parameter containing the abstract
value “accepted” the CPDLC-air-user shall:
2.3.7.4.3.1.1 Upon receipt of a CPDLC-message indication, if the indication is from the Current Data
Authority or a Downstream Data Authority the CPDLC-air-user shall process the CPDLC message contained
in the CPDLC Message parameter.
2.3.7.4.3.1.2 If a CPDLC-message indication is received from the Current Data Authority containing only
the uplink message element NEXT DATA AUTHORITY specifying a facility as the Next Data Authority
the CPDLC-air-user shall do the following in the order listed:
b) if there is, invoke CPDLC-user-abort request with the established Next Data
Authority with the Reason parameter set to CPDLCUserAbortReason value
[no-longer-next-data-authority]; and
c) then designate the ground system indicated in the CPDLC message from the
CPDLC-message indication as the Next Data Authority.
2.3.7.4.3.1.3 If a CPDLC-message indication is received from the Current Data Authority containing only
the uplink message element NEXT DATA AUTHORITY, indicating a “NULL” for the Next Data Authority
the CPDLC-air-user shall do the following in the order listed:
b) if there is, invoke CPDLC-user-abort request with the established Next Data
Authority with the Reason parameter set to CPDLCUserAbortReason value
[no-longer-next-data-authority]; and
Air-ground applications II-373
2.3.7.4.3.1.4 If a CPDLC-message indication is received containing the uplink message element NEXT
DATA AUTHORITY, and it is not from the Current Data Authority the message shall be disregarded.
2.3.7.4.3.1.5 Upon receipt of a CPDLC-message indication, if the indication is not from the Current Data
Authority or a Downstream Data Authority, the CPDLC-air-user shall:
2.3.7.4.4.1.1 The CPDLC-air-user shall be prohibited from invoking the CPDLC-end request.
2.3.7.4.4.2.1 If a CPDLC-end indication is received but it is not from the Current Data Authority the
CPDLC-air-user shall:
Note 1.— A CPDLC-air-user is considered to have uplink open messages when the CPDLC-air-user has
received a message(s) for which a response is required, and it has not yet sent the closure response to the
message(s).
Note 2.— Uplink open messages are not considered in setting out the requirements for the CPDLC-end
Service. The ground user is aware of any such messages, and desires to end the dialogue anyway. Any such
messages are considered deleted upon transmission of a CPDLC-end response with the Result parameter
set to the abstract value “accepted” on the airborne side, and upon receipt of a CPDLC-end confirmation
with the Result parameter set to the abstract value “accepted” on the ground side.
Note 3.— A CPDLC-air-user is considered to have downlink open messages when the CPDLC-air-user has
sent any messages that require a response for which it has not received a closure response.
II-374 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 4.— Downlink open message are considered deleted upon transmission of a CPDLC-end response with
the Result parameter set to the abstract value “accepted” on the airborne side, and upon receipt of a
CPDLC-end confirmation with the Result parameter set to the abstract value “accepted” on the ground side.
Note 5.— Local procedures may dictate when a “rejected” response Result parameter is permitted by the
CPDLC-air-user in the cases when section 2.3.7 gives the CPDLC-air-user a choice between “accepted”
or “rejected”.
Note 6.— If a CPDLC-end service response is invoked with a “accepted” Result this will result in ending
the dialogue regardless of any messages contained in the CPDLC Message parameter.
2.3.7.4.4.2.2.1 If a CPDLC-end indication is received from the Current Data Authority and there is a
message in the CPDLC Message parameter that either has the response attribute N and requires a logical
acknowledgment or has a W/U, A/N, R, or Y response attribute, and an error is detected in the message, then
the CPDLC-air-user shall invoke CPDLC-end response with:
a) the CPDLC Message parameter containing a CPDLC message with the message
element ERROR [errorInformation],
2.3.7.4.4.2.3.1 If a CPDLC-end indication is received from the Current Data Authority and the
CPDLC-air-user does not have any downlink open messages and there is no message in the CPDLC Message
parameter, then the CPDLC-air-user shall invoke CPDLC-end response with the Result parameter set to the
abstract value “accepted”.
2.3.7.4.4.2.3.2 If a CPDLC-end indication is received from the Current Data Authority and the CPDLC
-air-user has downlink open messages and there is no message in the CPDLC Message parameter, then the
CPDLC-air-user shall invoke CPDLC-end response with the Result parameter set to the abstract value
“accepted” or “rejected”.
2.3.7.4.4.2.4.1 If a CPDLC-end indication is received from the Current Data Authority and the
CPDLC-air-user does not have any downlink open messages and there is a message in the CPDLC Message
parameter with the response attribute N and not requiring a logical acknowledgment, then the CPDLC-air-
user shall invoke CPDLC-end response with the Result parameter set to the abstract value “accepted”.
2.3.7.4.4.2.4.2 If a CPDLC-end indication is received from the Current Data Authority and the
CPDLC-air-user has downlink open messages and there is a message in the CPDLC Message parameter with
the response attribute N and not requiring a logical acknowledgment, then the CPDLC-air-user shall invoke
CPDLC-end response with the Result parameter set to the abstract value “accepted” or “rejected”.
Air-ground applications II-375
2.3.7.4.4.2.5.1 If a CPDLC-end indication is received from the Current Data Authority and the
CPDLC-air-user does not have any downlink open messages and there is a message in the CPDLC Message
parameter with the response attribute N and requiring a logical acknowledgment, and no error is detected in
the message, then the CPDLC-air-user shall invoke CPDLC-end response with:
a) the CPDLC Message parameter containing a CPDLC message with the message
element LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT, and
2.3.7.4.4.2.5.2 If a CPDLC-end indication is received from the Current Data Authority and the
CPDLC-air-user has downlink open messages and there is a message in the CPDLC Message parameter with
the response attribute N and requiring a logical acknowledgment, and no error is detected in the message,
then the CPDLC-air-user shall invoke CPDLC-end response with:
a) the CPDLC Message parameter containing a CPDLC message with the message
element LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT, and
2.3.7.4.4.2.6 Message in CPDLC-end Indication With W/U, A/N, or R Attribute, Positive Response
Note.— In this case, positive response to a message in the CPDLC-end Indication also indicates acceptance
of the end of the dialogue.
2.3.7.4.4.2.6.1 If a CPDLC-end indication is received from the Current Data Authority and there is a
message in the CPDLC Message parameter with the response attribute W/U, A/N or R and no error is
detected in the message, then if the CPDLC-air-user chooses to respond positively (WILCO, AFFIRM, or
ROGER) to the message, then the CPDLC-air-user shall:
2.3.7.4.4.2.7 Message in CPDLC-end Indication With W/U, A/N, or R Attribute, Negative Response
Note.— In this case, negative response to a message in the CPDLC-end Indication also indicates rejection
of the end of the dialogue.
2.3.7.4.4.2.7.1 If a CPDLC-end indication is received from the Current Data Authority and there is a
message in the CPDLC Message parameter with the response attribute W/U, A/N or R and no error is
detected in the message, then if the CPDLC-air-user chooses to respond negatively (UNABLE or
NEGATIVE) to the message, then the CPDLC-air-user shall:
2.3.7.4.4.2.8.1 If a CPDLC-end indication is received from the Current Data Authority and the
CPDLC-air-user does not have any downlink open messages and there is a message in the CPDLC Message
parameter with the response attribute Y and no error is detected in the message, the CPDLC-air-user shall:
2.3.7.4.4.2.8.2 If a CPDLC-end indication is received from the Current Data Authority and the
CPDLC-air-user has any downlink open messages and there is a message in the CPDLC Message parameter
with the response attribute Y and no error is detected in the message, the CPDLC-air-user shall:
2.3.7.4.4.2.9 Upon invoking a CPDLC-end response with Result parameter set to “accepted”, the
CPDLC-air-user shall:
a) delete any association with a ground system and Current Data Authority, and
2.3.7.4.4.2.10 If the CPDLC-air-ASE associated with the Current Data Authority ceases to exist for any
reason other than in response to a CPDLC-end request as specified above, any existing Next Data Authority
designation and/or association shall cease to exist.
2.3.7.4.5.1.1 Only the CPDLC-air-user shall be permitted to invoke the DSC-end request.
2.3.7.4.5.1.2 If a CPDLC-air-user has invoked a DSC-end service request primitive, the CPDLC-air-user
shall be prohibited from invoking any CPDLC service primitive with this ground system (except the CPDLC-
user-abort request primitive) until it receives a DSC-end service confirmation primitive.
2.3.7.4.6.1.1 The CPDLC-air-user shall have the capability to invoke CPDLC-user-abort request with the
Reason parameter set to CPDLCUserAbortReason value [commanded-termination].
2.3.7.4.6.2.1 If the CPDLC-air-user invokes CPDLC-user-abort request with the Current Data Authority,
the CPDLC-air-user shall:
2.3.7.4.6.2.2 If the CPDLC-air-user invokes CPDLC-user-abort request with the Next Data Authority, and
then does not set the Reason parameter as [current-data-authority-abort] or [no-longer-next-data-authority],
the CPDLC-air-user shall continue to maintain the association of the ground system to the Next Data
Authority.
2.3.7.4.6.3.1 If the CPDLC-air-user receives a CPDLC-user-abort indication from the Current Data
Authority or a CPDLC-provider-abort indication that causes the ASE invocation associated with the Current
Data Authority to cease to exist, the CPDLC-air-user shall:
2.3.7.4.6.3.2 If the CPDLC-air-user receives a CPDLC-user-abort indication from the Next Data Authority
or receives a CPDLC-provider-abort indication that causes the ASE invocation associated with the Next Data
Authority to cease to exist, the CPDLC-air-user shall continue to maintain the association of the ground
system to the Next Data Authority.
2.3.7.5.1.1.1 If there is no CPDLC service, the only CPDLC service primitives the CPDLC-ground-user
shall be permitted to invoke are the CPDLC-start-request or the CPDLC-forward request.
Air-ground applications II-379
2.3.7.5.1.2.1 If a CPDLC-start indication is received from an aircraft with which the ground system
currently has a CPDLC dialogue, the CPDLC-ground-user shall:
a) invoke the CPDLC-start response with the Result parameter set to the abstract value
“accepted”, and
b) invoke the CPDLC-user-abort request for the first CPDLC dialogue with that
aircraft.
2.3.7.5.1.2.2 The CPDLC-ground-user shall be prohibited from invoking the CPDLC-start response unless
and until it has received a CPDLC-start indication.
2.3.7.5.1.2.3 If the CPDLC-ground-user sets the CPDLC-start response Result parameter to the abstract
value “rejected” then the Reject Reason parameter shall be an uplink message containing either the SERVICE
UNAVAILABLE or FLIGHT PLAN NOT HELD message element as appropriate.
2.3.7.5.1.2.4 If the CPDLC-ground-user sets the CPDLC-start response Result parameter to the abstract
value “rejected” the CPDLC-ground-user shall disregard any CPDLC message contained in the CPDLC-start
indication CPDLC Message parameter.
2.3.7.5.1.2.5 If the CPDLC-ground-user sets the CPDLC-start response Result parameter to the abstract
value “accepted” any CPDLC message contained in the CPDLC-start indication CPDLC Message parameter
shall be processed.
2.3.7.5.1.2.6 If the CPDLC-ground-user sets the CPDLC-start response Result parameter to the abstract
value “accepted” the CPDLC-ground-user shall establish an association between a CPDLC-ASE invocation
and a 24 bit aircraft address contained in CPDLC-start indication Calling Peer Identifier parameter.
2.3.7.5.1.2.7 If a CPDLC-start indication has been received, the CPDLC-ground-user shall be prohibited
from invoking any CPDLC-service primitive, except the CPDLC-user-abort request with that aircraft, until
after it has invoked the CPDLC-start response.
2.3.7.5.1.2.8 Upon receipt of a CPDLC-start service indication, the CPDLC-ground-user shall invoke a
CPDLC-start service response within 0.5 seconds.
2.3.7.5.1.3.1 If a CPDLC-start confirmation has been received with a Result parameter containing the
abstract value “accepted” the CPDLC-ground-user shall establish an association between a CPDLC-ASE
invocation and a 24 bit aircraft address contained in CPDLC-start request Called Peer Identifier parameter.
II-380 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.3.7.5.2.1.1 The CPDLC-ground-user shall be prohibited from invoking the DSC-start response unless
and until it has received a DSC-start indication.
2.3.7.5.2.1.2 If a DSC-start indication is received from an aircraft with which the ground system currently
has a DSC dialogue, the CPDLC-ground-user shall:
a) invoke the DSC-start response with the Result parameter set to the abstract value
“accepted”, and
b) invoke the CPDLC-user-abort request for the first DSC dialogue with that aircraft.
2.3.7.5.2.1.3 If the CPDLC-ground-user sets the DSC-start response Result parameter to the abstract value
“rejected” then the Reject Reason parameter shall be an uplink message containing either the SERVICE
UNAVAILABLE or FLIGHT PLAN NOT HELD message element as appropriate.
2.3.7.5.2.1.4 If the CPDLC-ground-user sets the DSC-start response Result parameter to the abstract value
“rejected” the CPDLC-ground-user shall disregard any CPDLC message contained in the DSC-start
indication CPDLC Message parameter.
2.3.7.5.2.1.5 If the CPDLC-ground-user sets the DSC-start response Result parameter to the abstract value
“accepted” any CPDLC message contained in the DSC-start indication CPDLC Message parameter shall be
processed.
2.3.7.5.2.1.6 If the CPDLC-ground-user sets the DSC-start response Result parameter to the abstract value
“accepted” the CPDLC-ground-user shall establish an association between a CPDLC-ASE invocation and
a 24 bit aircraft address contained in the DSC-start indication Aircraft Address parameter.
2.3.7.5.2.1.7 If DSC-start indication has been received, the CPDLC-ground-user shall be prohibited from
invoking any CPDLC-service primitive, except the CPDLC-user-abort request, until after it has invoked the
DSC-start response.
2.3.7.5.2.2.1 Upon receipt of a DSC-start indication, the CPDLC-ground-user shall invoke a DSC-start
response within 0.5 seconds.
2.3.7.5.2.2.2 Upon receipt of a DSC-start indication, the CPDLC-ground-user shall invoke a DSC-start
response, with the response parameters set as follows:
a) the Result parameter set to the abstract value “accepted” or “rejected”, and
b) if, and only if, the Result parameter is set to the abstract value “rejected”, then set
the Reject Reason parameter to a CPDLC message with the message element
SERVICE UNAVAILABLE or FLIGHT PLAN NOT HELD as appropriate.
Air-ground applications II-381
2.3.7.5.3.1.1 Only the CPDLC-ground-user shall be permitted to invoke the CPDLC-end request.
2.3.7.5.3.1.2 If a CPDLC-ground-user has invoked a CPDLC-end service request primitive, the CPDLC-
ground-user shall be prohibited from invoking any CPDLC service primitive with this aircraft, except the
CPDLC-user-abort request primitive, until after it has received a CPDLC-end service confirmation primitive.
Note 1.— The CPDLC-ground-user is considered to have downlink open messages when the
CPDLC-ground-user has received a message(s) for which a response is required, and it has not yet sent the
closure response to the message(s).
Note 2.— Downlink open messages are not considered in setting out the requirements for the DSC-end
Service. The air user is aware of any such messages, and desires to end the dialogue anyway. Any such
messages are considered deleted upon transmission of a DSC-end response with the Result parameter set
to the abstract value “accepted” on the ground side, and upon receipt of a DSC-end confirmation with the
Result parameter set to the abstract value “accepted” on the airborne side.
Note 3.— The CPDLC-ground-user is considered to have uplink open messages when the
CPDLC-ground-user has sent any messages that require a response for which it has not received a closure
response.
Note 4.— Uplink open message are considered deleted upon transmission of a DSC-end response with the
Result parameter set to the abstract value “accepted” on the ground side, and upon receipt of a DSC-end
confirmation with the Result parameter set to the abstract value “accepted” on the airborne side.
Note 5.— Local procedures may dictate when a “rejected” response Result parameter is permitted by the
CPDLC-ground-user in the cases when section 2.3.7 gives the CPDLC-ground-user a choice between
“accepted” or “rejected”.
Note 6.— If a DSC-end service response is invoked with a “accepted” Result this will result in ending the
dialogue regardless of any messages contained in the CPDLC Message parameter.
2.3.7.5.4.1.1.1 If a DSC-end indication is received and there is a message in the CPDLC Message parameter
that either has the response attribute N and requires a logical acknowledgment or has Y response attribute,
and an error is detected in the message, then the CPDLC-ground-user shall invoke DSC-end response with:
a) the CPDLC Message parameter containing a CPDLC message with the message
element ERROR [errorInformation],
2.3.7.5.4.1.2.1 If a DSC-end indication is received and the CPDLC-ground-user does not have any uplink
open messages and there is no message in the CPDLC Message parameter, then the CPDLC-ground-user
shall invoke DSC-end response with the Result parameter set to the abstract value “accepted”.
2.3.7.5.4.1.2.2 If a DSC-end indication is received and the CPDLC-ground-user has uplink open messages
and there is no message in the CPDLC Message parameter, then the CPDLC-ground-user shall invoke
DSC-end response with the Result parameter set to the abstract value “accepted” or “rejected”.
2.3.7.5.4.1.3.1 If a DSC-end indication is received and the CPDLC-ground-user does not have any uplink
open messages and there is a message in the CPDLC Message parameter with the response attribute N and
not requiring a logical acknowledgment, then the CPDLC-ground-user shall invoke DSC-end response with
the Result parameter set to the abstract value “accepted”.
2.3.7.5.4.1.3.2 If a DSC-end indication is received and the CPDLC-ground-user has uplink open messages
and there is a message in the CPDLC Message parameter with the response attribute N and not requiring a
logical acknowledgment, then the CPDLC-ground-user shall invoke DSC-end response with the Result
parameter set to the abstract value “accepted” or “rejected”.
2.3.7.5.4.1.4.1 If a DSC-end indication is received and the CPDLC-ground-user does not have any uplink
open messages and there is a message in the CPDLC Message parameter with the response attribute N and
requiring a logical acknowledgment, and no error is detected in the message, then the CPDLC-ground-user
shall invoke DSC-end response with:
a) the CPDLC Message parameter containing a CPDLC message with the message
element LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT, and
2.3.7.5.4.1.4.2 If a DSC-end indication is received and the CPDLC-ground-user has uplink open messages
and there is a message in the CPDLC Message parameter with the response attribute N and requiring a
logical acknowledgment, and no error is detected in the message, then the CPDLC-ground-user shall invoke
DSC-end response with:
a) the CPDLC Message parameter containing a CPDLC message with the message
element LOGICAL ACKNOWLEDGMENT, and
2.3.7.5.4.1.5.1 If a DSC-end indication is received and the CPDLC-ground-user does not have any uplink
open messages and there is a message in the CPDLC Message parameter with the response attribute Y and
no error is detected in the message the CPDLC-ground-user shall:
2.3.7.5.4.1.5.2 If a DSC-end indication is received and the CPDLC-ground-user has uplink open messages
and there is a message in the CPDLC Message parameter with the response attribute Y and no error is
detected in the message the CPDLC-ground-user shall:
2.3.7.5.5.1.1 Only the CPDLC-ground-user shall be permitted to invoke the CPDLC-forward Request.
2.3.7.5.6.1.1 The CPDLC-ground-user shall have the capability to invoke CPDLC-user-abort request with
the Reason parameter set to CPDLCUserAbortReason value [commanded-termination].
2.3.7.6.1 Purpose
Note 1.— 2.3.7.6 contains the message set for CPDLC. Message attributes, message presentation guidance,
and data structure presentation guidance are presented. The actual information exchanged between an
aircraft and ground peer or a ground and ground peer CPDLC applications is defined in 2.3.4; however,
2.3.4 does not mandate any particular method for presenting this information. The presentation of
information to the controller and aircraft crew is a local implementation. The message presentation
recommendations contained in Tables 2.3.7-5 to 2.3.7-28 are one possible means of presenting the
information. These recommendations are generally consistent with current ICAO practices for displaying
ATC information.
Note 2.— Tables 2.3.7-5 to 2.3.7-28 which are aligned with the provisions contained in Appendix 5 of the
13th Edition (including Amendment 2, dated 5 November 1998) of ICAO Doc 4444 — Procedures for Air
Navigation Services — Rules of the Air and Air Traffic Services (PANS-RAC) are included in this document
for completness.
2.3.7.6.2 Uplink message elements shall comply with the intent, use, and element attributes as
presented in Tables 2.3.7-5 to 2.3.7-16.
40 (reserved) L L Y
41 (reserved) L L Y
171 Instruction to climb at not less CLIMB AT [vertical rate] N M W/U
than the specified rate. MINIMUM
172 Instruction to climb at not above CLIMB AT [vertical rate] N M W/U
the specified rate. MAXIMUM
173 Instruction to descend at not less DESCEND AT [vertical rate] N M W/U
than the specified rate. MINIMUM
174 Instruction to descend at not DESCEND AT [vertical rate] N M W/U
above the specified rate. MAXIMUM
33 (reserved) L L Y
Note.— Wherever the variable “level” is specified, the message can specify either a single level or a vertical
range, i.e. block level.
II-390 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— Wherever the variable “level” is specified, the message can specify either a single level or a vertical
range, i.e. block level.
Note.— Wherever the variable “level” is specified, the message can specify either a single level or a vertical
range, i.e. block level.
II-398 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— Wherever the variable “level” is specified, the message can specify either a single level or a vertical
range, i.e. block level.
Note.— Free text message elements have no associated message intent. The capability to send a free text
message with any of the attribute combinations already used in the message set has been provided.
2.3.7.6.3 Downlink message elements shall comply with the intent, use, and element attributes as
presented in Tables 2.3.7-17 to 2.3.7-28.
Note.— Wherever the variable “level” is specified, the message can specify either a single level or a
vertical range, i.e. block level.
Air-ground applications II-407
Note.— Wherever the variable “level” is specified, the message can specify either a single level or a
vertical range, i.e. block level.
Note.— Wherever the variable “level” is specified, the message can specify either a single level or a
vertical range, i.e. block level.
Note.— Wherever the variable “level” is specified, the message can specify either a single level or a
vertical range, i.e. block level.
Note.— Free text message elements have no associated message intent. The capability to send a free text
message with any of the attribute combinations already used in the message set has been provided.
Note.— Wherever the variable “level” is specified, the message can specify either a single level or a
vertical range, i.e. block level.
2.3.7.7.1 A CPDLC-user shall interpret CPDLC message element variables unit, range, and resolution
as defined in 2.3.4.
II-416 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.3.8.1 General
Note.— This chapter specifies conformance requirements which all implementations of the CPDLC protocol
obey.
2.3.8.1.1 An implementation of either the CPDLC ground based service or the CPDLC air based
service claiming conformance to 2.3 shall support the CPDLC protocol features as shown in the tables below:
Note.— The ‘status
column indicates the level of support required for conformance to the CPDLC-ASE
protocol described in this part. The values are as follows:
‘C.n
the item is conditional where n is the number which identifies the condition which is applicable. The
definitions for the conditional statements used in this chapter are written under the tables in which
they first appear.
Version 1 M none
Air-ground applications II-417
C.1: a conforming implementation will support one and only one of these two options.
2.4.1 INTRODUCTION
2.4.1.1 Introduction
2.4.1.1.1 The FIS application allows a pilot to request and receive FIS services from ground FIS
systems. The FIS application is designed to enable FIS services to be provided to a pilot via the exchange
of messages between aircraft avionics and ground FIS systems.
Note.— Structure:
a) 2.4.1: INTRODUCTION contains the part's purpose and structure and a summary of the
functions of FIS.
c) 2.4.3: ABSTRACT SERVICE contains the description of the abstract service provided by the
application service elements (ASE) defined for FIS.
d) 2.4.4: FORMAL DEFINITION OF MESSAGES contains the formal definition of the messages
exchanged by FIS-ASEs using the Abstract Syntax Notation Number One (ASN.1).
e) 2.4.5: PROTOCOL DEFINITION describes the exchanges of messages allowed by the FIS
protocol, as well as time constraints and the exception handling procedures associated with
these exchanges. This chapter also describes the FIS protocol in terms of state tables.
g) 2.4.7: FIS USER REQUIREMENTS outlines the requirements that a user of a FIS-ASE must
meet.
h) 2.4.8: SUBSETTING RULES contains the conformance requirements which all implementations
of the FIS protocol obey.
2.4.1.1.2 Two types of FIS contract may be established on request of the pilot:
a) the FIS Demand Contract where the ground FIS system provides the information
immediately and once only, and
b) the FIS Update Contract where the ground FIS system provides the information and
any subsequent update of this information.
Note.— The concept of the FIS Demand Contract and the FIS Update Contract used in 2.4 is equivalent to
the concept of FIS Demand Mode and FIS Contract Mode developed in the ICAO Manual of Air Traffic
Services (ATS) Data Link Applications.
Air-ground applications II-421
2.4.1.1.3 Multiple “FIS services” may be supported by the FIS application, as for instance:
2.4.1.1.4 Each of these services will be accessed and used independently of the others and are
initiated by the aircraft avionics (and/or pilot). It will not be required that aircraft avionics include the
capability for all of the FIS services.
2.4.1.1.5 The FIS application supports only the FIS service related to ATIS. Additional services and
negotiation mechanisms could be incorporated in future packages.
1) This function allows the airborne FIS system to establish a FIS demand
contract with a ground FIS system. Realisation of the contract involves the
sending of a single FIS report from the ground FIS system to the aircraft,
optionally after the sending of a positive acknowledgement.
3) The actions performed by the FIS systems supporting the FIS Demand
Contract function are the following:
i) the airborne FIS system formats and sends to the ground FIS
system a FIS-demand-contract message. This message identifies
the type of FIS information requested and contains the parameters
of the request, and
ii) the ground FIS system then determines whether or not it is able to
comply with the request:
B) if the ground FIS system can comply promptly with the FIS
demand contract request it sends the FIS-report message
as soon as possible, or
ii) the source of the abort of the FIS contract (i.e. FIS service-
provider or FIS service-user), and
iii) if the source is the FIS service-provider, the reason of the abort.
3) The actions performed by the FIS systems supporting the FIS Update
Contract function are the following:
i) the airborne FIS system formats and sends to the ground FIS
system a FIS-update-contract message. This message identifies the
type of FIS information requested and contains the parameters of
the request, and
ii) if the ground FIS system can comply with the FIS-update-contract
request, then
iii) if the ground FIS system detects that the requested FIS information
can be retrieved but is not yet available, then
v) if the ground FIS system does not support the update contract
function, it sends a FIS-contract-reject message containing, if
available, the requested FIS information.
iii) the current value of the requested ATIS, if the reason of the
rejection is “FIS Update Contract function not supported by the
ground FIS system”.
9) The FIS-abort message has the same contents as the FIS-abort message as
described for the FIS Demand Contract function.
1) This function allows both air and ground FIS system to cancel a particular
FIS update contract that is in operation, as follows:
ii) the cancellation of the FIS update contract is confirmed to the FIS-
user by the system receiving the FIS-update-contract-cancel
message. A FIS-update-contract-cancel-accept message is sent
back.
2) The airborne FIS system may also cancel all FIS contracts (demand and
update contracts) of the same type in a single FIS-cancel-contracts
message. The ground FIS system cancels these contracts and acknowledges
the cancellation by sending a FIS-cancel-contracts-accept message. The
cancellation is made on the basis of the type(s) of contract supplied by the
airborne FIS system.
Note.— 2.4 describes the version 1 of the protocol operated by the FIS-ASEs. Best efforts will be made to
ensure that subsequent versions of this protocol are backwards compatible.
2.4.2.1.1 For this version of the FIS SARPs, the FIS-air-ASE and FIS-ground-ASE version numbers
shall both be set to one.
2.4.2.2 Error Processing Requirements
2.4.2.2.1 In the event of information input by the FIS-user being incompatible with that able to be
processed by the system, the FIS-user shall be notified.
2.4.2.2.2 In the event of a FIS-user invoking a FIS service primitive when the FIS-ASE is not in a state
specified in 2.4.5, the FIS-user shall be notified.
II-428 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.4.3.1.1 An implementation of either the FIS ground based service or the FIS air based service shall
exhibit external behaviour consistent with having implemented a FIS-ground-ASE, or a FIS-air-ASE
respectively.
Note 1.— 2.4.3 defines the abstract service interface for the FIS service. The FIS-ASE abstract service is
described in this chapter from the viewpoint of the FIS-air-user, the FIS-ground-user and the FIS service-
provider.
Note 2.— 2.4.3 defines the static behaviour (i.e, the format) of the FIS-ASE abstract service. Its dynamic
behaviour (i.e., how it is used) is described in 2.4.7.
Note 3.— Figure 2.4.3-1 shows the functional model of the FIS Application. The functional modules
identified in this model are the following:
a) the FIS-user,
c) the FIS-AE,
Note 4.— The FIS-user represents the operational part of the FIS system. This user does not perform the
communication functions but relies on a communication service provided to it via the FIS-AE through the
FIS-AE service interface. The individual actions at this interface are called FIS-AE service primitives.
Similarly, individual actions at other interfaces in the communication system are called service primitives
at these interfaces.
Note 5.— The FIS-AE consists of several elements, including the FIS-ASE and the FIS-CF. The DS interface
is made available by the FIS-CF to the FIS-ASE for communication with the peer FIS-ASE.
Air-ground applications II-429
Note 6.— The FIS-ASE is the element in the communication system which executes the FIS specific protocol.
In other words, it takes care of the FIS specific service primitive sequencing actions, message creation, timer
management, error and exception handling.
Note 7.— The FIS-ASE interfaces only with the FIS-CF. This FIS-CF is responsible for mapping service
primitives received from one element (such as the FIS-ASE and the FIS-user) to other elements which
interface with it. The part of the FIS-CF which is relevant from the point of view of these SARPs, i.e. the part
between the FIS-user and the FIS-ASE, will map FIS-AE service primitives to FIS-ASE service primitives
transparently.
Note 8.— The DS interface is the interface between the FIS-ASE and part of FIS-CF underneath the FIS-
ASE, and provides the dialogue service as described in 4.2.
Note.— There is no requirement to implement the service in a FIS product; however, it is necessary to
implement the ground based and air based system in such a way that it will be impossible to detect (from the
peer system) whether or not an interface has been built.
2.4.3.2.1 The FIS-ASE abstract service shall consist of a set of the following services as allowed by
the subsetting rules defined in 2.4.8:
a) FIS-demand-contract service as defined in 2.4.3.3,
Note 1.— For a given primitive, the presence of each parameter is described by one of the following values
in the parameter tables of this chapter:
c) C(=) conditional upon the value of the parameter to the immediate left
being present, and equal to that value,
d) M mandatory,
f) U user option.
Note 3.— An unconfirmed service allows just one message to be transmitted, in one direction, without
providing a corresponding response.
Note 4.— A confirmed service provides end-to-end confirmation that a message sent by one user was
received by its peer user.
Note 5.— An abstract syntax is a syntactical description of a parameter which does not imply a specific
implementation. Only when the FIS-ASE maps a parameter onto an APDU field, or vice-versa, is the
abstract syntax of the parameter described by using the ASN.1 of 2.4.4 for this field.
Air-ground applications II-431
Note.— The FIS-demand-contract service allows the FIS-air-user to request a FIS demand contract with a
FIS-ground-user. It is a confirmed service, initiated by the FIS-air-user.
2.4.3.3.1 The FIS-demand-contract service shall contain primitives and parameters as presented in
Table 2.4.3-1.
2.4.3.3.2.1 The ICAOFacilityDesignation parameter value shall conform to the abstract syntax four
to eight-character ICAO Facility Designation.
Note.— This parameter contains the user-defined reference of the requested FIS demand contract.
2.4.3.3.3.1 The FISContractNumber parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ContractNumber.
Note.— This parameter contains the value of the required class of communication service, if specified by
the FIS-air-user.
Note 1.— If FIS contracts are currently in place, the ClassOfCommunicationService parameter is not used
by the FIS service provider.
II-432 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 2.— Where not specified by the FIS-air-user, when there are no FIS Contracts already in force, this
indicates that there is no routing preference.
Note.— This parameter contains the details of the FIS Demand Contract as requested by the FIS-air-user.
2.4.3.3.5.1 The FISContractDetails parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
FISRequestData.
Note.— This parameter identifies also the type of the requested FIS information. For version 1 of the FIS-
ASEs, the requested information is always of type “ATIS”.
2.4.3.3.6 Result
Note.— The value of this parameter indicates whether the FIS-demand-contract request has been accepted
or rejected by the FIS-ground-user.
2.4.3.3.6.1 The Result parameter value shall conform to one of the following abstract values:
a) “accepted”,
c) “rejected”.
2.4.3.3.7.1 The RejectReason parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
FISRejectReason.
2.4.3.3.7.2 The RejectReason parameter shall be present if and only if the Result parameter contains the
abstract value “rejected”.
Note.— This parameter contains the FIS information, as requested by the FIS-air-user.
2.4.3.3.8.1 The FISInformation parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
FISReportData.
Note.— This parameter identifies also the type of the returned FIS information. For version 1 of the FIS-
ASEs, the requested information is always of type “ATIS”.
2.4.3.3.8.2 The FISInformation parameter shall be present if and only if the Result parameter contains
the abstract value “accepted”.
Air-ground applications II-433
Note.— The FIS-update-contract service allows the FIS-air-user to request a FIS update contract with a FIS-
ground-user. It is a confirmed service, initiated by the FIS-air-user.
2.4.3.4.1 The FIS-update-contract service shall contain primitives and parameters as presented in
Table 2.4.3-2.
2.4.3.4.2.1 The ICAOFacilityDesignation parameter value shall conform to the abstract syntax four to
eight-character ICAO Facility Designation.
Note.— This parameter contains the user-defined reference of the requested FIS update contract.
2.4.3.4.3.1 The FISContractNumber parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ContractNumber.
Note.— This parameter contains the value of the required class of communication service, if specified by
the FIS-air-user.
Note 1.— If FIS contracts are currently in place, the ClassOfCommunicationService parameter is not used
by the FIS service provider.
II-434 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 2.— Where not specified by the FIS-air-user, when there are no FIS Contracts already in force, this
indicates that there is no routing preference.
Note.— This parameter contains the details of the FIS Update Contract as requested by the FIS-air-user.
2.4.3.4.5.1 The FISContractDetails parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
FISRequestData.
Note.— This parameter identifies also the type of the requested FIS information. For version 1 of the FIS-
ASEs, the requested information is always of type “ATIS”.
2.4.3.4.6 Result
Note.— The value of this parameter indicates whether the FIS-update-contract request has been accepted
or rejected by the FIS-ground-user.
2.4.3.4.6.1 The Result parameter value shall conform to one of the following abstract values:
a) “accepted”,
c) “rejected”.
2.4.3.4.7.1 The RejectReason parameter value shall conform to one of the following abstract values:
e) “undefined”.
2.4.3.4.7.2 The RejectReason parameter shall be present if and only if the Result parameter contains the
abstract value “rejected”.
Note.— This parameter contains the FIS information requested by the FIS-air-user.
Air-ground applications II-435
2.4.3.4.8.1 The FISInformation parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
FISReportData.
Note.— This parameter identifies also the type of the returned FIS information. For version 1 of the FIS-
ASEs, the requested information is always of type “ATIS”.
2.4.3.4.8.2 The FISInformation parameter shall be present if the Result parameter contains the abstract
value “accepted”.
Note.— The FISInformation parameter is present upon user’s choice if the Result parameter contains the
abstract value “rejected” and the RejectReason parameter contains the abstract value “update contract
function not supported by the FIS-ground-user”.
Note.— The FIS-report service allows the FIS-ground-user to send to the FIS-air-user the requested FIS
information and any update of this FIS information. It is an unconfirmed service initiated by the FIS-ground-
user.
2.4.3.5.1 The FIS-report service shall contain primitives and parameters as presented in Table 2.4.3-3.
Note.— This parameter contains the user-defined reference of the FIS demand contract the FIS Information
is related to.
2.4.3.5.2.1 The FISContractNumber parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ContractNumber.
Note.— This parameter contains the FIS information requested by the FIS-air-user.
2.4.3.5.3.1 The FISInformation parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
FISReportData.
Note.— This parameter identifies also the type of the returned FIS information. For version 1 of the FIS-
ASEs, the requested information is always of type “ATIS”.
II-436 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— The FIS-cancel-contracts service allows the FIS-air-user to cancel all FIS demand and update
contracts of the same type with a particular FIS-ground-user. It is a confirmed service initiated by the FIS-
air-user.
2.4.3.6.1 The FIS-cancel-contracts service shall contain primitives and parameters as presented in
Table 2.4.3-4.
Note.— This parameter identifies the types of the FIS contracts to be cancelled.
2.4.3.6.2.1 The FISServiceType parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
FISCancelContracts.
Note.— For version 1 of the FIS-ASEs, this parameter will always identify the service type “ATIS”.
Note.— The FIS-cancel-update-contract service allows the FIS-air-user or the FIS-ground-user to cancel
in an orderly manner an active FIS update contract. The FIS reports in transit in the communication system
are delivered before the FIS update contract is cancelled. This service does not affect the other FIS
contracts. This is a confirmed service, initiated by the FIS-air-user or the FIS-ground-user.
2.4.3.7.1 The FIS-cancel-update-contract service shall contain primitives and parameters as presented
in Table 2.4.3-5.
Note.— This parameter contains the reference of the FIS update contract to be cancelled.
2.4.3.7.2.1 The FISContractNumber parameter value shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ContractNumber.
Air-ground applications II-437
Note 1.— The FIS-user-abort service allows a FIS-user to abort all active FIS contracts (both FIS demand
contracts and FIS update contracts). As a consequence, all active FIS contracts processed by the ASE are
cancelled. Messages in transit may be lost during this operation. This is an unconfirmed service. It can be
invoked at any time that the FIS-user is aware that any FIS service is in operation.
Note 2.— If the FIS-user-abort service is invoked prior the complete establishment of the dialogue, the
FIS-user-abort indication may not be provided. A FIS-provider-abort-indication may result instead.
2.4.3.8.1 The FIS-user-abort service shall contain the primitives as presented in Table 2.4.3-6.
Note.— The FIS-provider-abort service is used by the FIS service-provider to inform its active users that
it can no longer provide the FIS service. As a consequence, all active FIS contracts (both FIS demand
contract and FIS update contract) are cancelled. This service is a FIS service-provider initiated service.
Messages in transit may be lost during this operation.
2.4.3.9.1 The FIS-provider-abort service shall contain primitives and parameters as presented in
Table 2.4.3-7.
2.4.3.9.2 Reason
2.4.3.9.2.1 The Reason parameter value shall conform to one of the following abstract values:
a) “timer expiration”,
b) “protocol error”,
c) “sequence error”,
d) “decoding error”,
II-438 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
h) “undefined”,
2.4.4.2.1 The abstract syntax of the FIS protocol data units shall comply with the description
contained in the ASN.1 module FISMessageSetVersion1 (conforming to ISO/IEC 8824-1), as defined in
2.4.4.
FISMessageSetVersion1 DEFINITIONS::=
BEGIN
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- FIS messages (Top level)
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FISDownlinkAPDU ::= SEQUENCE
{
time DateTimeGroup,
fisDownlinkAPDU DownlinkAPDU
}
DownlinkAPDU::= CHOICE
{
fISRequest [0] FISRequest,
fISCancelUpdateContract [1] FISCancelUpdateContract,
fISCancelUpdateAccept [2] FISCancelUpdateAccept,
fISCancelContracts [3] FISCancelContracts,
fISAbort [4] FISAbort,
...
}
II-440 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
UplinkAPDU::= CHOICE
{
fISAccept [0] FISAccept,
fISReject [1] FISReject,
fISReport [2] FISReport,
fISCancelUpdateContract [3] FISCancelUpdateContract,
fISCancelUpdateAccept [4] FISCancelUpdateAccept,
fISCancelContractsAccept [5] FISCancelContractsAccept,
fISAbort [6] FISAbort,
...
}
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- FIS messages (2nd level)
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FISAbort ::= CHOICE
{
-- Automatic Terminal Information Service (ATIS)
atis [0] FISProtocolErrorDiag,
...
}
FISAcceptData::= CHOICE
{
accept [0] FISReportData,
positiveAcknowledgement [1] NULL
}
FISCancelAcceptData::= CHOICE
{
-- Automatic Terminal Information Service (ATIS)
atis [0] NULL,
...
}
-- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- ATIS Messages
-- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ATISInformation ::= CHOICE
{
arrivalATIS [0] ArrivalATIS,
departureATIS [1] DepartureATIS,
combinedATIS [2] CombinedATIS,
arrivalAndDepartureATIS [3] ArrivalAndDepartureATIS
}
-- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- ATIS fields
-- Note: this should be read in conjunction with ICAO Annexes 3, 4, 5, 11, 14 and 15
-- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
vortac (20),
tacan (21),
ndbDme (22),
vdf (23),
sra (24),
...
}
END
II-456 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.4.5.1.1 With the exception of abort primitives, only the sequence of primitives illustrated in
figures 2.4.5-1 to 2.4.5-17 shall be permitted.
Note 1.— The following figures define the valid sequences of primitives that is possible to invoke during the
operation of the FIS application. They show the relationship in time between the service request and the
resulting indication, and if applicable, the subsequent response and the resulting confirmation.
Note 2.— All abort primitives may interrupt and terminate any of the normal message sequences outline
below.
Note 3.— Primitives are processed in the order in which they are received .
Figure 2.4.5-1. Use of FIS-demand-contract service with no dialogue existing with contract
accept or contract reject
Air-ground applications II-457
Figure 2.4.5-2. Use of FIS-demand-contract service with dialogue existing with contract accept
or reject
Figure 2.4.5-3. Use of FIS-demand-contract service with no existing dialogue and with a
positive acknowledgement
II-458 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
D-START ind
FIS-update-contract ind
t-UC-1
FIS-update-contract rsp D-START
(accepted or positive rsp
acknowedgment)
D-START cnf
FIS-update-contract cnf
FIS-report req D-DATA req (accepted or positive
FIS-report req t-UC-2 acknowedgment)
FIS-report req T
I
FIS-report ind M
FIS-report ind E
D-DATA ind FIS-report ind
FIS-cancel-update-contract req
FIS-cancel-update-contract cnf
t-inactivity
D-END req
D-END ind
t-LI-1
D-END rsp
(accept)
D-END cnf
(accept)
Figure 2.4.5-5. Use of FIS-update-contract service with no existing dialogue and with contract accept and
with air-initiated cancellation
II-460 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
D-START ind
FIS-update-contract ind
t-UC-1
FIS-update-contract rsp D-START
(accepted or positive rsp
acknowedgment)
D-START cnf
D-DATA ind
D-DATA req
D-DATA ind t-inactivity
FIS-cancel-update-
contract cnf
D-END req
D-END ind
t-LI-1
D-END rsp
(accept)
D-END cnf
(accept)
Figure 2.4.5-6. Use of FIS-update-contract service with no existing dialogue and with contract
accept and with ground-initiated cancellation
Air-ground applications II-461
Figure 2.4.5-7. Use of FIS-update-contract service with existing dialogue and with contract accept
and with ground-initiated cancellation
II-462 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Figure 2.4.5-11. Use of FIS-update-contract service with no existing dialogue and with ground-
initiated cancellation during contract establishment phase
Air-ground applications II-465
Figure 2.4.5-12. Use of FIS-cancel-contracts service with all contracts in place cancelled
Note 1.— Table 2.4.5-1 lists the time constraints related to the FIS application. Each time constraint requires
a timer to be set in the FIS protocol machine.
Note 2.— If the timer expires before the final event has occurred:
a) for all timers but the t-inactivity timer, the FIS-ASEs takes the appropriate action
as defined in 2.4.5.3.
b) for the t-inactivity timer, the FIS-air-ASE closes the dialogue by using the D-END
service.
Note 2.— The receipt of FIS-user-abort request, D-ABORT indication and D-P-ABORT indication are
also timer stop events.
Air-ground applications II-469
Note 1.— The FIS-ASE is functionally made of 6 modules, as shown in Figure 2.4.5-19:
FIS-ASE
FIS-ASE
Service
HI Module Interface
CL AB
UC Module
DC Module
Module
Module
LI Module Dialogue
Service
Interface
a) the FIS High Interface module (HI module).This module interfaces with the
ASE-user through the abstract service interface as defined in 2.4.3.
b) the FIS Demand Contract module (DC module). This module manages a single
FIS Demand Contract.
c) the FIS Update Contract module (UC module). This module manages a single
FIS Update Contract.
d) the FIS Cancel contracts module (CL module). This module processes the
termination of all contracts of the same type (i.e. ATIS) still in operation.
e) the FIS Abort module (AB module). This module handles aborts in case of
unrecoverable error.
II-470 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
f) the FIS Low Interface module (LI module). This module interfaces the Dialogue
Service Provider on behalf of the DC, UC, CL and AB modules. It performs the
multiplexing of FIS Contracts on a single dialogue.
Note 2.— This functional architecture allows simplification of the description of the protocol handled by
the FIS-ASE. It does not constrain the implementation architecture.
Note 3.— The following subsections describe the actions of the individual modules in both the air and
ground ASEs. 2.4.5.5 contains state tables for the individual modules.
Note 4.— The FIS-air-user is considered an active user from the time at which it invokes the first FIS-
demand-contract request or FIS-update-contract request until such time that:
Note 5.— The FIS-ground-user is considered an active user from the time at which it receives the first
FIS-demand-contract indication or FIS-update-contract indication until such time that:
2.4.5.3.2 In the following sections, if no actions are described for a FIS-service primitive in a
particular state, then the invocation of that service primitive shall be prohibited in that state.
2.4.5.3.3.1 Upon receipt of an APDU, if no actions are described for the arrival of that APDU when
in a particular state, then exception handling procedures as described in 2.4.5.4.3 shall apply.
2.4.5.3.3.2 If an APDU is not received when one is required, then exception handling procedures as
described in 2.4.5.4.2 shall apply.
2.4.5.3.3.3 Upon receipt of an APDU that cannot be decoded, exception handling procedures as
described in 2.4.5.4.4 shall apply.
Note.— All statements in 2.4.5.3.4 apply to both the FIS ground HI module and the FIS air HI module.
2.4.5.3.4.1 Upon receipt of a FIS-ASE service request or response primitive, the FIS HI module
shall:
Table 2.4.5-2/a. Request and response primitive to FIS-ASE module mapping - Air ASE
FIS-update-contract req UC
FIS-cancel-update-contract req UC
FIS-user-abort req AB
FIS-cancel-contracts req CL
Table 2.4.5-2/b. Request and response primitive to FIS-ASE module mapping - Ground ASE
FIS-update-contract rsp UC
FIS-cancel-update-contract UC
req
FIS-user-abort req AB
2.4.5.3.4.2 Upon receipt of a request to invoke a service indication or confirmation primitive from one
of the modules in the FIS-ASE as shown in Tables 2.4.5-3/a and 2.4.5-3/b, and if the FIS-user is active, the
FIS HI module shall do so.
Table 2.4.5-3/a: FIS-ASE module to indication and confirmation primitives mapping - Air ASE
Table 2.4.5-3/b: FIS-ASE module to indication and confirmation primitives mapping - Ground ASE
2.4.5.3.4.3 The air HI module shall reject requests and responses, apart from FIS-user-abort requests,
when the air LI module is in the LI-START-I state or the LI-END-I state.
Note.— The states defined for the air FIS DC module are the following:
a) DC-A-IDLE,
b) DC-A-PENDING, and
c) DC-A-ACTIVE.
2.4.5.3.5.1 On initiation, the air FIS DC module shall be in the DC-A-IDLE state.
II-474 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
c) request the LI module to send the APDU to the FIS-ground-ASE identified by the
value of the received ICAOFacilityDesignation parameter, and with the
ClassOfCommunicationService parameter value if specified by the user, and
c) request the FIS HI module to invoke a FIS-report indication with the following
parameters:
2.4.5.3.5.7 Upon receipt of a request from the AB or CL modules to stop operation, then
Note.— The states defined for the ground FIS DC module are the following:
a) DC-G-IDLE,
b) DC-G-PENDING, and
c) DC-G-ACTIVE.
2.4.5.3.6.1 On initiation, the ground FIS DC module shall be in the DC-G-IDLE state.
2.4.5.3.6.3 Upon receipt of a FIS-demand-contract response with the Result parameter containing the
abstract value “accepted”, then
2.4.5.3.6.4 Upon receipt of a FIS-demand-contract response with the Result parameter containing the
abstract value “positive acknowledgement”, then:
2.4.5.3.6.5 Upon receipt of a FIS-demand-contract response with the Result parameter containing the
abstract value “rejected”, then:
2.4.5.3.6.7 Upon receipt of a request from the AB or CL modules to stop operation, then
2.4.5.3.6.7.1 The ground FIS DC module shall enter the DC-G-IDLE state.
Note.— The states defined for the air UC module are the following:
a) UC-A-IDLE,
b) UC-A-PENDING,
c) UC-A-ACTIVE, and
d) UC-A-CANCEL
2.4.5.3.7.1 On initiation, the air FIS UC module shall be in the UC-A-IDLE state.
Note.— The air FIS UC module has a boolean variable named CANCELFROMPENDING.
c) request the LI module to send the APDU to the FIS-ground-ASE identified by the
value of the received ICAOFacilityDesignation parameter, with the
ClassOfCommunicationService parameter value if specified by the user, and
3) the FIS Information parameter, containing the information which has been
received as the FISReportData APDU-element, and
2.4.5.3.7.4.2 If in the UC-A-CANCEL state and the CANCELFROMPENDING is set to TRUE, the air
FIS UC module shall:
2.4.5.3.7.5.2 If in the UC-A-CANCEL state and the CANCELFROMPENDING is set to TRUE, the air
FIS UC module shall:
ii) the abstract value “update contract function not supported by the
FIS-ground-user”, if the FISRejectData APDU-element contains
the updateFISContractNotSupported or
updateFISContractNotSupportedWithReport choice, and
2.4.5.3.7.6.2 If in the UC-A-CANCEL state and the CANCELFROMPENDING is set to TRUE, the air
FIS UC module shall:
b) request the FIS HI module to invoke a FIS-report indication with the following
parameters:
2.4.5.3.7.7.2 If in the UC-A-CANCEL state and the CANCELFROMPENDING is set to FALSE, the air
FIS UC module shall remain in the UC-A-CANCEL state.
2.4.5.3.7.8.2 If in the UC-A-PENDING state and a dialogue is fully established, the air FIS UC module
shall:
e) if there is no other FIS contract in place, start the t-inactivity timer, and
e) if there is no other FIS contract in place, start the t-inactivity timer, and
2.4.5.3.7.9.3 If in the UC-A-CANCEL state (i.e. collision of cancel-update-contract requests), the air FIS
UC module shall:
c) if there is no other FIS contract in place, start the t-inactivity timer, and
2.4.5.3.7.11 Upon receipt on a request from the AB or CL modules to stop operation, then
Note.— The states defined for the ground FIS UC module are the following:
a) UC-G-IDLE,
b) UC-G-PENDING,
c) UC-G-ACTIVE, and
d) UC-G-CANCEL.
2.4.5.3.8.1 On initiation, the ground FIS UC module shall be in the UC-G-IDLE state.
2.4.5.3.8.3 Upon receipt of a FIS-update-contract response with a Result parameter containing the
abstract value “accepted”, then
2.4.5.3.8.4 Upon receipt of a FIS-update-contract response with a Result parameter containing the
abstract value “positive acknowledgement”, then
2.4.5.3.8.5 Upon receipt of a FIS-update-contract response with a Result parameter containing the
abstract value “rejected”, then
2.4.5.3.8.8.3 If in the UC-G-CANCEL state (i.e. collision of cancel-contract-update requests), the ground
FIS UC module shall:
2.4.5.3.8.10 Upon receipt of a request from the AB or CL modules to stop operation, then
2.4.5.3.8.10.1 The ground FIS UC module shall enter the UC-G-IDLE state.
Note.— All statements in 2.4.5.3.9 apply to both the FIS ground AB module and the FIS air AB module.
2.4.5.3.9.1 Upon receipt of a request to abort from the HI, LI, DC, UC or CL modules, the AB module
shall:
e) request the LI module to send a D-ABORT request with the originator parameter
set to the abstract value “provider”.
II-488 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.4.5.3.9.2 Upon receipt of a HI request to send a FIS-user-abort request, the AB module shall:
b) request the LI module to send a D-ABORT request with the originator parameter
set to the abstract value “user”.
2.4.5.3.9.3 Upon receipt of a LI request to deliver a D-ABORT indication, the AB module shall:
b) if the originator parameter contains the abstract value “user”, request the FIS HI
module to invoke a FIS-user-abort indication primitive, and
c) if the originator parameter contains the abstract value “provider”, request the FIS
HI module to invoke a FIS-provider-abort indication primitive with the
FISProtocolErrorDiag APDU-element of the received APDU as Reason parameter.
2.4.5.3.9.4 Upon receipt of a LI request to deliver a D-P-ABORT indication, the AB module shall:
2.4.5.3.10.1 Upon receipt of a HI request to send a FIS-cancel-contracts request, if there are DC and UC
modules handling contracts of the types specified in the FISServiceType parameter, the CL module shall:
a) request these DC and UC modules to stop operation for the types of contracts
concerned by the cancellation as specified in the FISServiceType parameter,
c) request the LI module to send the APDU to the peer FIS-ASE, and
2.4.5.3.10.3 Upon expiration of the timer t-CL-1, the CL module shall request the AB module to abort
with reason “timer expiration”.
a) request DC and UC modules to stop operation for the types of contracts concerned
by the cancellation as specified in the [FISCancelContracts] APDU,
Note 1.— Except when explicitly indicated, the statements in 2.4.5.3.12 apply to both the FIS ground LI
module and the FIS air LI module.
Note 2.— Table 2.4.5-4 specifies the type of the APDUs the LI module can send to the peer FIS-ASE.
APDU Type
FISRequest initial
FISAccept normal
FISReject normal
FISReport normal
FISCancelUpdateContract normal
FISCancelUpdateAccept normal
FISCancelContracts normal
FISCancelContractsAccept normal
Note 3.— The states defined for the LI module are the following:
a) LI-IDLE,
d) LI-DIALOGUE, and
2.4.5.3.12.2 On receipt of a request to send an APDU, the FIS LI module shall determine the APDU type
based on the Table 2.4.5-4.
2.4.5.3.12.3 When requested by a DC or UC module to send an initial APDU to the peer ASE, then
a) invoke the D-DATA request primitive with the APDU as UserData parameter, and
2.4.5.3.12.4 When requested by a DC or UC module to send a normal APDU to the peer ASE, then
a) invoke the D-DATA request primitive with the APDU as UserData parameter, and
a) if a dialogue exists, invoke the D-ABORT request primitive with the APDU as
UserData parameter and the value supplied by the AB module as Originator
parameter, and
2.4.5.3.12.6 Upon receipt of a D-START indication with the UserData parameter containing a
FISDownlinkAPDU [FISRequest] APDU and the D-START QOS Priority parameter has the abstract value
“Aeronautical Information Service messages” and the D-START QOS Residual Error Rate parameter has
the abstract value “low” and the D-START QOS Routing Class parameter identifies the traffic category “Air
Traffic Service Communications (ATSC)” and the D-START Calling Peer Id parameter is a valid 24 bit
address, then :
a) pass the APDU to the DC module if the APDU contains a demandContract APDU-
element,
b) pass the APDU to the UC module if the APDU contains an updateContract APDU-
element, and
2.4.5.3.12.7 Upon receipt of a D-START confirmation with a Result parameter containing the abstract
value “accepted” and with a UserData parameter containing a FISUplinkAPDU [FISAccept] or [FISReject]
APDU, then
a) identify the module from the ContractNumber parameter of the received APDU,
2.4.5.3.12.8 Upon receipt of a D-START confirmation with the RejectSource parameter containing the
abstract value “DS provider”, then:
a) request the AB module to abort with reason “cannot establish contact with the
peer”, and
2.4.5.3.12.9 Upon receipt of a D-START confirmation with the RejectSource parameter containing the
abstract value “DS user”, then:
a) request the AB module to abort with the reason “contact refused by the peer”, and
2.4.5.3.12.10 Upon receipt of a D-DATA indication with a UserData parameter containing a valid APDU
(i.e. any APDU except [FISAbort] APDU), then
2.4.5.3.12.11.1 If in the LI-DIALOGUE state and if there is no FIS contract in place, the LI ground module
shall:
a) invoke the D-END response primitive with the abstract value “accepted” as Result
parameter, and
2.4.5.3.12.12 Upon receipt of a D-END confirmation with a Result parameter containing the abstract value
“accepted”, then
2.4.5.3.12.13 Upon receipt of a D-END confirmation with a Result parameter containing the abstract value
“rejected”, then:
2.4.5.3.12.14 Upon receipt of a D-ABORT indication with the UserData parameter, the LI module shall:
2.4.5.3.12.16 Upon receipt of an indication that the t-inactivity timer has expired, then
2.4.5.3.12.17 Upon receipt of an indication that the t-LI-1 timer has expired, then
a) request the AB module to abort with the reason “timer expiration”, and
2.4.5.4.1.1 Recommendation.— When any module has an unrecoverable system error, the module
should:
a) request the AB module to abort with reason “unrecoverable internal error”, and
2.4.5.4.2.1 When the LI module detects that the UserData parameter of a dialogue service indication
or confirmation does not contain an APDU and the service is not D-END, the LI module shall:
a) request the AB module to abort with the reason “protocol error”, and
2.4.5.4.2.2 Upon receipt of a Dialogue service primitive for which there are no instruction in 2.4.5.3 (i.e.
the primitive was not expected, or was expected under other conditions or with other parameter values), the
LI module shall:
a) request the AB module to abort with the reason “protocol error”, and
2.4.5.4.3.1 When an APDU is passed to any module except the LI and the HI modules for which there
are no instructions in 2.4.5.3 (i.e. the PDU has arrived out of sequence), that module shall:
a) request the AB module to abort with the reason “sequence error”, and
2.4.5.4.4.1 When the LI module fails to decode an APDU, the LI module shall:
a) request the AB module to abort with the reason “decoding error”, and
2.4.5.4.5.1 When the LI module detects that the ContractNumber APDU-element in the decoded APDU
is invalid (i.e. the ContractNumber APDU-element in a non initial APDU is not already in use or the
ContractNumber APDU-element in an initial APDU is already in use), the LI module shall:
a) request the AB module to abort with the reason “invalid contract number”, and
2.4.5.4.6.1 When the LI module detects that the QualityOfService parameter of a D-START indication
primitive does not contain the abstract value “Aeronautical Information Service messages” as application
service priority or does not contain the abstract value “low” as RER or does not identify the traffic category
“Air Traffic Service Service Communications (ATSC)”, the LI module shall:
a) request the AB module to abort with the reason “invalid QOS parameter”, and
2.4.5.5.1 Priority
2.4.5.5.1.1 If the state tables for the modules of the FIS-air-ASE and the FIS-ground-ASE.shown below
conflict with textual statements made elsewhere in this document, the textual statements shall take
precedence.
Note 1.— The following notation conventions apply for the following state tables :
II-496 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
b) Events between a source module and a recipient module are identified as shown in
the following figure:
Note 2.— In the following state tables, the statement “cannot occur” means that if the implementation
conforms to the SARPs, it is impossible for this event to occur. If the event does occur, this implies that there
is an error in the implementation. If such a situation is detected, it is suggested that the ASE aborts with the
error “unrecoverable internal error”.
Note 3.— In the following state tables, the statement “not permitted” means that the implementation must
prevent this event from occurring through some local means. If the event does occur this implies that there
is an error in the implementation. If such a situation is detected, it is suggested that the ASE performs a local
rejection of the request rather than aborting the dialogue.
Note 4.— As the HI Module provides the ASE-users with a straightforward pass-through service to the DC,
UC, CL and AB Modules, state tables related to the HI Modules are not described. FIS-xxx request and
response primitives are mapped onto DC-xxx, UC-xxx, CL-xxx or AB-xxx request and response primitives;
DC-xxx, UC-xxx, CL-xxx or AB-xxx indication and confirmation primitives are mapped onto FIS-xxx
indication and confirmation primitives, with the following exception: when AB-user-abort indication or AB-
provider-abort indication are received by the HI Module from the AB Module, the corresponding FIS-user-
abort indication or FIS-provider-abort indication is only generated to the FIS-user when the FIS-user is
active.
Air-ground applications II-497
FIS-xxx primitives
FIS-demand-contract
FIS-update-contract
FIS-report
FIS-cancel-update-report
FIS-user-abort
FIS-provider-abort
FIS-cancel-contracts
HI Module
CL-xxx primitives AB-xxx primitives
DC-xxx primitives UC-xxx primitives
CL-cancel-contracts AB-provider-abort
DC-demand-contract UC-update-contract AB-user-abort
DC-report UC-report
UC-cancel-update-contract
AB-abort
DC
UC CL AB
Module Module Module Module
Send_Initial (APDU)
Send_Normal (APDU) AB_D-P-ABORT
AB_D-ABORT
FISxxx APDU FISxxx APDU
LI Module
D-START
D-DATA
D-END
D-ABORT
D-P-ABORT
Timer expiration
UC-update-contract req LI-Send-Initial [FIS- not permitted not permitted not permitted
Request-Update
Contract] APDU
Start t-UC-1, t-UC-2
á UC-A-PENDING
UC-cancel-update- not permitted if dialogue not if set, stop t-UC-2 not permitted
contract req established LI-Send-Normal
not permitted [FISCancelUpdate
else Contract] APDU
stop t-UC-1, t-UC-2 start t-UC-3
LI-Send-Normal á UC-A-CANCEL
[FISCancelUpdate
Contract] APDU
start T-UC-3
CANCELFROM
PENDING = TRUE
á UC-A-CANCEL
á
contract cnf
UC-A-IDLE
else
AB-abort
á
(“sequence error”)
UC-A-IDLE
[FISReport] APDU cannot occur AB-abort (“sequence If set, stop t-UC-2 If CANCELFROM
error”) UC-report ind PENDING = FALSE
á UC-A-IDLE á UC-A-ACTIVE á UC-A-CANCEL
else
AB-abort
á
(“sequence error”)
UC-A-IDLE
cannot occur UC-cancel-update- If set, stop t-UC-2 /* collision */
[FISCancelUpdateCont contract ind UC-cancel-update- LI-Send-Normal
ract] APDU LI-Send-Normal contract ind [FISCancelUpdateAcc
[FISCancelUpdate LI-Send-Normal ept] APDU
Accept] APDU [FISCancelUpdate á UC-A-CANCEL
if last FIS Contract Accept] APDU
start t-inactivity if last FIS Contract
á UC-A-IDLE start t-inactivity
á UC-A-IDLE
[FISCancelUpdateAcce cannot occur AB-abort (“sequence AB-abort (“sequence stop t-UC-3
pt] APDU error”) error”) UC-cancel-update-
á UC-A-IDLE á UC-A-IDLE contract cnf
if last FIS Contract
start t-inactivity
á UC-A-IDLE
Timer Expiration
LI-Send-Initial D-START req not permitted D-DATA req not permitted not permitted
(APDU) á LI-START- I /* only air-
initiated */
LI-Send-Normal not permitted not permitted D-DATA req D-START rsp not permitted
(APDU) á LI-
DIALOGUE
AB_D-ABORT req if dialog exists if dialog exists if dialog exists if dialog exists if dialog exists
D-ABORT req D-ABORT req D-ABORT req D-ABORT req D-ABORT req
á LI-IDLE á LI-IDLE á LI-IDLE á LI-IDLE á LI-IDLE
Timer Expiration
t-INACTIVITY cannot occur cannot occur start t-LI-1 cannot occur cannot occur
(air LI) D-END req
á LI-END-I
Air-ground applications II-505
D-START ind Pass APDU cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
á LI-START- R
D-START cnf cannot occur Pass APDU cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
positive á LI-
(result=accepted) DIALOGUE
D-START cnf cannot occur AB-abort cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
negative (“cannot establish
(result=rejectedtran contact with the
sient & source=DS peer”)
provider) á LI-IDLE
D-START cnf cannot occur AB-abort cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur
negative (“contact refused
(result=rejectedtran by the peer”)
sient & source=DS á LI-IDLE
user)
D-DATA ind cannot occur cannot occur Pass APDU cannot occur Pass APDU
D-END ind cannot occur cannot occur if no FIS contract cannot occur cannot occur
(ground LI) D-END rsp positive
á LI-DLE
else
AB-abort (“protocol
error”)
á LI-DIALOGUE
D-END cnf positive cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur stop t-LI-1
(air LI) á LI-IDLE
D-END cnf cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur cannot occur stop t-LI-1
negative AB-abort
(air LI) (“dialogue end
not supported”)
á LI-END-I
D-ABORT ind cannot occur AB_D-ABORT AB_D-ABORT ind AB_D-ABORT stop t-LI-1
ind á LI-IDLE ind AB_D-ABORT
á LI-IDLE á LI-IDLE ind
á LI-IDLE
Event ?
Event ?
stop t-CL-1
[FISCancelContractsAc CL-cancel-contracts cnf
cep t] APDU if last FIS Contract, start t-inactivity
Timer Expiration
Event ?
2.4.6.1.1 The FIS application shall use PER as defined in ISO/IEC 8825-2, using the Basic Unaligned
variant to encode/decode the ASN.1 message structure and content specified in 2.4.4.
2.4.6.2.1.1 Where dialogue service primitives, that is D-START, D-END, D-ABORT, D-P-ABORT,
and D-DATA are described as being invoked in 2.4.5, the FIS-ground-ASE and the FIS-air-ASE shall exhibit
external behavior consistent with the dialogue service, as described in 4.2, having been implemented and its
primitives invoked.
2.4.6.2.2.1 The application service priority for ATIS shall have the abstract value of “Aeronautical
Information Service messages”.
2.4.6.2.2.2 The Residual Error Rate (RER) Quality Of Service parameter of the D-START request shall
be set to the abstract value of “low”.
2.4.6.2.2.3 The FIS-ASE shall map the FIS-service Class of Communication Service abstract value to
the ATSC routing class abstract value part of the D-START Quality Of Service parameter as presented in
Table 4.2.6-1.
Table 4.2.6-1. Mapping between Class of Communication and Routing Class Abstract Values
2.4.7.1 Introduction
Note.— Requirements imposed on FIS-users interfacing with the FIS-ASEs are presented in 2.4.7.
2.4.7.2 General
Note 1.— When a FIS-air-user invokes FIS-demand-contract request or FIS-update-contract request and
requires a particular class of communication service, it sets the ClassOfCommunicationService parameter
to be the class of communication service it requires.
Note 2.— When a FIS-air-user invokes FIS-demand-contract request or FIS-update-contract request and
does not provide the ClassOfCommunicationService parameter, this indicates no routing preference.
Note 3.— When a FIS-air-user specifies the ClassOfCommunicationService parameter and there is a FIS
contract in place, the ClassOfCommunicationService parameter is ignored.
2.4.7.2.2.1 Recommendation.— Upon receipt of a FIS-ASE service indication that requires a response,
the FIS-user should invoke the FIS-ASE service response within 1 second.
a) cease the operation of all contracts with peer systems which are affected by the
error, and
2.4.7.2.4.1 With the exception of the FIS-user-abort and FIS-provider-abort, the FIS-user shall respond
to FIS-ASE service indications and confirmations from the FIS-ASE in the order in which they are received.
2.4.7.2.5.1 The FIS-ground-user shall be capable of detecting that the content of the FIS request is not
valid or that the requested FIS information is not available.
2.4.7.2.5.2 The FIS-ground-user shall be capable of detecting that it can not continue to provide updates
of the requested FIS information.
II-510 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.4.7.2.5.3 The FIS-ground-user shall be able to support multiple concurrent FIS contracts with a given
aircraft.
2.4.7.2.6.1 If only the arrival ATIS or only the departure ATIS is requested, and if the FIS-ground-user
only provides combined ATIS, the FIS-ground-user shall send combined ATIS with a 'combined' indication.
2.4.7.2.6.2 If both arrival and departure ATIS are requested, the FIS-ground-user shall:
b) send an arrival ATIS and a departure ATIS if both information are available but the
combined ATIS is not available, or
c) send the available ATIS with an indication that the other is not available, if only one
is available.
2.4.7.2.6.3 Recommendation.— The ATIS fields should be presented in the following order:
a) Airport identification,
c) ATIS Code,
f) Runways In Use,
h) RunwaySurfaceConditions, if present,
m) Surface Wind,
n) Visibility,
Air-ground applications II-511
o) RVR, if present,
p) Present Weather,
r) Air Temperature,
t) Altimeter Setting,
Note 1.— When a FIS-air-user requires to establish a FIS demand contract with a FIS-ground-user it
invokes FIS-demand-contract request.
Note 2.— Only the FIS-air-user is capable of initiating the FIS-demand-contract service.
Note 3.— If the FIS-air-user uses a value for the FISContractNumber parameter already in use, the FIS
Demand Contract request will be rejected.
Note 4.— If the FIS-air-user invokes a second FIS-demand-contract request before the very first request
(either a FIS-demand-contract or a FIS-update-contract request) has been confirmed, the FIS-demand-
contract will be rejected.
2.4.7.3.1 The FIS-ground-user shall use the value received in the FISContractNumber parameter of
the FIS-demand-contract indication for the FISContractNumber parameter of any ground-initiated request
or response related to that FIS demand contract.
2.4.7.3.2 The same type of FIS information (i.e. “ATIS” for version 1 of the FIS-ASEs) shall be
identified by the FIS-air-user and FIS-ground-user when invoking the FIS-demand-contract request and
response primitives.
2.4.7.3.3.1 If the FIS-ground-user is not able to send the FIS report within the response time specified
in 2.4.7.2.2., it shall:
a) invoke the FIS-demand-contract response with the Result parameter set to abstract
value “positive acknowledgment”, and
II-512 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.4.7.3.3.2 Recommendation.— If the FIS-ground-user is not able to send the FIS report within the
response time, it should invoke the FIS-demand-contract response within the response time and then invoke
the FIS-report request within 10 seconds.
2.4.7.3.3.3 If the FIS-ground-user is able to send the FIS report within the response time specified in
2.4.7.2.2., it shall invoke the FIS-demand-contract response with the following parameters:
b) one of the following abstract values “cannot comply”, “FIS service not available”,
“error detected in the FIS request” or “undefined”, as RejectReason parameter.
2.4.7.3.5 The FIS-air-user shall be allowed to reuse the value of a FISContractNumber used in a FIS-
demand-contract request for a new FIS contract:
Note 1.— When an FIS-air-user requires to establish a FIS update contract with an FIS-ground-user it
invokes the FIS-update-contract request.
Note 2.— Only the FIS-air-user is capable of initiating the FIS-update-contact service.
Note 3.— If the FIS-air-user uses a value for the FISContractNumber parameter already in use, the FIS
Update Contract request will be rejected.
Note 4.— If the FIS-air-user invokes a second FIS-update-contract request before the very first request
(either a FIS-demand-contract or a FIS-update-contract request) has been confirmed, the FIS-update-
contract will be rejected.
Air-ground applications II-513
2.4.7.4.1 The FIS-ground-user shall use the value received in the FISContractNumber parameter of
the FIS-update-contract indication for the FISContractNumber parameter of any ground-initiated request or
response related to that FIS update contract.
2.4.7.4.2 The same type of FIS information (i.e. “ATIS” for version 1 of the FIS-ASEs) shall be
identified by the FIS-air-user and FIS-ground-user when invoking the FIS-update-contract request and
response primitives.
2.4.7.4.3 Upon receipt of a FIS-update-contract indication, if the FIS-ground-user is able to accept the
contract in full then:
2.4.7.4.3.1 If the FIS-ground-user is not able to send the first FIS-report within the response time
specified in 2.4.7.2.2., it shall:
a) invoke the FIS-update-contract response with the Result parameter set to the
abstract value “positive acknowledgment”, and
2.4.7.4.3.2 Recommendation.— If the FIS-ground-user is not able to send the FIS report within the
response time, it should invoke the FIS-update-contract response within the response time and then invoke
the FIS-report request within 10 seconds.
2.4.7.4.3.3 If the FIS-ground-user is able to send the FIS-report report within the response time specified
in 2.4.7.2.2., it shall invoke the FIS-update-contract response with the following parameters:
2.4.7.4.3.4 If the FIS-ground-user does not support the update-contract function but the requested FIS
report is available, it shall invoke the FIS-update-contract response with the following parameters:
b) the RejectReason parameter set to the abstract value “update contract function not
supported by the FIS-ground-user”, and
2.4.7.4.4 Upon receipt of a FIS-update-contract indication, if the FIS-ground-user cannot comply with
the update contract request, it shall reject the contract by invoking a FIS-update-contract response with the
following parameters:
b) one of the following abstract values “cannot comply”, “FIS service not available”,
“error detected in the FIS request” or “undefined”, as RejectReason parameter.
II-514 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.4.7.4.5 The FIS-ground-user shall invoke the FIS-report request each time the FIS information
requested in the FIS-update-contract indication is updated until such time as the contract is canceled or
aborted.
2.4.7.4.6 The FIS-air-user shall be allowed to reuse the value of a FISContractNumber used in a FIS-
update-contract request for a new FIS contract:
Note 1.— There is no provision for the cancellation of a single FIS demand contract.
Note 2.— Both FIS-air-user and FIS-ground-user are capable of initiating the FIS-cancel-update-contract
service.
Note 3.— When invoking the FIS-cancel-update-contract request, if the FIS-air-user does not provide in the
FISContractNumber parameter a value identifying an active FIS update contract, the request is rejected.
Note 4.— If the FIS-air-user invokes a FIS-cancel-update-contract request before the very first request
(either a FIS-demand-contract or a FIS-update-contract-request) has been confirmed, the FIS-cancel-
update-contract request will be rejected.
2.4.7.5.1 Upon receipt of a FIS-cancel-update-contract indication, the FIS-user shall cancel the FIS
update contract identified by the FISContractNumber parameter.
Note 1.— Only the FIS-air-user is capable of initiating the FIS-cancel-contracts service.
Note 2.— If the FIS-air-user invokes a FIS-cancel-contracts request before the very first request (either a
FIS-demand-contract or a FIS-update-contract-request) has been confirmed, the FIS-cancel-contracts
request will be rejected.
2.4.7.6.1 When the FIS-ground-user receives a FIS-cancel-contracts indication, it shall cancel any FIS
demand contract and FIS update contract for the type(s) identified in the indication (e.g. ATIS) in force with
that aircraft.
Air-ground applications II-515
2.4.7.7 FIS-user-abort
Note 1.— Both FIS-air-user and FIS-ground-user are capable of initiating the FIS-user-abort service.
Note 2.— If an active FIS-user requires to stop brutally any activity of the current FIS-ASE with the peer
FIS-ASE with a possible loss of FIS messages currently in transit in the communication system, it invokes
the FIS-user-abort request.
Note 3.— After the FIS-user-abort request is invoked, the FIS-user is no more considered by the FIS-AE as
an active user.
2.4.7.8.1 A FIS-user shall interpret variable unit, range and resolution as defined in 2.4.4.
II-516 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2.4.8.1 General
Note.— 2.4.8 specifies conformance requirements which all implementations of the FIS protocol obey.
2.4.8.1.1 An implementation of either the FIS ground based service or the FIS air based service
claiming conformance to 2.4 shall support the FIS protocol features as shown in the tables below.
Note.— The ‘status
column indicates the level of support required for conformance to the FIS-ASE protocol
described in this part. The values are as follows:
d) ‘C.n
the item is conditional where n is the number which identifies the condition
which is applicable.
C.1: a conforming implementation will support one and only one of these two options.
Air-ground applications II-517
)TQWPF)TQWPF#RRNKECVKQPU
NOTE ON THE SECOND EDITION
The list below shows the parts of this sub-volume that are different from similar parts of the first edition. It
also shows the parts of the first edition that have been deleted and thus no longer appear in this edition.
III-(i)
3.1 ATS MESSAGE HANDLING SERVICES (ATSMHS)
3.1.1 INTRODUCTION
The ATS (Air Traffic Services) Message Handling Services (ATSMHS) applications allow ATS Messages
to be exchanged between service users. The ATS Message Handling Services are the ATS Message Service
and the ATN Pass-Through Service.
Note 1.— These ATS Message Handling Services aim at providing generic message services over
the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN) Internet. They may in turn be used as a communication
system by user-applications communicating over the ATN. This may be achieved e.g. by means of application
program interfaces to either the ATS Message Service or to the ATN Pass-Through Service.
a) The ATS Message Service is provided by the implementation over the ATN Internet
Communication Services of the Message Handling Systems specified in ISO/IEC
(International Organization for Standardization/ International Electrotechnical
Commission) 10021 and CCITT (Consultative Committee of International
Telegraph and Telephone) or ITU-T (International Telecommunication Union -
Telecommunications Standards) X.400, and complemented with the additional
requirements specified in 3.1. The two sets of documents, the ISO/IEC MOTIS
(Message-Oriented Text Interchange System) International Standards and the
CCITT X.400 Series of Recommendations (1988 or later) are in principle aligned
to each other. However there are a small number of differences. In 3.1 reference is
made to the relevant ISO International Standards, and International Standardized
Profiles (ISP) where applicable. Where necessary, e.g. for reasons of interworking
or to point out differences, reference is also made to the relevant X.400
Recommendations.
b) Two levels of service are intended to be defined within the ATS Message Service:
c) This specification of the ATS Message Service supports only the Basic ATS Message
Service. The Extended ATS Message Service could be incorporated in future
packages.
Note 3.— The ATN Pass-Through Service is the ATS Message Handling Service offered over the ATN
Internet Communication Services by the use of the Dialogue Service and of the associated ATN upper layer
architecture to exchange AFTN (Aeronautical Fixed Telecommunication Network) Messages formatted in
IA-5 (International Alphabet No 5) in compliance with the provisions of Annex 10, Volume II.
III-1
III-2 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
a) 3.1.1: INTRODUCTION contains the purpose and structure, and a summary of the
functionalities offered by the ATS Message Handling Services.
b) direct AMHS user: an ATS Message Service user who engages in the ATS Message
Service at an ATS Message User Agent. A direct AMHS user may belong to two
subgroups as follows:
1) human users who interact with the ATS Message Service by means of an
ATS Message User Agent connected to an ATS Message Server; and
2) host users which are computer applications running on ATN end systems
and interacting with the ATS Message Service by means of application
programme interfaces.
c) indirect AMHS user: an ATS Message Service user at an AFTN station using an
AFTN/AMHS Gateway to communicate with other ATS Message Service users.
d) subject AFTN message: an AFTN message which causes an AFTN service message
or an AMHS report to be generated.
f) subject IPM: the IPM which is the content of an AMHS message and which causes
an AMHS Receipt Notification to be generated.
III-4 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 7.— The classifications defined in the ISPs apply for expressing conformance requirements -
i.e. static capability - in 3.1. The ISP classifications refine the ISO/IEC 9646-7 classification to include
different levels of mandatory support, depending on the level of functionality to be supported by the
considered Message Handling System. These classifications include the following elements, of which the
complete definition may be found in each referenced ISP:
c) mandatory O/R name minimal support (M1) (see ISO/IEC ISP 12062-2).
Note 8.— The following classification applies for expressing dynamic behaviour requirements - i.e.
the action performed by the ATN end system - related to parameters or elements in the Profile Requirement
Lists (PRLs) included in 3.1.2.3, for the specification of the AFTN/AMHS Gateway:
b) optionally generated (G1): used with the same meaning as “generated”, with the
exception that the generation of the element is optional, the decision being a matter
of policy local to the Management Domain operating the AFTN/AMHS Gateway;
e) conditionally translated (T1): used with the same meaning as “translated”, with
the exception that the translation of the element is subject to some condition being
true, e.g. the presence of an optional element in the received information object;
f) discarded (D): used to describe the use of a received AMHS or AFTN information
object. It means that the value of the element is not used by the Message Transfer
and Control Unit when generating the elements of the information object converted
from the received information object, and that the semantic information conveyed
in the element is discarded during the process of conversion in the AFTN/AMHS
Gateway. However the presence or value of the element may be used by the
Message Transfer and Control Unit for purposes other than conversion, such as
report generation and logging;
a) The Basic ATS Message Service meets the basic requirements of the Message
Handling Systems Profiles published by ISO/IEC as ISPs (International
Standardized Profiles), and it incorporates additional features to support the
service offered by the AFTN. The Basic ATS Message Service is further specified
in 3.1.2.2. This includes the specification of which ISPs apply in this context.
a) The implementation of the ATS Message Service is mandatory for conformance with
3.1. However, as a matter of organisations
policy, interim conformance may be
achieved with the implementation of the ATN Pass-Through Service. The choice to
implement the ATN Pass-Through Service as an interim solution does not replace
the requirement to implement the ATS Message Service at the earliest possible date.
b) The interoperability between the ATS Message service and the ATN Pass-Through
Service is a local implementation matter, provided that such an implementation has
an external behaviour identical to that of an AFTN/AMHS Gateway and of an
AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway, as appropriate. The choice to implement the ATN
Pass-Through Service implies the requirement to provide the interoperability
facilities to the ATS Message Service implementations.
Ground-ground applications III-7
The ATS Message Service shall be implemented for conformance with 3.1.
3.1.2.1.1.1 Direct AMHS users shall use the Basic ATS Message Service at an ATS Message User
Agent.
3.1.2.1.1.2 Indirect AMHS users shall use only that part of the Basic ATS Message Service which
corresponds to AFTN functionalities, by using the interworking capability provided by an AFTN/AMHS
Gateway as specified in 3.1.2.3.
The systems comprising the AMHS shall themselves be comprised of the following functional objects, the
general role of which is described in ISO/IEC 10021-2:
Note.— The ISO/IEC 10021 Elements of Service and Protocols used by these functional objects are
specified in 3.1.2.2 and 3.1.2.3.
An ATS Message Server shall include a MTA and optionally one or several MSs, as specified in 3.1.2.2.2.
An AFTN/AMHS Gateway shall include a MTA, which is part of the ATN Component of the AFTN/AMHS
Gateway, and an AU, as specified in 3.1.2.3.
Note.— The AU is the Message Transfer and Control Unit of the AFTN/AMHS Gateway.
III-8 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
a) messages;
b) probes; and
c) reports.
3.1.2.1.2.2.1 Messages
Note.— The provisions in 3.1.2 concerning ISO/IEC 10021 envelopes apply to Transfer Envelopes
only.
In the Basic ATS Message Service, each AMHS message shall correspond unequivocally to an ATS
Message.
3.1.2.1.2.2.2 Probes
3.1.2.1.2.2.3 Reports
Recommendation.— In the Basic ATS Message Service, security should be obtained by procedural means
rather than by technical features inherent to the AMHS.
Note 1.— In the Basic ATS Message Service, the security at each ATS Message Server or
AFTN/AMHS Gateway is deemed a local issue to be addressed by the authority in charge of the system.
Note 2.— In the Basic ATS Message Service, management is limited to the logging provisions which
are defined for the ATS Message User Agent, for the ATS Message Server and for the AFTN/AMHS Gateway.
No provision is made for retrieval or exchange of this information, which is deemed a local issue to be
addressed by the authority in charge of the system.
Note 1.— An AMHS Management Domain may elect to operate as either an ADMD (Administration
Management Domain) or a PRMD (Private Management Domain), depending on the national
telecommunications regulation in force in the country(ies) where it operates and on its relationships with
other Management Domains.
Ground-ground applications III-9
Note 2.— A PRMD which is subordinate to one or several AMHS ADMDs may qualify as AMHS
Management Domain if it satisfies the provisions of 3.1.2.
The minimal set of systems implemented and operated by an AMHS Management Domain shall be one of
the following:
a) an ATS Message Server and one or several ATS Message User Agents;
b) an AFTN/AMHS Gateway; or
An interconnection between two AMHS Management Domains shall be implemented as one of the
following:
For the support of the Basic ATS Message Service, the O/R (originator/recipient) name of an AMHS user
shall comprise:
b) optionally the directory name of the AMHS user, if the policy of the AMHS
Management Domain, to which the AMHS user belongs, includes the local support
of directory-names.
Note.— As a matter of policy local to an AMHS Management Domain, the directory name component
of an O/R name may be used by the implementation of the Optional DIR (Use of Directory) FG (Functional
Group).
III-10 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— The attributes present in the identifier defined in item b) may include any standard or
domain-defined attribute as specified in section 18 of ISO/IEC 10021-2, other than country-name,
administration-domain-name and private-domain-name.
The attributes identifying an AMHS Management Domain shall include the following standard attributes as
specified in ISO/IEC 10021-2, section 18.3, depending on the status under which the AMHS Management
Domain has elected to operate:
a) country-name,
b) administration-domain-name,
Note 1.— It is a matter of policy local to each AMHS Management Domain to implement either a
locally defined AMHS Addressing Scheme, or a Common AMHS Addressing Scheme, or a combination of
these. The single Common ICAO AMHS Addressing Scheme defined in the present version of this document
is the XF-Addressing Scheme. Aeronautical Industry X.400 Addressing Schemes are defined in appropriate
Aeronautical Industry Standards.
Note 2.— Each AMHS Addressing Scheme includes the set of attributes identifying the AMHS
Management Domain as specified in 3.1.2.1.5.1.3.
The XF-Address (translated address) of a direct or indirect AMHS user shall be composed exclusively of the
following:
b) an organization-name attribute:
c) an organizational-unit-names attribute:
Note 1.— An XF-Address is a particular MF-Address of which the attributes identifying the user
within an AMHS Management Domain (i.e. those attributes other than country-name,
administration-domain-name and private-domain-name) may be converted by an algorithmic method to and
from an AF-Address. The algorithmic method requires the additional use of look-up tables which are limited,
i.e. which include only a list of AMHS Management Domains rather than a list of individual users, to
determine the full MF-address of the user.
Note 2.— No distinction is made between upper case and lower case.
3.1.2.1.5.2.1.1 Recommendation.— The Application Process Title of an ATS Message Server should be
as specified in 4.3.3.2.
3.1.2.1.5.2.1.3 Recommendation.— The Application Process Title of an ATS Message User Agent should
be as specified in 4.3.3.2.
3.1.2.1.5.2.2.1 Recommendation.— The Application Entity Qualifier of an ATS Message Server should
be AMS (7).
3.1.2.1.5.2.2.3 Recommendation.— The Application Entity Qualifier of an ATS Message User Agent
should be AUA (9).
III-12 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
The TSAP (Transport Service Access Point) of an ATS Message Server or of an ATS Message User Agent
shall comply with the provisions of 5.4.
Note 1.— The assignment of a transport selector value is a matter local to an AMHS Management
Domain.
Note 2.— The format and encoding of a session selector in the AMHS is specified in ISO/IEC
ISP 11188-1, section 9.3.
Note 3.— The assignment and administration of session selectors is a matter local to an AMHS
Management Domain.
Note 4.— The format and encoding of a presentation selector in the AMHS is specified in ISO/IEC
ISP 11188-1, section 7.2.
Note 5.— The assignment and administration of presentation selectors is a matter local to an AMHS
Management Domain.
3.1.2.1.6.2 The MTAs implemented by an AMHS Management Domain shall be collectively able to
route on country-name, ADMD-name, PRMD-name, organization-name and organizational-units-name
attributes.
An AMHS Management Domain shall be responsible for long-term logging of all messages in their entirety
which are originated by its direct AMHS users, for a period of at least thirty days.
Note.— This requirement implies the logging of the entire BER-encoded ASN.1 messages.
Note.— For the support of the Basic ATS Message Service, an ATS Message User Agent complies
with:
b) the requirements of Repertoire Group A, for messages including a body part whose
type is an Extended Body Part Type of general-text-body-part type;
Ground-ground applications III-13
In an ATS Message User Agent, the content of the Inter-Personal Messages conveyed in support of the Basic
ATS Message Service shall conform to the basic requirements of AMH21 as specified in Clause A.1 of
ISO/IEC ISP 12062-2, Annex A and to the additional requirements described in Table 3.1.2-1 which are
specific to the Basic ATS Message Service.
Note 1.— Table 3.1.2-1 specifies the additional requirements in the form of a PRL (Profile
Requirement List) expressing restrictions to a set of rows of the AMH21 profile, which are referred to using
their reference in ISO/IEC ISP 12062-2.
Note 2.— There is no profile specification for the ATS Message User Agent at the level of the access
protocol, i.e. at the level of the communication with the associated ATS Message Server, as this is considered
to be a matter local to each AMHS Management Domain. If it is desired to use standard ISO/IEC 10021
protocols for this communication, then profile AMH23 (for P3) or profile AMH24 (for P7) as specified in
ISO/IEC ISP 12062-4 or ISO/IEC ISP 12062-5, respectively, may be implemented.
Note 3.— The use of the ia5-text body part as specified in Table 3.1.2-1/AMH21/A1.3/1 ensures
operability with both 1984 and 1988 IPM (Inter-Personal Message) UAs for the exchange of unstructured
character data.
Table 3.1.2-1. Requirements specific to the Basic ATS Message Service in addition to profile
AMH21
Ref Element Origination Reception Basic ATS Message ATN ISP 12062-2
Service Support reference Notes/
References
1 ia5-text O O O M O/M
Ref Element Origination Reception Basic ATS Message ATN ISP 12062-2
Service Support reference Notes/
References
1 RecipientSpecifier
2 ORDescriptor
3.1.2.2.1.1.2 Additional requirements upon MT-Elements of Service at an ATS Message User Agent
For the support of the Basic ATS Message Service, the priority element of an AMHS Message generated at
an ATS Message User Agent shall take the value “urgent” if, and only if, the value of the priority-indicator
in the ATS-Message-Priority as specified in 3.1.2.2.3.2.1 is “SS”.
When generating and interpreting UTC Time values, an ATS Message User Agent shall associate dates up
to ten years prior to the current time and up to forty years ahead of the current time with the corresponding
century, with the interpretation of the remaining 49 values being implementation dependent.
Note.— This requirement is aligned on the convention used in ISO 10021-4:1997/Cor. 1:1998 and
in ISO 10021-7:1997/Cor. 1:1998 for equivalent purposes.
Note.— The requirement expressed in 3.1.2.1.7 may be implemented in the ATS Message User Agent.
Note.— For the support of the Basic ATS Message Service, an ATS Message Server complies with:
In an ATS Message Server, the Message Transfer (P1) implementation of the IPM Service in support of the
Basic ATS Message Service shall conform to:
b) the additional requirements described in Clause B.2.2. for the support of the IPM
Distribution List Functional Group.
Note 1.— This in turn places no requirements concerning the P1 implementation other than:
a) the basic requirements of AMH11 specified for Common Messaging in annex A.1
of ISO/IEC ISP 10611-3, implying the mandatory support of the AMH111 Profile
implementing the mts-transfer application context; and
Note 3.— The additional support by an ATS Message Server of the AMH112 Profile as specified in
ISO/IEC ISP 10611-3, for conformance to CCITT X.400 in order to interconnect with public ADMDs is a
matter of policy local to each AMHS Management Domain.
Note 4.— For the use of the Association Control Service Element (ACSE) by an AMHS application,
the application-context name which is used as a parameter in an A-ASSOCIATE is defined in the base
standards (see ISO/IEC 10021-6).
Note 5.— The specification in 3.1.2.2.2.1.1 places no requirements for the Reliable Transfer Service
Element (RTSE) and for ACSE other than conformance with ISO/IEC ISP 10611-2 in accordance with the
P1 application-context(s) for which conformance is claimed.
Note 6.— The specification in 3.1.2.2.2.1.1 places no requirements for the Presentation and Session
Layers other than conformance with ISO/IEC ISP 10611-2 in accordance with the P1 application-context(s)
for which conformance is claimed.
3.1.2.2.2.1.2.1 The Basic ATS Message Service shall make use of the Connection Mode Transport Service
as specified in 5.5.
Note.— For the support of the Basic ATS Message Service, the use of the expedited data option at
the establishment of the transport connection is a local matter which may depend on the implemented
application-context.
3.1.2.2.2.1.2.2 For the support of the Basic ATS Message Service, transport connections shall be established
over the ATN Transport Service between systems belonging to the AMHS using the Residual Error Rate
(RER) abstract-value “high”.
3.1.2.2.2.1.2.3 For the support of the Basic ATS Message Service, transport connections shall be established
over the ATN Transport Service between systems belonging to the AMHS using the Transport Connection
Priority abstract-value “6”, which corresponds to the message category “flight regularity communications”.
3.1.2.2.2.1.2.4 For the support of the Basic ATS Message Service, transport connections shall be established
over the ATN Transport Service between systems belonging to the AMHS using the value of the ATN
Security Label as specified in 5.6, which corresponds to:
When generating and interpreting UTC Time values, an ATS Message Server shall associate dates up to ten
years prior to the current time and up to forty years ahead of the current time with the corresponding century,
with the interpretation of the remaining 49 values being implementation dependent.
Note.— This requirement is aligned on the convention used in ISO 10021-4:1997/Cor. 1:1998 for
equivalent purposes.
3.1.2.2.2.2.1 The ATS Message Server shall perform a long-term logging, for a period of at least thirty
days, of the actions taken with respect to every message received at the ATS Message Server, whether from
an ATS Message User Agent or from another ATS Message Server, and to every report received or generated
at the ATS Message Server.
3.1.2.2.2.2.2 For the long-term logging of information related to a message submitted to or received by
an ATS Message Server, the following parameters related to the message shall be logged:
a) message-identifier;
b) priority;
c) content-type;
d) originator-name;
f) message-content-size;
h) arrival-time or submission-time;
n) event date/time.
Note.— The responsibility list identifies recipients whose perRecipientIndicator responsibility bit
has the abstract-value “responsible”.
III-18 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.1.2.2.2.2.3 For the long-term logging of information related to a report generated or received by an ATS
Message Server, the following parameters related to the report shall be logged:
a) report-identifier;
b) subject-identifier;
c) actual-recipient-name elements;
d) report-type elements;
e) report-destination-name;
j) OR-name of the report recipient (if report delivery is performed by the ATS
Message Server);
l) event date/time.
3.1.2.2.3 Parameters
In the AMHS, the O/R address of a direct AMHS user belonging to an AMHS Management Domain shall
be a MF-Address.
3.1.2.2.3.2 Text
The body of an Inter-Personal Message (IPM) shall comprise a single body part carrying IA-5 characters and
structured as depicted in Table 3.1.2-2.
Note 1.— This body part structure and its components which are described in the subsequent clauses
are specific to the Basic ATS Message Service.
Note 2.— This clause places no constraint on its implementation, which may take place at the level
of the user-interface.
Ground-ground applications III-19
Orig Rec
1 ATS-Message-Header M M
1.2 ATS-Message-Priority M M
1.3 ATS-Message-Filing-Time M M
1.4 ATS-Message-Optional-Heading-Info O M
Each message shall be assigned to one of five priority groups which are designated, and have the value of,
the priority indicators SS, DD, FF, GG and KK.
Each message shall include a filing-time element, designated as a date-time group consisting of six numerical
characters, the first two digits representing the date of the month and the last four digits the hours and
minutes in UTC.
3.1.2.2.3.2.3.1 It shall be possible to associate an optional heading information with each message.
3.1.2.2.3.2.3.2 The value of the optional-heading-information element shall comprise a character string with
a maximum length of 54 characters.
The ATS-Message-Text element shall be composed of IA-5 characters with no further restriction.
The notification-requests element in a RecipientSpecifier in an IPM Heading shall take the abstract-value
“rn” if, and only if, the value of the priority-indicator is “SS”.
Note.— This clause places no constraint on its implementation, which takes place at the level of the
user-interface.
3.1.2.3.1 General
3.1.2.3.1.1 An AFTN/AMHS Gateway shall provide for an interworking between the AFTN and the
ATN such that communication with other AFTN/AMHS Gateways and with ATS Message Servers is
possible.
3.1.2.3.1.2 An AFTN/AMHS Gateway shall consist of the four following logical components:
a) AFTN Component;
b) ATN Component;
d) Control Position.
Ground-ground applications III-21
Note.— This division into logical components is a convenient way of specifying functions of a
gateway. There is no requirement for an AFTN/AMHS Gateway to be implemented according to this
structure.
3.1.2.3.1.3 An AFTN/AMHS Gateway shall be able to perform actions upon receipt of any category of
AMHS information object by its ATN Component.
3.1.2.3.1.4 An AFTN/AMHS Gateway shall be able to perform actions upon receipt of any type of
AFTN message by its AFTN Component.
3.1.2.3.2.1.1 The AFTN component shall handle the interface to the AFTN and provide an interface to
the Message Transfer and Control Unit, implementing:
3.1.2.3.2.1.2 If an AFTN/AMHS Gateway is connected to an AFTN centre which is capable of using only
ITA-2 (International Telegraph Alphabet No 2) format, the AFTN component shall convert messages to/from
the IA-5 format.
Note.— This allows the Message Transfer and Control Unit to use IA-5 characters internally, as
specified in 3.1.2.3.2.3.2.
3.1.2.3.2.1.3 The AFTN Component shall incorporate an AFTN procedure handler providing for all
AFTN functions prescribed for the interface to the AFTN.
3.1.2.3.2.1.4 When received by the AFTN Component, AFTN service messages as generally specified
in Annex 10, Volume II, 4.4.1.1.9 and subclauses, shall be handled by the AFTN Component of the Gateway
in one of four mutually exclusive manners, depending on the category of the service message:
d) processing in compliance with the provisions of Annex 10, Volume II, without
being passed to the Message Transfer and Control Unit, if the service message
belongs to any other category of AFTN service message.
b) be prevented from being passed to the Message Transfer and Control Unit.
3.1.2.3.2.1.6 The AFTN Component shall pass all messages, other than those referred to in 3.1.2.3.2.1.4
c) and d), and in 3.1.2.3.2.1.5, received from the AFTN to the Message Transfer and Control Unit for
processing as specified in 3.1.2.3.4, and provided that the conditions of 3.1.2.3.2.1.7 are met.
3.1.2.3.2.1.7 The processing by the AFTN Component shall ensure that all messages and service messages
received from the AFTN and passed to the Message Transfer and Control Unit for further processing by the
AFTN/AMHS Gateway are constructed in strict accordance with the provisions of Annex 10, Volume II,
paragraphs 4.4.15.1 through 4.4.15.3.12 and 4.4.15.6.
3.1.2.3.2.1.8 The AFTN Component shall perform short-term retention of all messages transmitted
towards the AFTN in a manner equivalent to that specified for an AFTN communication centre in Annex 10,
Volume II, 4.4.1.7.
3.1.2.3.2.1.9 The AFTN Component shall perform long-term retention of the heading, address and origin
parts of all messages received from the AFTN, with the message receipt-time and the action taken thereon,
for a period of at least thirty days.
3.1.2.3.2.1.10 The AFTN Component shall perform long-term retention of all AFTN messages, in their
entirety, that it generates, for a period of at least thirty days.
3.1.2.3.2.1.11 The AFTN Component shall perform long-term retention of the heading, address and origin
parts of all messages received from the Message Transfer and Control Unit and the action taken thereon, for
a period of at least thirty days.
a) terminate the procedure and report an error situation to a control position if the
referenced subject AFTN message did not pass through the gateway or if the AFTN
Component is not in possession of an unmutilated copy of the subject AFTN
message; or
Ground-ground applications III-23
b) reassume responsibility for the mutilated message and repeat the message in
compliance with the provisions of Annex 10, Volume II, 4.4.11.3, if the mutilated
message is detected as having passed through the gateway and if the AFTN
Component is in possession of an unmutilated copy of the message.
Note.— The determination whether the AFTN Component is in possession of an unmutilated copy
of the message, as mentioned in items a) and b) above, may require the assistance of a control position.
3.1.2.3.2.1.13 If, for any reason, the Message Transfer and Control Unit is unable to accept AFTN
messages passed by the AFTN Component, then the AFTN Component shall handle this situation in
compliance with the provisions of Annex 10, Volume II, 4.4.1.5.2.3.
Note.— Such a condition may be caused by the inability of the Message Transfer and Control Unit
to pass AMHS messages to the ATN Component.
3.1.2.3.2.1.14 The AFTN Component shall ensure that all information objects constructed by the Message
Transfer and Control Unit for transmission over the AFTN are handled in accordance with the AFTN
procedure, in application of 3.1.2.3.2.1.3 above.
3.1.2.3.2.1.15 If the AFTN Component is unable to handle an AFTN service message or an AFTN
channel-check transmission in compliance with the provisions of Annex 10, Volume II, as specified in
3.1.2.3.2.1.4 d) or 3.1.2.3.2.1.5, then the error condition shall be logged and reported to a control position.
3.1.2.3.2.2.1 The ATN Component shall allow the AFTN/AMHS Gateway to function as an end system
on the ATN.
3.1.2.3.2.2.2 The ATN Component shall handle the interface to the AMHS, and provide an interface to
the Message Transfer and Control Unit as specified in 3.1.2.3.2.4, implementing a MTA complying with the
profile specification included in 3.1.2.2.2.1 so as to be externally indistinguishable from an ATS Message
Server by the ATS Message Server(s) or other AFTN/AMHS Gateway(s) to which it is connected.
3.1.2.3.2.2.3 If, for any reason, the Message Transfer and Control Unit is unable to accept messages or
probes passed by the ATN Component, then the ATN Component shall behave as follows:
b) if no alternate route is available in the MTA-routing tables or all such routes cannot
be succesfully used, reject the message for all the message recipients, whose
responsibility element in the per-recipient-indicators has the abstract-value
“responsible” in the received message, with the non-delivery-reason-code and
non-delivery-diagnostic-code elements of the non-delivery report taking the
abstract-values specified in the base standards (ISO/IEC 10021-4, 14.3.4.4., item 1).
Note.— Such a condition may be caused by the inability of the Message Transfer and Control Unit
to pass AFTN messages to the AFTN Component.
III-24 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— This applies in particular to the Redirection Functional Group. If implemented, redirection
may be performed by the ATN Component, caused by a failure situation as envisaged in 3.1.2.3.2.2.3 above
for example.
3.1.2.3.2.2.5 The ATN Component shall ensure that all information objects constructed by the Message
Transfer and Control Unit for transfer in the AMHS are handled in accordance with the procedures specified
in the base standards for a relaying MTA implementing the profile specified in 3.1.2.2.2.1, in application of
3.1.2.3.2.2.2 above.
3.1.2.3.2.2.6 The ATN Component shall implement a traffic logging function identical to that of the MTA
included in an ATS Message Server as specified in 3.1.2.2.2.2.
3.1.2.3.2.2.7 The ATN Component shall ensure that all AMHS information objects passed to the Message
Transfer and Control Unit comply with the base standards.
3.1.2.3.2.3.1 The Message Transfer and Control Unit in an AFTN/AMHS Gateway shall provide a
bi-directional conversion facility between the AFTN component and the ATN component, consisting of:
3.1.2.3.2.3.2 The Message Transfer and Control Unit shall use IA-5 characters internally.
3.1.2.3.2.3.3 The Message Transfer and Control Unit in an AFTN/AMHS Gateway shall pass all the
AMHS information objects which it constructs in application of 3.1.2.3.4 and 3.1.2.3.5.6 to the ATN
Component of the gateway, for further conveyance in the AMHS.
3.1.2.3.2.3.4 For the generation of AMHS messages and reports, and for the processing of received
AMHS messages, probes and reports, the Message Transfer and Control Unit shall have the capability to
interpret the semantics and to perform actions related to the ISO/IEC 10021 Elements of Service which are
part of the basic requirements of the MT service as specified in ISO/IEC ISP 12062-3.
3.1.2.3.2.3.5 The Message Transfer and Control Unit in an AFTN/AMHS Gateway shall pass all the
AFTN messages which it constructs in application of 3.1.2.3.5 and 3.1.2.3.4.2.1.4.2 to the AFTN Component
of the AFTN/AMHS Gateway, for further conveyance in the AFTN.
3.1.2.3.2.3.6 The Message Transfer and Control Unit shall ensure that all the AMHS information objects
which it constructs comply with section 7 (for IPMs) and section 8 (for RNs) of ISO/IEC 10021-7,
complemented with the additional requirements included in Table 3.1.2-1, and with the section 12.2.1.1 of
ISO/IEC 10021-4 (for messages) and section 12.2.1.3 of ISO/IEC 10021-4 (for reports).
Ground-ground applications III-25
3.1.2.3.2.3.7 The Message Transfer and Control Unit shall ensure that all the AFTN information objects
which it constructs comply with Annex 10, Volume II, 4.4.15.
3.1.2.3.2.4 Interface between the ATN Component and the Message Transfer and Control Unit
3.1.2.3.2.4.1 The ATN Component shall exchange information objects with the Message Transfer and
Control Unit via its MTA transfer-port as specified in ISO/IEC 10021-4, section 12.2.
3.1.2.3.2.4.2 The ATN Component shall invoke the Message-transfer, Report-transfer and Probe-transfer
abstract operations, respectively, to pass AMHS messages, reports and probes to the Message Transfer and
Control Unit.
3.1.2.3.2.4.3 The Message Transfer and Control Unit shall invoke the Message-transfer and
Report-transfer abstract operations, respectively, to pass AMHS messages and reports to the ATN
Component.
3.1.2.3.2.5 Interface between the AFTN Component and the Message Transfer and Control Unit
3.1.2.3.2.5.1 An AFTN message or service message passed by the AFTN Component to the Message
Transfer and Control Unit in application of 3.1.2.3.2.1.4 items a) and b), 3.1.2.3.2.1.6 and 3.1.2.3.2.1.7 shall
be:
a) transferred according to the table of priorities as specified in Annex 10, Volume II,
4.4.1.2.1; and
b) passed as received by the AFTN Component from the adjacent AFTN centre, with
the possible exception of an ITA-2 to IA-5 conversion performed in application of
3.1.2.3.2.1.2, and including the unaltered AFTN heading if present in the received
message.
3.1.2.3.2.5.2 An AFTN message or service message passed by the Message Transfer and Control Unit to
the AFTN Component in application of 3.1.2.3.2.3.5 shall be:
a) transferred according to the table of priorities as specified in Annex 10, Volume II,
4.4.1.2.1; and
b) passed as constructed by the Message Transfer and Control Unit, and thus without
message heading as specified in Annex 10, Volume II, 4.4.15.1.1.
3.1.2.3.2.5.3 The AFTN Component shall return to the Message Transfer and Control Unit, as the result
of the transfer operation described in 3.1.2.3.2.5.2, the Transmission Identification, if any, constructed by
the AFTN Component for the transmission of the message or service message over the AFTN.
3.1.2.3.2.6.1 The AFTN/AMHS Gateway Control Position shall be used as the place where errors which
occurred in the AFTN/AMHS Gateway and certain non-deliveries which occurred in the AMHS are reported
for appropriate action.
III-26 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
a) a matter of policy which is local to the AMHS Management Domain operating the
AFTN/AMHS Gateway; or
Note.— For some categories of error situations, 3.1.2 specify the actions to be taken, e.g. message
rejection and generation of an appropriate service message (to the AFTN) or non-delivery report (to the
AMHS). The specified actions aim at minimizing the assistance of the control position. However it may be
a matter of policy local to the AMHS Management Domain operating an AFTN/AMHS Gateway to try to
reduce the occurrence of message rejection with the assistance of the control position.
3.1.2.3.2.6.3 When the action chosen to handle an error situation includes the generation of an AMHS
information object, the category of information object used for this purpose shall be an IPM conveying
appropriate service information.
Note 1.— The service information to be conveyed may be derived, for example, from an AFTN
service message.
Note 2.— The presentation of the service information is a matter of local policy.
3.1.2.3.3.1.1 The Message Transfer and Control Unit shall perform long-term logging, as specified in
3.1.2.3.3.1.2 to 3.1.2.3.3.1.6, for a period of at least thirty days, of information related to the following
exchanges of information objects with the ATN Component and with the AFTN Component:
3.1.2.3.3.1.2 For the long-term logging of information related to an AMHS Message Transfer In and
AFTN message conveyance out, the following parameters, relating to the messages, shall be logged by the
Message Transfer and Control Unit:
a) input message-identifier;
b) IPM-identifier, if any;
e) event date/time;
3.1.2.3.3.1.3 For the long-term logging of information related to AFTN message conveyance in and
AMHS Message Transfer Out, the following parameters, relating to the messages, shall be logged by the
Message Transfer and Control Unit:
c) action taken thereon (reject with rejection cause, convert as IPM, convert as RN,
AFTN service message indicating an unknown addressee indicator generation);
d) event date/time;
f) IPM-identifier, if any.
3.1.2.3.3.1.4 For the long-term logging of information related to an AMHS Message Report In and/or
AFTN Service Message indicating an unknown addressee indicator conveyance out, the following
parameters, relating to the report and/or service message, shall be logged by the Message Transfer and
Control Unit:
c) action taken thereon if report in (discard, convert into AFTN service message);
d) event date/time;
e) Origin line of converted AFTN service message (if service message out);
f) Origin line of subject AFTN message (if service message out and no report in); and
3.1.2.3.3.1.5 For the long-term logging of information related to an AFTN Service Message indicating
an unknown addressee indicator conveyance in and/or to an AMHS Message Report Out, the following
parameters, relating to the service message and/or report, shall be logged by the Message Transfer and
Control Unit:
a) Origin line of converted AFTN service message (if service message in);
d) action taken thereon if AFTN service message in (discard, convert into AMHS
report);
g) event date/time
The Message Transfer and Control Unit shall include look-up tables used for address conversion, covering
two aspects:
b) a user address look-up table of individual users as specified in 3.1.2.3.3.2.2, for the
conversion of an AF-Address to and from an MF-Address of any AMHS
Addressing Scheme.
Note.— The way in which these tables are populated and maintained up-to-date is an organisational
matter.
Ground-ground applications III-29
3.1.2.3.3.2.1.1 The MD (Management Domain) look-up table maintained by in the Message Transfer and
Control Unit shall include a list of entries identifying an organizational entity, which either is an AMHS
Management Domain, or collectively uses the services of a given AMHS Management Domain, each entry
comprising:
b) the set of attributes identifying either the AMHS Management Domain implemented
by the organizational entity defined in a), if existing, or the AMHS Management
Domain whose AFTN/AMHS Gateway may be used to communicate with indirect
AMHS users within the aforementioned organisational entity, this set of attributes
being composed of:
1) country-name;
2) ADMD-name; and
3.1.2.3.3.2.1.2 It shall be possible to derive unambiguously a single item b) from item a) by a search
operation in the MD look-up table.
3.1.2.3.3.2.2.1 The user address look-up table maintained by the Message Transfer and Control Unit shall
include a list of entries, each of them comprising:
a) the AF-Address of either an indirect AMHS user who also has a MF-Address, or of
a direct AMHS user who has an AF-Address for communication with indirect
AMHS users; and
b) the MF-Address of that AMHS user, either direct or indirect, including all its
address attributes.
III-30 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.1.2.3.3.2.2.2 It shall be possible to derive unambiguously item b) from item a), and vice-versa, by a
searching operation in the user address look-up table.
3.1.2.3.3.2.2.3 In order not to restrict the potential form of an MF-Address, a user address look-up table
shall support in the attributes included under item b) all the general attribute types authorized in
ISO/IEC 10021-2, section 18.5, Table 10.
Note.— This clause specifies the actions to be performed by an AFTN/AMHS Gateway upon
reception of messages from the AFTN for conveyance in the AMHS, after the accomplishment of the
AFTN-related procedures by the AFTN Component as specified in 3.1.2.3.2.1.
3.1.2.3.4.1.1 Upon reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of a message passed from the
AFTN Component, as the result of the provisions of 3.1.2.3.2.1.4 items a) and b), and of 3.1.2.3.2.1.6, the
received message shall be processed in one of three mutually exclusive manners depending on the message
category:
3.1.2.3.4.1.2 Upon completion of the processing specified in 3.1.2.3.4.1.1, the following transfers shall
take place:
a) transfer of the resulting AMHS information objects, if any, to the ATN Component
for conveyance in the AMHS; and
b) transfer of the resulting AFTN service messages, if any, to the AFTN Component
for conveyance over the AFTN.
3.1.2.3.4.1.3 If, for any reason, the processing specified in clauses 3.1.2.3.4.1.1 and 3.1.2.3.4.1.2 cannot
be properly achieved, the procedure shall unsuccessfully terminate, resulting in:
b) storage of the AFTN message for appropriate action at the control position.
Ground-ground applications III-31
Upon reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of an AFTN message passed from the AFTN
Component to be conveyed over the AMHS, this AFTN message shall be converted into an IPM conveyed
with a Message Transfer Envelope to be transferred and delivered in the AMHS in compliance with the
following:
a) the specification of how the components of the AFTN Message are used for
mapping onto the AMHS message parameters, as included in 3.1.2.3.4.2.1;
c) the specification of how the Message Transfer Envelope elements are generated, as
included in 3.1.2.3.4.2.3.
3.1.2.3.4.2.1.1 Each component of an AFTN Message shall be processed as specified in the column “action”
of Table 3.1.2-3.
3.1.2.3.4.2.1.2 These components which are classified as “T” or “T1” in the column “action” of
Table 3.1.2-3 shall be translated into the AMHS parameter specified in the column “AMHS parameter” of
Table 3.1.2-3 and according to the specification in the clause referred to in the column “mapping”.
Start-of-Text Character - -
III-32 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Page-feed sequence - - -
End-of-Text Character - - -
3.1.2.3.4.2.1.3 The value of the priority indicator of an AFTN message shall be:
a) mapped into the abstract-value of the priority element of the message transfer
envelope of the converted AMHS message as specified in the second column of
Table 3.1.2-4; and
Note.— The transport priority used for the conveyance of AMHS messages is specified in
3.1.2.2.2.1.2.3.
3.1.2.3.4.2.1.4 The value of an AFTN address included in an AFTN message shall be converted into an
MF-Address as respectively specified in 3.1.2.3.4.2.1.4.1 and 3.1.2.3.4.2.1.4.2 depending whether it is an
originator indicator or an addressee indicator.
Ground-ground applications III-33
3.1.2.3.4.2.1.4.1 The following actions shall be performed in order to translate the originator indicator of
an AFTN Message into the MF-Address included in the originator-name of the converted AMHS message:
a) translation into the single MF-Address matching exactly the AF-Address of the
originator, if such an MF-Address can be determined from the User address look-up
table maintained in the Message Transfer and Control Unit; or
1) characters 1 to 7,
2) characters 1, 2, 5, 6 and 7,
3) characters 1, 2, 3 and 4,
4) characters 1 and 2; or
2) storage of the AFTN message for appropriate action at the control position.
Note.— The specification above does not constrain the search algorithm provided that the expected
result is achieved.
3.1.2.3.4.2.1.4.2 Each addressee indicator of an AFTN Message shall be translated into the
MF-Address included in a recipient-name of the converted AMHS message in the same way as an originator
indicator, with the exception that the unsuccessful termination for one or several addressee indicators
additionally results in the generation, in compliance with the provisions of Annex 10, Volume II, 4.4.11.13.3,
of an AFTN service message requesting correction by the originator of a message received with an unknown
addressee indicator, the unknown addressee indicator(s) included in item 8) of the text message taking the
value of these addressee indicators for which the translation process failed.
Note.— A PDAI included in the addressee indicator(s) of an AFTN Message is translated into an
MF-Address in the same way as any addressee indicator.
3.1.2.3.4.2.1.5 The value of the Filing Time of an AFTN message shall be conveyed as the value of the
filing-time element in the ATS-Message-Filing-Time element of the IPM text of the converted AMHS
message.
III-34 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.1.2.3.4.2.1.6 The ATS-Message-Optional-Heading-Info element of the IPM text in the converted AMHS
message shall either:
a) convey the value of the Optional Heading Information of the AFTN message as the
value of its optional-heading-information element, if the Optional Heading
Information element is present in the AFTN message; or
3.1.2.3.4.2.1.7 The content of the Text of an AFTN message, shall be conveyed in its entirety as the value
of the ATS-Message-Text element in the IPM text of the converted AMHS message.
3.1.2.3.4.2.2.1 Each of the elements composing the IPM resulting from the conversion of an AFTN message
in the Message Transfer and Control Unit shall be processed as specified in the column “action” of
Table 3.1.2-5.
3.1.2.3.4.2.2.2 These elements which are classified as “G” or “T” in the column “action” of Table 3.1.2-5
shall be either generated or translated according to the specification in the clause referred to in the column
“mapping” of Table 3.1.2-5.
Note.— Table 3.1.2-5 is structured as a PRL derived from the profile specification included in 2.2
and consequently from the ISPICS Proforma included in ISO/IEC ISP 12062-2 (AMH21) as well as from
Table 3.1.2-2 in 3.1.2.2.3.2. The columns “Base” and “ISP” under “Origination” are extracted from
ISO/IEC ISP 12062-2 and the column “Basic ATS Message Service” specifies the static capability of an IPM
AU supporting the Basic ATS Message Service, i.e. the ability to generate the element as part of an IPM
carrying an ATS Message. The references to the ISP Profile are indicated in the part titles as AMH21/ref
where appropriate. The references in column Ref are those of the ISP.
3 authorizing-users O O O X -
5 copy-recipients M M M X -
6 blind-copy-recipients O O O X -
7 replied-to-IPM M M M X -
8 obsoleted-IPMs O O O X -
9 related-IPMs O O O X -
10 subject M M M X -
11 expiry-time O O O X -
12 reply-time O O O X -
13 reply-recipients O O O X -
14 importance O O O X -
15 sensitivity O O O X -
16 auto-forwarded O O O X -
17 extensions O O O X -
17.1 incomplete-copy O O O X -
17.2 languages O O O X -
17.3 auto-submitted O I I X -
III-36 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2 voice I I I X -
3 g3-facsimile O O O X -
4 g4-class-1 O O O X -
5 teletex O O O X -
6 videotex O O O X -
7 encrypted I I I X -
8 message O O O X -
9 mixed-mode O O O X -
10 bilaterally-defined O O O X -
11 nationally-defined O O O X -
12 externally-defined O M M X -
1 RecipientSpecifier
1.2.3 ipm-return O O O X -
1.3 reply-requested O O O X -
1.4 recipient-extensions O I I X -
2 ORDescriptor
2.2 free-form-name O O O X -
Ground-ground applications III-37
2.3 telephone-number O O O X -
3 IPMIdentifier
3.2 user-relative-identifier M M M G -
a) identify the indirect AMHS user who originated the AFTN message; and
3.1.2.3.4.2.2.5 The element repertoire shall take the abstract value “ia5”.
3.1.2.3.4.2.2.7 The values “rn” and “nrn” shall be taken simultaneously by the element notification-requests
if, and only if the element priority-indicator included in the message, as specified Table 3.1.2-5 / Part 5/1.2.2,
has the value “SS”.
a) be the MF-Address of the indirect AMHS user who originated the AFTN message;
and
3.1.2.3.4.2.3.1 Each of the elements composing the Message Transfer Envelope conveyed with an IPM
resulting from the conversion of an AFTN message shall be processed as specified in the column “action”
of Table 3.1.2-6.
3.1.2.3.4.2.3.2 These elements which are classified as “G”, “G1” and “T” in the column “action” of
Table 3.1.2-6 shall be handled according to the specification in the clause referred to in the column
“mapping” of Table 3.1.2-6.
Note 1.— Table 3.1.2-6 is structured as a PRL derived from the ISPICS Proforma included in
ISO/IEC ISP 10611-3. The columns “Base” and “ISP” are extracted from ISO/IEC ISP 10611-3, and the
column “Basic ATS Message Service” specifies the static capability of an AU, for the MT-Elements of
Service, i.e. the ability to convey, handle and act in relation with the element. The references to the ISP
Profile are indicated in the part titles as AMH11/ref where appropriate.
1.1.8 deferred-delivery-time O M- M- X -
1.1.11.1 recipient-reassignment-prohibited O M M X -
1.1.11.2 dl-expansion-prohibited O M M X -
1.1.11.3 conversion-with-loss-prohibited O M M X -
1.1.11.4 latest-delivery-time O M- M- X -
1.1.11.5 originator-return-address O M- M- X -
1.1.11.6 originator-certificate O M- M- X -
1.1.11.7 content-confidentiality-algorithm-ide O M- M- X -
ntifier
1.1.11.8 message-origin-authentication-check O M- M- X -
1.1.11.9 message-security-label O M- M- X -
1.2.4 explicit-conversion O M- M- X -
1.2.5 extensions M M M X -
1 MTSIdentifier
2 GlobalDomainIdentifier
3 EncodedInformationTypes
3.3 extended-encoded-information-types M M M X -
4 PerMessageIndicators
4.5 reserved O M- M- X -
4.6 bit-5 O M- M- X -
4.7 bit-6 O M- M- X -
4.8 service-message O M- M- X -
5 PerDomainBilateralInformation
6 TraceInformation
Ground-ground applications III-43
6.1.2.4.1 deferred-time M C2 C2 X -
6.1.2.4.2 converted-encoded-information-types O M- M- X -
6.1.2.4.3 other-actions O M- M- X -
8 ContentType
8.2 extended O M- M- X -
III-44 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
1 ExtensionField
1.1.2 private-extension O M- M- X -
5 InternalTraceInformation
5.3.4.1 deferred-time M C2 C2 X -
5.3.4.2 converted-encoded-information-types O M- M- X -
Ground-ground applications III-45
5.3.4.3 other-actions O M- M- X -
Note 2.— The DL-expansion capability of an AFTN/AMHS Gateway is implemented in the ATN
Component rather than in the Message Transfer and Control Unit.
Note 3.— The rerouting capability of an AFTN/AMHS Gateway, if any, is implemented in the ATN
Component rather than in the Message Transfer and Control Unit.
Note 4.— The redirection capability of an AFTN/AMHS Gateway, if any, is implemented in the ATN
Component rather than in the Message Transfer and Control Unit.
a) be the address of the indirect AMHS user who originated the AFTN message;
3.1.2.3.4.2.3.6 The generation of this element shall be optional, as a matter of policy local to the AMHS
Management Domain operating the AFTN/AMHS Gateway.
2) internal-trace-information;
3) conversion-with-loss-prohibited elements;
3.1.2.3.4.2.3.9 The value of the element recipient-name in each of the per-recipient-fields elements shall:
3.1.2.3.4.2.3.13 The element local-identifier in the MTS-identifier shall be generated locally so as to ensure
that it distinguishes the message from all other messages, probes or reports generated in the AMHS
Management Domain operating the AFTN/AMHS Gateway.
1) the name of the ADMD under which the AMHS Management Domain has
been registered, either nationally or internationally, if the AMHS
Management Domain operates as an ADMD;
a) generation of the element, with the value of the name of the PRMD, encoded as a
Printable String, if the AMHS Management Domain operates as an PRMD; or
3.1.2.3.4.2.3.17 The element disclosure-of-other-recipients shall take its default abstract-value, which is
“disclosure-of-other-recipients-prohibited”.
3.1.2.3.4.2.3.18 The element implicit-conversion-prohibited shall take its default abstract-value, which is
“implicit-conversion-allowed”.
3.1.2.3.4.2.3.20 The element content-return-request shall take its default abstract-value, which is
“content-return-not-requested”.
3.1.2.3.4.2.3.22 The generation of this element shall be optional, as a matter of bilateral agreement between
the AMHS Management Domain operating the AFTN/AMHS Gateway and an other AMHS Management
Domain.
3.1.2.3.4.2.3.26 The element mta-name in the first element of internal-trace-information shall be the
mta-name assigned to the Message Transfer and Control Unit included in the AFTN/AMHS Gateway.
Note.— The structure of the mta-name of the Message Transfer and Control Unit included in an
AFTN/AMHS Gateway within an AMHS Management Domain is a matter of policy internal to the AMHS
Management Domain.
3.1.2.3.4.3.1.1 Upon reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of an AFTN acknowledgement
message, passed from the AFTN Component to be conveyed in the AMHS, the received message shall be
processed in one of the following manners depending on whether or not the subject AFTN message
previously passed through the Message Transfer and Control Unit:
b) processing as follows, if the subject AFTN message did not previously pass through
the Message Transfer and Control Unit:
3.1.2.3.4.3.1.2 If the subject AFTN message previously passed through the Message Transfer and Control
Unit, the AFTN acknowledgement message shall then be processed in one of the following manners
depending on whether the subject IPM was received from the AMHS without or with
receipt-notification-request:
a) processing as follows, if the subject IPM was received from the AMHS without
receipt-notification-request:
b) processing as specified in 3.1.2.3.4.3.1.3, if the subject IPM was received from the
AMHS with receipt-notification-request.
3.1.2.3.4.3.1.3 If the subject IPM had been received from the AMHS with receipt-notification-request, the
AFTN acknowledgement message shall be converted by the AFTN/AMHS Gateway into an Interpersonal
Notification (IPN) taking the form of a Receipt Notification (RN), conveyed with a Message Transfer
Envelope generated in compliance with the provisions of 3.1.2.3.4.3.1.4.
III-50 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.1.2.3.4.3.1.4 When the provisions of 3.1.2.3.4.3.1.3 apply, the generation of the RN and of the Message
Transfer Envelope shall be performed in compliance with the following:
a) the specification of how the components of the AFTN Service Message are used,
as included in 3.1.2.3.4.3.2;
3.1.2.3.4.3.1.5 When an acknowledgement message is converted into an IPM as the result of 3.1.2.3.4.3.1.1
or 3.1.2.3.4.3.1.2, the specification of 3.1.2.3.4.2 shall apply with the exception of the subject element in the
IPM heading fields, initially specified in Table 3.1.2-5/Part 2/10, which is then generated and takes the value
“AFTN service information”.
3.1.2.3.4.3.2.1 Each component of an AFTN acknowledgement message shall be processed for the
generation of a RN as specified in the column “action” of Table 3.1.2-7.
3.1.2.3.4.3.2.2 These components which are classified as “T” or “T1” in the column “action” of
Table 3.1.2-7 shall be translated into the AMHS parameter specified in the column “AMHS parameter” of
Table 3.1.2-7 and according to the specification in the clause referred to in the column “mapping”.
Alignment Function - - -
Priority Alarm D - -
Optional Heading D - -
Information
Ground-ground applications III-51
Alignment Function - - -
Start-of-Text Character - - -
Text D - -
Page-feed sequence - - -
End-of-Text Character - - -
3.1.2.3.4.3.2.3 Upon generation of a RN as the result of the receipt of an AFTN acknowledgement message
by the Message Transfer and Control Unit, the originator indicator element of the AFTN acknowledgement
message shall be translated into the ipn-originator element of the RN.
3.1.2.3.4.3.2.4 Upon generation of a RN as the result of the receipt of an AFTN acknowledgement message
by the Message Transfer and Control Unit, the filing time of the AFTN acknowledgement message shall be
converted into the receipt-time element, which is of ASN.1 (Abstract syntax notation one) type UTCTime,
as the result of the following:
a) generation by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of the YY figures identifying
the current year (characters 1 and 2 of the string) in the receipt-time element;
b) generation by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of the MM figures identifying
the current month (characters 3 and 4 of the string) in the receipt-time element;
c) mapping of the value of the first two figures of the date-time group into the value
of the DD figures identifying the day (characters 5 and 6 of the string) in the
receipt-time element;
d) mapping of the value of the four last figures of the date-time group, which together
represent the hours and minutes, into the value of the hhmm figures (characters 7
to 10 of the string) in the receipt-time element; and
e) addition by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of an eleventh and last character
in the string composing the receipt-time element taking the value “Z”.
III-52 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.1.2.3.4.3.3 Generation of RN
3.1.2.3.4.3.3.1 Each of the elements composing the RN resulting from the receipt of an AFTN
acknowledgement message in the Message Transfer and Control Unit shall be processed as specified in the
column “action” of Table 3.1.2-8.
3.1.2.3.4.3.3.2 These elements are classified as “G” or “T” in the column “action” of Table 3.1.2-8 shall
be either generated or translated according to the specification in the clause referred to in the column
“mapping” of Table 3.1.2-8.
Note.— Table 3.1.2-8 is structured as a PRL derived from the profile specification included in 2.2
and consequently from the ISPICS Proforma included in ISO/IEC ISP 12062-2 (AMH21). The columns
“Base” and “ISP” under “Origination” are extracted from ISO/IEC ISP 12062-2, and the column “Basic
ATS Message Service” specifies the static capability of an IPM AU supporting the Basic ATS Message
Service, i.e. the ability to generate the element as part of an IPN in the AMHS. The references to the ISP
Profile are indicated in the part titles as AMH21/ref where appropriate. The references in column Ref are
those of the ISP.
5 notification-extensions O I I X -
6 non-receipt-fields M M M X -
7.3 suppl-receipt-info O O O X -
7.4 rn-extensions O I I X -
8 other-notification-type-fields O I I X -
2 ORDescriptor
2.2 free-form-name O O O X
2.3 telephone-number O O O X
3.1.2.3.4.3.3.3 The element subject-ipm shall take the value of the this-IPM heading field of the subject
IPM.
b) if present, identify the recipient of the subject IPM which caused the receipt of the
AFTN acknowledgement message by the Message Transfer and Control Unit (as a
result of the receipt by its addressee of the subject AFTN message); and
3.1.2.3.4.3.3.6 The element acknowledgement-mode shall take the abstract-value “manual”, which is its
default value.
3.1.2.3.4.3.3.7 The element formal-name in an ORDescriptor shall take the form of an O/R address and be
converted from the originator indicator of the AFTN acknowledgement message as specified in
3.1.2.3.4.2.1.4.1.
3.1.2.3.4.3.4.1 The elements composing the Message Transfer Envelope which is conveyed with a RN
resulting from the receipt of an AFTN acknowledgement message by the Message Transfer and Control Unit,
which are different from the specification of 3.1.2.3.4.2.3 shall be processed according to the specification
in the clause referred to in the column “mapping” of Table 3.1.2-9.
3.1.2.3.4.3.4.2 An element subject to the provisions of 3.1.2.3.4.3.4.1 shall be processed as specified in the
column “action” of Table 3.1.2-9, and in accordance with the specification referred to in the column
“mapping” of Table 3.1.2-9.
Note.— Table 3.1.2-9 is structured as an extract of Table 3.1.2-6. The references used in the part
titles and in the column “Ref” are those of Table 3.1.2-6.
Ground-ground applications III-55
1.1.3 original-encoded-information-types M M- M- X -
4 PerMessageIndicators
3.1.2.3.4.3.4.5 The components of the element per-recipient-indicators shall be generated taking the
following abstract-values:
3.1.2.3.4.4.1.1 Upon reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of an unknown address AFTN
service message, passed from the AFTN Component to be conveyed in the AMHS, the received message
shall be processed in one of the following manners:
b) if the subject AFTN message did not previously pass through the Message Transfer
and Control Unit, conversion of the unknown address AFTN service message into
an IPM conveyed with a Message Transfer Envelope as specified in 3.1.2.3.4.4.1.7.
3.1.2.3.4.4.1.2 If the subject AMHS message previously passed through the Message Transfer and Control
Unit, the received message shall be processed in either of the following manners depending on whether or
not the unknown addressee indicator(s) which caused the generation of the unknown address AFTN service
message can be determined:
3.1.2.3.4.4.1.3 For the addressee indicators determined as causing the generation of the unknown address
AFTN service message, as the result of 3.1.2.3.4.4.1.2, the received message shall be processed as follows,
depending on whether or not the conversion of each unknown addressee indicator into a recipient
MF-Address in the same way as specified for an originator indicator in 3.1.2.3.4.2.1.4.1 can be succesfully
performed by the Message Transfer and Control Unit:
b) for the set of unknown addressee indicators which cannot be succesfully translated,
if any, processing as follows:
1) deletion in the text of the unknown address AFTN service message of all
unknown addressee indicators processed as specified in a) above; and
3.1.2.3.4.4.1.4 For the unknown recipient MF-Addresses determined as the result of 3.1.2.3.4.4.1.3 a), the
received message shall be processed as follows, depending on the abstract-values of the
originator-report-request and of the originating-MTA-report-request elements in the per-recipient-indicators
in the corresponding per-recipient-fields of the subject AMHS message:
a) processing as specified in 3.1.2.3.4.4.1.5, for the set of recipients which meet the
following condition, if any:
Note.— This clause aims at avoiding the generation of a non-delivery-report after the generation
of a delivery-report by the MTCU for the same subject AMHS message.
3.1.2.3.4.4.1.5 For each unknown recipient MF-Address which has not been subject to the generation of
a delivery-report, the received message shall be processed in one of the following manners:
b) discarding of the unknown address AFTN service message for the considered
unknown recipient MF-Address and termination of the procedure for the given
recipient if a non-delivery report has already been generated in relation with the
same subject AMHS message and with the same message recipient.
Note.— This clause aims at avoiding the generation of a multiple non-delivery-reports in relation
with a single subject AMHS message which would have been split in several AFTN messages when converted
from the AMHS to the AFTN, as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.2.1.7.
3.1.2.3.4.4.1.6 A non-delivery report related to the unknown recipient MF-Addresses which have not caused
the conversion of the unknown address AFTN service message into an IPM as the result of 3.1.2.3.4.4.1.4
and 3.1.2.3.4.4.1.5, shall be generated in compliance with:
a) the specification of 3.1.2.3.5.6 using the elements of the subject AMHS message;
and
Note.— The potential future reception of an unknown address AFTN service message to be converted
into a non-delivery-report requires the retention by the AFTN/AMHS Gateway of certain elements of the
subject AMHS message for later report generation, if required.
3.1.2.3.4.4.1.7 When an unknown address AFTN service message is converted into an IPM as the result of
3.1.2.3.4.4.1.1 to 3.1.2.3.4.4.1.4, the specification of 3.1.2.3.4.2 shall apply, with the exception of the subject
element in the IPM heading fields, initially specified in Table 3.1.2-5/Part2/10, which is then generated and
takes the value “AFTN service information”.
Note.— This clause specifies the actions to be performed by an AFTN/AMHS Gateway upon
reception of information objects from the AMHS for conveyance over the AFTN, after the accomplishment
of the AMHS-related procedures by the ATN Component as specified in 3.1.2.3.2.2.
3.1.2.3.5.1.1 Upon reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of an AMHS message passed by
the ATN Component, the received message shall be processed in one of the following manners, depending
on the abstract-value of the content-type element in the Message Transfer Envelope:
1) rejection of the message for all the message recipients for which the
responsibility element of the per-recipient-indicators had the abstract-value
“responsible”; and
Note 1.— The message recipients towards which the Message Transfer and Control Unit conveys
the message are those identified by a recipient-name element in the per-recipient-fields element of the
Message Transfer Envelope, and for which the responsibility element in the per-recipient-indicators element
has the abstract-value “responsible”. In 3.1.2.3.5 the term “message recipient” refers to such a recipient.
Note 2.— Support of other content-types, e.g. edi-messaging, may be added in future packages.
3.1.2.3.5.1.2 Upon reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of an AMHS message whose
content-type is either “interpersonal-messaging-1984” or “interpersonal-messaging-1988” passed from the
ATN Component, the message shall be processed for conversion into an AFTN message in one of three
mutually exclusive manners, depending on the nature of the content:
c) unsuccessful termination of the procedure, if the content is an IPN but not a RN,
resulting in:
3.1.2.3.5.1.3 Upon reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of an AMHS non-delivery report
passed from the ATN Component, the report shall be processed as specified in 3.1.2.3.5.4.
3.1.2.3.5.1.4 Upon reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of an AMHS probe passed by the
ATN Component, the received probe shall be processed in one of the following manners, depending on the
abstract-value of the content-type element in the Probe Transfer Envelope:
1) rejection of the probe for all the probe recipients for which the
responsibility element of the per-recipient-indicators had the abstract-value
“responsible”; and
3.1.2.3.5.1.5 Upon reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of an ISO/IEC 10021 information
object other than those referred to in clauses 3.1.2.3.5.1.1 to 3.1.2.3.5.1.4 above, the processing by the
Message Transfer and Control Unit shall unsuccesfully terminate, resulting in:
b) storage of the information object for appropriate processing at the control position.
Note.— The Message Transfer and Control Unit requests non-delivery-reports, but never
delivery-reports when generating AMHS messages.
3.1.2.3.5.1.6 Upon completion by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of the processing specified in
clauses 3.1.2.3.5.1.1 to 3.1.2.3.5.1.4 above, the resulting AFTN message(s) or AFTN service message(s), if
any, shall be passed to the AFTN component, for conveyance over the AFTN.
3.1.2.3.5.1.7 If the generation of a report is required in relation with the result of the processing specified
in clauses 3.1.2.3.5.1.1 or 3.1.2.3.5.1.4 above, either due to message rejection or probe test failure by the
Message Transfer and Control Unit, or due to a delivery-report request in the subject AMHS message or
probe, an appropriate AMHS report shall be generated as specified in 3.1.2.3.5.6.
Upon reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of an IPM conveyed with a Message Transfer
Envelope passed from the ATN Component to be conveyed over the AFTN, this message shall be converted
into an AFTN message in compliance with the following:
b) the specification of how the AFTN message is generated and how the AFTN
message components are mapped from AMHS parameters, as included in
3.1.2.3.5.2.2;
Ground-ground applications III-61
c) the specification of how the elements of the received IPM are handled, as included
in 3.1.2.3.5.2.3; and
d) the specification of how the Message Transfer Envelope elements are handled, as
included in 3.1.2.3.5.2.4.
3.1.2.3.5.2.1.1 Upon reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of an IPM, the received message
shall be processed in one of the following manners, depending on the abstract-value of the current
encoded-information-types, determined as either the abstract-value of the latest
converted-encoded-information-types, if existing, in the trace-information element, or as the abstract-value
of the original-encoded-information-types element if the previous does not exist:
1) basic “ia5-text”;
2) externally-defined “ia5-text”;
3.1.2.3.5.2.1.2 A message which was not rejected as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.2.1.1 shall be processed in one
of the following manners:
3.1.2.3.5.2.1.3 A message which was not rejected as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.2.1.2 shall be processed in one
of the following manners:
a) processing as specified in 3.1.2.3.5.2.1.4 if there is one single body part in the IPM
body; or
iii) “unable to convert to AFTN due to multiple body parts” for the
supplementary-information.
3.1.2.3.5.2.1.4 A message which was not rejected as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.2.1.3 shall be processed in one
of the following manners:
b) if the body part type is different from the body part types 1) to 4) under a) above,
or if the local policy of the AMHS Management Domain is not to support the
conversion of the ISO 8859-1 repertoire set:
Note.— The locally defined conversion rules mentioned in bullet 4), item a) may be for example
CCITT Recommendation X.408.
3.1.2.3.5.2.1.5 A message not rejected as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.2.1.4 shall then be processed in one of the
following manners:
a) processing as specified in 3.1.2.3.5.2.1.6 if the text structure in the body part in the
body part complies with the requirements of 3.1.2.2.3.2; or
b) if the text structure does not comply with the requirements of 3.1.2.2.3.2:
Note.— The compliance requested to meet the condition of item b) includes the requirement that the
element is present and has a value which is syntactically valid for the priority indicator, i.e. a value among
III-64 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
SS, DD, FF, GG and KK, and for the filing time, i.e. a value in which the first six figures in the sequence
build a valid date-time group.
3.1.2.3.5.2.1.6 A message which was not rejected as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.2.1.5 shall be processed in one
of five mutually exclusive manners:
3.1.2.3.5.2.1.7 A message which was not rejected as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.2.1.6 shall be processed in one
of three mutually exclusive manners:
a) if the length of the ATS-Message-Text element exceeds 1800 characters, and if, due
to system resource limitation, the procedure proposed in Annex 10, Volume II,
Attachment D cannot be properly achieved by the AFTN/AMHS Gateway:
iii) “unable to convert to AFTN due to message text length” for the
supplementary-information.
b) if the length of the ATS-Message-Text element exceeds 1800 characters, and if the
procedure proposed in Annex 10, Volume II, Attachment D is applied in the
AFTN/AMHS Gateway:
3.1.2.3.5.2.1.8 A message resulting from the situations in items b) and c) of 3.1.2.3.5.2.1.7 above shall be
processed in one of three manners, depending on the number of message recipients towards which the
Message Transfer and Control Unit is responsible for conveyance of the message, and on the AFTN/AMHS
Gateway resources:
1) attempt to split the message, internally to the Message Transfer and Control
Unit, into several messages, each of them with no more than 21 message
recipients:
b) if this number exceeds 21 message recipients, and if, due to system resource
limitation, the splitting attempt made by the gateway as specified in item a) above
cannot be properly achieved:
Note 1.— In the processing defined in item a), the per-recipient-fields related to a particular
recipient remain unchanged by the splitting. This applies in particular to the
originally-specified-recipient-number, which is not altered by the processing specified in this clause.
Ground-ground applications III-67
Note 2.— The combination of 3.1.2.3.5.2.1.7 and 3.1.2.3.5.2.1.8 above may result in a very high
number of AFTN messages being generated from one single AMHS message. Items 3.1.2.3.5.2.1.7 a) and
3.1.2.3.5.2.1.8 b) may, as a local matter, be used under such circumstances.
3.1.2.3.5.2.2.1 Each message resulting from the processing specified in 3.1.2.3.5.2.1 above shall be
converted by the Message Transfer and Control Unit into an AFTN Message composed of elements as
specified in Table 3.1.2-10.
3.1.2.3.5.2.2.2 Those components which are classified as “G” in the column “action” of Table 3.1.2-10 shall
be generated in compliance with the provisions of Annex 10, Volume II referred to in the column “mapping”.
3.1.2.3.5.2.2.3 Those components which are classified as “T” or “T1” in the column “action” of
Table 3.1.2-10 shall be converted from the AMHS parameter specified in the column “converted from AMHS
parameter” of Table 3.1.2-10 and according to the specification in the clause referred to in the column
“mapping”.
a) generated by the AFTN Component rather than by the Message Transfer and
Control Unit; and
b) returned to the Message Transfer and Control Unit as the result of the operation
transferring the generated AFTN Message from the Message Transfer and Control
Unit to the AFTN Component.
3.1.2.3.5.2.2.5 The value of the priority indicator of the converted AFTN message shall be the value of the
priority-indicator in the ATS-message-priority element of the AMHS message.
3.1.2.3.5.2.2.6 The value of an AF-Address included in the converted AFTN message shall be converted
from an MF-Address as respectively specified in 3.1.2.3.5.2.2.6.1 and 3.1.2.3.5.2.2.6.2 depending whether
it is an originator MF-Address or a recipient MF-Address.
3.1.2.3.5.2.2.6.1 The originator MF-Address included in an AMHS message shall be processed for
translation into the originator indicator of the converted AFTN Message in one of three mutually exclusive
manners, depending on the value of the organization-name attribute and on the contents of the User address
look-up table, after preliminary conversion of the value of all AMHS address attributes from lower case
IA5IRV characters, if any, to upper case IA5IRV characters:
3.1.2.3.5.2.2.6.2 To build the address part of the converted AFTN Message as specified in Annex 10,
Volume II, 4.4.15.2.1, each of the recipient MF-Addresses included in an AMHS message, whose
responsibility element in the per-recipient-indicators has the abstract-value “responsible”, shall be processed
for translation into an addressee indicator in one of three mutually exclusive manners:
Note.— Although the potential generation of a non-delivery report is mentioned for each
recipient-name which cannot be properly translated into an AF-Address, a single report with different
per-recipient-fields may be generated for all recipient-names which cannot be translated.
3.1.2.3.5.2.2.7 The value of the filing time of a converted AFTN message shall be the value of the
filing-time component in the ATS-Message-Filing-Time element of the AMHS message.
III-70 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.1.2.3.5.2.2.8 The Optional Heading Information of a converted AFTN message shall either:
3.1.2.3.5.2.2.9 The content of the Text part of a converted AFTN message shall be derived from the value
of the ATS-Message-Text element of the IPM text of the AMHS message, in compliance with the following
procedure:
a) conversion of each character which is not in the IA5IRV character repertoire, into
an IA5IRV character according to the locally defined conversion rules;
e) allocation of the result of items a) to d) above to the Text part of the converted
AFTN message.
Note 1.— The locally defined conversion rules mentioned in item a) may be for example CCITT
Recommendation X.408, if support of the ISO 8859-1 character set is a local policy of the AMHS
Management Domain.
Note 2.— A lower case IA5IRV character is one whose position is between 6/1 and 6/15 or 7/0 and
7/10. The corresponding upper case IA5IRV characters have positions extending from 4/1 to 4/15 and 5/0
to 5/10.
3.1.2.3.5.2.3.1 Each of the elements composing the IPM in an AMHS message to be converted into an
AFTN message in the Message Transfer and Control Unit shall be processed as specified in the column
“action” of Table 3.1.2-11.
3.1.2.3.5.2.3.2 The elements composing the IPM shall be used according to the specification in the clause
referred to in the column “mapping” of Table 3.1.2-11.
Note 1.— Table 3.1.2-11 is structured as a PRL derived from the profile specification included in
2.2 and consequently from the ISPICS Proforma included in ISO/IEC ISP 12062-2 as well as from
Table 3.1.2-2 in 3.1.2.2.3.2. The columns “Base” and “ISP” under “Reception” are extracted from ISO/IEC
ISP 12062-2 and the column “Basic ATS Message Service” specifies the static capability of an IPM AU
supporting the Basic ATS Message Service, i.e. the ability to handle in reception the element as part of an
Ground-ground applications III-71
IPM carrying an ATS Message. The references to the ISP Profile are indicated in the part titles as
AMH21/ref where appropriate. The references in column Ref are those of the ISP.
1 this-IPM M M M D -
2 originator M M M D -
3 authorizing-users M M M D -
7 replied-to-IPM M M M D -
8 obsoleted-IPMs M M M D -
III-72 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
9 related-IPMs M M M D -
10 subject M M M D -
11 expiry-time M M M D -
12 reply-time M M M D -
13 reply-recipients M M M D -
14 importance M M M D -
15 sensitivity M M M D -
16 auto-forwarded M M M D -
17 extensions M M M D -
17.1 incomplete-copy O M M D -
17.2 languages M M M D -
17.3 auto-submitted O I I D -
1.1 parameters M M M D -
1.1.1 repertoire M M M D -
1 RecipientSpecifier
1.1 recipient M M M D -
1.2.2 nrn M M M D -
1.2.3 ipm-return O O O D -
1.3 reply-requested M M M D -
1.4 recipient-extensions O I I D -
Ground-ground applications III-75
1.1 start-of-heading - - M - -
1.2.1 priority-prompt - - M - -
1.2.3 priority-separator - - M - -
1.3.1 filing-time-prompt - - M - -
1.3.3 filing-time-separator - - M - -
1.4.1 OHI-prompt - - M - -
1.4.3 OHI-separator - - M - -
1.5 end-of-heading-blank-line - - M - -
1.6 start-of-text - - M - -
III-76 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 2.— This body part type is excluded as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.2.1.4.
Note 3.— This body part type may be either excluded or translated, depending on whether or not it is
a standard extended body part type, and if yes,depending on the type of extended body part type, as specified
in Part 4 and as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.2.1.4.
3.1.2.3.5.2.3.3 If the priority-indicator of a received AMHS message has the value “SS” and if the
responsibility element of the corresponding per-recipient-fields of the Message Transfer Envelope has the
value “responsible”, then an error situation shall be logged and reported to a control position for appropriate
action if any of the following situations, or both, occurs:
Note 1.— The Message Transfer and Control Unit generates RNs only for SS priority messages,
since they are the only messages for which an end-to-end acknowledgement is possible in the AFTN. A
receipt-notification-request included in a message with another priority is ignored, considering that the
Message Transfer and Control Unit cannot ensure the actual reception of the message by the end-user.
Note 2.— The above specified error situation, if any, does not cause message rejection.
3.1.2.3.5.2.3.4 The components of a general-text body part shall be used as follows for the conversion of
the IPM body into the text of the AFTN Message:
a) the parameters component identify the character set used for the message, as
specified in ISO/IEC 10021-7, B.2; and
Ground-ground applications III-77
b) the data component of a general-text body part are used for the generation of the
converted AFTN message as specified in Part 6 of Table 3.1.2-11.
3.1.2.3.5.2.4.1 Each of the elements composing the Message Transfer Envelope of an AMHS message to
be converted into an AFTN message in a Message Transfer and Control Unit shall be processed as specified
in the column “action” of Table 3.1.2-12.
3.1.2.3.5.2.4.2 The elements composing the Message Transfer Envelope shall be handled according to the
specification in the clause referred to in the column “mapping” of Table 3.1.2-12.
Note 1.— Table 3.1.2-12 is structured as a PRL derived from the ISPICS Proforma included in
ISO/IEC ISP 10611-3. The columns “Base” and “ISP” are extracted from ISO/IEC ISP 10611-3 and the
column “Basic ATS Message Service” specifies the static capability of an AU in relation with the MT-EoS
(Message Transfer Elements of Service), i.e. the ability to convey, handle and act in relation with the
element. The references to the ISP Profile are indicated in the part titles as AMH11/ref where appropriate.
Note 2.— Although not used for mapping, some elements may generate specific actions for the
gateway in the handling of the considered message.
Note 3.— Some elements may have two classifications, e.g. D/X where certain values of the element
may cause message rejection, while other values are simply discarded when the AMHS message is converted
into an AFTN message.
1.1.1 message-identifier M M M D -
1.1.5 content-identifier M M M D -
III-78 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
1.1.11.5 originator-return-address O M- M- D -
1.1.11.10 content-correlator M M M D -
1.1.11.11 dl-expansion-history M M- M- D -
1.1.11.12 internal-trace-information M M M D -
1.2.3 per-recipient-indicators M M M D -
1.2.4 explicit-conversion O M- M- D -
1.2.5.13 redirection-history M M- M- D -
4 PerMessageIndicators
4.1 disclosure-of-other-recipients M M M D -
4.4 content-return-request O M- M- D -
4.5 reserved O M- M- D -
4.6 bit-5 O M- M- D -
4.7 bit-6 O M- M- D -
4.8 service-message O M- M- D -
5 PerDomainBilateralInformation
6 TraceInformation
6.1 TraceInformationElement M M M D -
Ground-ground applications III-81
6.1.2 domain-supplied-information M M M D -
6.1.2.1 arrival-time M M M D -
6.1.2.2 routing-action M M M D -
6.1.2.2.1 relayed M M M D -
6.1.2.2.2 rerouted O C1 C1 D -
6.1.2.3 attempted-domain O C1 C1 D -
6.1.2.4.1 deferred-time M C2 C2 D -
6.1.2.4.3 other-actions O M- M- D -
6.1.2.4.3.1 redirected O M- M- D -
6.1.2.4.3.2 dl-operation O M- M- D -
1 ExtensionField
1.3 value M M M D -
3.1.2.3.5.2.4.4 The element deferred-delivery-time shall be discarded by the Message Transfer and Control
Unit, since this functionality, if implemented in an AFTN/AMHS Gateway, is supported by the ATN
Component and not by the Message Transfer and Control Unit.
3.1.2.3.5.2.4.6 If any extension-field is present in the extensions of the Message Transfer Envelope and not
semantically understood by the Message Transfer and Control Unit, then the element shall either:
3.1.2.3.5.2.4.7 The element dl-expansion-prohibited shall be discarded by the Message Transfer and Control
Unit, since the DL-expansion capability of an AFTN/AMHS Gateway is supported by the ATN Component
and not by the Message Transfer and Control Unit.
3.1.2.3.5.2.4.8 If the latest-delivery-time element is present, and if, when the AMHS message is handled
by the Message Transfer and Control Unit, the current time exceeds the value of the latest-delivery-time, then
the following actions shall be performed:
3.1.2.3.5.2.4.9 The Message Transfer and Control Unit does not implement Security Elements of Service.
Thus, if any security-related extension-field set to “CRITICAL FOR DELIVERY” is present in the
extensions of the Message Transfer Envelope, the following actions shall be performed:
3.1.2.3.5.2.4.10 The element requested-delivery-method shall be discarded by the Message Transfer and
Control Unit.
Note.— The Message Transfer and Control Unit handles the message irrespective of the value of this
attribute, since it indicates only a preferred delivery method (see Technical Corrigendum 5 to
ISO/IEC 10021-4).
3.1.2.3.5.2.4.11 The Message Transfer and Control Unit does not implement Physical Delivery Elements of
Service. Thus, if any physical delivery-related extension-field set to “CRITICAL FOR DELIVERY” is
present in the extensions of the Message Transfer Envelope, the following actions shall be performed:
Upon reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of a RN conveyed with a Message Transfer
Envelope passed from the ATN Component, for the acknowledgement of a SS message, this message shall
be converted into an AFTN acknowledgement message in compliance with the following:
b) the specification of how the AFTN service message is generated and how the AFTN
service message components are mapped from AMHS parameters, as included in
3.1.2.3.5.3.2;
c) the specification of how the elements of the received RN are handled, as included
in 3.1.2.3.5.3.3; and
d) the specification of how the Message Transfer Envelope elements are handled, as
included in 3.1.2.3.5.3.4.
Ground-ground applications III-85
3.1.2.3.5.3.1.1 Upon reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of a RN, passed from the ATN
Component to be potentially converted into an AFTN acknowledgement message, the received RN shall be
processed in one of the following manners:
b) unsuccessful termination of the procedure, if the subject IPM has not been
previously generated by the Message Transfer and Control Unit, resulting in:
3.1.2.3.5.3.1.2 For an AMHS RN passed from the ATN Component to the Message Transfer and Control
Unit and not rejected as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.3.1.1, the received RN shall be processed in one of the
following manners:
b) unsuccessful termination of the procedure, if the value of the priority indicator was
different from “SS”, resulting in:
3.1.2.3.5.3.1.3 An AMHS RN passed from the ATN Component to the Message Transfer and Control Unit
and not rejected as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.3.1.2 shall be processed as specified in 3.1.2.3.5.3.2.
III-86 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.1.2.3.5.3.2.1 An AMHS RN received by the Message Transfer and Control Unit and not rejected as the
result of 3.1.2.3.5.3.1 shall be converted into an AFTN acknowledgement message in compliance with:
3.1.2.3.5.3.2.2 These components which are classified as “G” shall be generated in compliance with the
clause referred to in the column “mapping” of Table 3.1.2-13.
3.1.2.3.5.3.2.3 These components which are classified as “T” shall be converted from the AMHS parameter
specified in the column “converted from AMHS parameter” of Table 3.1.2-13 and according to the
specification in the clause referred to in the column “mapping”.
Origin Filing Time T receipt-time (see Table 3.1.2-14/Part 1/7.1) see 3.1.2.3.5.3.2.5
Optional Heading X - -
Information
b) take the value of the six characters between the fifth and tenth position from the
receipt-time element of the RN.
3.1.2.3.5.3.3.1 Each of the elements composing the RN to be converted into an AFTN acknowledgement
message in an AFTN/AMHS Gateway shall be processed as specified in the column “action” of
Table 3.1.2-14.
3.1.2.3.5.3.3.2 The elements composing the RN shall be handled according to the specification in the clause
referred to in the column “mapping” of Table 3.1.2-14.
Note.— Table 3.1.2-14 is structured as a PRL derived from the profile specification included in 2.2
and consequently from the ISPICS Proforma included in ISO/IEC ISP 12062-2 (AMH21). The columns
“Base” and “ISP” under “Reception” are extracted from ISO/IEC ISP 12062-2, and the column “Basic ATS
Message Service” specifies the static capability of an IPM AU supporting the Basic ATS Message Service,
i.e. the ability to handle in reception the element as part of a RN. The references to the ISP Profile are
indicated in the part titles as AMH21/ref where appropriate. The references in column Ref are those of the
ISP.
1 subject-ipm M M M D -
2 ipn-originator M M M D -
3 ipm-preferred-recipient M M M D -
4 conversion-eits M M M D -
5 notification-extensions O I I - -
7.2 acknowledgment-mode M M M D -
7.3 suppl-receipt-info O O O D -
7.4 rn-extensions O I I - -
8 other-notification-type-fields O I I - -
3.1.2.3.5.3.4.1 The elements composing the Message Transfer Envelope conveyed with a RN to be
converted into an AFTN acknowledgement message shall be used in compliance with:
4 PerMessageIndicators
6 TraceInformation
6.1 TraceInformationElement M M M D -
6.1.2 domain-supplied-information M M M D -
3.1.2.3.5.3.4.2 The elements related to the encoded-information-types in the Message Transfer Envelope
conveyed with a RN shall be discarded when converting the RN into an AFTN acknowledgement message.
3.1.2.3.5.3.4.3 The recipient-name element in the Message Transfer Envelope conveyed with a RN shall
be discarded when converting the RN into an AFTN acknowledgement message.
Note.— The Message Transfer and Control Unit uses the information contained in the subject AFTN
message to construct an AFTN acknowledgement message.
Upon reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of an AMHS Non-Delivery Report passed from
the ATN Component, this report shall be processed in compliance with the following:
b) the specification of how the AFTN service message is generated, if any, and how
the AFTN service message components are mapped from AMHS parameters, as
included in 3.1.2.3.5.4.2; and
c) the specification of how the Report Transfer Envelope elements are handled, as
included in 3.1.2.3.5.4.3.
3.1.2.3.5.4.1.1 Upon reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of a non-delivery report, passed
from the ATN Component to be potentially converted into an AFTN service message, the received
non-delivery report shall be processed in one of the following manners:
b) unsuccessful termination of the procedure, if the subject AMHS message has not
been previously generated by the Message Transfer and Control Unit, resulting in:
3.1.2.3.5.4.1.2 A non-delivery report received by the Message Transfer and Control Unit, and regarding a
subject message which had been generated by the Message Transfer and Control Unit, shall be processed by
the Message Transfer and Control Unit in one of three mutually exclusive manners:
3.1.2.3.5.4.1.3 If the non-delivery report did not cause any error situation to be reported, or for the
per-recipient-fields of the report which did not cause any error to be reported, the report shall be processed
by the Message Transfer and Control Unit in one of the following manners:
3.1.2.3.5.4.2.1 An AMHS Non-Delivery Report received by the Message Transfer and Control Unit, which
non-delivery-diagnostic-code has the abstract-value “unrecognised-OR-name”, and not stored for action at
the control position as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.4.1, shall be converted into an AFTN service message to the
originator of the subject AFTN message, indicating that an unknown addressee indicator was specified in
the subject AFTN message (unknown address AFTN service message) in compliance with:
3.1.2.3.5.4.2.2 These components which are classified as “G” shall be generated in compliance with the
provisions of Annex 10, Volume II or with the clause referred to in the column “mapping” of Table 3.1.2-16.
3.1.2.3.5.4.2.3 These components which are classified as “T” shall be converted from the AMHS parameter
specified in the column “converted from AMHS parameter” of Table 3.1.2-16 and according to the
specification in the clause referred to in the column “mapping”.
3.1.2.3.5.4.2.4 The priority indicator component shall take the value of the priority indicator of the subject
AFTN message.
Ground-ground applications III-93
3.1.2.3.5.4.2.5 The addressee indicator(s) component shall contain a single AF-Address which is the originator
indicator of the subject AFTN message.
3.1.2.3.5.4.2.6 The filing time component, expressed as a date-time group in compliance with Annex 10,
Volume II, 4.4.15.2.2.1, shall take the value of the time at which the AFTN service message is generated by the
Message Transfer and Control Unit.
3.1.2.3.5.4.2.7 The originator indicator shall be the AFTN Address of the AFTN Component of the
AFTN/AMHS Gateway, as specified in 3.1.2.3.2.1.16.
3.1.2.3.5.4.2.8 The value of the message text component shall be structured as follows:
a) a first line composed as specified in Annex 10, Volume II, 4.4.11.13.3, items 1) to 4),
using the origin of the subject AFTN message;
b) a second line composed as specified in Annex 10, Volume II, 4.4.11.13.3, items 5) and
6), using the first address line of the subject AFTN message; and
c) the third and following lines as appropriate composed as specified in Annex 10,
Volume II, 4.4.11.13.3, items 7) to 9), using the AF-Address(es) translated as specified
in 3.1.2.3.5.4.2.9 from the actual-recipient-name elements of the per-recipient-fields
of the Non-Delivery Report which were not stored for action at the control position as
the result of 3.1.2.3.5.4.1.2.
3.1.2.3.5.4.2.9 Each actual-recipient-name element used to generate an unknown address AFTN service
message as specified in item c) of 3.1.2.3.5.4.2.8 above shall be processed for translation into an AF-Address
in one of three mutually exclusive manners, after preliminary conversion of the value of all AMHS address
attributes from lower case IA5IRV characters, if any, to upper case IA5IRV characters:
3.1.2.3.5.4.3.1 Each of the elements composing the Report Transfer Envelope and Report Transfer Content
of an AMHS report to be converted into an AFTN service message in the Message Transfer and Control Unit
shall be processed as specified in the column “action” of Table 3.1.2-17.
III-94 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.1.2.3.5.4.3.2 These elements shall be handled according to the specification in the clause referred to in the
column “mapping” of Table 3.1.2-17.
Note.— Table 3.1.2-17 is structured as a PRL derived from the ISPICS Proforma included in ISO/IEC
ISP 10611-3. The columns “Base” and “ISP” are extracted from ISO/IEC ISP 10611-3, and the column “Basic
ATS Message Service” specifies the static capability of an AU for the MT-EoS, i.e. the ability to convey, handle
and act in relation with the element. The references to the ISP Profile are indicated in the part titles as
AMH11/ref where appropriate.
1 ReportTransferEnvelope M M M D -
2.1.1 subject-identifier M M M D -
2.1.2 subject-intermediate-trace-information O M M D -
2.1.3 original-encoded-information-types M M M D -
2.1.4 content-type M M M D -
2.1.5 content-identifier M M M D -
2.1.6 returned-content O M- M- D -
2.1.7 additional-information O M- M- D -
2.1.8 extensions M M M D -
2.2 per-recipient-fields M M M
2.2.2 originally-specified-recipient-number M M M D -
Ground-ground applications III-95
2.2.3 per-recipient-indicators M M M D -
2.2.4 last-trace-information M M M D -
2.2.6 supplementary-information O M- M- D -
2.2.7 extensions M M M D -
3.1.2.3.5.5.1 Upon reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of an AMHS probe which content
type is either “interpersonal-messaging-1984" or “interpersonal-messaging-1988", the received probe shall
be processed in one of the following manners, depending on the abstract-value of the
current-encoded-information-types, determined as either the abstract-value of the latest
converted-encoded-information-types, if existing, in the trace-information element, or as the abstract-value
of the original-encoded-information-types element in the Probe Transfer Envelope if the previous does not
exist:
b) if the abstract-value differs from built-in “ia5-text” and from extended “ia5-text”:
3.1.2.3.5.5.2 A probe which was not rejected as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.5.1 shall be processed in one of the
following manners:
3.1.2.3.5.5.3 A probe which was not rejected as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.5.2 shall be processed in one of
three mutually exclusive manners:
a) if, due to system resource limitation, the value of the element content-length in the
Probe Transfer Envelope exceeds the conversion capability of the Message Transfer
and Control Unit, then:
Note.— The way to determine the conversion capability of the Message Transfer and Control Unit
in terms of message length is a matter local to the AMHS Management Domain operating the AFTN/AMHS
Gateway.
Ground-ground applications III-97
3.1.2.3.5.5.4 A probe which was not rejected as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.5.3 shall be processed in one of
three mutually exclusive manners, depending on the number of probe recipients towards which the Message
Transfer and Control Unit is responsible for conveyance test, and on the AFTN/AMHS Gateway resources:
1) attempt to split the probe, internally to the Message Transfer and Control
Unit, into several probes, each of them with no more than 21 probe
recipients:
b) if this number exceeds 21 probe recipients, and if, due to system resource limitation,
the splitting attempt made by the gateway as specified in item a) above cannot be
properly achieved:
3.1.2.3.5.5.5 A probe which was not rejected as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.5.4 shall be processed in one of the
following manners, depending on the ability of the Message Transfer and Control Unit to translate the
originator-name element of the Probe Transfer Envelope into an AF-Address:
1) if, after conversion from lower case IA5IRV characters, if any, to upper
case IA5IRV characters, the organization-name attribute has the value
“AFTN” and if the value of the first element of the
organizational-unit-names is a syntactically valid AF-Address; or
III-98 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2) if, after conversion from lower case IA5IRV characters, if any, to upper
case IA5IRV characters, the value of the organization-name attribute
differs from “AFTN” and if an AF-Address matching exactly the
MF-Address of the originator can be found in the User address look-up
table maintained in the Message Transfer and Control Unit; or
3.1.2.3.5.5.6 For each probe recipient, a probe which was not rejected as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.5.5 shall
be processed in one of the following manners, depending on the ability of the Message Transfer and Control
Unit to translate the considered recipient-name element of the Probe Transfer Envelope into an AF-Address:
1) if, after conversion from lower case IA5IRV characters, if any, to upper
case IA5IRV characters, the organization-name attribute has the value
“AFTN” and if the value of the first element of the
organizational-unit-names is a syntactically valid AF-Address; or
2) if, after conversion from lower case IA5IRV characters, if any, to upper
case IA5IRV characters, the value of the organization-name attribute
differs from “AFTN” and if an AF-Address matching exactly the
MF-Address of the recipient can be found in the User address look-up table
maintained in the Message Transfer and Control Unit; or
3.1.2.3.5.5.7 For the probe recipients which were not rejected as the result of 3.1.2.3.5.5.6, a
delivery-report shall be generated as specified in 3.1.2.3.5.6, if requested, to indicate the successful result
of the probe conveyance test.
3.1.2.3.5.6.1 General
3.1.2.3.5.6.1.1 A non-delivery report shall be generated by the Message Transfer and Control Unit:
a) for each message or probe which was rejected at the AFTN/AMHS Gateway, as the
result of the procedures described in 3.1.2.3.5.1.1, 3.1.2.3.5.1.4, 3.1.2.3.5.2 and
3.1.2.3.5.5, either for all the recipients or for certain recipients; and
3.1.2.3.5.6.1.3 For each AMHS message which was converted by the Message Transfer and Control Unit
as the result of the procedures specified in 3.1.2.3.5.2.2 to 3.1.2.3.5.2.4 and then succesfully passed to the
AFTN Component as specified in 3.1.2.3.5.1.6, a delivery report shall be generated by the Message Transfer
and Control Unit for each message recipient of which:
3.1.2.3.5.6.1.5 When the generation of a delivery report is required in relation with the result of a probe
conveyance test as specified in 3.1.2.3.5.5, the clauses 3.1.2.3.5.6.1.3 to 3.1.2.3.5.6.1.4 above shall apply
with the difference that the event which triggers the generation of the delivery report is the success of the
probe conveyance test.
3.1.2.3.5.6.1.6 A report resulting from the clauses above shall be generated as specified in 3.1.2.3.5.6.2.
III-100 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.1.2.3.5.6.2.1 Each report resulting from the specification of 3.1.2.3.5.6.1 shall be generated by the
Message Transfer and Control Unit, in the form of an AMHS Report Transfer Envelope and Report Transfer
Content, composed of elements as specified in the column “action” of Table 3.1.2-18.
3.1.2.3.5.6.2.2 These elements which are classified as “G” or “G2” shall be either generated or conditionally
generated according to the specification in the clause referred to in the column “generation action” of
Table 3.1.2-18.
Note.— Table 3.1.2-18 is structured as a PRL derived from the ISPICS Proforma included in
ISO/IEC ISP 10611-3. The columns “Base” and “ISP” are extracted from ISO/IEC ISP 10611-3, and the
column “Basic ATS Message Service” specifies the static capability of an AU in relation with the MT-EoS,
i.e. the ability to convey, handle and act in relation with the element. The references to the ISP Profile are
indicated in the part titles as AMH11/ref where appropriate.
1.4.1 message-security-label O M- M- X -
1.4.3 reporting-DL-name O M- M- X -
1.4.4 reporting-MTA-certificate O M- M- X -
1.4.5 report-origin-authentication- O M- M- X -
check
2.1.7 additional-information O M- M- X -
2.2.7.2 physical-forwarding-address O M- M- X -
2.2.7.3 recipient-certificate O M- M- X -
2.2.7.4 proof-of-delivery O M- M- X -
1 MTSIdentifier
2 GlobalDomainIdentifier
6 TraceInformation
6.1.2.2.2 rerouted O C1 C1 X -
Ground-ground applications III-103
6.1.2.3 attempted-domain O C1 C1 X -
6.1.2.4.1 deferred-time M C2 C2 X -
6.1.2.4.2 converted-encoded- O M- M- X -
information-types
6.1.2.4.3 other-actions O M- M- X -
6.1.2.4.3.1 redirected O M- M- X -
6.1.2.4.3.2 dl-operation O M- M- X -
7 LastTraceInformation
1 ExtensionField
1.1.2 private-extension O M- M- X -
5 InternalTraceInformation
5.3.2.2 rerouted O C1 C1 X -
5.3.3 attempted O C1 C1 X -
5.3.4.1 deferred-time M C2 C2 X -
5.3.4.2 converted-encoded- O M- M- X -
information-types
5.3.4.3 other-actions O M- M- X -
Ground-ground applications III-105
5.3.4.3.1 redirected O M- M- X -
5.3.4.3.2 dl-operation O M- M- X -
a) be generated locally so as to ensure that it distinguishes the report from all other
messages, probes or reports generated in the AMHS, as specified in ISO/IEC
10021-4, 12.2.1.3.1.1; and
3.1.2.3.5.6.2.5 The element local-identifier in the report-identifier shall be generated locally so as to ensure
that it distinguishes the report from all other messages, probes or reports generated in the AMHS
Management Domain operating the AFTN/AMHS Gateway.
3.1.2.3.5.6.2.6 The report-destination-name element in the Report Transfer Envelope shall be one of the
following:
3.1.2.3.5.6.2.7 The first trace-information-element in the trace-information of the Report Transfer Envelope
shall be generated as specified in Table 3.1.2-18/Part 2/6.
3.1.2.3.5.6.2.8 Only extensions of type “standard-extension” as defined in the base standards shall be used,
as further specified in the classification of Table 3.1.2-18.
3.1.2.3.5.6.2.11 The subject-identifier element in the Report Transfer Content shall take the value of the
message-identifier element of the subject AMHS message as specified in Table 3.1.2-12/Part 1/1.1.1.
3.1.2.3.5.6.2.13 The original-encoded-information-types element in the Report Transfer Content shall take
the value of the original-encoded-information-types element of the subject AMHS message as specified in
Table 3.1.2-12/Part 1/1.1.3.
3.1.2.3.5.6.2.14 The content-type element in the Report Transfer Content shall take the value of the
content-type element of the subject AMHS message as specified in Table 3.1.2-12/Part 1/1.1.4.
3.1.2.3.5.6.2.15 The content-identifier element in the Report Transfer Content shall either:
a) take the value of the content-identifier element of the subject AMHS message as
specified in Table 3.1.2-12/Part 1/1.1.5, if present; or
b) be omitted in the report if there is no such element in the subject AMHS message.
3.1.2.3.5.6.2.16 The returned-content element in the Report Transfer Content shall optionally take the value
of the content of the subject AMHS message, if and only if the content-return-request element in the
per-message-indicators of the subject AMHS message in the subject Message Transfer Envelope has the
abstract-value “content-return-requested”.
Note.— The Message Transfer and Control Unit is not mandated to implement the Return Of Content
(RoC) Optional Functional Group as defined in ISO/IEC ISP 10611-1.
Ground-ground applications III-107
3.1.2.3.5.6.2.17 The content-correlator element in the Report Transfer Content shall either:
a) take the value of the content-correlator element of the subject AMHS message as
specified in Table 3.1.2-12/Part 1/1.1.11.10, if present; or
b) be omitted in the report if there is no such element in the subject AMHS message.
a) take the value of the first O/R name found in the redirection-history element of the
subject AMHS message, if present, as specified in Table 3.1.2-12/Part 1/1.2.5.13;
or
a) the value “This report only indicates successful (potential) conversion to AFTN, not
delivery to a recipient” if the report is a delivery-report; or
b) the value, if any, specified in the clause which caused the generation of the report
if it is a non-delivery-report.
a) take the value of the redirection-history element of the subject AMHS message, if
present, as specified in Table 3.1.2-12/Part 1/1.2.5.13; or
1) the name of the ADMD under which the AMHS Management Domain has
been registered, either nationally or internationally, if the AMHS
Management Domain operates as an ADMD;
a) generation of the element, with the value of the name of the PRMD, encoded as a
Printable String, if the AMHS Management Domain operates as an PRMD; or
3.1.2.3.5.6.2.35 The element mta-name in the first element of internal-trace-information shall be the
mta-name assigned to the Message Transfer and Control Unit included in the AFTN/AMHS Gateway.
Note.— The structure of the mta-name of the Message Transfer and Control Unit included in an
AFTN/AMHS Gateway within an AMHS Management Domain is a matter of policy internal to the AMHS
Management Domain.
Ground-ground applications III-111
3.1.3.1.1 The ATN Pass-Through Service shall provide a message environment for the exchange of
IA-5 encoded AFTN messages over the ATN Internet Communications Service and with the AFTN via the
AFTN/ATN Type A gateway.
Note 1.— This service does not provide classical store and forward messages services such as found
in the AFTN and the ATS Message Service, nor is it visible to users at AFTN stations.
Note 2.— As a matter of organisations' policy, the implementation of the ATS Message Service may
be deferred. In order to take early advantage of the enhanced connectivity provided by the ATN, ATS
Organisations with such a policy may implement and operate in the interim the ATN Pass-Through Service.
This service provides connectivity for the AFTN traffic as presently defined in Annex 10, Volume II, through
the ATN. The interoperability between the ATS Message Service and the ATN Pass-Through Service is a
local implementation matter.
3.1.3.1.2 Recommendation.— ATS Organisations which choose to implement the ATN Pass-Through
Service should plan to implement the ATS Message Service at the earliest possible time.
3.1.3.1.3 Recommendation.— ATS Organisations which choose to implement the ATN Pass-Through
Service should provide the interoperability facilities to the ATS Message Service implementations.
The AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway users shall consist of AFTN stations (as defined in Annex 10, Volume II)
exchanging AFTN messages.
If an AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway is connected to an AFTN Centre which is capable of using only ITA-2
format, the AFTN Component of the gateway shall convert messages to/from the IA-5 format.
Note.— An ATS organisation may choose to connect an AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway to the AFTN
only via its AFTN Centre. In this case, some requirements placed on the AFTN Component may not have
to be fulfilled, provided that the AFTN Centre and AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway together fulfill all
requirements.
The AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway information elements shall consist only of AFTN messages.
Note 1.— The security at each AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway is deemed a local issue to be addressed
by the ATS organisation in charge of the system.
Note 2.— Management is limited to the logging provisions which are defined for the AFTN/ATN
Type A Gateway. No provision is made for retrieval or exchange of this information, which is deemed a local
issue to be addressed by the authority in charge of the system.
3.1.3.1.6.1 The minimal set of systems implemented and operated by an ATS organisation for the ATN
Pass-Through Service shall be one AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway system.
3.1.3.1.6.2 The minimal set of communications circuits implemented by an ATS organisation operating
an AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway shall be:
b) when not integrated with an AFTN centre, one AFTN circuit utilizing a code and
byte independent procedure and access to one ATN subnetwork; or
c) when not integrated with an AFTN centre, one AFTN circuit utilizing any
Annex 10, Volume I controlled or Volume II uncontrolled circuit procedure and
access to one ATN subnetwork.
Note.— The effect of selecting either 3.1.3.1.6.2 a) or b) is the elimination of the requirement for the
AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway to implement the manual teletypewriter procedures, such as service message
procedures, channel-check and transmission identification procedures, and code conversion procedures
contained in Annex 10, Volume II.
Naming for each AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway system shall consist of an AP-title set and an AE-qualifier
set, as specified in 4.3.2.
3.1.3.1.8.1 There shall be two address forms used in the AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway System:
Routing of messages shall be provided by the AFTN Centres to which the AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway is
connected.
Ground-ground applications III-113
If, for any reason, the Message Transfer and Control Unit is unable to accept AFTN messages passed by the
AFTN Component, then the AFTN Component shall handle this situation in compliance with the provisions
of Annex 10, Volume II, 4.4.1.5.2.3.
Note.— Such a condition may be caused by the inability of the Message Transfer and Control Unit
to pass messages to the ATN Component.
3.1.3.2.1 An AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway shall consist of the following three logical components:
a) AFTN component;
3.1.3.2.2 The three logical components shall interact according to the architecture specified in 4.
3.1.3.2.3 For both the configurations specified in 3.1.3.1.6.2 a) and b), the ATN Pass-Through Service
shall be totally transparent for AFTN messages and AFTN service messages to the users of the service,
except when applying the procedures for address stripping.
3.1.3.2.4 For the configuration specified in 3.1.3.1.6.2 c), the AFTN/ATN Type A Gateways shall
handle the AFTN procedures as specified in Annex 10, Volume II.
3.1.3.3.1.1 The AFTN component shall handle the interface to the AFTN and provide an interface to
the Message Transfer and Control Unit.
b) additional requirements which are not placed on AFTN stations by Annex 10,
Volume II but which are necessary due to the AFTN Component requirements
pertaining to an AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway.
3.1.3.3.1.3 The AFTN component shall incorporate an AFTN procedure handler that provides all of
the AFTN functions prescribed for the interface to the AFTN.
III-114 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.1.3.3.1.4 The AFTN Component shall isolate all AFTN procedures from the Message Transfer and
Control Unit Component.
Note.— The AFTN procedure handler includes the procedures for managing the order of AFTN
messages based on the transmission priority specified. Using the AFTN procedure handler for managing
priority eliminates the need for the Message Transfer and Control Unit to manage message priorities.
3.1.3.3.1.5 The AFTN Component of an AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway shall perform short term
retention of all messages transmitted towards the AFTN in a manner equivalent to that specified for an AFTN
communication centre in Annex 10, Volume II, 4.4.1.7 to provide recovery from communication protocol
errors.
3.1.3.3.1.6 The AFTN Component shall perform long-term retention of all AFTN messages, in their
entirety, that it generates, for a period of at least thirty days.
3.1.3.3.1.7 The AFTN Component shall perform long-term retention of the heading, address and origin
parts of all messages received from the Message Transfer and Control Unit and the action taken thereon, for
a period of at least thirty days.
3.1.3.3.2.1 The ATN Component shall implement the procedures required of an ATN End System as
specified by the ATS Message protocol stack Type A.
3.1.3.3.2.2.1 The ATN Component service shall consist of a single service primitive between it and the
Message Transfer and Control Unit, the GA-Data request and indication.
3.1.3.3.2.2.2 The User Data parameter shall contain the IA5 form of a complete AFTN message, as
defined in Annex 10, Volume II.
3.1.3.3.2.2.3 The Called Address parameter shall contain the ATN-end system id of the destination
AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway consisting of the 8-character facility designation as defined in 4.
Ground-ground applications III-115
3.1.3.3.2.2.4 The Calling Address parameter shall contain the ATN-end system id of the AFTN/ATN
Type A Gateway consisting of the 8-character facility designation as defined in 4.
3.1.3.3.2.2.5 The AFTN Priority parameter, if present, shall contain the AFTN priority indicator of the
AFTN message, as defined in Annex 10, Volume II.
3.1.3.3.2.3 The ATS Message protocol stack Type A shall consist of protocols and procedures specified
in 4; and consisting of:
a) the ATN Component Control Function, which incorporates the Control Function of
the Upper Layer Communication Service as specified in 4.3.3 and the additional
provisions specified in 3.1.3.3.2.4;
c) the Application Layer Naming and Context Definition as specified in 4.3.2; and
Note.— The specification of the ATN Component Control Function (CF) does not constrain the
implementation of the ATN Component as long as the latter exhibits the external behaviour of the CF as
specified.
3.1.3.3.2.4.1 The ATN Component control function (CF) shall map the GA-Data requests and indications
to and from the Dialogue Service as specified in 4.
3.1.3.3.2.4.2 Upon receipt of a GA-Data request, the CF shall determine if a dialogue exists with the
destination ATN End-System by examining the Called Address parameter.
3.1.3.3.2.4.3 If a dialogue does not exist, the CF shall formulate a D-START-request primitive.
3.1.3.3.2.4.4 The parameters of the D-START-request shall be set according to Table 3.1.3-2.
III-116 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
QOS Parameters
Routing class ------ “ATSC: No Traffic Type Policy
Preference”
Priority AFTN Priority see Table 3.1.3-7
Residual Error Rate ----- abstract-value “high”
3.1.3.3.2.4.5 Upon receipt of an D-START-indication, the CF shall determine if the parameters values
are as indicated in Table 3.1.3-2.
3.1.3.3.2.4.6 If the parameters received in a D-START indication are acceptable and sufficient resources
available to support the association, the CF shall accept the association by sending a D-START-response,
in which the parameters are set according to Table 3.1.3-3 with the Result parameter set to the abstract-value
“accepted”.
Note.— The actual definition of “acceptable values” for the parameters of the D-START-indication
is a local matter.
3.1.3.3.2.4.7 If the parameters received in a D-START indication are unacceptable or there are insufficient
resources available to support the association, the CF shall reject the association by sending an
D-START-response, in which the parameters are set according to Table 3.1.3-3, with the Result parameter
set to the abstract-value “rejected (permanent)” in the case of invalid parameters and set to the abstract-value
“rejected (transient)”if there are insufficient resources.
Ground-ground applications III-117
Note 1.— The actual definition of “unacceptable values” for the parameters of the
D-START-indication is a local matter.
Note 2.— The use of a security policy (such as only accepting associations from particular remote
ATN end systems) to limit acceptance of associations is a local matter.
3.1.3.3.2.4.8 If the result parameter in the D-START-confirmation is set to the abstract-value “rejected
(transient)”, the ATN Component CF shall:
3.1.3.3.2.4.9 If the result parameter in the D-START-confirmation is set to the abstract-value “rejected
(permanent)”, the ATN Component CF shall attempt (a locally defined number of times) the establishment
of a dialogue with a prioritised list of gateways which are defined as being alternates to the one which has
been determined as unreachable.
3.1.3.3.2.4.10 If any of the QOS parameters in the D-START-confirmation is unacceptable, the ATN
Component CF shall perform the following:
Note.— The actual definition of “unacceptable values” for the parameters of the
D-START-confirmation is a local matter.
3.1.3.3.2.4.12 Upon the completion of the dialogue set-up, or in the case of using an existing dialogue, the
CF shall formulate a D-DATA request by taking the data in the User Data parameter in the GA-Data-request
and encoding it as the user data field in the D-DATA-request.
3.1.3.3.2.4.13 The data received in the User Data parameter of the GA-Data-request is the complete AFTN
message, which shall be passed transparently to the destination system.
3.1.3.3.2.4.14 Upon the receipt of a D-DATA-indication, the CF shall extract the user data and place it in
the User Data parameter of the GA-Data-indication.
3.1.3.3.2.4.15 If the CF does not have any data to send over a dialogue for a time period t1, it shall release
the dialogue by formulating an D-END-request.
Note.— The time period to wait before releasing a dialogue is a local matter to be determined by
cost and expected data traffic.
3.1.3.3.2.4.16 The parameters of the D-END-request shall be set according to Table 3.1.3-4.
3.1.3.3.2.4.17 Upon receiving an D-END-indication, the CF shall release the dialogue as soon as it no
longer has any data to send (over that dialogue) by formulating a D-END-response.
Ground-ground applications III-119
3.1.3.3.2.4.18 The parameters of the D-END-response shall be set according to Table 3.1.3-5.
3.1.3.3.2.4.19 For immediate termination of the dialogue, the D-ABORT parameters shall be set according
to Table 3.1.3-6.
Note.— The conditions under which this primitive is used is a local matter.
3.1.3.3.2.4.20 Upon receipt of a D-ABORT-indication the dialogue shall be considered to have failed.
Note.— The recovery mechanisms, if any, to be applied are a matter of local implementation choices.
Note.— The recovery mechanisms, if any, to be applied are a matter of local implementation choices.
3.1.3.3.2.5.1 For transmission of messages across the ATN, the AFTN priority indicators, as found in
Annex 10, Volume II, 4.4.1.2, shall map to Dialogue Service QOS (Priorities) in accordance with
Table 3.1.3-7.
3.1.3.3.2.5.2 The ATN component shall process incoming and outgoing messages according to the priority
of the message.
Note.— The Message Transfer and Control Unit Component provides a bi-directional conversion
facility between the AFTN component and the ATN component and consists of:
d) a set of interface requirements between the Message Transfer and Control Unit
Component and the ATN Component as specified in 3.1.3.3.3.5; and
e) a set of interface requirements between the Message Transfer and Control Unit
Component and the AFTN Component as specified in 3.1.3.3.3.6.
The Message Transfer and Control Unit of an AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway shall log all messages and
information related to the following events that have occurred at its interfaces with the ATN Component and
with the AFTN Component, and in its internal procedures:
e) the AFTN service messages indicating unknown addressee indicator conveyed out
(to the AFTN Component).
Note.— This requirement is not intended to fulfill the 30 day message requirements for an AFTN
station.
3.1.3.3.3.2.1 The Message Transfer and Control Unit Component shall maintain an address mapping
function which maps between an AFTN addressee indicator and the ATN address of the AFTN/ATN Type
A Gateway via which the addressee may be reached.
3.1.3.3.3.2.2 The address mapping function shall, at a minimum, provide the following mappings:
b) a map from sets of AFTN addresses based on a portion of the AFTN address to a
single ATN address.
Note.— All AFTN address Indicators are treated as explicit addresses, including predetermined
address indicators (PDAIS), thus a single AFTN address can only map to a single ATN address.
3.1.3.3.3.2.3 Recommendation.— The address mapping function should provide a default mapping of
an AFTN Addressee Indicator to an alternate gateway ATN address when the primary gateway ATN address
is not in service.
3.1.3.3.3.3.1 Upon the reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of a message passed from the
AFTN Component, it shall examine the AFTN Address Indicators to determine the onward routing
requirements of the message over the ATN Internet.
3.1.3.3.3.3.2 Prior to delivery of the message to the ATN Component, the Message Transfer and Control
Unit Component shall apply the address stripping procedures defined in Annex 10, Volume II, 4.4.8 to omit
from the address any AFTN Address Indicators not related to the selected ATN address and provide for
message replication if more than one ATN address is required.
Note.— In applying the procedures of 3.1.3.3.3.3.2 the Message Transfer and Control Unit
Component provides sufficient copies of the message to reach each ATN address obtained by applying the
procedures of 3.1.3.3.3.2.1. In most cases, a set of AFTN addresses will map to a single ATN address (the
address of the corresponding ATN Gateway).
3.1.3.3.3.3.3 The Message Transfer and Control Unit shall send an appropriate service message to the
AFTN originator indicator advising of an unknown address indicator according to the following:
3.1.3.3.3.4.1 Upon the reception by the Message Transfer and Control Unit of a GA-Data-Indication
passed from the ATN Component, the message shall be extracted from the User Data parameter.
3.1.3.3.3.4.2 The extracted message shall be passed unmodified to the AFTN Component.
III-122 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.1.3.3.3.5 Interface between the ATN Component and the Message Control Unit Component
3.1.3.3.3.5.1 The interface between the ATN Component and the Message Control Unit Component shall
be according to the ATN Component service as specified in 3.1.3.3.2.2.
3.1.3.3.3.5.2 To send an AFTN message across the ATN, the Message Control Unit Component shall
invoke a GA-Data-request primitive to the ATN Component.
Note.— The requirement to invoke the GA-Data-request to the ATN component is not intended to
constrain an implementation. The requirement is to pass the required information to the ATN component in
a manner consistent with the logical service.
3.1.3.3.3.5.3 The AFTN message, forwarded by the Message Transfer and Control Unit, shall comprise
the User Data parameter.
3.1.3.3.3.5.4 The called address parameter in the GA-Data-request shall be the facility designation of the
destination ATN-end system.
3.1.3.3.3.5.5 The calling address parameter in the GA-Data-request shall be the local facility designation
of the AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway.
3.1.3.3.3.5.6 The AFTN priority parameter in the GA-Data-request shall be set according to the value of
the AFTN priority indicator of the message.
3.1.3.3.3.5.7 Upon receipt of a D-DATA-indication primitive, the ATN Component shall invoke a
GA-Data-indication to the Message Transfer and Control Unit Component.
Note.— The requirement to invoke an GA-Data-indication primitive to the Message Transfer and
Control Unit Component is not intended to constrain an implementation. The requirement is to pass the
required information with the Message Transfer and Control Unit Component in a manner consistent with
the logical service.
3.1.3.3.3.5.8 The AFTN message, as found in the User Data parameter of the D-DATA-indication, shall
comprise the User Data parameter of the GA-Data-indication.
3.1.3.3.3.5.9 The calling address parameter in the GA-Data-indication shall be the facility designation of
the AFTN/ATN Type A Gateway which initiated the GA-Data-request, as found in the D-START-indication
Calling Address parameter.
3.1.3.3.3.5.10 The AFTN priority parameter, if present in the GA-Data-indication, shall be derived, using
Table 3.1.3-7, from the value of the QOS (priority) parameter of the corresponding D-START-indication.
3.1.3.3.3.6 Interface between the AFTN Component and the Message Control Unit Component
3.1.3.3.3.6.1 All AFTN messages or service messages passed by the AFTN Component to the Message
Transfer and Control Unit shall be transferred in the order received.
3.1.3.3.3.6.2 An AFTN message or service message passed by the Message Transfer and Control Unit to
the AFTN Component shall be transferred in the order received.
Ground-ground applications III-123
3.2.1 INTRODUCTION
The AIDC application exchanges information between ATS Units (ATSUs) for support of critical Air Traffic
Control (ATC) functions, such as notification of flights approaching a Flight Information Region (FIR)
boundary, coordination of boundary conditions and transfer of control and communications authority.
AIDC is strictly an ATC application for exchanging tactical control information between ATS units, not with
other offices or facilities.
c) 3.2.3: THE AIDC-AE ABSTRACT SERVICE describes the AIDC-AE service and
the associated primitives provided to the user of the AIDC service.
d) 3.2.4: THE AIDC-ASE SERVICE describes the AIDC-ASE service and the
associated primitives.
e) 3.2.5: THE AIDC CONTROL FUNCTION describes the Control Function (CF)
mapping of the AIDC-user invoked primitives, the AIDC-ASE service, the ACSE
service and the service provided by the communications service provider.
g) 3.2.7: FORMAL DEFINITIONS contains the ASN.1 abstract syntax for the AIDC-
AE.
i) 3.2.9: AIDC USER REQUIREMENTS defines the requirements that the user of the
AIDC service must meet.
3.2.1.1 General
3.2.1.1.1 Recommendation.— AIDC is an ATN application which should be employed by two Air
Traffic Service (ATS) units when exchanging Air Traffic Control (ATC) information for an active flight.
III-124 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Flight Notification: — This function allows the Controlling ATS Unit (C-ATSU) to notify the Downstream
ATS Unit (D-ATSU) of a flight
s cleared profile some time before the flight enters the D-ATSU
s area of
interest. This function may be initiated a multiple number of times for the same flight, depending on the
number and type of changes made to the flight
s cleared profile.
Flight Coordination: — This function allows the C-ATSU to coordinate the conditions of transfer for a flight
with a D-ATSU.
Transfer of Control: — This function allows the C-ATSU to transfer control authority for a flight to the
Receiving ATS Unit (R-ATSU) and allows the R-ATSU to accept the control authority for the flight.
Transfer of Communications: — This function allows one of the following to take place:
a) the C-ATSU to transfer the control authority and communications authority for a
flight to the R-ATSU and the R-ATSU to accept the control authority and
communications authority for the flight; or
b) the R-ATSU to take the control authority and communications authority for a flight.
Transfer of Surveillance Data: — This function allows an ATSU1 to transfer surveillance data to an ATSU2.
General Information Interchange: — This function allows an ATSU1 to exchange general flight related data
including free text messages (i.e. unstructured) with an ATSU2.
a) the AIDC-User,
c) the AIDC-AE,
f) the AIDC-ASE,
The AIDC-User represents the operational part of the AIDC system. This user does not perform the
communication functions but relies on a communication service provided by the AIDC-AE through the
AIDC-AE service interface.
The AIDC-ASE is the element in the communication system which executes the AIDC specific protocol.
In other words, it enforces the AIDC specific primitive sequencing actions, timer management, and error
handling.
The AIDC-AE CF is responsible for mapping primitives received from one element to another within the
AIDC functional model.
In modelling the AIDC application, each service description includes a table listing both the service
primitives and the parameters of the service.
For a given primitive, the presence of each parameter is described by one of the following values in the
parameter tables:
3.2.2.1.1 For the first version of the AIDC application, the AIDC-AE version number shall be set to
1 (one).
3.2.2.2.1 The AIDC application shall utilise the Upper Layer Architecture as defined
in Sub-Volume IV.
Note.— The basis of the Upper Layer Architecture is the Application Layer, consisting of an
Application Entity (AE) formed by an Application Service Element (ASE), an Association Control Service
Element (ACSE) and a Control Function (CF), using the efficiency enhancements of the Presentation and
Session Layers
3.2.2.2.2 The AIDC application shall use the following aspects contained in Sub-Volume IV:
Note.— The following defines the abstract service interface used by an AIDC-User to access the
AIDC-AE services.
Note.— The following service primitive parameters are defined here rather than repeated for each
service definition.
3.2.3.1.1.1 The Called ICAO Facility Designation parameter shall be provided by the AIDC-User.
3.2.3.1.1.2 The Called ICAO Facility Designation parameter shall be the called ATS system
s ICAO
four-letter location indicator or the ICAO eight-letter combined location indicator, three letters designator
and an additional letter.
3.2.3.1.2.1 The Calling ICAO Facility Designation parameter shall be provided by the AIDC-AE.
3.2.3.1.2.2 The Calling ICAO Facility Designation parameter shall be the calling ATS system
s ICAO
four-letter location indicator or the ICAO eight-letter combined location indicator, three letters designator
and an additional letter.
3.2.3.1.3.1 The Message Number parameter shall be provided by the AIDC-User except when invoking
the User-abort or User-confirmation request primitives.
3.2.3.1.3.2 The Message Number parameter value shall consist of a unique identifier for reference in
the User-confirmation.
3.2.3.1.3.3 The Message Number parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax of
MessageNumber.
3.2.3.2.1 The AIDC service shall exhibit external behaviour consistent with having implemented an
AIDC-AE with the following abstract services, making them available to the AIDC-User:
3.2.3.3.1 The AIDC-User Service shall consist of three regimes, one asynchronous service, and a set
of termination services.
a) Notifying regime,
c) Transferring regime.
3.2.3.3.3 The Coordinating regime shall be allowed to be re-entered at the end of the Transferring
regime.
3.2.3.3.4 Recommendation.— The Notifying regime should consist of the Notify service.
a) Coordinate-start service,
b) Coordinate-negotiate service,
III-130 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
d) Coordinate-end service.
a) Transfer-initiate service,
b) Transfer-conditions-proposal service,
c) Transfer-conditions-accept service,
d) Transfer-request service,
e) Transfer-control service,
g) Transfer-communication-assume service.
3.2.3.4.1 Upon the receipt of any primitive indication containing an Information parameter (e.g.
Notification Information, Coordinate Start Information), the AIDC-User shall validate the value of this
parameter and respond with a User-confirmation request primitive.
3.2.3.4.3 Table 3.2.3-1 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the User-
confirmation service are invoked.
3.2.3.4.4 Result
3.2.3.4.4.2 The Result parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax of Result.
Ground-ground applications III-131
3.2.3.4.5 Reason
3.2.3.4.5.1 Recommendation.— The Reason parameter should be provided by the AIDC-User when
the Response parameter has the abstract value of “rejected”.
3.2.3.4.5.2 The Reason parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax ApplicationErrorData.
3.2.3.4.6.2 The Referenced Number parameter shall contain the Message Number of the message being
confirmed.
3.2.3.4.6.3 The Referenced Number parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax of
MessageNumber.
Note.— The purpose of the Notify service is to allow a C-ATSU to update the information a D-ATSU
maintains on a flight that is expected to enter its area of interest at some future time.
3.2.3.5.1.1.2 Table 3.2.3-2 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the Notify
service are invoked.
3.2.3.5.1.1.3.1 The Notification Information parameter shall be provided by the AIDC-User when invoking
the Notify request primitive.
3.2.3.5.1.1.3.2 The Notification Information parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax Notify.
III-132 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.3.6.1 The Coordinating regime shall begin with the invocation of a Coordinate-start primitive.
3.2.3.6.2 The Coordinating regime shall end with the invocation of a Coordinate-end primitive.
3.2.3.6.3 Upon entering the Coordinating regime, further use of the Notify service shall be prohibited.
Note 1.— The purpose of the Coordinate-start service is to allow an ATSU1 to begin the
coordination of, or update, the conditions of transfer of a flight with an ATSU2.
Note 2.— If rejected, any currently agreed coordination conditions remain in affect.
3.2.3.6.4.1.2 Table 3.2.3-3 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the
Coordinate-start service are invoked.
3.2.3.6.4.1.3.1 The Coordinate Start Information parameter shall be provided by the AIDC-User.
3.2.3.6.4.1.3.2 The Coordinate Start Information parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax of
CoordinateInitial or CoordinateUpdate.
Note 1.— The purpose of the Coordinate-end service is to allow an ATSU1 to notify an ATSU2 that
the ATSU1 either accepts or rejects the coordination conditions proposed.
Note 2.— The successful completion of this service ends the coordinating regime for a flight.
Ground-ground applications III-133
3.2.3.6.5.1.2 The Coordinate-end service primitives shall only be invoked while in the Coordinating
regime.
3.2.3.6.5.1.3 Table 3.2.3-4 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the
Coordinate-end service are invoked.
3.2.3.6.5.1.4.1 The Coordinate End Information parameter shall be provided by the AIDC-User.
3.2.3.6.5.1.4.2 The Coordinate End Information parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax of
CoordinateAccept or CoordinateReject.
3.2.3.6.5.1.5 Result
3.2.3.6.5.1.5.2 The Result parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax of Result.
Note 1.— The purpose of the Coordinate-negotiate service is to allow an ATSU1 to negotiate
modifications to a flight's existing coordination conditions with an ATSU2.
Note 2.— If rejected, any currently agreed coordination conditions remain in affect.
3.2.3.6.6.1.2 The Coordinate-negotiate service primitives shall only be invoked while in the Coordinating
regime.
III-134 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.3.6.6.1.3 Table 3.2.3-5 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the
Coordinate-negotiate service are invoked.
3.2.3.6.6.1.4.1 The Coordinate Negotiate Information parameter shall be provided by the AIDC-User.
3.2.3.6.6.1.4.2 The Coordinate Negotiate Information parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
CoordinateNegotiate.
Note 1.— The purpose of the Coordinate-standby service is to allow an ATSU1 to notify an ATSU2
that the coordination dialogue between the ATSUs is being temporarily suspended.
Note 2.— Each invocation of this service effectively extends, by a defined amount, the time before
a user response to a coordinate service indication is given.
3.2.3.6.7.1.2 The Coordinate-standby service primitives shall only be invoked while in the Coordinating
regime.
3.2.3.6.7.1.3 Table 3.2.3-6 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the
Coordinate-standby service are invoked.
3.2.3.6.7.1.4.1 The Coordinate Standby Information parameter shall be provided by the AIDC-User.
Ground-ground applications III-135
3.2.3.6.7.1.4.2 The Coordinate Standby Information parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
CoordinateStandby.
3.2.3.7.1 The Transferring regime shall be entered after the completion of the Coordinating regime.
3.2.3.7.2 The Transferring regime shall begin with the invocation of any of the following:
Note. — The purpose of the Transfer-initiate service is to allow a C-ATSU to initiate the transfer phase for
a flight by passing executive control information to an R-ATSU.
3.2.3.7.3.1.2 Table 3.2.3-7 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the
Transfer-initiate service are invoked.
3.2.3.7.3.1.3.1 The Transfer Initiate Information parameter shall be provided by the AIDC-User.
3.2.3.7.3.1.3.2 The Transfer Initiate Information parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
TransferInitiate.
Note. 6JG RWTRQUG QH VJG 6TCPUHGTTGSWGUV UGTXKEG KU VQ CNNQY CP 4#657 VQ TGSWGUV EQPVTQN CPF
EQOOWPKECVKQPU CWVJQTKV[ HQT C HNKIJV HTQO C %#657
III-136 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.3.7.4.1.2 Table 3.2.3-8 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the
Transfer-request service are invoked.
3.2.3.7.4.1.3.1 The Transfer Request Information parameter shall be provided by the AIDC-User.
3.2.3.7.4.1.3.2 The Transfer Request Information parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
TransferRequest.
3.2.3.7.5.1.2 The Transfer-conditions-proposal service primitives shall only be invoked after the
successful completion of the Transfer-initiate service.
3.2.3.7.5.1.3 Table 3.2.3-9 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the
Transfer-conditions-proposal service are invoked.
3.2.3.7.5.1.4.1 The Transfer Conditions Proposal Information parameter is provided by the AIDC-User.
3.2.3.7.5.1.4.2 The Transfer Conditions Proposal Information parameter shall conform to the ASN.1
abstract syntax TransferConditionsProposal.
Note 1.— The purpose of the Transfer-conditions-accept service is to allow an R-ATSU to indicate
that it is willing to accept control conditions proposed for a flight by the C-ATSU.
Note 2.— This service, when used, is only used in response to the Transfer-conditions-proposal
service.
3.2.3.7.6.1.2 The Transfer-conditions-accept service primitives shall only be invoked after the successful
completion of the Transfer-conditions-proposal service.
3.2.3.7.6.1.3 Table 3.2.3-10 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the
Transfer-conditions-accept service are invoked.
3.2.3.7.6.1.4.1 The Transfer Conditions Accept Information parameter shall be provided by the AIDC-User.
3.2.3.7.6.1.4.2 The Transfer Conditions Accept Information parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract
syntax TransferConditionsAccept.
Note.— The purpose of the Transfer-control service is to allow a C-ATSU to indicate that it wants
to relinquish control authority for a flight to an R-ATSU.
III-138 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.3.7.7.1.2 Table 3.2.3-11 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the
Transfer-control service are invoked.
3.2.3.7.7.1.3.1 The Transfer Control Information parameter shall be provided by the C-ATSU AIDC-User
when invoking the Transfer-control request primitive.
3.2.3.7.7.1.3.2 The Transfer Control Information parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
TransferControl, when the C-ATSU AIDC-User invokes the Transfer-control request primitive.
3.2.3.7.7.1.3.3 The Transfer Control Information parameter shall be provided by the R-ATSU AIDC-User
when invoking the Transfer-control response service primitive.
3.2.3.7.7.1.3.4 The Transfer Control Information parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
TransferControlData, when the R-ATSU AIDC-User invokes the Transfer-control response primitive.
3.2.3.7.7.1.4 Result
3.2.3.7.7.1.4.2 The Result parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax Result.
3.2.3.7.7.1.4.3 When the Result parameter value is set to “accept”, the Transfer Control Information
parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax TransferControlAssume.
3.2.3.7.7.1.4.4 When the Result parameter value is set to “reject”, the Transfer Control Information
parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax TransferControlReject.
Note.— The purpose of the Transfer-communication service is to allow a C-ATSU to indicate that
it, is relinquishing communication authority for a flight to an R-ATSU.
Ground-ground applications III-139
3.2.3.7.8.1.2 The Transfer-communication service primitives shall only be invoked after the successful
completion of the Transfer-initiate service.
3.2.3.7.8.1.3 Table 3.2.3-12 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the
Transfer-communication service are invoked.
3.2.3.7.8.1.4.1 The Transfer Communication Information parameter shall be provided by the AIDC-User.
3.2.3.7.8.1.4.2 The Transfer Communication Information parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract
syntax TransferCommunication.
3.2.3.7.9.1.2 The Transfer-communication-assume service primitives shall only be invoked after the
successful completion of the Transfer-initiate service.
3.2.3.7.9.1.3 Table 3.2.3-13 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the
Transfer-communication-assume service are invoked.
3.2.3.7.9.1.4.1 The Transfer Communication Assume Information parameter shall be provided by the AIDC-
User.
3.2.3.7.9.1.4.2 The Transfer Communication Assume Information parameter shall conform to the ASN.1
abstract syntax TransferCommunicationAssume.
Note 1.— The Info-transfer service permits an ATSU1 to transmit general executive data,
surveillance data, general free text data, or emergency free text data, or to point-out a flight to an ATSU2.
Note 2.— The Info-transfer service may be invoked by the C-ATSU even when no regime has been
established.
3.2.3.8.1.1.1 It shall be possible, for any ATSU to invoke the primitives of the Info-transfer service at any
time after the initial invocation of primitives of the Notify service or after the initial invocation of the
Coordinate-start service primitives when the Notify service is not used.
3.2.3.8.1.1.2 It shall be possible for the C-ATSU only, to invoke the primitives of the Info-transfer service
before invoking any other service primitives.
3.2.3.8.1.3 Table 3.2.3-14 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the Info-
transfer service are invoked.
3.2.3.8.1.4.1 The Called ICAO Facility Designation parameter shall be supplied, as specified in 3.2.3.1.1,
only when the Info-transfer request primitive is invoked and no regime has yet been established by the AIDC-
user.
3.2.3.8.1.5.1 The Calling ICAO Facility Designation parameter shall be supplied, as specified in 3.2.3.1.2,
only when the Info-transfer indication primitive corresponds to a request primitive in which the Called ICAO
Facility Designation was supplied.
3.2.3.8.1.6 Information
3.2.3.8.1.6.2 The Information parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax of any of the
following:
a) GeneralExecutiveData,
b) GeneralPoint,
c) SurveillanceData,
d) GeneralFreeText, or
e) EmergencyFreeText.
Note. 6JG RWTRQUG QH VJG 'PF UGTXKEG KU VQ CNNQY CP #657 VQ KPFKECVG VQ CP #657 VJCV KV KU KP VJG
RTQEGUU QH
a) cancelling the notification for a flight and terminating the AIDC service; or
b) cancelling the coordination for a flight and terminating the AIDC service; or
3.2.3.9.1.1.2 Table 3.2.3-15 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the End
service are invoked.
III-142 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.3.9.1.1.3.1 The Cancel Information parameter shall be provided by the AIDC-User when cancelling the
notification or coordination for a flight.
3.2.3.9.1.1.3.2 The Cancel Information parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax of Cancel.
Note 1.— The purpose of the User-abort service is to allow an AIDC-User to immediately terminate
the AIDC service.
Note 2.— The User-abort service may be used for both operational and technical reasons.
3.2.3.9.2.1.2 It shall be possible to invoke the primitives of the User-abort service at any time.
Note.— The purpose of the Provider-abort service is to provide the capability for the AIDC-service
provider to inform the AIDC-User that it can no longer provide the AIDC service.
3.2.3.9.3.1.2 The primitives of the Provider-abort service shall be invoked by the AIDC-AE service-
provider.
3.2.3.9.3.1.3 Table 3.2.3-16 specifies the parameter that shall be passed when the primitive of the Provider
-abort service is invoked.
Ground-ground applications III-143
3.2.3.9.3.1.4.1 The Provider Abort Reason parameter shall be provided by the AIDC-AE service provider.
3.2.3.9.3.1.4.2 The Provider Abort Reason parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 abstract syntax
ProviderAbortReason.
3.2.3.9.3.1.5.1 The Result Source parameter shall optionally be provided by the AIDC-AE service provider,
only when the Provider Abort Reason parameter has one of the abstract values “rejectedpermanent” or
“rejectedtransient”.
3.2.3.9.3.1.5.2 The Result Source parameter shall conform to the abstract syntax of the A-ASSOCIATE
Result Source parameter, as defined in ISO/IEC 8649.
III-144 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— The following defines the abstract service interface used by an AIDC-ASE user to access
the AIDC-ASE services and the services assumed to be supporting the AIDC-ASE.
Note.— The following service primitive parameters are defined here rather than repeated.
3.2.4.1.1.1 The User Data parameter, if provided, shall contain data provided by the user of the AIDC-
ASE service.
Note.— The User Data parameter conforms to one of the following ASN.1 abstract syntaxes:
a) Notify,
b) CoordinateInitial,
c) CoordinateUpdate,
d) CoordinateAccept,
e) CoordinateReject,
f) CoordinateNegotiate,
g) CoordinateStandby,
h) TransferInitiate,
i) TransferRequest,
j) TransferConditionsProposal,
k) TransferConditionsAccept,
l) TransferControl,
m) TransferControlAssume,
n) TransferControlReject,
o) TransferCommunication,
p) TransferCommunicationAssume,
q) GeneralExecutiveData,
Ground-ground applications III-145
r) GeneralPoint,
s) SurveillanceData,
t) GeneralFreeText,
u) EmergencyFreeText,
v) Cancel.
3.2.4.1.2.1 The Msg Number parameter shall be provided by the AIDC-ASE user except when invoking
the AIDC-usr-abort or AIDC-ucf request primitives.
3.2.4.1.2.2 The Msg Number parameter shall consist of a unique identifier for reference in the AIDC-ucf
primitives.
Note.— The Msg Number parameter conforms to the ASN.1 abstract syntax MessageNumber.
3.2.4.2.1.1 An implementation of the AIDC-AE shall exhibit behaviour consistent with having
implemented an AIDC-ASE with the following abstract services:
3.2.4.2.2.1.2 Table 3.2.4-1 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the AIDC-
ucf service are invoked.
3.2.4.2.2.1.3.2 The Result parameter shall indicate the acceptance or rejection of the service primitive.
Note.— The Result parameter conforms to the ASN.1 abstract syntax Result.
3.2.4.2.2.1.4 Reason
Note.— The Reason parameter conforms to the ASN.1 abstract syntax ApplicationErrorData.
3.2.4.2.2.1.5 Reference ID
3.2.4.2.2.1.5.2 The Reference ID parameter shall contain the Msg Number of the service that is being
accepted or rejected.
Note.— The Reference ID parameter conforms to the ASN.1 abstract syntax MessageNumber.
3.2.4.2.3.1.2 Table 3.2.4-2 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the AIDC-
nfy service are invoked.
3.2.4.2.4.1.2 Table 3.2.4-3 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the AIDC-
crd-start service are invoked.
3.2.4.2.5.1.2 Table 3.2.4-4 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the AIDC-
crd-end service are invoked.
III-148 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.4.2.5.1.3 Result
3.2.4.2.5.1.3.2 The Result parameter shall be used to indicate acceptance or rejection of the ending of the
Coordinating Regime.
Note.— The Result parameter conforms to the ASN.1 abstract syntax Result.
3.2.4.2.6.1.2 Table 3.2.4-5 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the AIDC-
crd-ngtt service are invoked.
3.2.4.2.7.1.2 Table 3.2.4-6 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the AIDC-
crd-stndby service are invoked.
Ground-ground applications III-149
3.2.4.2.8.1.2 Table 3.2.4-7 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the AIDC-
tfr-init service are invoked.
3.2.4.2.9.1.2 Table 3.2.4-8 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the AIDC-
tfr-rqst service are invoked.
3.2.4.2.10.1.2 Table 3.2.4-9 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the AIDC-
tfr-prpsl service are invoked.
3.2.4.2.11.1.2 Table 3.2.4-10 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the AIDC-
tfr-accept service are invoked.
3.2.4.2.12.1.2 Table 3.2.4-11 below specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of
the AIDC-tfr-cntrl service are invoked.
3.2.4.2.12.1.3 Result
Note.— The Result parameter conforms to the ASN.1 abstract syntax Result.
3.2.4.2.13.1.2 Table 3.2.4-12 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the AIDC-
tfr-comm service are invoked.
3.2.4.2.14.1.2 Table 3.2.4-13 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the AIDC-
tfr-comm-assm service are invoked.
3.2.4.2.15.1.2 Table 3.2.4-14 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the AIDC-
inf-tfr service are invoked.
III-152 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.4.2.16.1.2 Table 3.2.4-15 specifies the parameters that shall be passed when the primitives of the AIDC-
end service are invoked.
3.2.4.2.18.2.2 Table 3.2.4-16 specifies the parameter that shall be passed when the primitive of the AIDC-
pvd-abrt service is invoked.
Ground-ground applications III-153
3.2.4.2.18.2.3 AbortReason
3.2.4.2.18.2.3.2 The Abort Reason parameter shall be used to identify the reason for the abort.
Note.— The Abort Reason parameter conforms to the ASN.1 abstract syntax ProviderAbortReason.
Note.— The AIDC-ASE may be incorporated in any application entity that provides the following
services.
3.2.4.3.1.1 An implementation of the AIDC-AE shall exhibit the behaviour consistent with having
implemented an AIDC-ASE supported by the following abstract services:
3.2.4.3.2.1.2 Table 3.2.4-17 specifies the parameter that shall be passed when the primitives of the AIDC-
DATA service are invoked.
3.2.4.3.2.1.3.1 The AIDC Data parameter, if any, shall be provided by the AIDC-ASE.
III-154 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.4.3.2.1.3.2 The AIDC Data parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 syntax AIDC-APDU.
3.2.4.3.3.1.2 Table 3.2.4-18 specifies the parameter that shall be passed when the primitives of the AIDC-
ABORT service primitives are invoked.
3.2.4.3.3.2.1 The Abort Reason parameter, if any, shall be provided by the AIDC-ASE.
3.2.4.3.3.2.2 The Abort Reason parameter shall conform to the ASN.1 syntax of ProviderAbortReason.
Note.— The following specifies the AIDC Control Function (CF) in terms of state definitions, and
service mappings. The sequence diagrams for the various services are shown in 3.2.10.
3.2.5.1.1 With the permissible exception of abort service primitives, the AIDC-AE shall process
service primitives in the order in which they are received: this ensures that the AE will, with the exception
of aborts, guarantee message sequencing.
3.2.5.2.1 The AIDC-AE CF shall be in one of the following states at a given time:
a) Null (STA0) – This is the state of the CF when there is no association in existence.
b) Association Pending (STA1) – The CF enters this state when the AIDC-User has
invoked a Notify or Coordinate-start request primitive or an indication has been
received that the peer has made a request to establish an association.
c) Data Transfer (STA2) – The CF enters this state once the establishment phase is
complete. An association has successfully been established and the communicating
partners are free to send and receive data.
d) Release Pending (STA3) – The CF enters this state when either the AIDC-User
has requested the termination of the AIDC service or an indication has been
received that the peer has made a request to terminate the association.
Note.— Figure 3.2.5-1 indicates which parts of this document specifies the behaviour of the CF in
response to events at the various service interfaces.
Note.— The following specifies the actions of the CF in response to events which occur at the upper
service boundary of the AIDC-AE: specifically, request and response primitives generated by the AIDC-
User.
Note.— For a given flight, the handling of double associations between two peer AIDC-AEs is not
managed by the AIDC-CF.
III-156 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.5.3.1.1.2 The association establishment and release between peer AIDC-AEs shall be performed by
invoking the primitives of ACSE.
3.2.5.3.1.1.3 Upon the receipt of an Info-transfer request primitive, a Notify request primitive or
Coordinate-start request primitive, the CF shall:
a) construct the Calling AP Title from the local ICAO Facility Designation according
to the specification in 4.3.2;
Note.—To construct the Calling AP Title, the CF is assumed to have local knowledge of the ICAO
Facility Designation of the AIDC-AE which it defines.
3.2.5.3.1.2.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the User-confirmation request primitive when the CF is in the
DATA TRANSFER state.
III-158 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.5.3.1.2.1.2 Recommendation.— If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, and the User-confirmation request primitive is invoked, then appropriate
error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.1.3.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the Notify request primitive when the CF is in the NULL state,
or the DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.1.3.2.2 If in the DATA TRANSFER state, the CF shall invoke an AIDC-nfy request primitive with:
b) the Notify request primitive Message Number parameter as the AIDC-nfy request
primitive Msg Number parameter.
Ground-ground applications III-159
3.2.5.3.1.4.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the Coordinate-start request primitive when the CF is in the NULL
state, or the DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.1.4.2.2 If in the DATA TRANSFER state, the CF shall invoke an AIDC-crd-start request primitive
with:
3.2.5.3.1.5.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the Coordinate-end request primitive when the CF is in the DATA
TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.1.5.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.1.5.2.1 Upon the receipt of a Coordinate-end request primitive, the CF shall invoke an AIDC-crd-
end request primitive with:
3.2.5.3.1.6.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the Coordinate-negotiate request primitive when the CF is in the
DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.1.6.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.1.6.2.1 Upon the receipt of a Coordinate-negotiate request primitive, the CF shall invoke an AIDC-
crd-ngtt request primitive with:
3.2.5.3.1.7.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the Coordinate-standby request primitive when the CF is in the
DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.1.7.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.1.7.2.1 Upon the receipt of a Coordinate-standby request primitive, the CF shall invoke an AIDC-
crd-stndby request primitive with:
3.2.5.3.1.8.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the Transfer-initiate request primitive when the CF is in the DATA
TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.1.8.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.1.8.2.1 Upon the receipt of a Transfer-initiate request primitive, the CF shall invoke an AIDC-tfr-
init request primitive with:
3.2.5.3.1.9.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the Transfer-request request primitive when the CF is in the DATA
TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.1.9.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.1.9.2.1 Upon the receipt of a Transfer-request request primitive, the CF shall invoke an AIDC-tfr-
rqst request primitive with:
3.2.5.3.1.10.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the Transfer-conditions-proposal request primitive when the CF
is in the DATA TRANSFER state.
III-162 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.5.3.1.10.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.1.10.2.1 Upon the receipt of a Transfer-conditions-proposal request primitive, the CF shall invoke
an AIDC-tfr-prpsl request primitive with:
3.2.5.3.1.11.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the Transfer-conditions-accept request primitive when the CF is
in the DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.1.11.2.1 Upon the receipt of a Transfer-conditions-accept request primitive, the CF shall invoke an
AIDC-tfr-accept request primitive with:
3.2.5.3.1.12.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the Transfer-control request primitive when the CF is in the DATA
TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.1.12.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
Ground-ground applications III-163
3.2.5.3.1.12.2.1 Upon the receipt of a Transfer-control request primitive, the CF shall invoke an AIDC-tfr-
cntrl request primitive with:
3.2.5.3.1.13.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the Transfer-control response primitive when the CF is in the
DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.1.13.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.1.13.2.1 Upon the receipt of a Transfer-control response primitive, the CF shall invoke an AIDC-tfr-
cntrl response primitive with:
3.2.5.3.1.14.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the Transfer-communication request primitive when the CF is in
the DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.1.14.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
III-164 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.5.3.1.14.2.1 Upon the receipt of a Transfer-communication request primitive, the CF shall invoke an
AIDC-tfr-comm request primitive with:
3.2.5.3.1.15.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the Transfer-communication-assume request primitive when the
CF is in the DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.1.15.1.2 Recommendation.— If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.1.15.2.1 Upon the receipt of a Transfer-communication-assume request primitive, the CF shall invoke
an AIDC-tfr-comm-assm request primitive with:
3.2.5.3.1.16.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the Info-transfer request primitive when the CF is in the NULL
state, or the DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.1.16.2.2 If in the DATA TRANSFER state, the CF shall invoke an AIDC-inf-tfr request primitive
with:
3.2.5.3.1.17.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the End request primitive when the CF is in the DATA
TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.1.17.2.1 Upon the receipt of a End request primitive, the CF shall invoke an AIDC-end request
primitive with:
a) the End request primitive Cancel Information parameter, if present, as the AIDC-
end request primitive User Data parameter; and
b) the End request primitive Message Number parameter as the AIDC-end request
primitive Msg Number parameter.
3.2.5.3.1.18.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the User-abort request primitive when the CF is in the
ASSOCIATION PENDING state, or the DATA TRANSFER state, or the RELEASE PENDING state.
3.2.5.3.1.18.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, then appropriate error recovery action
should be taken.
III-166 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.5.3.1.18.2.1 Upon the receipt of a User-abort request primitive in either the DATA TRANSFER or the
RELEASE PENDING state, the CF shall:
3.2.5.3.1.18.2.2 Upon the receipt of a User-abort request primitive in the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
the CF shall:
Note.— The following specifies the actions of the CF in response to events which occur at the upper
service boundary of the AIDC-ASE: specifically, indication and confirmation primitives which are generated
by the AIDC-ASE protocol machine.
3.2.5.3.2.1.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-ucf indication primitive when the CF is in the DATA
TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.2.1.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.2.1.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-ucf indication primitive, the CF shall invoke a User-
confirmation indication primitive with:
3.2.5.3.2.2.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-nfy indication primitive when the CF is in the DATA
TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.2.2.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.2.2.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-nfy indication primitive, the CF shall invoke the Notify
indication primitive with:
a) the stored Calling ICAO Facility Designation as the Notify indication primitive
Calling ICAO Facility Designation parameter;
b) the AIDC-nfy indication primitive User Data parameter as the Notify indication
primitive Notification Information parameter; and
c) the AIDC-nfy indication primitive Msg Number parameter as the Notify indication
primitive Message Number parameter.
3.2.5.3.2.3.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-crd-start indication primitive when the CF is in the
DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.2.3.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.2.3.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-crd-start indication primitive, the CF shall invoke the
Coordinate-start indication primitive with:
3.2.5.3.2.4.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-crd-end indication primitive when the CF is in the
DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.2.4.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.2.4.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-crd-end indication primitive the CF shall invoke a Coordinate-
end indication primitive with:
3.2.5.3.2.5.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-crd-ngtt indication primitive when the CF is in the
DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.2.5.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.2.5.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-crd-ngtt indication primitive the CF shall invoke a Coordinate-
negotiate indication primitive with:
3.2.5.3.2.6.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-crd-stndby indication primitive when the CF is in the
DATA TRANSFER state.
Ground-ground applications III-169
3.2.5.3.2.6.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.2.6.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-crd-stndby indication primitive the CF shall invoke a
Coordinate-standby indication primitive with:
3.2.5.3.2.7.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-tfr-init indication primitive when the CF is in the DATA
TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.2.7.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.2.7.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-tfr-init indication primitive the CF shall invoke a Transfer-
initiate indication primitive with:
3.2.5.3.2.8.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-tfr-rqst indication primitive when the CF is in the DATA
TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.2.8.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
III-170 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.5.3.2.8.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-tfr-rqst indication primitive the CF shall invoke a Transfer-
request indication primitive with:
3.2.5.3.2.9.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-tfr-prpsl indication primitive when the CF is in the
DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.2.9.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.2.9.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-tfr-prpsl indication primitive the CF shall invoke a Transfer-
conditions-proposal indication primitive with:
3.2.5.3.2.10.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-tfr-accept indication primitive when the CF is in the
DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.2.10.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
Ground-ground applications III-171
3.2.5.3.2.10.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-tfr-accept indication primitive the CF shall invoke a Transfer-
conditions-accept indication primitive with:
3.2.5.3.2.11.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-tfr-cntrl indication primitive when the CF is in the
DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.2.11.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.2.11.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-tfr-cntrl indication primitive the CF shall invoke a Transfer-
control indication primitive with:
3.2.5.3.2.12.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-tfr-cntrl confirmation primitive when the CF is in the
DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.2.12.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
III-172 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.5.3.2.12.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-tfr-cntrl confirmation primitive the CF shall invoke a Transfer-
control confirmation primitive with:
3.2.5.3.2.13.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-tfr-comm indication primitive when the CF is in the
DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.2.13.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.2.13.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-tfr-comm indication primitive the CF shall invoke a Transfer-
communication indication primitive with:
3.2.5.3.2.14.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-tfr-comm-assm indication primitive when the CF is in
the DATA TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.2.14.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
Ground-ground applications III-173
3.2.5.3.2.14.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-tfr-comm-assm indication primitive the CF shall invoke a
Transfer-communication-assume indication primitive with:
3.2.5.3.2.15.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-inf-tfr indication primitive when the CF is in the DATA
TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.2.15.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.2.15.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-inf-tfr indication primitive the CF shall invoke a Info-transfer
indication primitive with:
3.2.5.3.2.16.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-end indication primitive when the CF is in the DATA
TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.2.16.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
III-174 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.5.3.2.16.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-end indication primitive the CF shall invoke a End indication
primitive with:
a) the AIDC-end indication primitive User Data parameter, if present, as the End
indication primitive Cancel Information parameter; and
b) the AIDC-end indication primitive Msg Number parameter as the End indication
primitive Message Number parameter.
3.2.5.3.2.17.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-usr-abrt indication primitive when the CF is in the
ASSOCIATION PENDING state, or the DATA TRANSFER state, or the RELEASE PENDING state.
3.2.5.3.2.17.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, then appropriate error recovery action
should be taken.
3.2.5.3.2.17.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-usr-abrt indication primitive the CF shall invoke a User-abort
indication primitive and enter the NULL state.
3.2.5.3.2.18.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-pvd-abrt indication primitive when the CF is in the
DATA TRANSFER state, or the RELEASE PENDING state.
3.2.5.3.2.18.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
Note.— The following specifies the actions of the CF in response to events which occur at the lower
service boundary of the AIDC-ASE: specifically, request primitives which are generated by the AIDC-ASE
protocol machine.
3.2.5.3.3.1.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-DATA request primitive when the CF is in the DATA
TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.3.1.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
a) encode the AIDC-DATA Request User Data parameter using the definition of
presentation-user-data in 4.3.2.6; and
b) invoke a P-DATA request primitive with the resulting encoding from a) above, as
the User Data parameter.
3.2.5.3.3.2.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-ABORT request primitive when the CF is in the DATA
TRANSFER state, or the RELEASE PENDING state.
3.2.5.3.3.2.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
III-176 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
ii) if the AIDC-ABORT Abort Reason parameter has either one of the
abstract values “protocolerror” or “timerexpired”, the A-ABORT
AbortSource parameter set to abstract value “acse-service-user”
and the A-ABORT Diagnostic value set to the abstract value
“protocol-error”;
Note.— The following specifies the action of the CF in response to events which occur at the upper
service boundary of ACSE: specifically, indication and confirmation primitives which are generated by the
ACSE Protocol Machine (ACPM).
3.2.5.3.4.1.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the A-ASSOCIATE indication primitive when the CF is in the
ASSOCIATION PENDING state.
3.2.5.3.4.1.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state or the DATA TRANSFER state, or the
RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
Ground-ground applications III-177
a) extract and store the encoded Calling ICAO Facility Designation from Calling AP
Title parameter; and
Parameter Value
Mode Not used (default value)
Application Context Name {iso (1) identified-organization (3) icao (27)
atn-ac (3) 1 }
Application Context Name List Not used
Responding AP Title Not used
Responding AE Qualifier Not used
Responding AP Invocation-identifier Not used
Responding AE Invocation-identifier Not used
ACSE Requirements Not used
Authentication-mechanism Name Not used
Authentication-value Not used
User Information Not used
Result Not used
Diagnostic Not used
Responding Presentation Address Local Implementation
Presentation Context Definition Result List Not used
Default Presentation Context Result Not used
Quality of Service Not used
Presentation Requirements Not used (default value)
Session Requirements No Orderly Release (NOR), Duplex
Initial Synchronization Point Serial No Not used
III-178 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Parameter Value
Initial Assignment of Tokens Not used
Session-connection Identifier Not used
3.2.5.3.4.2.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the A-ASSOCIATE confirmation primitive when the CF is in the
ASSOCIATION PENDING state.
3.2.5.3.4.2.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the DATA TRANSFER state, or the
RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
b) if the Result parameter has the abstract value “rejected (permanent)” or “rejected
(transient)”, then:
3.2.5.3.4.3.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the A-ABORT indication primitive when the CF is in the
ASSOCIATION PENDING state, or the DATA TRANSFER state, or the RELEASE PENDING state.
3.2.5.3.4.3.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, then appropriate error recovery action
should be taken.
iv) otherwise, set the Provider Abort Reason parameter to the abstract
value “undefinederror”; and
3.2.5.3.4.4.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the A-P-ABORT indication primitive when the CF is in the
ASSOCIATION PENDING state, or the DATA TRANSFER state, or the RELEASE PENDING state.
3.2.5.3.4.4.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, then appropriate error recovery action
should be taken.
Note 1.— The following specifies the actions of the CF in response to events at the lower service
boundary of ACSE: specifically, request and response primitives generated by the ACPM.
Note 2.— ACSE (Edition 2) mandates the mapping between ACSE and the underlying Presentation
service provider. Invocations of Presentation service primitives by ACSE are “intercepted” by the CF and
re-mapped to the “actual” Presentation service as appropriate.
3.2.5.3.5.1.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the P-CONNECT request primitive when the CF is in the
ASSOCIATION PENDING state.
3.2.5.3.5.1.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the DATA TRANSFER state, or the
RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.5.1.2.1 Upon the receipt of a P-CONNECT request primitive, the CF shall invoke the equivalent
Presentation service primitive of the ATN service provider.
3.2.5.3.5.2.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the P-CONNECT response primitive when the CF is in the
ASSOCIATION PENDING state.
3.2.5.3.5.2.2.1 Upon the receipt of a P-CONNECT response primitive accepting the proposed connection,
the CF shall:
3.2.5.3.5.2.2.2 Upon the receipt of a P-CONNECT response primitive rejecting the proposed connection,
the CF shall:
3.2.5.3.5.3.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the P-U-ABORT request primitive when the CF is in the
ASSOCIATION PENDING state, or the DATA TRANSFER state, or the RELEASE PENDING state.
3.2.5.3.5.3.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, then appropriate error recovery action
should be taken.
a) if the P-U-Abort request user data parameter is present, and the CF is in the DATA
TRANSFER state:
1) encode the presentation user data as indicated in 4.3.2.6 with the P-U-
ABORT user data parameter (an ACSE ABRT APDU) as the presentation
data value and presentation context identifier value corresponding to “acse-
apdu”; and
Note.— The invocation of the P-U-ABORT request primitive will abort the connection to the
underlying ATN Service Provider.
Note 1.— The following specifies the actions of the CF in response to events which occur at the
lower service boundary of the AIDC-AE: specifically, indication and confirmation primitives which are
delivered by the Presentation service.
Note 2.— ACSE (Edition 2) mandates the mapping between ACSE and the underlying Presentation
service provider. Presentation service primitives are “intercepted” by the CF.
Ground-ground applications III-183
3.2.5.3.6.1.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the P-CONNECT indication primitive when the CF is in the NULL
state.
b) invoke the equivalent Presentation service primitive at the lower ACSE service
boundary.
3.2.5.3.6.2.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the P-CONNECT confirmation primitive when the CF is in the
ASSOCIATION PENDING state.
3.2.5.3.6.2.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the DATA TRANSFER state, or the
RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
3.2.5.3.6.2.2.1 Upon the receipt of a P-CONNECT confirmation primitive, the CF shall invoke the
equivalent Presentation service primitive at the lower ACSE service boundary.
3.2.5.3.6.3.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the P-U-ABORT indication primitive when the CF is in the
ASSOCIATION PENDING state, or the DATA TRANSFER state, or the RELEASE PENDING state.
3.2.5.3.6.3.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, then appropriate error recovery action
should be taken.
3.2.5.3.6.3.2.1 Upon the receipt of a P-U-ABORT indication primitive, the CF shall invoke the equivalent
Presentation service primitive at the lower ACSE service boundary.
III-184 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.5.3.6.4.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the P-P-ABORT indication primitive when the CF is in the
ASSOCIATION PENDING state, or the DATA TRANSFER state, or the RELEASE PENDING state.
3.2.5.3.6.4.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, then appropriate error recovery action
should be taken.
3.2.5.3.6.4.2.1 Upon the receipt of a P-P-ABORT indication primitive, the CF shall invoke the
corresponding Presentation service primitive at the lower ACSE service boundary.
3.2.5.3.6.5.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the P-DATA indication primitive when the CF is in the DATA
TRANSFER state.
3.2.5.3.6.5.1.2 Recommendation. — If the CF is in the NULL state, or the ASSOCIATION PENDING state,
or the RELEASE PENDING state, then appropriate error recovery action should be taken.
b) if the presentation context identifier has the abstract value “user-ase”, invoke an
AIDC-DATA indication primitive with the extracted AIDC-APDU as the AIDC-
DATA AIDC Data parameter;
c) if the presentation context identifier has the abstract value “acse-ase” and the
ACSE-APDU has the syntax ABRT-apdu, invoke a P-U-Abort indication primitive
with the UserData parameter containing the received APDU.
Note.— ABRT is the only ACSE APDU that is transmitted using P-DAT by the AIDC CF.
3.2.5.4.1 The AIDC-AE shall behave as if it has a CF which functions in accordance with the
following state table.
Ground-ground applications III-185
Note.— Table 3.2.5-3 shows the state transitions and actions performed by the AIDC-CF in response
to service primitives submitted to the AIDC-CF. The source of the service primitive invocation is shown in
column one of the Table 3.2.5-3 and the service primitive invocations are shown in the second column.
3.2.5.4.2 In the event of discrepancies between the state Table 3.2.5-3 and the text above, the text shall
take precedence.
3.2.5.4.4.1 The error handling shall result in the association being aborted, if one exists.
3.2.6.1.1 Only if requirements are described for an AIDC-ASE primitive when an AIDC-ASE is in
a particular state, shall the invocation of that primitive be permitted while the AIDC-ASE is in that state.
3.2.6.1.2 If no requirements are described for the arrival of an APDU when the AIDC-ASE is in a
particular state, then exception handling procedures as described in 3.2.6.2 shall apply.
3.2.6.1.3 Recommendation.— Appropriate error recovery action should be taken, upon the arrival
of an unexpected APDU.
3.2.6.1.4 Predicates
Note.— The AIDC-ASE protocol has one predicate, P1, defined. This predicate conditions the use
of the AIDC-tfr-accept service.
3.2.6.1.4.1 When the predicate P1 is set true, then the AIDC-tfr-accept service shall be used in response
to the AIDC-tfr-prpsl service.
3.2.6.1.4.2 When the predicate P1 is set false, the invocation of the AIDC-tfr-accept service shall be
prohibited.
3.2.6.1.5.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-nfy request primitive when the AIDC-ASE protocol
machine is in the IDLE state, or the NOTIFY state.
3.2.6.1.5.2.1 Upon the receipt of an AIDC-nfy request primitive the AIDC-ASE shall:
1) create an AIDC-nfy-apdu based on the User Data parameter, and the Msg
Number parameter;
3.2.6.1.6.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-DATA indication primitive with an AIDC-nfy-apdu
when the AIDC-ASE protocol machine is in the IDLE state, or the NOTIFY state.
3.2.6.1.6.2.1 Upon the receipt of an AIDC-DATA indication primitive with an AIDC-nfy-apdu the AIDC-
ASE shall:
a) extract the User Data parameter, and the Msg Number parameter from the AIDC-
nfy-apdu;
3.2.6.1.7.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-crd-start request primitive when the AIDC-ASE protocol
machine is in the IDLE state, or the NOTIFY state, or the COORDINATED state, or the TRANSFERRED
state.
III-190 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.6.1.7.2.1 Upon the receipt of an AIDC-crd-start request primitive the AIDC-ASE shall:
a) create an AIDC-crd-start-apdu based on the User Data parameter, and the Msg
Number parameter;
3.2.6.1.8.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-DATA indication primitive with an AIDC-crd-start-apdu
when the AIDC-ASE protocol machine is in the IDLE state, or the NOTIFY state, or the COORDINATED
state, or the TRANSFERRED state.
3.2.6.1.8.2.1 Upon the receipt of a AIDC-DATA indication primitive with an AIDC-crd-start-apdu the
AIDC ASE shall:
a) extract the User Data parameter, and the Msg Number parameter from the AIDC-
crd-start-apdu;
3.2.6.1.9.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-crd-end request primitive when the AIDC-ASE protocol
machine is in the NEGOTIATING state, or the RE-NEGOTIATING state, or the BACKWARD
COORDINATING state.
3.2.6.1.9.2.1 Upon the receipt of an AIDC-crd-end request primitive the AIDC-ASE shall:
2) if the AIDC-crd-end Result parameter has the value “accept” then set the
variable vse=accept; and
3) if the AIDC-crd-end Result parameter has the value “reject” then set the
variable vse=reject.
f) if in the BACKWARD COORDINATING state, set the variable vs1 = back-end; and
3.2.6.1.10.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-DATA indication primitive with an AIDC-crd-end-apdu
when the AIDC-ASE protocol machine is in the NEGOTIATING state, or the RE-NEGOTIATING state, or
the BACKWARD COORDINATING state.
3.2.6.1.10.2.1 Upon the receipt of an AIDC-DATA indication primitive with an AIDC-crd-end-apdu the
AIDC-ASE shall:
a) extract the User Data parameter, the Result parameter and the Msg Number
parameter from the AIDC-crd-end-apdu;
2) if the AIDC-crd-end Result parameter has the value “accept” then set the
variable vre = accept; and
h) if in the BACKWARD COORDINATING state, set the variable vr1 = back-end; and
3.2.6.1.11.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-crd-ngtt request primitive when the AIDC-ASE protocol
machine is in the NEGOTIATING state, or the RE-NEGOTIATING, or the BACKWARD-
COORDINATING state.
3.2.6.1.11.2.1 Upon the receipt of an AIDC-crd-ngtt request primitive the AIDC-ASE shall:
a) create an AIDC-crd-ngtt-apdu based on the User Data parameter, and the Msg
Number parameter;
3.2.6.1.12.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-DATA indication primitive with an AIDC-crd-ngtt-apdu
when the AIDC-ASE protocol machine is in the NEGOTIATING state, or the RE-NEGOTIATING state, or
the BACKWARD-COORDINATING state.
3.2.6.1.12.2.1 Upon the receipt of an AIDC-DATA indication primitive with an AIDC-crd-ngtt-apdu the
AIDC-ASE shall:
a) extract the User Data parameter, and the Msg Number parameter from the AIDC-
crd-ngtt-apdu; and
3.2.6.1.13.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-crd-stndby request primitive when the AIDC-ASE
protocol machine is in the NEGOTIATING state, or the RE-NEGOTIATING state, or the BACKWARD-
COORDINATING state.
3.2.6.1.13.2.1 Upon the receipt of an AIDC-crd-stndby request primitive the AIDC-ASE shall:
a) create an AIDC-crd-stndby-apdu based on the User Data parameter, and the Msg
Number parameter;
3.2.6.1.14.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-DATA indication primitive with an AIDC-crd-stndby-
apdu when the AIDC-ASE protocol machine is in the NEGOTIATING state, or the RE-NEGOTIATING
state, or the BACKWARD-COORDINATING state.
a) extract the User Data parameter, and the Msg Number parameter from the AIDC-
crd-stndby-apdu;
3.2.6.1.15.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-tfr-init request primitive when the AIDC-ASE protocol
machine is in the COORDINATED state.
3.2.6.1.15.2.1 Upon the receipt of an AIDC-tfr-init request primitive the AIDC-ASE shall:
a) create an AIDC-tfr-init-apdu based on the User Data parameter, and the Msg
Number parameter;
3.2.6.1.16.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-DATA indication primitive with an AIDC-tfr-init-apdu
when the AIDC-ASE protocol machine is in the COORDINATED state.
3.2.6.1.16.2.1 Upon the receipt of an AIDC-DATA indication primitive with an AIDC-tfr-init-apdu the
AIDC-ASE shall:
a) extract the User Data parameter, and the Msg Number parameter from the AIDC-
tfr-init-apdu;
3.2.6.1.17.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-tfr-rqst request primitive when the AIDC-ASE protocol
machine is in the COORDINATED state.
3.2.6.1.17.2.1 Upon the receipt of an AIDC-tfr-rqst request primitive the AIDC-ASE shall:
a) create an AIDC-tfr-rqst-apdu based on the User Data parameter, and the Msg
Number parameter;
3.2.6.1.18.1.1 It shall be valid to invoke the AIDC-DATA indication primitive with an AIDC-tfr-rqst-apdu
when the AIDC-ASE protocol machine is in the COORDINATED state.
3.2.6.1.18.2.1 Upon the receipt of an AIDC-DATA indication primitive with an AIDC-tfr-rqst-apdu the
AIDC-ASE shall:
a) extract the User Data parameter, and the Msg Number parameter from the AIDC-
tfr-rqst-apdu;
c) if the variable vs2 = Reference ID, invoke an AIDC-ucf indication primitive with
the extracted parameters in a) above as the AIDC-ucf indication primitive Result
parameter, the AIDC-ucf indication primitive Reason parameter, and the AIDC-ucf
indication primitive Reference ID parameter;
1) if the Response parameter of the AIDC-ucf request primitive has the
abstract value “accepted”:
i) if in the IDLE state, or the NOTIFY state:
A) if the variable vs1 = notify, then:
I) start the timer t2NC; and
II) enter the NOTIFY state.
B) if the variable vs1 = coord-start, then:
I) start the timer t1R; and
II) enter the NEGOTIATING state.
C) if the variable vs1 = info-trans, then start the timer t2IN.
D) if the variable vs1 = end, then enter IDLE state;
ii) if in the NEGOTIATING state:
A) if the variable vs1 = coord-negot, then start the timer t1R.
B) if the variable vs1 = coord-end, then:
I) if variable vse = accept, then:
(a) start the timer t2CT; and
(b) set the variable vse = NULL; and
(c) enter the COORDINATED state.
II) if variable vse = reject, then:
(a) start the timer t2NC;
(b) set the variable vse = NULL; and
(c) enter the NOTIFY state.
C) if the variable vs1 = end, then enter IDLE state.
iii) if in the COORDINATED state:
A) if the variable vs1 = coord-start, then:
I) start the timer t1R; and
II) enter the RE-NEGOTIATING state.
III-208 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.6.3.2 If the maximum time is exceeded before the final event has occurred, an AIDC-ASE shall
take appropriate action as defined in 3.2.6.2.1.
3.2.6.3.2.1 Recommendation.—The actions defined in 3.2.6.2.1 should be taken when the maximum
time as indicated in Table 3.2.6-1 has expired.
Table 3.2.6-1: AIDC-ASE Timers
User Confirmation for all tC 2 min AIDC-DATA Req AIDC-DATA Ind with
AIDC services except with AIDC-ASE- AIDC-ucf-apdu
Abort services apdu
Monitors time for transition t1IN see +ve AIDC-ucf Ind •AIDC-nfy Ind
between an initial 3.2.6.3.1.1 in response to •AIDC-crd-start Ind
invocation of the Info- AIDC-inf-tfr Req
transfer service primitive in
the IDLE state and a
subsequent Regime
Monitors timer for t2IN see +ve AIDC-ucf-IND •AIDC-nfy Req
transition between an initial 3.2.6.3.1.1 in response to •AIDC-crd-start Req
invocation of the Info- AIDC-inf-tfr-Req
transfer service primitive in
the IDLE state and a
subsequent Regime
Monitors time for transition t1NC see +ve AIDC-ucf Req •AIDC-nfy Ind
between Notifying Regime 3.2.6.3.1.1 in response to •AIDC-crd-start Ind
and Coordinating Regime. TBD AIDC-nfy Ind •AIDC-end Ind
Monitors time for transition t2NC see +ve AIDC-ucf Ind •AIDC-nfy Req
between Notifying Regime 3.2.6.3.1.1 in response to •AIDC-crd-start Req
and Coordinating Regime. AIDC-nfy Req •AIDC-end Req
Complementary timer for
t1NC.
Response monitoring timer t1R see +ve AIDC-ucf Ind •AIDC-crd-ngtt Ind
used with the following 3.2.6.3.1.1 in response to: •AIDC-crd-stndby Ind
services: •AIDC-crd-start Req •AIDC-crd-end Ind
•AIDC-crd-start •AIDC-crd-ngtt Req •AIDC-tfr-accept Ind
•AIDC-crd-ngtt •AIDC-tfr-prpsl Req •AIDC-tfr-comm-assm
•AIDC-tfr-prpsl (if P1 true) (if P1 true) Ind
•AIDC-tfr-comm •AIDC-tfr-comm •AIDC-tfr-cntrl Cnf
•AIDC-tfr-cntrl Req
•AIDC-tfr-cntrl Req
III-214 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Response monitoring timer t2R see -ve AIDC-ucf Req AIDC-ASE service Ind
after -ve User Confirmation 3.2.6.3.1.1 primitive except for
for all services except: the following services:
•AIDC-tfr-rqst •AIDC-tfr-rqst
•AIDC-tfr-prpsl •AIDC-tfr-prpsl
•AIDC-tfr-accept •AIDC-tfr-accept
•AIDC-info-transfer •AIDC-inf-tfr
•AIDC-usr-abrt •AIDC-usr-abrt
•AIDC-pvd-abrt •AIDC-pvd-abrt
Monitors time for transition t2CT see +ve AIDC-ucf Ind •AIDC-tfr-init Req or
between Coordinating 3.2.6.3.1.1 in response to Ind
Regime and Transferring AIDC-crd-end Req •AIDC-tfr-cntrl Req or
Regime. Complementary Ind
timer for t1CT. •AIDC-end Req or Ind
• AIDC-crd-start Ind or
Req
Response monitoring timer t3R see +ve AIDC-ucf Req •AIDC-tfr-comm Ind
used with the AIDC-tfr-init 3.2.6.3.1.1 in response to •AIDC-tfr-comm-
service AIDC-tfr-init Ind assm-Req
End timer to monitor time tTE see +ve AIDC-ucf Req •AIDC-crd-start Ind or
after completion of 3.2.6.3.1.1 in response to Req
Transferring Regime to the AIDC-tfr-comm- •AIDC-end Ind
invocation of the AIDC-end assm Ind or AIDC-
service or commencement tfr-cntrl Cnf
of backward coordination.
Ground-ground applications III-215
III-219
• stop t2CT
• start tC
< COORDINATED
III-220
State< IDLE NOTIFY NEGOTIATING RE-NEGOTIATING COORDINATED
Event?
III-221
III-222
State< IDLE NOTIFY NEGOTIATING RE-NEGOTIATING COORDINATED
Event?
AIDC-ucf REQ if c2 { if c2 { if c2 { if c2 { if c2 {
• AIDC-DATA REQ with • AIDC-DATA REQ with • AIDC-DATA REQ with • AIDC-DATA REQ with • AIDC-DATA REQ with
III-223
III-224
State< PRE-TRANSFER TRANSFERRING TRANSFERRED BACKWARD COORDINATING
Event?
AIDC-crd-start REQ • vs1 = back
• vs2 = Msg Number
• AIDC-DATA REQ with
III-225
III-226
State< PRE-TRANSFER TRANSFERRING TRANSFERRED BACKWARD COORDINATING
Event?
rcv AIDC-tfr-comm apdu • vr1 = trns-comm
• vr2 = Msg Number
• AIDC-tfr-comm IND
III-227
III-228
State< PRE-TRANSFER TRANSFERRING TRANSFERRED BACKWARD COORDINATING
Event?
AIDC-ucf REQ if c2 { if c2 { if c2 { if c2 {
• AIDC-DATA REQ with AIDC- • AIDC-DATA REQ with • AIDC-DATA REQ with • AIDC-DATA REQ with AIDC-
ucf-apdu AIDC-ucf-apdu AIDC-ucf-apdu ucf-apdu
Note.—The following defines the ASN.1 [ISO/IEC 8824-1] abstract syntax for the AIDC-AE.
3.2.7.1.1 Each AIDC-APDU shall conform to the abstract syntax as defined below:
BEGIN
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- AIDC-APDU
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- AIDC-apdu
-- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- AIDC MESSAGE DEFINITIONS
-- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- AIDC MESSAGE ELEMENTS
-- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
xatransponderModeS (3),
ptransponderModeSPA (4),
itransponderModeSID (5),
satransponderModeSPAID (6),
...
}
-- PA: Pressure Level; ID: Aircraft Identification
-- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- AIDC ERROR-RELATED TYPES
-- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ctAircraftNumberType (2),
ctBeaconCode (3),
ctBoundaryEstimate (4),
ctCNSEquipment (5),
ctDepartureAirportTime (6),
ctDestinationAirport (7),
ctExecutiveData (8),
ctFlightID (9),
ctFlightRuleFlightType (10),
ctFreeText (11),
ctFrequency (12),
ctFunctionalAddress (13),
ctReleaseIndicator (14),
ctRoute (15),
ctTrackData (16),
ctUnrecognised (255),
...
}
invalidAircraftIdentification (28),
invalidSelcal (29),
invalidRegistration (30),
invalidAircraftAddress (31),
invalidFlightRule (32),
invalidFlightType (33),
invalidFrequencyHF (34),
invalidFrequencyVHFChannel (35),
invalidFrequencyUHF (36),
invalidFrequencySatChannel (37),
invalidFunctionalAddress (38),
invalidReleaseIndicator (39),
invalidDistancekm (40),
invalidDistanceNM (41),
invalidATSRouteDesignator (42),
invalidTrackName (43),
invalidmsgnumber (250),
invalidreferenceid (251),
invalidcallingICAOFacilityDesignation (252),
invalidcalledICAOFacilityDesignation (253),
invalidtimestamp (254),
unknown (255),
...
}
END
Ground-ground applications III-251
3.2.8.1.1 The AIDC application shall use PER as defined in ISO/IEC 8825-2, using the Basic
Unaligned variant to encode/decode the ASN.1 message structure and content specified in 3.2.7, or a
functionally equivalent means which provides the same result.
3.2.8.2.1.1 Routing Class shall be conveyed by local means, using the values for Security Tag Value
specified in Table 5.6-1.
3.2.8.2.1.2 For the AIDC application no routing class is specified, thus the value corresponding to
“ATSC: No Traffic Type Policy Preference” shall be conveyed.
Note.— It is stated in 5.2.7.3.1, “The mechanism by which the connection initiator determines the
appropriate ATN Security Label is a local matter. For example, it may be identified by an extension to the
transport service interface, be implicit in the choice of a given TSAP, or be identified using a Systems
Management function.”
3.2.8.2.2 Priority
3.2.8.2.2.1 The AIDC application service priority shall have the value corresponding to “normal priority
flight safety messages”.
3.2.8.2.2.2 Priority shall map to the session connection priority component of the A-ASSOCIATE
request primitive Quality of Service parameter (see Table 3.2.5-1), using the values for Transport Layer
Priority specified in Table 1.2 (see .3.8).
Note.— Although transport priority and network priority are semantically independent of each other,
5.5.1.2 states that the TS-user specifies the Application Service Priority, which in turn is mapped into the
resulting CLNP PDUs according to Table 1.2, which defines the fixed relationship between transport priority
and the network priority.
3.2.8.2.3.1 The required AIDC application service RER shall have the value corresponding to “low”.
3.2.8.2.3.2 Thus the residual error rate component of the A-ASSOCIATE request primitive Quality of
Service parameter (see Table 3.2.5-1) shall be set to zero.
Note.— 5.5.1.2 states that the transport service user specifies the required residual error rate to
determine whether or not the transport checksum is required.
III-252 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— The following identifies the requirements imposed upon the AIDC-User by the AIDC-AE.
3.2.9.1 Inter-Operability
3.2.9.1.1 To achieve inter-operability for the implementation of AIDC between ATS units, or ATS
regions on a global basis, the following requirements shall be satisfied:
a) a common AIDC message set and associated services is agreed upon by the ATS
units involved,
b) agreement, by the ATS units involved, as to what flight related conditions dictate
the invocation of the AIDC services,
c) agreement as to the timing associated with the use of the AIDC services,
3.2.9.2.1.1 In cases where message queueing is implemented by the AIDC-User, an application specific
priority scheme shall be implemented.
3.2.9.2.1.1.1 Under this scheme the AIDC messages received shall be assigned one of the following
priorities:
a) Normal;
b) Urgent; or
c) Distress.
3.2.9.2.1.1.3 The AIDC-User shall process messages with a priority of Distress first, followed by
messages with a priority of Urgent and then messages with a priority of Normal.
3.2.9.3.1 The AIDC-User shall manage a number of timers associated with the sending of AIDC
messages. These timers are described below:
a) a Confirmation Timer, used to detect the failure of the AIDC-User to receive the
user confirmation for a previously sent message;
b) a Response Timer, used to detect the failure of the AIDC-User to receive the
appropriate message in response to a previously sent coordination or transfer
message;
c) a Monitor Timer, used to detect the failure of the AIDC-User to receive another
expected AIDC message; and
3.2.9.4.1.1 As each instantiation of the AIDC-AE is on a flight by flight basis, the AIDC-User shall
manage these instantiations by some local means.
3.2.9.4.2.1 Upon the receipt of an AIDC message, the AIDC-User shall validate the semantics of the
message and use the User-confirmation service to indicate to the peer AIDC-User whether the message has
been accepted or rejected.
3.2.9.4.2.2 In order for the AIDC-AE to correlate user service primitives with the User-confirmation
primitives, the AIDC-User shall generate and manage a set of unique identifiers.
3.2.9.4.2.3 The identifiers received by an AIDC-User in indication service primitives, shall be used as
the Referenced Number parameter of the User-confirmation request primitive.
Note.— The Coordinate-start service is used for the initial flight coordination and the updating of
the coordination conditions for a flight. The passing of either the CoordinateInitial or CoordinateUpdate
message when using the service is under user control and procedures.
III-254 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
3.2.9.4.3.1 If for some reason the D-ATSU AIDC-User cannot accept the type of message received, it
shall signal that condition with a negative User-confirmation
3.2.9.5.1 In the event of information input by the user being incompatible with that able to be
processed by the system, the user shall be notified.
Ground-ground applications III-255
Note 1.— The sequence diagrams, shown below, do not mandate the user sequencing of primitives.
Nor do they cover all possible sequences.
Note 2.— The following figures, show the sequence of AIDC-User primitives and the CF mapping
of those primitives to/from the primitives of the AIDC-ASE.
Note 3.— As the User-confirmation service is common to all services, except the abort services, the
invocation of the primitives are shown as a dotted line.
Note 4.— The “+” symbol preceding the User-confirmation primitive indicates that the user has
validated and accepted the contents or semantics of the received message.
Note 5.— The “-” symbol preceding the User-confirmation primitive indicates that the user has
rejected the contents of the received message.
Note 7.— Primitives shown with dashed lines identify the User-Confirmation service primitives.
Note 8.— The dotted arrows under the column headed “ATN Service Provider” simply identifies
transition of data between AIDC-AE peers across the ATN internet.
Note 9.— Dotted extentions to the columns identifies that the sequence shown is either the
continuation of a sequence of service invocations or other service invocations are to follow.
Note 10.— The timers shown in the diagrams are technical timers and are defined in 3.2.6 of this
document.
III-256 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-nfy Ind
Notify Ind
tC
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-DATA
Ind
T
AIDC-ucf Ind
I
+User-confirmation Ind
M
t 2NC t 1NC
E
Notify Req/
Coordinate-start Req/
End Req AIDC-nfy Req/ AIDC-nfy Ind/
AIDC-crd AIDC-crd
-start Req/ AIDC-DATA -start Ind/
AIDC-end Req AIDC-end Ind Notify Ind/
Req Coordinate-start Ind/
End Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
tC
+/-User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-ucf Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
+/-User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
Figure 3.2.10-1: Sequence Diagram showing the entry into the Notifying Regime through the
invocation of the Notify service
Ground-ground applications III-257
AIDC-crd
Coordinate-start Req -start Req
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-crd
-start Ind
Coordinate-start Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
T
AIDC-ucf Req
I
AIDC-ucf Ind
AIDC-DATA Req M
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind Coordinate-end Req
E
AIDC-DATA Req
t 1R
AIDC-crd
AIDC-crd AIDC-DATA Ind
-end Req
-end Ind
Coordinate-end Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-ucf Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
Figure 3.2.10-2: Sequence Diagram showing the entry and exit of the Coordination Regime
through the invocation of the Coordinate-start Service and the Cordinate-end Service respectively
III-258 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
AIDC-crd
Coordinate-start Req
-start Req
AIDC-DATA Req
Coordinate-start Ind/
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind AIDC-crd-ngtt Coordinate-negotiate Req
AIDC-ucf AIDC-DATA Req Req T
Ind t 1R
I
AIDC-crd
-ngtt Ind
M
Coordinate-negotiate Ind
AIDC-DATA
E
Ind tC
AIDC-DATA
+User-confirmation Req Ind
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-ucf Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-crd-end +User-confirmation Ind
Coordinate-end Req
Req
AIDC-DATA Req
t 1R
AIDC-crd
-end Ind
Coordinate-end Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-ucf Ind
Figure 3.2.10-3: Sequence Diagram showing the invocation of the Coordinate-negotiate Service
Ground-ground applications III-259
Coordinate-start Req
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-crd
AIDC-crd
-start Ind
-start Req Coordinate-start Ind
tC
AIDC-DATA
Ind
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Ind AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA
+User-confirmation Req
Ind
AIDC-ucf AIDC-ucf Req
+User-confirmation Ind Ind AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-DATA Req
t1R
Coordinate-end Req
AIDC-crd AIDC-crd
-end Ind -end Req
Coordinate-end Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-ucf Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
Coordinate-start Req
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-crd
AIDC-crd -start Ind
-start Req
Coordinate-start Ind
tC
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-DATA +User-confirmation Req
Ind
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-ucf
Ind
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
Coordinate-standby Req
t1R
AIDC-crd
AIDC-crd
-stndby Req
-stndby Ind
Coordinate-standby Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind T
tC
I
AIDC-DATA Req
M
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf E
Req AIDC-ucf Ind
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
tS
AIDC-DATA Req
Coordinate-end Req
AIDC-crd
AIDC-crd
-end Req
-end Ind
Coordinate-end Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
Figure 3.2.10-5: Sequence Diagram showing the invocation of the Coordinate-standby service
Ground-ground applications III-261
AIDC-crd
Coordinate-start Req -start Req
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-crd
Coordinate-negotiate Req E
AIDC-crd
-ngtt Ind -ngtt Req
Coordinate-negotiate Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
tC
AIDC-DATA
+User-confirmation Req Ind
AIDC-ucf Req AIDC-ucf Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
t1R
Coordinate-end Req
AIDC-crd- AIDC-crd
end Req -end Ind Coordinate-end Ind
tC AIDC-DATA Ind
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf AIDC-ucf Req
+User-confirmation Ind Ind AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-DATA Ind
Figure 3.2.10-6: Sequence Diagram showing the invocation of the Coordinate-standby service
followed by the invocation of the Coordinate-negotiate service
III-262 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Coordinate-start Req
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-DATA
+User-confirmation Req
Ind
AIDC-ucf Ind AIDC-ucf Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
Coordinate-negotiate Req
t1R
AIDC-crd AIDC-crd
Coordinate-negotiate Ind -ngtt Ind -ngtt Req
AIDC-DATA tC
Ind
AIDC-DATA
+User-confirmation Req Ind
AIDC-ucf Req AIDC-DATA AIDC-ucf Ind T
Req
+User-confirmation Ind
I
AIDC-DATA Req
t1R M
Coordinate-standby Req
AIDC-crd
AIDC-crd
-stndby Ind
E
-stndby Req Coordinate-standby Ind
tC
AIDC-DATA
Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
tS
AIDC-DATA Req
Coordinate-end Req AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-crd AIDC-crd
-end Req -end Ind Coordinate-end Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Ind AIDC-ucf Req
+User-confirmation Ind AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-DATA Ind
Figure 3.2.10-7: Sequence Diagram showing the invocation of the Coordinate-standby service
followed by the Coordinate-negotiate service
Ground-ground applications III-263
AIDC-crd
Coordinate-end Req
-end Req
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-DATA
Ind
AIDC-crd
-end Ind
Coordinate-end Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf
Req
AIDC-ucf Ind AIDC-DATA Req T
I
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
M
t 2CT t 1CT
E
tC
+/-User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-ucf Ind
+/-User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
Figure 3.2.10-8: Sequence Diagram showing the start of the Transferring Regime through the
invocation of the Transfer-initiate service
III-264 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
AIDC-crd
Coordinate-end Req
-end Req
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-crd
-end Ind
Coordinate-end Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf
Req
AIDC-DATA Req
T
AIDC-ucf Ind
I
t 1CT +User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
Transfer-initiate Req/ M
Transfer-control Req/
End Req E
AIDC-DATA
Req AIDC-tfr-
t 2CT
init Ind/
AIDC-tfr-
AIDC-tfr-
AIDC-DATA Ind cntrl Ind/
init Req/
AIDC-end
AIDC-tfr- Transfer-initiate Ind/
Ind
cntrl Req/ Transfer-control Ind/
AIDC-end Req End Ind
tC
+/-User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-ucf Ind AIDC-DATA Req
+/-User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
Figure 3.2.10-9: Sequence Diagram showing the start of the Transferring Regime through the
invocation of the Transfer-initiate service
Ground-ground applications III-265
AIDC-crd
Coordinate-end Req
-end Req
AIDC-DATA Req
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf
Req
AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind Transfer-request Req
AIDC-ucf AIDC-DATA Req T
Ind
AIDC-tfr-rqst I
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-tfr- Req
rqst Ind
M
Transfer-request Ind
E
t 1CT tC
t 2CT
AIDC-tfr
-init Ind
Transfer-initiate Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-ucf Ind
Figure 3.2.10-10: Sequence Diagram showing the invocation of the Transfer-request service
III-266 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
AIDC-crd
Coordinate-end Req
-end Req
AIDC-DATA Req
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf
Req AIDC-ucf Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
T
AIDC-DATA Req
Transfer-request Req I
t 1CT
AIDC-DATA Ind AIDC-tfr-rqst
AIDC-tfr- Req M
rqst Ind
Transfer-request Ind
E
tC
t 2CT
AIDC-DATA Req
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-ucf Ind AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
Figure 3.2.10-11: Sequence Diagram showing the invocation of the Transfer-request service
Ground-ground applications III-267
AIDC-tfr
Transfer-initiate Req -init Req
AIDC-DATA Req
Transfer-initiate Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf
Req
AIDC-DATA Req T
AIDC-ucf Ind
I
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
M
E
t 3R
Transfer-communication Req
AIDC-tfr-
comm Req
AIDC-tfr-
AIDC-DATA
comm Req
Req
Transfer-communication Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
tC
+/-User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
Figure 3.2.10-12: Sequence Diagram showing the invocaton of the Transfer-communication service
after the Transfer-initiate service
III-268 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
AIDC-tfr
Transfer-initiate Req -init Req
AIDC-DATA Req
Transfer-initiate Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf
Req
AIDC-ucf Ind AIDC-DATA Req
T
+User-confirmation Ind t 3R I
AIDC-DATA Ind Transfer-communication M
-assume Req
E
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-tfr-
AIDC-tfr- AIDC-DATA Ind comm-assm Req
comm-assm
Transfer-communication Ind
-assume Ind
tC
+/-User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-DATA Req
+/-User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-ucf Ind
AIDC-tfr
Transfer-initiate Req -init Req
AIDC-DATA Req
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf
AIDC-ucf Ind Req
AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
Transfer-conditions-proposal Req T
AIDC-tfr- AIDC-DATA Ind AIDC-tfr-
prpsl Req prpsl Ind I
Transfer-conditions-proposal Ind
M
tC t 3R
E
AIDC-DATA +/-User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf
Ind
AIDC-ucf Req
Ind AIDC-DATA Req
+/-User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
Transfer-communication Req
AIDC-tfr-comm AIDC-tfr-
Req comm Ind
Transfer-communication Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-ucf Ind
AIDC-tfr
Transfer-initiate Req -init Req
AIDC-DATA Req
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf
AIDC-ucf Ind Req
AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
Transfer-conditions-proposal Req T
AIDC-tfr- AIDC-DATA Ind AIDC-tfr-
prpsl Req prpsl Ind I
Transfer-conditions-proposal Ind
M
tC t 3R
E
AIDC-DATA +/-User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf
Ind
Req
AIDC-DATA Req
+/-User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-ucf Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
Transfer-communication-assume Req
AIDC-tfr-comm AIDC-tfr-comm
-assm Ind -assm Req
Transfer-communication-assume Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-DATA Req AIDC-ucf Ind
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-tfr-
Transfer-conditions-proposal Req
prpsl Req
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-tfr-
prpsl Ind
Transfer-conditions-proposal Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
T
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-DATA Req
I
AIDC-ucf Ind
M
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind AIDC-tfr-
accept Req Transfer-conditions-accept Req E
AIDC-DATA Req
t1R
AIDC-tfr-
accept Ind
Transfer-conditions-accept Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-ucf Ind
AIDC-tfr-
Transfer-communication Req comm Req
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-tfr-
comm Ind
Transfer-communication Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
T
AIDC-ucf Req
I
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-ucf Ind
+User-confirmation Ind M
AIDC-DATA Ind AIDC-tfr- Transfer-communication
E
comm-assm Req -assume Req
AIDC-DATA Req
t 1R
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-tfr-
comm-assm
Transfer-communication Ind
-assume Ind
tC
+/-User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-DATA Req
+/-User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-ucf Ind
AIDC-tfr-
comm-assm Req Transfer-communication-assume Req
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-tfr-
comm-assm Ind
Transfer-communication-assume Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf AIDC-DATA
Req Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
T
AIDC-ucf Ind
I
+User-confirmation Ind
M
t
TE
E
End Req
AIDC-end
Req
AIDC-DATA
AIDC-end Req
Ind
End Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
tC
+/-User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-ucf Ind
+/-User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
Figure 3.2.10-18: Sequence Diagram showing the end of the AIDC service through the invocation
of the End service after the Transfer-communication-assume service
III-274 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
AIDC-tfr-
Transfer-control Req cntrl Req
AIDC-DATA Req
Transfer-control Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
T
AIDC-DATA AIDC-ucf Req
Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
I
AIDC-ucf Ind M
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-tfr E
-cntrl Rsp Transfer-control Rsp
AIDC-DATA Req
t1R
AIDC-tfr
-cntrl Cnf
Transfer-control Cnf
AIDC-DATA
Ind tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-ucf Ind
Figure 3.2.10-19: Sequence Diagram showing the start and end of the Transferring Regime
through the invocation of the Transfer-control service
Ground-ground applications III-275
AIDC-tfr-
Transfer-control Rsp cntrl Rsp
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-tfr-
cntrl Cnf
Transfer-control Cnf
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf
Req
AIDC-ucf Ind AIDC-DATA Req T
I
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
M
t TE E
Coordinate-start Req
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-crd-
start Req AIDC-DATA Ind AIDC-crd
-start Ind
Coordinate-start Ind
tC
+/-User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
+/-User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
Figure 3.2.10-20: Sequence Diagram showing the re-entry into the Coordinating Regime, after the
end of the Transferring Regime, through the invocation of the Coordinate-start service
III-276 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
AIDC-tfr-
Transfer-control Rsp cntrl Rsp
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-tfr-
cntrl Cnf
Transfer-control Cnf
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf
Req
AIDC-ucf Ind AIDC-DATA Req T
I
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
M
t TE E
End Req
AIDC-DATA Req
AIDC-end Req
AIDC-DATA Ind AIDC-end
Ind
End Ind
tC
+/-User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
+/-User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
Figure 3.2.10-21: Sequence Diagram showing the end of the AIDC service after the Transfer-
control service
Ground-ground applications III-277
AIDC-crd-
Coordinate-start Req start Req
AIDC-DATA Req
Coordinate-start Ind
tC
AIDC-DATA Req
Coordinate-end Req
AIDC-crd
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-crd -end Req
-end Ind
Coordinate-end Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-ucf Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
Figure 3.2.10-22: Sequence Diagram showing the invocation of the Info-transfer service in the
Coordinating Regime
III-278 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
AIDC-tfr-
cntrl Req
Transfer-control Req
AIDC-DATA Req
Transfer-control Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-DATA
Ind AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-ucf Ind AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
Info-Transfer Req
AIDC-inf-
AIDC-inf-
tfr Req
tfr Ind
Info-Transfer Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind T
tC
I
AIDC-DATA Req
M
+/-User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf
Req
E
AIDC-ucf Ind
+/-User-confirmation Ind
t1R
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
Transfer-control Rsp
AIDC-tfr
AIDC-tfr
-cntrl Rsp
-cntrl Cnf
Transfer-control Cnf
AIDC-DATA Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-ucf Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
Figure 3.2.10-23: Sequence Diagram showing the invocation of the Info-transfer service in the
Transferrring Regime
Ground-ground applications III-279
AIDC-crd-
start Req
Coordinate-start Req
AIDC-DATA Req
Coordinate-start Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
Info-Transfer Req
AIDC-DATA AIDC-inf-
AIDC-inf- Ind
tfr Req
tfr Ind
Info-Transfer Ind
tC
tC
+/-User-confirmation Req
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
t 1R Coordinate-end Req
AIDC-crd AIDC-crd
-end Ind -end Req
Coordinate-end Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
tC
+User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-DATA Req AIDC-ucf Ind
+User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
Figure 3.2.10-24: Sequence Diagram showing the invocation of the Info-transfer service before the
User Confirmation of the Coordinate-start service
III-280 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
AIDC-DATA Ind
AIDC-xxxx Ind
XXXX Ind
tC
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-DATA Req
-User-confirmation Req
AIDC-DATA
Ind
T
AIDC-ucf Ind
I
-User-confirmation Ind
M
t 2R
E
XXXX Req
AIDC-xxxx Req
AIDC-DATA
AIDC-xxxx Ind
Req
XXXX Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
tC
+/-User-confirmation Req
AIDC-ucf Req
AIDC-ucf Ind
AIDC-DATA Req
+/-User-confirmation Ind
AIDC-DATA Ind
Figure 3.2.10-25: Sequence Diagram showing the sequence for a negative User Confirmation for all
services except the Transfer-request, Transfer-conditions-proposal, Transfer-conditions-accept,
and Info-Transfer services
Ground-ground applications III-281
Figure 3.2.10-27: Sequence Diagram showing the invocation of the Provider-abort service invoked
by the ATN service provider
III-282 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Figure 3.2.10-28: Sequence Diagram showing the service invocation sequence when the AIDC-ASE
aborts
Sub-Volume IV
The list below shows the parts of this sub-volume that are different from similar parts of the first edition.
IV-(i)
4.1 INTRODUCTION
4.1.1.1 The initial version of the ATN Upper Layer (UL) communications service is specified here.
4.1.1.2 The UL specification supports all current ATN applications except the ATS Message
Application. This specification is designed to optimise the use of communications bandwidth, and
consequently restricts the functionality available from the OSI Session and Presentation layers.
4.1.1.3 The ATN requirements are addressed for Session Layer (Layer 5), Presentation Layer
(Layer 6), and a part of the Application Layer (Layer 7) of the OSI reference model. Figure 4.1-1 shows a
conceptual view of the scope of the UL communications service. The remaining part of the Application
Layer is the province of the individual ATN applications (i.e. the ADS, CM, CPDLC and FIS (ATIS)
specifications for air-ground applications, and the ICC (AIDC) specifications for ground-ground
applications).
IV-1
IV-2 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
4.1.2 Background
4.1.2.1 The communication aspects of the ATN applications are modelled as Application Entities
(AEs) (see 4.1.4.2). Figure 4.1-2 illustrates an example of the application layer structure for the ATN
applications.
4.1.2.2 The specification of the UL communications service includes a profile for the protocols in
the upper layers, an AE structure and a number of common application services.
a) Introduction (4.1) contains the purpose and structure of the UL Communications Service
Specification, and a background to the functionality defined herein.
b) Dialogue Service Description (4.2) describes the abstract service which is defined for
application specifications to refer to in order to provide a common communications service.
c) Application Entity (AE) Description (4.3) describes the Application Entity and specifies the
Control Function (CF) which co-ordinates the operation of the various Application Service
Elements (ASEs). It also describes the names which are assigned to various upper layer
entities.
d) Session Layer Requirements (4.4) describes the requirements for the OSI Session Layer, in
the form of a Profile Requirements List (PRL).
e) Presentation Layer Requirements (4.5) describes the requirements for the OSI Presentation
Layer, in the form of a PRL.
f) ACSE Specification (4.6) describes the requirements for the Association Control Service
Element (ACSE).
IV-4 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
4.1.4.1.1 A profile is specified for the connection-oriented protocols of Session layer, Presentation
layer and the Association Control Service Element (ACSE).
4.1.4.1.2 The Session portion of the specified profile is based on the efficiency enhancements to the
Session protocol which are standardised in ISO/IEC 8327-1: 1996 / Amd. 1: 1997
4.1.4.1.3 The Presentation portion of the specified profile is based on the efficiency enhancements
to the Presentation protocol which are standardised in ISO/IEC 8823-1: 1994 / Amd. 1: 1997
4.1.4.1.4 As a consequence of using the Session and Presentation protocol efficiency enhancements,
the protocol control information transferred by these protocols amounts to two octets in each direction during
the connection establishment phase, and zero octets at all other times.
4.1.4.1.5 The ACSE portion of the specified profile is based on ISO/IEC 8650-1, including the
extensibility notation as specified as Amendment 1 to that standard.
4.1.4.2.1 The specified AE structure is based on the application layer structure defined in
ISO/IEC 9545, where the concepts of Application Service Element (ASE), Application Service Object (ASO)
and Control Function (CF) are defined.
4.1.4.2.2 Figure 4.1-3 shows the generic structure of an AE with arrows representing the abstract
service boundaries of the various elements. The “upper” service boundary is the abstract service provided
by an ASE to its user(s). The “lower” service boundary is the abstract service which is provided to the ASE
by the CF.
4.1.4.2.3 The ASE is an element engineered to perform a required task. ISO/IEC 9545 describes how
two or more ASEs may be combined, together with a CF to co-ordinate their operation to form an ASO. In
turn, an ASO may be combined with other ASOs or ASEs with a CF to form larger ASOs. The AE is the
outermost ASO.
Upper layer communications service IV-5
4.1.4.3.1 For each of the current ATN applications a specific ASE exists, and is defined in the relevant
ATN Application specification. The generic name “ATN-App ASE” is used for these specific ASEs.
4.1.4.3.2 Various abstract services are specified. The services are provided at abstract service
boundaries. The abstract service provided by the AE to the Application-user (i.e. the service provided at
the upper boundary of the AE) is specified in 4.3. In the AE structure specified here, this service is a
pass-through to the ATN-App ASE.
4.1.4.3.3 Figure 4.1-4 shows the AE structure which is used to model the ATN applications. This is
described in detail in 4.3.
4.1.4.3.4 The Dialogue Service (DS) as defined in 4.2 is the abstract service which the ATN-App
ASEs use to interact with the UL communications service. That is, the DS is the combination of specific
internal primitives made available by the CF at the lower boundary of the ATN ASE/ASO - it is the
application
s “world view”. In order to provide this service, the CF uses the services of ACSE.
4.2.1.1 Implementations of the ATN-App ASE, together with the UL elements which provide the
Dialogue Service (DS), shall exhibit the behaviour defined in this abstract service definition.
Note 1.— The Dialogue Service is the abstract service which is used by an ATN-App ASE at its lower
service boundary. There is no requirement to implement the DS in any product. ATN end systems will in
general be designed in such a way that it is impossible to detect (from external access) whether or not an
interface corresponding to the DS has been built.
Note 2.— The DS is described from the viewpoint of the ATN-App ASE, using abstract service
definition conventions. The abstract service definition is a descriptive technique used to specify the
behaviour exhibited by part of the ATN application layer. Specifications of application service elements
(ASEs), such as the specifications of ADS, CPDLC, CM and ATIS, may include common functionality by
reference to the DS. The DS allows ATN-App ASEs to be specified without the need to consider some of the
complexities of some aspects of the underlying communications.
Note 3.— The DS supports a communication relationship between two peers for a duration which
exists until the peers agree to terminate the relationship or the relationship is aborted.
Note 4.— The DS defines a service which may be used to support an ATN-App ASE at its “lower”
service boundary. Such an ASE is denoted a DS-User. The DS-User can be specified to use the DS in a
variety of ways that can be defined in terms of reliability characteristics. A number of user-visible service
levels can thus be offered, including for example the following:
b) A confirmed service, which provides end-to-end confirmation that a message sent by one
DS-User was received and acknowledged by the peer DS-User.
Note 5.— An implementation of the DS provider will typically be responsible for detection of errors
such as:
Note 6.— An implementation of an ATN application which makes use of the DS has to be designed
with error handling procedures for local error conditions.
Upper layer communications service IV-7
4.2.2.1 Implementations which claim to support the DS functionality shall exhibit the behaviour
defined by the service primitives in Table 4.2-1.
Service Description
D-START This is a confirmed service used to establish the binding
between the communicating DS-Users.
D-DATA This unconfirmed service is used by a DS-User to send a
message from that DS-User to the peer DS-User.
D-END This is a confirmed service used to provide the orderly
unbinding between the communicating DS-Users, such that any
data in transit between the partners is delivered before the
unbinding takes effect.
D-ABORT This unconfirmed service can be invoked to abort the
relationship between the communicating DS-Users. Any data
in transit between them may be lost.
D-P-ABORT This unconfirmed service is used to indicate to the DS-User
that the dialogue service provider has aborted the relationship
with the peer DS-User. Any data in transit between the
communicating DS-Users may be lost.
Note.— Table 4.2-2 lists the parameters used when invoking the services.
Service Parameters
D-START Called Peer ID
Calling Peer ID
DS-User Version Number
Security Requirements
Quality-of-Service
Result
Reject Source
User Data
D-DATA User Data
D-END Result
User Data
D-ABORT Originator
User Data
D-P-ABORT (no parameters)
IV-8 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
4.2.3.1.1 Implementations which claim to support the DS functionality shall exhibit behaviour
allowing two communicating DS-Users to:
a) establish a dialogue;
Note 1.— Either DS-User may send data at any time after the initial D-START exchange, by using
the D-DATA service. Under normal circumstances, a dialogue is released by a DS-User invoking the
D-END service. A dialogue is abnormally released with the D-ABORT service. If the underlying service
provider abnormally releases the dialogue, the DS-Users which are aware of the dialogue will be notified
with the D-P-ABORT service.
Note 2.— For the purposes of this service definition, it is only valid for the DS-User to issue and be
prepared to receive primitives for one Dialogue according to the permitted sequences of DS primitives shown
in Table 4.2-3, where intersections marked “Y” show possible primitives which may occur after the primitive
in the column heading.
1 D-START req
3 D-START ind Y Y Y Y Y
5 D-DATA req Y Y Y Y Y
6 D-DATA ind Y Y Y Y Y
7 D-END req Y Y Y Y
9 D-END ind Y Y Y Y
11 D-ABORT req Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Upper layer communications service IV-9
12 D-ABORT ind Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
13 D-P-ABORT ind Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Note 3.— For compactness, each DS primitive is given a number in the column headings in
Table 4.2-3; the numbers have the meanings assigned in the row headings. For simplicity, where D-START
and D-END response and confirmation primitives are used, Table 4.2-3 only shows the case where the
D-START or D-END request is accepted by the peer. If a D-START request is rejected, then a DS-User may
not issue or receive any other primitives apart from D-START request or indication. If a D-END request
is rejected, then a DS-User may continue to issue and receive primitives as if the dialogue had just been
established. A D-START request results in a new instance of communication with the peer DS-User, so could
occur at any time. Table 4.2-3 only applies to a single instance of communication.
4.2.3.2.1 The behaviour defined by the D-START service primitive shall be provided to enable the
setting up of a dialogue between two DS-Users.
Note 1.— D-START is a confirmed service which is invoked by a DS-User (the dialogue-initiator)
to start a dialogue with a peer DS-User. D-START request, indication, response and confirmation primitives
are defined, as illustrated in Figure 4.2-1.
Note 2.— The initiating DS-User issues a D-START request primitive. It is not then valid to issue
any other primitives (except D-ABORT) until a D-START confirmation is received. When the responding
DS-User receives the D-START indication primitive, it must decide whether or not to accept this instantiation
of the dialogue service. It may issue only a D-START response or a D-ABORT request primitive. The
D-START response and confirmation primitives contain a Result parameter which defines whether the
responding DS-User accepts or rejects the request. If the responding DS-User accepts the request, then the
dialogue is established. If it rejects the request, then no dialogue exists. The parameters of the D-START
primitives are specified in Table 4.2-4.
IV-10 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 3.— The Called Peer ID parameter is used in the D-START service to specify the name of the
intended peer DS-User, and takes an abstract value corresponding to either a 24-bit ICAO aircraft-id or an
ICAO facility designator.
Note 4.— The Calling Peer Id parameter is optionally used in the D-START service to specify the
name of the initiating DS-User, and is either absent or takes an abstract value corresponding to either a
24-bit ICAO aircraft-id or an ICAO facility designator. Its presence in the indication primitive is conditional
upon it being specified by the DS-User in the request primitive.
Note 5.— The DS-User version number allows peer DS-Users to exchange version information. The
parameter is optional in the request and response primitives. Its presence in the indication primitive is
conditional upon it being specified by the DS-User in the request primitive, and its presence in the
confirmation primitive is conditional upon it being specified by the DS-User in the response primitive. If
present, it may take any abstract value in the range 1 to 255.
Note 6.— The Security Requirements parameter allows the DS-Users to exchange requirements for
security. The parameter is optional in the request and response primitives. Its presence in the indication
primitive is conditional upon it being specified by the DS-User in the request primitive, and its presence in
the confirmation primitive is conditional upon it being specified by the DS-User in the response primitive.
Note 7.— The Quality Of Service parameter allows the initiating DS-User to specify in the request
primitive its requirements for the quality of service (QOS) to be provided for the dialogue. For ATN, the
parameter is not modified by the DS-provider, so the value in the indication primitive is equal to the value
in the request. The only QOS component which may be modified by the DS-User in the response primitive
is Residual Error Rate (see Note 10). Otherwise, the QOS parameter in the response primitive is assumed
by the CF to be equal to the value in the indication primitive. The value of the QOS parameter in the
confirmation primitive is equal to that present or assumed in the response primitive. The following QOS
parameters may be specified:
c) Residual Error Rate (RER) - valid values are “low” and “high”.
Note 8.— If the Routing Class parameter is not provided by the DS-User in the D-START Request
primitive, and the DS-User is an ATS application as specified in 2.1 - 2.4, then the default value “ATSC: No
Traffic Type Policy Preference” is assumed. If the DS-User is not an ATS application as specified in 2.1 -
2.4, then the default traffic type “General Communications” is assumed.
Note 9.— If a Priority value is not provided by the DS-User in the D-START Request primitive, then
the default value “network/systems administration” is assumed.
Note 10.— For the RER parameter, “low” means a low error rate, i.e. a high quality connection,
and “high” means a higher error rate, i.e. a lower quality connection. The high RER allows non-use of the
transport checksum in the ATN. A limited negotiation is possible, such that if the RER value received in the
indication primitive is “high”, the DS-User may set the value in the response primitive to either “low” or
“high”.
Note 11.— The Result parameter specifies whether the requested dialogue start has been accepted.
It can take one of the abstract values:
a) accepted;
b) rejected (transient); or
c) rejected (permanent).
Note 12.— The Reject Source parameter is present if the Result parameter has one of the values
“rejected (transient)” or “rejected (permanent)”. It specifies who rejected the start of the dialogue, and can
have one of the abstract values:
a) DS user; or
b) DS provider.
Note 13.— The User Data parameter allows the peer DS-Users to exchange data during the
D-START service invocation. Its presence in the indication primitive is conditional upon it being specified
by the DS-User in the request primitive, and its presence in the confirmation primitive is conditional upon
it being specified by the DS-User in the response primitive.
4.2.3.3.1 The behaviour defined by the D-DATA service primitive shall be provided to enable the
exchange of information between two DS-Users.
Note 1.— D-DATA is an unconfirmed service which provides data transfer between peer DS-Users.
The D-START service must first have been successfully completed to establish the communication
relationship between the peers. Request and indication primitives are defined, as illustrated in Figure 4.2-2.
IV-12 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 2.— The parameters of the D-DATA primitives are specified in Table 4.2-5.
Note 3.— The User Data parameter contains the data to be transferred from a DS-User to its peer,
using an existing dialogue.
4.2.3.4.1 The behaviour defined by the D-END service primitive shall be provided to enable the
orderly termination of a dialogue between two DS-Users.
Note 1.— D-END is a confirmed service which causes the end of a dialogue. It may be invoked by
either of the communicating partners. When the D-END service is invoked, the DS performs an orderly
release, whereby any service previously invoked is completed before the dialogue is terminated. The D-END
service defines request, indication, response and confirmation primitives, as illustrated in Figure 4.2-3.
Upper layer communications service IV-13
Note 2.— The DS-User which wishes to terminate the dialogue issues a D-END request primitive.
After issuing a D-END request primitive, the DS-User must not then issue any other service primitive (except
D-ABORT if required), until a D-END confirmation is received. After issuing a D-END request primitive,
the DS-User must be prepared to continue receiving D-DATA indications from the peer user, until a D-END
confirmation primitive is received.
Note 3.— If the D-END confirmation contains a result code of “accepted” then the dialogue no
longer exists. If the D-END confirmation contains a result code of “rejected” then the peer DS-User does
not wish to terminate the dialogue, and both DS-Users are then free to use the dialogue as if the D-END
service had never been invoked.
Note 4.— When a DS-User receives a D-END indication primitive, it may continue to send data
using the D-DATA service, but it may at some time issue a D-END response primitive, with a result code of
“accepted” or “rejected”. After issuing a D-END response primitive with result “accepted”, a DS-User
must not issue any other service primitive, as the dialogue no longer exists. After issuing a D-END response
primitive with result “rejected”, a DS-User may issue any other service primitive, as if the D-END service
had never been invoked.
Note 5.— The parameters of the D-END primitives are specified in Table 4.2-6.
Note 6.— The Result parameter specifies whether the requested dialogue end has been accepted.
It can take one of the abstract values: “accepted” or “rejected”.
IV-14 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 7.— The User Data parameter contains the data to be transferred from a DS-User to its peer,
using an existing dialogue. Its presence in the confirmation primitive is conditional upon it being specified
by the DS-User in the response primitive.
Note 8.— In the event of service disruption (e.g. by D-P-ABORT), the invoker of the D-END
response primitive will never know that any associated User Data failed to be delivered, as the service is
already terminated.
Note 9.— A D-END collision occurs when both peers issue a D-END request primitive
near-simultaneously, such that neither peer has yet received the D-END indication primitive corresponding
to the remote peer
s D-END request. The collision is handled by the CF on behalf of the DS-User. However,
one result of the collision handling is that any User Data present in the D-END request will be delivered to
the peer in a D-END confirmation primitive, rather than the usual D-END indication. This means that the
peer will be unable to react to the contents of the User Data parameter, as the dialogue will have terminated.
When a DS-User application is designed such that either peer may terminate the dialogue, then the
application can not require a response to any User Data which is sent on a D-END request primitive. The
following sequence diagram illustrates the D-END collision from the viewpoint of the two DS-Users:
4.2.3.5.1 The behaviour defined by the D-ABORT service primitive shall be provided to enable the
abnormal release of a dialogue between two DS-Users, by either DS-User.
Note 1.— The D-ABORT service request and indication primitives are as illustrated in Figure 4.2-5.
Upper layer communications service IV-15
Note 2.— When a dialogue is aborted, data in transfer may be lost. The parameters of the D-ABORT
primitives are specified in Table 4.2-7.
Note 3.— The Originator parameter is used to distinguish the source of the abort. Its presence in
the indication primitive is conditional upon it being specified by the DS-User in the request primitive. It can
take one of the following abstract values:
b) Provider — the abort originated in the ATN-App AE (including the ATN-App ASE).
Note 4.— If the D-ABORT Originator parameter is not specified, the default value “Provider” is
assumed.
Note 5.— The User Data parameter contains the data to be transferred from a DS-User to its peer,
using an existing dialogue. Its presence in the indication primitive is conditional upon it being specified by
the DS-User in the request primitive. There is no guarantee that the peer will receive the User Data; the
sender will not be informed if the User Data is not delivered.
IV-16 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
4.2.3.6.1 The behaviour defined by the D-P-ABORT service primitive shall be provided to indicate
an abnormal release of a dialogue by the supporting communications service.
Note 1.— For the D-P-ABORT service, only an indication primitive is defined, as illustrated in
Figure 4.2-6.
Note 2.— The D-P-ABORT service allows the supporting communications service to indicate to the
DS-Users that it aborted the dialogue. When the dialogue is aborted, any data in transit may be lost. The
D-P-ABORT primitive has no parameters.
Upper layer communications service IV-17
4.3.1 Introduction
4.3.1.1 The ATN-App AE shall exhibit external behaviour as if implemented according to the model
shown in Figure 4.3-1, with the protocols defined in ACSE and the ATN-App ASE specifications.
Note 1.— As indicated in 4.1, the AE is described in terms of the Service which it displays to the
Application-user, and in terms of the Control Function (CF) which mediates the interactions of the
components of the AE.
Note 2.— Figure 4.3-1 also indicates which paragraph describes the behaviour of the CF in
response to events at various service boundaries.
Note 3.— The “Future ASE” component in Figure 4.3-1 indicates how additional functionality can
be added in future versions of the ATN Upper Layer Architecture. ACSE provides the basic mechanisms for
establishing and releasing an application association. The service provided by the ATN-App AE represents
an abstract description of the Application Programming Interface (API) seen by the Application user. The
CF of the ATN-App AE specifies how the interactions at the ATN-App AE Service boundary invoke the
appropriate service primitives of the constituent ASEs, which in turn generate the actual protocol. The CF
also specifies how the constituent ASEs interact with the supporting communications service.
IV-18 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 4.— A CF specification is not a service definition of the ATN-App AE or its components. It
only defines the actions of the CF as a result of service invocations visible to the CF. Thus, the specification
is organised around specifying the response of the CF to these inputs. 4.3.3.2 specifies the actions that
result from the inputs of the Application-user. 4.3.3.4 and 4.3.3.5 specify the actions that result from the
service invocations of the ACSE component ASE. 4.3.3.3 specifies the actions that result from the service
invocations of the ATN-App ASE component ASE. 4.3.3.6 specifies the actions that result from the inputs
from the supporting service.
Note 5.— The CF specification describes the overall behaviour of the ATN-App AE. It is not a
requirement that an identifiable CF entity be realised in an implementation.
Note 6.— This CF specification assumes that the embedded ASEs (ATN-App ASE and ACSE) are
modelled as atomic entities, such that when an input event is invoked by the CF, that event is processed to
completion by the ASE and the CF responds to any resulting output events from the ASE, all within the same
logical processing thread. This model avoids the need to specify further transient states within the CF. It
does not imply any particular implementation architecture.
Note 7.— In the current version of the ATN Upper Layers, the service interface presented to the
Application-user is a simple pass-through to the ATN-App ASE. That is, the Application-user passes request
and response primitives directly to, and receives indication and confirmation primitives directly from, the
ATN-App ASE.
Note 8.— The CF described here supports the four air-ground applications currently defined, and
the MHS pass-through application. The specification of the CF for the AIDC application is included in the
AIDC specification.
Note 9.— For the purposes of this specification, the ATN-App AE is modelled such that a new
instance of communication (effectively a new AE invocation) is implicitly created (a) for each request from
the AE-User that will require a new association (i.e., that will result in a D-START request being invoked),
and (b) for each indication from the underlying communications service that a new connection is requested.
The AE invocation ceases to exist when the underlying communications service connection is disconnected
and the CF is idle (i.e., in the NULL state).
Upper layer communications service IV-19
Note 1.— Names, in the form of object identifiers (OIDs), are assigned here to the defined ATN
entities.
Note 2.— ISO/IEC 9834-1 specifies the top of the hierarchical OID name space. At the first level,
provision is made for ISO, International Telecommunication Union - Telecommunication Standardisation
Sector (ITU-T) and joint ISO/ITU-T sub-name spaces. The ISO name space is further subdivided into:
a) standard (0)
b) registration-authority (1)
c) member-body (2)
d) identified-organisation (3)
Note 3.— ICAO has requested and obtained the allocation of an International Code Designator
(ICD), according to ISO 6523. The ICD obtained, name and number “icao (27)”, uniquely identifies ICAO
and allows ICAO to establish its own object identifier name space within the International Organisation arc
using the prefix: { iso (1) identified-organisation (3) icao (27) }. Similarly, IATA has obtained an ICD of
“iata (19)”; values assigned under the IATA name space are out of scope.
4.3.2.1.1 Within the ICAO name space, the initial allocation of object identifiers shall follow the
structure and values defined here.
Note 1.— In the future, it is likely that the ATN object identifier tree will have further levels of
structure, and that fully location-independent values will be assigned.
4.3.2.1.2 Immediately under the ICAO arc, the values specified in Table 4.3-1 shall be used to specify
the next level of the naming hierarchy.
Note.— Application process titles are allocated underneath either of the Object Identifier arcs:
Immediately subordinate to this arc is an arc whose value is an INTEGER derived from either the 24-bit
ICAO aircraft address or the ICAO facility designator, as described in 4.3.2.4. Immediately beneath that
arc is an arc whose value is determined by the category of the ATN application. For the present, only the
following name and value are defined for the application category:
{ operational (0) }.
4.3.2.2.1 Each application category on each ATN end system shall be assigned an unambiguous
application process title (AP-title).
4.3.2.2.2 The AP-title shall be an Object Identifier type (i.e. an AP-title-form2 as defined in
ISO/IEC 8650-1).
Note.— The algorithm for deriving the INTEGER n from the <end-system-id> is defined in 4.3.2.4.
4.3.2.3.1 Each ATN application entity shall be assigned an unambiguous application entity title (AE
Title).
4.3.2.3.2 For ATN, an AE Title shall be an Object Identifier type as defined in ISO/IEC 8824-1 (i.e.
an AE-title-form2 as defined in ISO/IEC 8650-1).
Note.— The AE Title is composed of an Application Process title (AP-title) and an AE-qualifier.
4.3.2.3.3 The AE-qualifier component of the AE Title shall be an INTEGER type (i.e. an
AE-qualifier-form2 as defined in ISO/IEC 8650-1).
IV-22 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
4.3.2.3.4 The AE-qualifier value arc of the AE Title object identifier represents the ATN application
type (e.g. “ADS” or “CMA”), and shall take one of the values specified in Table 4.3-2.
Note.— The algorithm for deriving the INTEGER n from the <end-system-id> is defined in 4.3.2.4.
Upper layer communications service IV-23
Note 1.— Where <end-system-id> appears as a component of an Object Identifier, the encoding
of the OID subidentifier value is obtained as defined in the following text.
Note 2.— For ground stations, the <end-system-id> is derived from an eight-letter facility
designator, e.g., “LFPODLHX”. The syntax of the first four letters is defined in ICAO Doc 7910 “Location
Indicators”; the syntax of the remaining letters is defined in ICAO Doc 8585 “Designators for Aircraft
Operating Agencies, Aeronautical Authorities and Services.”
4.3.2.4.1 For aircraft, the <end-system-id> naming arc shall be the binary value of the 24-bits
comprising the ICAO aircraft identifier, expressed as an INTEGER in the range 0..(224-1) and encoded as
an Object Identifier subidentifier as defined in ISO/IEC 8825-1.
4.3.2.4.2 For ground stations, the encoding of the <end-system-id> naming arc shall be derived from
the ICAO facility designator, which is a sequence of characters from the restricted character set (A..Z), as
follows:
1) the most significant bit (bit 8) indicates whether the character is the last in the
sequence: it is set to zero in the last octet and one in each preceding octet;
3) the six least significant bits (bits 6 - 1) contain the character encoded as a 6-bit
value such that A is encoded as the binary value 000001, B is encoded as 000010,
and so on up to Z which is encoded as 011010
Note.— This coding gives compatibility with the Basic Encoding Rules for
an Object Identifier subidentifier in ISO/IEC 8825-1. The character coding is
equivalent to the “6-bit ASCII” subset of International Alphabet Number 5 (IA5)
defined by ITU, which is adopted in SSR Mode S specifications. If required, the
encoding can be extended to include numeric characters, with 0 to 9 encoded as
binary values 110000 to 111001 respectively, and the space character can be
encoded as binary value 100000.
Note 1.— The Application Context describes the ASE/ASO types which are present in the AE,
including those aspects not distinguished by ASO type (e.g. version and policy aspects). The abstract syntax
of the APDUs and the control function are described here. The Application Context name is an identifier
which is used to refer to a defined Application Context. The syntax of the Application Context name is
defined in ISO/IEC 8650-1 as an Object Identifier.
Note 2.— The application context name is used here only to distinguish between different versions
of an application context within the scope of a given AE type, as identified by the AE Title.
4.3.2.5.1 The Application Context name shall be used to indicate the version and policy aspects
relative to the AE with which it is associated.
{iso (1) identified-organisation (3) icao (27) atn-ac (3) version-<n> (n)}
where n is an INTEGER in the range 0..255.
Note.— The Null Encoding presentation protocol option has been selected for the most efficient
encoding of presentation PDUs, as defined in 4.5. As a consequence, the conventional presentation protocol
mechanisms which enable users of the presentation service to distinguish the presentation context of received
APDUs are not available. Therefore, an alternative, application layer, mechanism is defined here.
4.3.2.6.1 All User Data which is passed across the presentation service boundary shall be encoded
using the unaligned variant of the Packed Encoding Rules (PER) for ASN.1 (ISO/IEC 8825-2).
4.3.2.6.2 When in the data transfer phase, in order to be able to distinguish APDUs which are defined
in different abstract syntax modules, the presentation User Data encoding shall assume the Full Encoding
option of ISO/IEC 8823-1, augmented with the PER-visible constraints defined in ISO/IEC 8823-1:
1994/Amd. 1: 1997 as follows:
Note 1.— ISO/IEC 8823-1 specifies two choices for the encoding of User-data:
Transfer-syntax-name ::= OBJECT IDENTIFIER -- not used for ATN Upper Layers
Note 2.— The use of Full Encoding is specified in order to overcome the fact that: (a) the use of
presentation protocol efficiency enhancements removes the ability of presentation layer to perform the
necessary demarcation, and (b) the use of ASN.1 Packed Encoding Rules means that it would not have been
possible to assign unique ASN.1 tag values to individual APDUs to distinguish between them, as PER does
not encode tags.
4.3.2.6.4 Only the “arbitrary” (BIT STRING) choice for presentation-data-values in the PDV-list
SEQUENCE shall be used in the encoded presentation User Data.
4.3.2.6.5 The values of Presentation-context-identifier which are pre-defined in Table 4.3-3 shall be
used in the encoding of presentation User Data; the presentation-context-identifiers are not dynamically
assigned by the presentation service.
IV-26 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Presentation-context-
identifier value Short name Description
1 acse-apdu ACSE abstract syntax as defined
in ISO/IEC 8650-1
2 reserved for future use
3 user-ase-apdu abstract syntax as defined in
individual ATN application
specifications
other reserved for future use
4.3.2.6.6 With the sole exception of the P-CONNECT service (which is used exclusively by ACSE),
upon receiving User Data from the presentation service, the CF shall:
b) if the target ASE is ACSE, decode the header of the embedded presentation-data-value to
determine the APDU type, and
4.3.2.6.7 Except for P-CONNECT primitives issued by ACSE, when an ASE issues a request or
response primitive at its lower service boundary which would otherwise map onto a presentation service
primitive, the CF shall:
a) embed the User Data into a Fully-encoded-data type, using the presentation-context-
identifier value corresponding to the source ASE
b) pass the Fully-encoded User Data to the presentation service by invoking the appropriate
primitive, as specified in 4.3.3.
Upper layer communications service IV-27
4.3.3.1.1 The ATN-App AE shall behave as if it has a Control Function which can exist only in one
of the following states:
a) Null (STA0) — This is the state of the CF when there is no association in existence.
b) Association Pending (STA1) — The CF enters this state either when the ATN-App ASE
has made a request to establish a dialogue and is waiting for notification from its peer OR
an indication has been received that the peer has made a request to establish a dialogue.
c) Data Transfer (STA2) — The CF enters this state once the establishment phase is
complete. An association has successfully been established and the communicating partners
are free to send and receive data.
d) Release Pending (STA3) — The CF enters this state when the ATN-App ASE has
requested the termination of the dialogue OR an indication has been received that the peer
has made a request to terminate the dialogue.
e) Release Collision (STA4) — The CF enters this state when both communicating partners
have requested the termination of the dialogue near-simultaneously.
4.3.3.1.2.1 The ATN-App AE CF shall behave as if it has a control function in accordance with the state
table specified in Table 4.3-4, which shows diagrammatically the state transitions and actions performed by
the CF in response to incoming events.
a) Incoming events are shown in the first two columns of the state table, and are enumerated
in Table 4.3-6.
b) When an input event occurs and the state table indicates an action, the CF performs that
action.
1) optionally, one or more predicates, denoted “pN”, where N is an integer. The state
and action which follow the predicate are only valid if the predicate is TRUE. The
inverse (logical NOT) of a predicate is indicated by the prefix “~” (tilde character).
IV-28 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2) the new state that the CF enters after the action has been performed
3) the action, if any, which the CF performs. The possible actions are outlined in
Table 4.3-7.
e) When an input event occurs and the state table indicates a state transition, the CF enters
the new state after any associated action has been performed.
4.3.3.1.2.2 For the purpose of specifying CF behaviour, embedded ASEs (ATN-App ASE and ACSE)
shall be treated as atomic entities, such that when an input event is invoked by the CF, that event is processed
to completion by the ASE and the CF responds to any resulting output events from the ASE, all within the
same logical processing thread.
Note.— This provision avoids the need to specify further transient states within the CF. It does not
imply any particular implementation architecture.
4.3.3.1.2.3 The following combinations of input events and CF states shall be treated as error
conditions:
a) The occurrence of an input event other than those listed in Table 4.3-6; or
b) A combination of input event and CF state which corresponds to a blank cell in Table 4.3-4;
or
c) A combination of input event and CF state which corresponds to a cell in Table 4.3-4
containing one or more predicates, none of which evaluates to TRUE.
4.3.3.1.2.4 The error handling shall result in the association being aborted, if one exists, and a
notification being given to the Application user.
4.3.3.1.2.5 In the event of a conflict between the actions implied by the state table and the text in the
following paragraphs, the text shall take precedence.
Upper layer communications service IV-29
~p1: STA4
A-RELEASE STA0 p1: STA0
From ACSE cnf+ D-END cnf+ D-END cnf+
(upper) P-U-ABORT req P-U-ABORT req
~p1: STA4
D-END cnf+
A-RELEASE rsp+
A-RELEASE STA2
cnf- D-END cnf-
A-ABORT ind STA0 STA0 STA0 STA0
D-ABORT ind D-ABORT ind D-ABORT ind D-ABORT ind
A-P-ABORT ind STA0 STA0 STA0 STA0
D-P-ABORT ind D-P-ABORT ind D-P-ABORT ind D-P-ABORT ind
P-CONNECT STA1
req P-CONN req
P-CONNECT STA2
rsp+ P-CONN rsp+
P-CONNECT STA0
rsp- P-CONN rsp-
P-RELEASE req STA3
P-DATA req
(RLRQ)
P-RELEASE STA0 p1: STA4
rsp+ P-DATA P-DATA req
From ACSE req(RLRE+) (RLRE+)
(lower)
~p1: STA0
P-DATA req
(RLRE+)
P-RELEASE rsp- STA2
P-DATA req
(RLRE-)
P-U-ABORT req STA0 STA0 STA0 STA0 STA0
(data) P-U-ABORT P-U-ABORT req P-DATA req P-U-ABORT req P-U-ABORT req
req (ABRT)
P-U-ABORT req STA0 STA0 STA0 STA0
(no data) P-U-ABORT req P-U-ABORT req P-U-ABORT req P-U-ABORT req
Upper layer communications service IV-31
Predicate Meaning
p1 This CF is the initiator CF, i.e., the CF which issued an A-ASSOCIATE request
primitive.
~p1 This CF is the responder CF, i.e., the CF which received an A-ASSOCIATE indication
primitive.
p2 This CF is the Release Initiator, i.e., the CF issued an A-RELEASE request primitive.
~p2 This CF is the Release Responder, i.e., the CF received an A-RELEASE indication
primitive.
p3 This CF is the “Abort+Data” initiator, i.e., the CF issued a P-DATA request containing
an ABRT APDU and is awaiting disconnection by the peer.
ATN-APP function req upper AE service Application-specific Request primitive issued by the Application User
boundary
ATN-APP function rsp Application-specific Response primitive issued by the Application User
ATN-APP function ind ATN-App ASE (upper Application-specific Indication primitive issued by the Application ASE
service boundary)
ATN-APP function cnf Application-specific Confirmation primitive issued by the Application ASE
D-START req ATN-App ASE (lower D-START Request primitive issued by DS-User
service boundary)
D-START rsp+ D-START Response primitive issued by DS-User, with Result = accepted
D-START rsp- D-START Response primitive issued by DS-User, with Result = rejected (transient)
or rejected (permanent)
D-END rsp+ D-END Response primitive issued by DS-User, with Result = accepted
D-END rsp- D-END Response primitive issued by DS-User, with Result = rejected
A-ASSOCIATE ind ACSE (upper service A-ASSOCIATE Indication primitive issued by ACSE service
boundary)
A-ASSOCIATE cnf+ A-ASSOCIATE Confirmation primitive issued by ACSE service, with Result =
accepted
A-ASSOCIATE cnf- A-ASSOCIATE Confirmation primitive issued by ACSE service, with Result =
rejected (transient) or rejected (permanent)
A-RELEASE cnf+ A-RELEASE Confirmation primitive issued by ACSE service, with Result =
affirmative
A-RELEASE cnf- A-RELEASE Confirmation primitive issued by ACSE service, with Result =
negative
P-CONNECT req ACSE (lower service P-CONNECT Request primitive issued by ACSE Protocol Machine (ACPM)
boundary)
P-CONNECT rsp+ P-CONNECT Response primitive issued by ACPM, with Result = acceptance
P-CONNECT rsp- P-CONNECT Response primitive issued by ACPM, with Result = user-rejection or
provider-rejection
P-RELEASE rsp+ P-RELEASE Response primitive issued by ACPM, with Result = affirmative
P-RELEASE rsp- P-RELEASE Response primitive issued by ACPM, with Result = negative
Upper layer communications service IV-33
P-U-ABORT req (data) P-U-ABORT Request primitive issued by ACPM, with the User Data parameter
present.
P-U-ABORT req (no P-U-ABORT Request primitive issued by ACPM, with the User Data parameter
data) empty or absent.
P-CONNECT ind supporting service P-CONNECT Indication primitive issued by presentation service provider
P-CONNECT cnf+ P-CONNECT Confirmation primitive issued by presentation service provider, with
Result = acceptance
P-CONNECT cnf- P-CONNECT Confirmation primitive issued by presentation service provider, with
Result = user-rejection or provider-rejection
P-DATA ind (RLRQ) P-DATA Indication primitive issued by presentation service provider, with a RLRQ
APDU as User-Data
P-DATA ind (RLRE+) P-DATA Indication primitive issued by presentation service provider, with a RLRE
APDU as User-Data, with the reason field set to “normal”
P-DATA ind (RLRE-) P-DATA Indication primitive issued by presentation service provider, with a RLRE
APDU as User-Data, with the reason field set to “not-finished”
P-DATA ind (ABRT) P-DATA Indication primitive issued by presentation service provider, with an
ABRT APDU as User-Data
P-DATA ind (User) P-DATA Indication primitive issued by presentation service provider, with an
ATN-APP APDU (e.g. an ADS-ASE protocol data unit) as User-Data
ATN-App ind upper AE service Application-specific Indication primitive mapped transparently from the upper
boundary service boundary of the ATN-App ASE.
ATN-App cnf Application-specific Confirmation primitive mapped transparently from the upper
service boundary of the ATN-App ASE.
ATN-App ASE req upper ATN-App ASE Application-specific Request primitive mapped transparently from the upper AE
service boundary service boundary
ATN-App ASE rsp Application-specific Response primitive mapped transparently from the upper AE
service boundary.
D-START cnf+ D-START Confirmation primitive issued, with the Result parameter set to the
abstract value “accepted”
D-START cnf- D-START Confirmation primitive issued, with the Result parameter set to the
abstract value “rejected (transient)” or “rejected (permanent)”, according to the
A-ASSOCIATE Confirmation primitive which was received.
D-END cnf+ D-END Confirmation primitive issued, with the Result parameter set to the abstract
value “accepted”.
D-END cnf- D-END Confirmation primitive issued, with the Result parameter set to the abstract
value “rejected”.
A-ASSOC rsp- A-ASSOCIATE Response primitive issued, with Result = “rejected (transient)” or
“rejected (permanent)”, according to the D-START response primitive which was
received.
A-RELEASE rsp+ A-RELEASE Response primitive issued, with Result = “affirmative” and Reason =
“normal”
A-RELEASE rsp- A-RELEASE Response primitive issued, with Result = “negative” and Reason =
“not-finished”
P-CONN cnf+ P-CONNECT Confirmation primitive invoked, with the Result parameter set to
“acceptance”.
P-CONN cnf- P-CONNECT Confirmation primitive invoked, with the Result parameter set to
“user-rejection”.
P-RELEASE cnf+ P-RELEASE Confirmation primitive invoked, with the Result parameter set to
“affirmative”.
P-RELEASE cnf- P-RELEASE Confirmation primitive invoked, with the Result parameter set to
“negative”.
P-CONN rsp+ P-CONNECT Response primitive issued, with the Result parameter set to
“acceptance”.
P-CONN rsp- P-CONNECT Response primitive issued, with the Result parameter set to
“user-rejection”.
P-DATA req (RLRQ) P-DATA Request primitive issued. The User Data parameter contains a RLRQ
APDU.
P-DATA req (RLRE+) P-DATA Request primitive issued. The User Data parameter contains a RLRE
APDU, with the reason field set to “normal”.
P-DATA req (RLRE-) P-DATA Request primitive issued. The User Data parameter contains a RLRE
APDU, with the reason field set to “not-finished”.
Upper layer communications service IV-35
P-DATA req (ABRT) P-DATA Request primitive issued. The User Data parameter contains an ABRT
APDU, with a non-empty user-information field.
P-DATA req (User) P-DATA Request primitive issued. The User Data parameter contains an ATN-App
ASE APDU (e.g. an ADS-ASE protocol data unit)
Note 1.— The actions that result from inputs generated by the user of this ATN-App AE (see
Figure 4.3-1) are defined here.
Note 2.— The service primitives available to the Application User are specific to the ATN
application. This service is detailed in the individual application specifications.
4.3.3.2.1.1 Invocations of Application User Request and Response primitives by the Application-user
shall be allowed when the CF is in any valid state.
4.3.3.2.2.1 When the Application User Request or Response primitive is issued, the CF shall:
a) Invoke the equivalent primitive of the ATN-App ASE service, with a one-to-one mapping
of parameters; and
4.3.3.3.1.1.1 Invocations of ATN-App ASE Indication and Confirmation primitives by the ATN-App ASE
shall be allowed when the CF is in any valid state.
4.3.3.3.1.2.1 When the ATN-App ASE Indication or Confirmation primitive is issued, the CF shall:
a) Invoke the equivalent primitive of the Application-user service with a one-to-one mapping
of parameters; and
4.3.3.3.2.1.1 When the D-START Request primitive is invoked by the ATN-App ASE, a new instance
of communication shall be created, with its CF initially in the NULL state.
b) Construct the Application Context name, with the value of the final arc set equal to the
DS-User Version Number parameter if provided, and set to zero otherwise.
d) Look up the called Presentation address from the Called Peer Id parameter.
e) If the Calling Peer Id parameter is present, then retrieve the Calling AP Title and Calling
AE-qualifier. If it is not present, then Calling AP Title and Calling AE-qualifier are not
used in the A-ASSOCIATE request (and they will not then be included in the resulting A-
ASSOCIATE-REQUEST (AARQ) APDU).
Note.— The way that the Calling AP Title and the Calling AE-Qualifier are
retrieved is a local implementation matter.
f) If the Security Requirements parameter is not present, make no use of the A-ASSOCIATE
parameter “ACSE Requirements”. If the Security Requirements parameter is present, set
the ACSE Requirements parameter to the symbolic value “authentication”; and map the
Security Requirements value to the A-ASSOCIATE Authentication-value parameter.
Table 4.3-8.
Note.— The following paragraphs specify how the Quality of Service parameters in D-START
Request and Response primitives are conveyed to the ATN Internet.
4.3.3.3.2.3.1 The Routing Class component of the quality of service parameter in D-START Request and
Response primitives shall be conveyed to the ATN Internet and mapped to ATN Security Label by local
means, using the values for Security Tag Value specified in Table 5.6-1.
Note.— 5.2.7.3.1 states that the mechanism by which the connection initiator provides the
appropriate ATN Security Label is a local matter. For example, it may be identified by an extension to the
transport service interface, be implicit in the choice of a given Transport Service Access Point (TSAP), or
be identified using a Systems Management function.
IV-38 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
4.3.3.3.2.3.2 If no value for Routing Class is specified in the D-START Request primitive, then a default
value shall be assigned as follows:
a) If the ATN-App AE is one of the ATS applications specified in 2.1 - 2.4, the value
corresponding to “ATSC: No Traffic Type Policy Preference” is assigned;
b) otherwise, the traffic type defaults to General Communications, and no Security Tag Value
is conveyed.
4.3.3.3.2.3.3 The Routing Class value conveyed to the ATN Internet when the D-START Response
primitive is invoked shall be the same as that which was passed to the DS-User in the D-START Indication
primitive.
4.3.3.3.2.3.4 The Priority component of the quality of service parameter in D-START Request and
Response primitives shall be provided to the TS-Provider, by implementation-specific means, using the
values for “Transport Layer Priority” specified in Table 1-2.
Note.— Although transport priority and network priority are semantically independent of each other,
5.5.1.2 requires that the Transport Service (TS)-user specifies the Application Service Priority, which in turn
is mapped into the resulting Connectionless Network Protocol (CLNP) PDUs according to Table 1-2, which
defines the fixed relationship between transport priority and the network priority.
4.3.3.3.2.3.5 If no value for Priority is specified in the D-START Request primitive, then the value
corresponding to “Network/systems administration” shall be used.
4.3.3.3.2.3.6 The Priority value conveyed when the D-START Response primitive is invoked shall be the
same as that which was passed to the DS-User in the D-START Indication primitive.
4.3.3.3.2.3.7 The residual error rate (RER) component of the quality of service parameter in D-START
Request and Response primitives shall map to the residual error rate component of the A-ASSOCIATE
Quality of Service parameter, and is used to convey requests for the use or non-use of transport checksum
to the TS-Provider.
Note.— 5.5.1.2 requires that the TS-User specifies the required residual error rate to determine
whether or not the transport checksum is required.
4.3.3.3.2.3.8 If no valid value for RER is specified in the D-START Response primitive, then the value
shall be taken to be the same as that which was passed to the DS-User in the D-START Indication primitive.
Note.— If the RER value in the D-START Indication was “high”, then valid values in the response
are “low” and “high”. If the RER value in the D-START Indication was “low”, then the only valid value
in the response is “low”.
Upper layer communications service IV-39
4.3.3.3.3.1.1 The D-START Response primitive may be validly invoked by the ATN-App ASE when the
CF is the responder CF (see 4.3.3.6.1.2.1) and is in the ASSOCIATION PENDING state; if it is in any other
state then appropriate error recovery action shall be taken.
a) Construct the Application Context name, with the value of the final arc set equal to the
DS-User Version Number parameter if provided, and set to zero otherwise.
c) If the Security Requirements parameter is not present, make no use of the A-ASSOCIATE
parameter “ACSE Requirements”. If the Security Requirements parameter is present, set
the ACSE Requirements parameter to the symbolic value “authentication”; and map the
Security Requirements value to the A-ASSOCIATE Authentication-value parameter.
Table 4.3-9.
e) If the D-START Response Result parameter has the abstract value “accepted”, invoke an
A-ASSOCIATE Response primitive with the Result parameter set to “accepted”, and remain
in the ASSOCIATION PENDING state.
f) If the D-START Response Result parameter has the abstract value “rejected (permanent)”
or “rejected (transient)”, invoke an A-ASSOCIATE Response primitive with the Result
parameter set to the same abstract value, and remain in the ASSOCIATION PENDING state.
4.3.3.3.4.1.1 The D-END Request primitive may be validly invoked by the ATN-App ASE when the CF
is in the DATA TRANSFER state; if it is in any other state then appropriate error recovery action shall be
taken.
Note.— For example, if the CF is in the RELEASE PENDING state, then the D-END Request is
rejected locally, with an appropriate result code.
Table 4.3-10.
Reason U “normal”
4.3.3.3.5.1.1 The D-END Response primitive may be validly invoked by the ATN-App ASE when the CF
is the Release Responder CF and is in the RELEASE PENDING state; if it is in any other state then
appropriate error recovery action shall be taken.
4.3.3.3.5.2.1 When a D-END Response primitive is validly invoked and the Result parameter has the value
“accepted”, the CF shall:
Table 4.3-11.
Reason U “normal”
Result M “affirmative”
4.3.3.3.5.2.2 When a D-END Response primitive is validly invoked and the Result parameter has the
abstract value “rejected” the CF shall:
Table 4.3-12.
A- RELEASE Response
parameter ISO Status ATN Value
Result M “negative”
4.3.3.3.6.1.1 The D-DATA Request primitive may be validly invoked by the ATN-App ASE when the
CF is in the DATA TRANSFER state, or (if it is the Release Responder) in the RELEASE PENDING state;
if it is in any other state then appropriate error recovery action shall be taken.
a) Using the definition of presentation-user-data in 4.3.2.6, encode the D-DATA Request User
Data parameter with presentation-context-identifier value corresponding to “user-ase-apdu”;
b) Invoke a P-DATA Request primitive with the resulting encoding as User Data; and
4.3.3.3.7.1.1 Invocations of the D-ABORT Request primitive by the ATN-App ASE shall be allowed
when the CF is in any valid state, except the NULL state; if an invocation occurs when the CF is in the
NULL state then an error has occurred (see 4.3.3.1.2.4).
a) If the Originator parameter of the D-ABORT has the symbolic value “User”, then set
Diagnostic to “No reason given”. If the Originator parameter is absent or has any symbolic
value other than “User”, then set Diagnostic to “Protocol error”.
Table 4.3-13.
Note.— Events which occur at the upper service boundary of ACSE, i.e. Indication and
Confirmation primitives which are generated by the ACPM and which require handling by the CF, are
defined here.
4.3.3.4.1.1.1 The A-ASSOCIATE Indication primitive may be validly invoked by the ACSE Protocol
Machine (ACPM) when the CF is in the ASSOCIATION PENDING state; if it is in any other state then
appropriate error recovery action shall be taken.
a) If the final component of the Application Context Name parameter is non-zero, then use it
as the DS-User Version Number in the D-START Indication primitive. If it has the value
zero, then omit the DS-User Version Number parameter in the D-START Indication.
b) If the Calling AP Title parameter is present, extract the Calling Peer Id from it.
c) If the ACSE Requirements parameter is present, and it indicates that the authentication
functional unit is requested, then extract the Authentication-value parameter.
Table 4.3-14.
Note.— The following paragraphs specify how the Quality of Service parameters in A-ASSOCIATE
Indication and Confirmation primitives are conveyed to the DS-User as parameters of the D-START
Indication and Confirmation primitives.
4.3.3.4.1.3.1 The Routing Class component of the quality of service parameter in D-START indication
and confirmation primitives shall be obtained from the ATN Internet by local means, using the abstract
values for Security Tag Values as specified in Table 5.6-1.
4.3.3.4.1.3.2 The Priority component of the quality of service parameter in D-START indication and
confirmation primitives shall be taken from information provided by the TS-Provider, by
implementation-specific means, using the abstract values for “Transport Layer Priority” specified in
Table 1-2.
4.3.3.4.1.3.3 The RER component of the quality of service parameter in D-START indication and
confirmation primitives shall be taken from the residual error rate component of the A-ASSOCIATE Quality
of Service parameter.
4.3.3.4.2.1.1 The A-ASSOCIATE Confirmation primitive may be validly invoked by the ACPM when
the CF is in the ASSOCIATION PENDING state; if it is in any other state then appropriate error recovery
action shall be taken.
4.3.3.4.2.2.1 When an A-ASSOCIATE Confirmation primitive is validly invoked, and the Result
parameter has the abstract value “accepted” the CF shall:
a) If the final component of the Application Context Name parameter is non-zero, then use it
as the DS-User Version Number in the D-START Confirmation primitive. If it has the value
zero, then omit the DS-User Version Number parameter in the D-START Confirmation.
b) If the ACSE Requirements parameter is present, and it indicates that the authentication
functional unit is selected, then extract the Authentication-value parameter.
Table 4.3-15.
Result “accepted”
4.3.3.4.2.2.2 When an A-ASSOCIATE Confirmation primitive is validly invoked, and the Result
parameter has the abstract value “rejected (permanent)” or “rejected (transient)” the CF shall:
a) If the final component of the Application Context Name parameter is non-zero, then use it
as the DS-User Version Number in the D-START Confirmation primitive. If it has the value
zero, then omit the DS-User Version Number parameter in the D-START Confirmation
primitive.
b) If the ACSE Requirements parameter is present, and it indicates that the authentication
functional unit is selected, then extract the Authentication-value parameter.
c) If the A-ASSOCIATE Confirmation Result Source parameter has the abstract value “ACSE
service-user” form a Reject Source parameter with value “DS user”. If the A-ASSOCIATE
Confirmation Result Source parameter has the abstract value “ACSE service-provider” or
“presentation service-provider” form a Reject Source parameter with value “DS provider”.
Table 4.3-16.
4.3.3.4.3.1.1 The A-RELEASE Indication primitive may be validly invoked by the ACPM when the CF
is in the RELEASE PENDING or the RELEASE COLLISION state; if it is in any other state then appropriate
error recovery action shall be taken.
4.3.3.4.3.2.1 When an A-RELEASE Indication primitive is validly invoked, and the CF is in the
RELEASE PENDING state, it shall:
a) Construct a D-END Indication primitive, with the User Data parameter set equal to the value
of the User Information parameter of the A-RELEASE Indication primitive.
4.3.3.4.3.2.2 When an A-RELEASE Indication primitive is validly invoked, and the CF is in the
RELEASE COLLISION state, and it is the Initiator CF, it shall:
a) Construct a D-END Confirmation primitive, with the User Data parameter set equal to the
value of the User Information parameter of the A-RELEASE Indication primitive, if present.
Upper layer communications service IV-47
Note.— The D-END Confirmation is not issued to the DS-User until the orderly release procedure
is complete, and an A-RELEASE Confirmation is received.
Table 4.3-17.
Reason U “normal”
Result M “affirmative”
4.3.3.4.3.2.3 When an A-RELEASE Indication primitive is validly invoked, and the CF is in the
RELEASE COLLISION state, and it is the Responder CF, it shall:
a) Construct a D-END Confirmation primitive, with the User Data parameter set equal to the
value of the User Information parameter of the A-RELEASE Indication primitive, if present.
Note.— The D-END Confirmation is not issued to the DS-User until the orderly release procedure
is complete, and an A-RELEASE Confirmation is received.
4.3.3.4.4.1.1 The A-RELEASE Confirmation primitive may be invoked by the ACPM when the CF is in
the RELEASE PENDING or RELEASE COLLISION state; if it is in any other state then appropriate error
recovery action shall be taken.
4.3.3.4.4.2.1 When an A-RELEASE Confirmation primitive is validly invoked, and the CF is in the
RELEASE PENDING state, and the Result parameter has the abstract value “affirmative” the CF shall:
Table 4.3-18.
Result “affirmative”
Note.— This will cause the release of the underlying transport connection.
4.3.3.4.4.2.2 When an A-RELEASE Confirmation primitive is validly invoked, and the CF is in the
RELEASE PENDING state, and the Result parameter has the abstract value “negative” the CF shall:
Table 4.3-19.
Result “rejected”
4.3.3.4.4.2.3 When an A-RELEASE Confirmation primitive is validly invoked, and the Result parameter
has the abstract value “affirmative”, and the CF is in the RELEASE COLLISION state, and it is the Initiator
CF, it shall:
a) Issue the D-END Confirmation primitive, which was previously formed in response to the
reception of an A-RELEASE Indication primitive, to the DS-User.
Note.— This will cause the release of the underlying transport connection.
4.3.3.4.4.2.4 When an A-RELEASE Confirmation primitive is validly invoked, and the Result parameter
has the abstract value “affirmative”, and the CF is in the RELEASE COLLISION state, and it is the
Responder CF, it shall:
a) Issue the D-END Confirmation primitive, which was previously formed in response to the
reception of an A-RELEASE Indication primitive, to the DS-User.
4.3.3.4.5.1.1 Invocations of the A-ABORT Indication primitive by the ACPM shall be allowed when the
CF is in any valid state, except the NULL state; if an invocation occurs when the CF is in the NULL state
then an error has occurred (see 4.3.3.1.2.4).
a) If the Abort Source parameter of the A-ABORT Indication is set to “ACSE service-user” and
the Diagnostic parameter is set to “No reason given”, issue a D-ABORT Indication primitive
to the DS-User, with the Originator parameter set to “User” and the User Data parameter set
equal to the User Information parameter in the A-ABORT Indication, if present.
b) If the Abort Source parameter of the A-ABORT Indication is set to “ACSE service-user” and
the Diagnostic parameter is absent or is set to any value other than “No reason given”, then
issue a D-ABORT Indication primitive to the DS-User, with the Originator parameter set
to “Provider” and the User Data parameter set equal to the User Information parameter in
the A-ABORT Indication, if present.
c) If the Abort Source parameter of the A-ABORT Indication has the abstract value “ACSE
service-provider”, then issue a D-ABORT Indication primitive to the DS-User, with the
Originator parameter set to the abstract value “Provider”, and the User Data parameter set
equal to the User Information parameter in the A-ABORT Indication, if present.
4.3.3.4.6.1.1 Invocations of the A-P-ABORT Indication primitive by the ACPM shall be allowed when
the CF is in any valid state, except the NULL state; if an invocation occurs when the CF is in the NULL state
then an error has occurred (see 4.3.3.1.2.4).
a) issue a D-P-ABORT Indication primitive to the DS-User, and discard any Provider Reason
parameter in the A-P-ABORT Indication; and
Note.— ACSE, edition 2 mandates the mapping of ACSE APDUs to the underlying presentation
service provider. However, when the efficient encoding options of Session and Presentation protocols are
used, the full Presentation service is no longer available. Therefore, invocations of presentation service
primitives by ACSE are “intercepted” by the CF and re-mapped to the “actual” presentation service as
appropriate.
4.3.3.5.1.1.1 The P-CONNECT Request primitive may be validly invoked by the ACPM when the CF is
in the ASSOCIATION PENDING state; if it is in any other state then appropriate error recovery action shall
be taken.
4.3.3.5.1.2.1 When a P-CONNECT Request primitive is validly invoked, the CF shall transparently invoke
the equivalent presentation service primitive and remain in the same state.
4.3.3.5.2.1.1 The P-CONNECT Response primitive may be validly invoked by the ACPM when the CF
is in the ASSOCIATION PENDING state; if it is in any other state then appropriate error recovery action
shall be taken.
Upper layer communications service IV-51
4.3.3.5.2.2.1 When the P-CONNECT Response primitive is validly invoked, the CF shall:
b) If the P-CONNECT Response Result parameter has the abstract value “acceptance” then
enter the DATA TRANSFER state, otherwise enter the NULL state.
4.3.3.5.3.1.1 Invocations of the P-U-ABORT Request primitive by the ACPM shall be allowed when the
CF is in any valid state.
a) If the P-U-ABORT request user data parameter is present, and the CF is in the DATA
TRANSFER state:
1) Encode the presentation user data as indicated in 4.3.2 with the P-U-ABORT user
data parameter (an ABRT APDU) as the presentation data value and presentation
context identifier value corresponding to “acse-apdu”.
2) Invoke a P-DATA Request primitive with the resulting encoding as User Data.
Note.— ACSE, edition 2 mandates the mapping of A-RELEASE APDUs (RLRQ and RLRE) to the
P-RELEASE service. However, when the efficient encoding options of Session and Presentation protocols
are used, the Session No-Orderly Release (NOR) functional unit is selected, and no mapping for the
P-RELEASE service is available. In order to provide an orderly release service, the CF re-maps invocations
of the P-RELEASE service at the lower service boundary of ACSE to invocations of the P-DATA service, with
the release APDUs transferred as user information.
IV-52 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
4.3.3.5.4.1.1 The P-RELEASE Request primitive may be validly invoked by the ACPM when the CF is
in the RELEASE PENDING state; if it is in any other state then appropriate error recovery action shall be
taken.
a) Encode the presentation user data as indicated in 4.3.2.6 with the P-RELEASE user data
parameter (a RLRQ APDU) as the presentation data value and presentation context
identifier corresponding to “acse-apdu”.
b) Invoke a P-DATA Request primitive with the resulting encoding as User Data; and
4.3.3.5.5.1.1 The P-RELEASE Response primitive may be validly invoked by the ACPM when the CF
is in the RELEASE PENDING or RELEASE COLLISION state; if it is in any other state then appropriate
error recovery action shall be taken.
4.3.3.5.5.2.1 When a P-RELEASE Response primitive is validly invoked, and the CF is in the RELEASE
PENDING state, and the Result parameter has the abstract value “affirmative” the CF shall:
a) encode the presentation user data as indicated in 4.3.2 with the P-RELEASE user data
parameter (a RLRE APDU) as the presentation data value and presentation context identifier
corresponding to “acse-apdu”.
b) Invoke a P-DATA Request primitive with the resulting encoding as User Data.
Note.— The peer AEI is now expected to issue a P-U-ABORT request, which will cause the release
of the underlying connection.
Upper layer communications service IV-53
4.3.3.5.5.2.2 When a P-RELEASE Response primitive is validly invoked, and the CF is in the RELEASE
PENDING state, and the Result parameter has the abstract value “negative” the CF shall:
a) Encode the presentation user data as indicated in 4.3.2 with the P-RELEASE user data
parameter (a RLRE APDU) as the presentation data value and presentation context identifier
corresponding to “acse-apdu”;
b) Invoke a P-DATA Request primitive with the resulting encoding as User Data; and
4.3.3.5.5.2.3 When a P-RELEASE Response primitive is validly invoked, and the CF is in the RELEASE
COLLISION state, and it is the Initiator CF, it shall:
a) Encode the presentation user data as indicated in 4.3.2 with the P-RELEASE user data
parameter (a RLRE APDU) as the presentation data value and presentation context identifier
corresponding to “acse-apdu”;
b) Invoke a P-DATA Request primitive with the resulting encoding as User Data; and
4.3.3.5.5.2.4 When a P-RELEASE Response primitive is validly invoked, and the CF is in the RELEASE
COLLISION state, and it is the Responder CF, it shall:
a) Encode the presentation user data as indicated in 4.3.2 with the P-RELEASE user data
parameter (a RLRE APDU) as the presentation data value and presentation context identifier
corresponding to “acse-apdu”;
b) Invoke a P-DATA Request primitive with the resulting encoding as User Data; and
Note.— The peer AEI is now expected to issue a P-U-ABORT request, which will cause the release
of the underlying connection.
4.3.3.5.5.2.5 Recommendation. - After entering the NULL state, implementations should release the
underlying connection (e.g., by issuing the P-U-ABORT request) if the communication peer does not cause
the connection to be released as expected, after a period of time not less than twice the anticipated end-to-
end transit time.
Note 1.— The mapping by the CF of presentation service indication and confirmation primitives,
which are invoked by the presentation service provider, is defined in the following paragraphs.
IV-54 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 2.— The following provisions describe the behaviour to be exhibited by the ATN-App AE when
the supporting communications service exhibits behaviour modelled by the passing of indication or
confirmation primitives to the application layer.
4.3.3.6.1.1.1 When the P-CONNECT Indication primitive is invoked by the supporting service, a new
instance of communication shall be created, with its CF initially in the NULL state.
a) transparently invoke the equivalent presentation service primitive at the lower ACSE service
boundary; and
4.3.3.6.2.1.1 The P-CONNECT Confirmation primitive may be validly invoked by the supporting service
when the CF is in the ASSOCIATION PENDING state; if it is in any other state then appropriate error
recovery action shall be taken.
a) transparently invoke the equivalent presentation service primitive at the lower ACSE service
boundary; and
4.3.3.6.3.1.1 Invocations of the P-U-ABORT Indication primitive by the supporting service shall be
allowed when the CF is in any valid state.
Upper layer communications service IV-55
b) otherwise, transparently invoke the equivalent presentation service primitive at the lower
ACSE service boundary, and remain in the same state.
4.3.3.6.4.1.1 Invocations of the P-P-ABORT Indication primitive by the supporting service shall be
allowed when the CF is in any valid state.
b) otherwise, transparently invoke the corresponding presentation service primitive at the lower
ACSE service boundary; and
4.3.3.6.5.1.1 Invocations of the P-DATA Indication primitive by the supporting service shall be allowed
when the CF is in a valid state to receive the decoded APDU, as listed in 4.3.3.6.5.2; if an invocation occurs
when the CF is not in a valid state then an error has occurred (see 4.3.3.1.2.4).
4.3.3.6.5.2.1 When a P-DATA Indication primitive is validly invoked, the CF shall decode the
presentation user data as indicated in 4.3.2 to determine the destination ASE of the APDU, and extract the
presentation data value.
Note.— The destination ASE is determined from the value of the presentation-context-identifier in
the received User-data. Valid values are acse-apdu and user-ase-apdu, which correspond to destination
ASEs of ACSE and ATN-App ASE, respectively.
IV-56 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
4.3.3.6.5.2.2.1 If the destination ASE is ACSE then the CF shall determine the type of ACSE APDU present
in the extracted presentation data value.
Note.— ACSE APDUs which may validly be received in a P-DATA indication are A-Release-Request
(RLRQ), A-Release-Response (RLRE), and A-Abort (ABRT) APDUs.
a) if in the DATA TRANSFER state, then invoke a P-RELEASE Indication primitive at the
ACSE lower service boundary, with the RLRQ as User Data, and enter the RELEASE
PENDING state as the Release Responder CF;
b) if in the RELEASE PENDING state, and the CF is the Release Initiator, then invoke a P-
RELEASE Indication primitive at the ACSE lower service boundary with the RLRQ as User
Data, and enter the RELEASE COLLISION state;
c) if in the NULL state, and this CF has previously issued an ABRT APDU and is awaiting
disconnection by the peer, then take no action and remain in the NULL state;
d) if none of the conditions a) to c) is satisfied, then take error handling action as described in
4.3.3.6.5.2.4.
a) if the Reason field in the RLRE has the value “not-finished”, and the CF is in the RELEASE
PENDING state, then invoke a P-RELEASE Confirmation primitive at the ACSE lower
service boundary, with the result parameter set to “negative”, and the RLRE as User Data;
remain in the RELEASE PENDING state;
b) if the Reason field in the RLRE has the value “normal”, and the CF is in the RELEASE
PENDING or RELEASE COLLISION state, then invoke a P-RELEASE Confirmation
primitive at the ACSE lower service boundary, with the result parameter set to
“affirmative”, and the RLRE as User Data; remain in the same state;
c) if the CF is in the NULL state, and this CF has previously issued an ABRT APDU and is
awaiting disconnection by the peer, then take no action and remain in the NULL state;
d) if none of the conditions a) to c) is satisfied, then take error handling action in 4.3.3.6.5.2.4.
b) if the CF is in the NULL state, then take no action unless this CF has previously issued an
ABRT APDU and is awaiting disconnection by the peer, in which case issue a P-U-ABORT
request to the underlying service; remain in the same state;
c) if neither of the conditions a) and b) is satisfied, then take error handling action as described
in 4.3.3.6.5.2.4.
a) if the CF is in the DATA TRANSFER state, or the CF is in the RELEASE PENDING state
and is the Release Initiator CF, then issue a D-DATA Indication primitive to the DS-User,
with the received presentation data value as the user data parameter, and remain in the same
state;
b) if the CF is in the NULL state, and this CF has previously issued an ABRT APDU and is
awaiting disconnection by the peer, then take no action and remain in the same state;
c) if neither of the conditions a) and b) is satisfied, then take error handling action as described
in 4.3.3.6.5.2.4.
4.3.3.6.5.2.4.1 If the destination ASE is invalid (i.e. neither ACSE nor ATN-App ASE), or an unrecognised
APDU is received, or a valid APDU is received when the CF is not in the correct state (as defined in
4.3.3.6.5.2.2 and 4.3.3.6.5.2.3), then the CF shall:
a) if not in the NULL state then issue a P-U-ABORT request with no parameters to the
supporting service: and
Note.— The session layer requirements are described in many cases by means of completed protocol
implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma tables. In such tables, the “Ref.” column contains
a reference to the relevant section in the session layer PICS proforma, ISO/IEC 8327-2.
O.1: The ISO PICS requires that the implementation of one, and only one, version of the protocol is
described.
Upper layer communications service IV-59
4.4.2.1 Session functional units (S-FUs) shall be selected as specified in Table 4.4-2.
S.A.6.1/1 Kernel M M
S.A.6.1/12 Resynchronise O X
S.A.6.1/13 Exceptions C3 X
O.2: The ISO standard requires at least one of the functional units Duplex and Half Duplex to be
implemented.
Note 2.— Only Category 1 SPDUs are used for this ATN profile. By definition, these are never
concatenated. Therefore, Basic concatenation is not applicable to this specification, but is supported to the
extent necessary for compliance with the ISO PICS.
4.4.3.3 If the null encoding protocol option is offered by the initiating Session Protocol machine
(SPM), the responding SPM shall select only the kernel, full-duplex and no-orderly release functional units
for use on this connection.
4.4.3.4 Session Protocol Data Units (SPDUs) associated with the Short-connect protocol option (i.e.
Short Connect (SCN), Short Accept (SAC), Short Accept Continue (SACC), Short Refuse (SRF) and Short
Refuse Continue (SRFC)) shall be transferred as User-data on the Transport layer T-CONNECT primitives,
where possible.
Note.— This is only possible if the complete SPDUs, including any User-data, meet any size
restrictions of the T-CONNECT User-data.
IV-62 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
4.4.4.1.1 The roles for Session Connection shall be supported as specified in Table 4.4-4.
O.3: The ISO standard requires a conforming implementation to support at least one of these roles as required
by the implementation.
4.4.4.1.2 When a connection establishment request is accepted, the SHORT-CPA PPDU in the
SS-User-data of the positive S-CONNECT response/confirmation primitive shall map to the User-data
parameter of a SAC SPDU.
4.4.4.1.3 When a connection establishment request is refused, the SHORT-CPR PPDU in the
SS-User-data of the negative S-CONNECT response/confirmation primitive shall map to the User-data
parameter of a SRF SPDU.
4.4.4.2.1 The roles for Session Orderly Release shall be supported as specified in Table 4.4-5.
O.4: The ISO standard requires a conforming implementation to support at least one of these roles as part
of the Kernel functional unit. However, selection of the No Orderly Release functional unit removes this
requirement.
Note.— Not applicable, as the No Orderly Release functional unit is selected. For ATN applications,
orderly release is provided by the CF as described in 4.3.
Upper layer communications service IV-63
4.4.4.3.1 The roles for Session Normal Data Transfer shall be supported as specified in Table 4.4-6.
O.5: The ISO standard requires a conforming implementation to support at least one of these roles.
IV-64 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— This section specifies the SPDUs associated with the supported Session functional units.
There are no additional SPDUs associated with the Duplex functional unit, or with the No Orderly Release
functional unit.
4.4.5.1 Support for the SPDUs associated with the Kernel functional unit
Sender Receiver
ISO ATN
Ref. SPDU ISO Status ATN Support Status Support Mnemonics
S.A.7.1.2/2 Overflow Accept (OA) C7 N/A (Note 4) C8 N/A (Note 4) S-OA_SDR / S-OA_RCV
S.A.7.1.2/3 Connect Data Overflow C9 N/A (Note 4) C10 N/A (Note 4) S-CDO_SDR /
(CDO) S-CDO_RCV
S.A.7.1.2/1 0 Data Transfer (DT) C13 N/A (Note 3) C14 N/A (Note 3)
Sender Receiver
ISO ATN
Ref. SPDU ISO Status ATN Support Status Support Mnemonics
4.4.5.1.2 SCN, SAC, SRF, SACC and SRFC SPDUs shall be encoded such that the parameter bit of
the SI&P octet is set to the value 0, indicating that all following octets are User-information (i.e. no SPDU
parameters are present).
4.4.5.2.1 Support for Session protocol data units associated with Token exchange shall be as specified
in Table 4.4-8.
Sender Receiver
Ref. SPDU ISO Status ATN Support ISO Status ATN Support
Note 1.— The ISO PICS states that these two SPDUs are used for Token Exchange, but they are also
used as category 0 SPDUs in basic concatenation. Therefore, their implementation is mandatory even if no
token is supported (reference ISO/IEC 8327-1 clauses 7.16 and 7.17). However, if the null-encoding
protocol option is selected, their encoding will be null, i.e. not present.
4.4.6.1 The null-encoding and short-connect session protocol options shall be selected for use, with
the requirements as specified in Table 4.4-9.
Table 4.4-9. Use of the null encoding and short-connect Session protocol options
C1: The SPMs may use the short-connect protocol option to establish a session connection using the
null-encoding option. The null-encoding protocol option is available for use on an established connection
only if the conditions a and b in Table 4.4-9 are both true.
IV-68 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
4.4.7.1 The use of the connection-oriented transport service provided by the ATN Internet shall be
as specified in Clause 6 of ISO/IEC 8327-1, except as stated in this section.
4.4.7.2 The called and calling Transport Service Access Point (TSAP) address shall be provided to
the TS-Provider on a per Transport Connection basis, using the called and calling Presentation Service
Access Point (PSAP) addresses as provided to ACSE in the A-ASSOCIATE request, with null presentation
and session selectors.
4.4.7.3 The TS-user shall indicate in all T-CONNECT requests that the transport expedited flow is
not required.
4.4.7.4 Information on the use or non-use of the transport checksum shall be conveyed between the
TS-User and TS-Provider via the “residual error rate” component of the T-CONNECT quality of service
parameter.
Note 1.— 5.5.1.2 requires that the TS-user specifies the required residual error rate to determine
whether or not the transport checksum is required. In the ATN, the Quality of Service provided to
applications is maintained using capacity planning techniques that are outside of the scope of this
specification. Network administrators are responsible for designing and implementing a network that will
meet the QOS requirements of the CNS/ATM applications that use it.
Note 2.— If the TS-User requests the use of checksum (RER = “low”) in the request primitive, the
peer can only accept the use of checksum for this Transport Connection. If the TS-User proposes non-use
of checksum (RER = “high”) in the request primitive, the peer can either accept the non-use of checksum
or force the use of checksum for this Transport Connection.
4.4.7.5 The use or non-use of the transport checksum shall be negotiated by the TS-provider on a
per Transport Connection basis, based on TS-User requests in the T-CONNECT request and response
primitives, as follows:
a) If the required residual error rate in the T-CONNECT request has the abstract value “low”,
then the TS-provider uses best endeavours to obtain the lowest available residual error rate,
including the use of the transport checksum in all Transport Protocol Data Units (TPDUs).
The residual error rate in the T-CONNECT indication is set to the abstract value “low”, and
the responder can only accept this value in the T-CONNECT response.
b) If the required residual error rate in the T-CONNECT request has the abstract value “high”,
then the TS-provider proposes non-use of the transport checksum. The residual error rate
in the T-CONNECT indication is set to the abstract value “high”, and the responder can
either accept this value, or request “low” in the T-CONNECT response. In the former case,
transport checksum is not used, and in the latter case the TS-provider uses the transport
checksum for all TPDUs.
4.4.7.6 The Application Service Priority shall be provided to the TS-Provider on a per Transport
Connection basis, by implementation-specific means, and using the values for “Transport Layer Priority”
specified in Table 1-2.
Upper layer communications service IV-69
Note.— Although transport priority and network priority are semantically independent of each other,
it is required (in 5.5.1.2), that the TS-user specifies the Application Service Priority, which in turn is mapped
into the resulting CLNP PDUs according to Table 1-2, which defines the fixed relationship between
transport priority and the network priority.
4.4.7.7 The ATN Security Label shall be provided to the TS-Provider on a per Transport Connection
basis.
4.4.7.8 The ATN Security Label value shall be encoded according to 5.6.2.2.2.2 b), and passed
between TS-User and TS-Provider by implementation-specific means.
4.4.7.9 The QOS parameter “Routing Class” shall be conveyed as the Security Tag field of the
security tag set for Traffic Type and Associated Routing Policies within the ATN Security Label.
Note 1.— 5.2.7.3.1 states: “The mechanism by which the [transport] connection initiator provides
the appropriate ATN Security Label is a local matter. For example, it may be identified by an extension to
the transport service interface, be implicit in the choice of a given TSAP, or be identified using a Systems
Management function.”
Note 2.— 5.5.1.2 requires the TS-User to provide the ATN Security Label as specified in Figure 5.6-1
and 5.6.2.2.2.2 b). The encoding of the ATN Security Label is summarised below. The D-START QOS
parameter “Routing Class” maps to the field labelled “Traffic Type & category”.
Length
ATN Security Label field Value (Hex) (Octets)
Security information:
Security Tag Value = Traffic Type & category (from 01 (for example) 1
Table 5.6-1)
Total: 12 Octets
4.4.7.10 No Transport Service quality of service parameters other than those specified in the
preceding subsections shall be specified when establishing a transport connection.
IV-70 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— The presentation layer requirements are described in many cases by means of completed
protocol implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma tables. In such tables, the “Ref.” column
contains a reference to the relevant section in the presentation layer PICS proforma ISO/IEC 8823-2.
4.5.1.1 The Presentation protocol mechanisms supported shall be as specified in Table 4.5-1.
O.1: The ISO standard requires that either Normal mode or X.410 (1984) mode or both be supported.
4.5.1.2 The presentation protocol shall implement the efficiency enhancements in ISO/IEC 8823-1:
1994/Amd. 1: 1997 as specified, together with all approved amendments and defect report resolutions.
Upper layer communications service IV-71
4.5.2.1 The null-encoding and short-connect presentation protocol options shall be selected for use,
with the requirements as specified in Table 4.5-2.
Table 4.5-2. Use of the null encoding and short-connect Presentation protocol options
a The presentation context definition list contains precisely one item in which the C1 N/A
abstract syntax is known to the responding Presentation Protocol Machine
(PPM) by bilateral agreement.
b The presentation context definition list is empty and the default context is C1 M
known by bilateral agreement
c The presentation context definition list is empty and the abstract syntax of the C1 M
default context is known to the responding PPM by bilateral agreement and is
specified in ASN.1
C1: The null-encoding protocol option is available for use on an established connection only if at least one
of the conditions a, b and c in Table 4.5-2 is true.
C2: The short-connect protocol option is used only in connection establishment to establish a connection
on which the null-encoding option will be used; it can only be used if both of the conditions d and e in
Table 4.5-2 is true.
IV-72 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— When the null-encoding presentation protocol option is selected, no presentation protocol
control information is present once the connection has been established. Thus, no presentation PDUs are
supported. The presentation connection is only terminated by the termination of the supporting session and
transport connections.
4.5.3.1 The user of the presentation service shall not issue any presentation primitives other than
P-CONNECT request, P-CONNECT response, P-DATA request and P-U-ABORT request.
4.5.3.2 When it is required to release the presentation connection, the presentation service user shall
issue a P-U-ABORT request.
4.5.3.3 Any user data in a P-U-ABORT request shall be ignored by the presentation service provider.
Upper layer communications service IV-73
4.5.4.1 The Presentation functional units selected shall be as specified in Table 4.5-3.
P.A.6.2/1 Kernel M M
Ref. Pass-through to Session functional units ISO Status ATN Support Mnemonic
Ref. Pass-through to Session functional units ISO Status ATN Support Mnemonic
Note.— The NOR Session functional unit is defined in the ISO Session service efficiency
enhancement amendment.
O.2: The ISO standard requires that pass-through for at least one of the Session functional units Duplex
and Half Duplex be supported.
C1: if [S-FU(ACT) then O else N/A
C2: if [S-FU(HD) then O else N/A
Upper layer communications service IV-75
4.5.5.1.1.1 The supported roles for establishing Presentation connections shall be as specified in
Table 4.5-5.
O.3: The ISO standard requires a conforming implementation to support at least one of these roles.
4.5.5.1.1.2 When a connection establishment request is accepted, the AARE (accepted) in the
User-data of the positive P-CONNECT response/confirmation primitive shall map to the User-data
parameter of a SHORT-CPA PPDU.
4.5.5.1.1.3 When a connection establishment request is refused, the AARE (rejected) in the
User-data of the negative P-CONNECT response/confirmation primitive shall map to the User-data
parameter of a SHORT-CPR PPDU.
4.5.5.1.2.1 The supported roles for the orderly release of Presentation connections shall be as
specified in Table 4.5-6.
4.5.5.1.3.1 The supported roles for Normal Data shall be as specified in Table 4.5-7.
Note.— This section specifies the PPDUs associated with the supported Presentation functional
units. There are no additional PPDUs or additional pass-through functionality associated with the
supported Session functional units.
The Presentation Protocol Data Units supported shall be as specified in Table 4.5-8.
Sender Receiver
Note 2.— PPDUs not applicable, as the short-connect and null-encoding protocol options are
selected.
4.5.6.2.1 The SHORT-CP, SHORT-CPA and SHORT-CPR PPDUs shall have the encoding-choice
bit-field set to “unaligned PER”.
Upper layer communications service IV-79
Note.— The ACSE requirements are described in many cases by means of completed protocol
implementation conformance statement (PICS) proforma tables. In such tables, the “Ref.” column
contains a reference to the relevant section in the ACSE PICS proforma ISO/IEC 8650-2.
4.6.1.1 The specification of the ACSE protocol supported shall be as defined in Table 4.6-1.
4.6.2.1 The version of the ACSE protocol supported shall be as specified in Table 4.6-2.
O.1: The ISO PICS requires support of the implementation of only one version of the protocol to be
described.
Upper layer communications service IV-81
4.6.3.1.1 The supported roles for Association Establishment shall be as specified in Table 4.6-3.
O.2: The ISO standard requires a conforming implementation to support at least one of the roles.
4.6.3.1.2 Either one or both of the ACSE roles “Association initiator” or “Association responder”
shall be supported.
4.6.3.2.1 The supported roles for the Normal Release procedure shall be as specified in
Table 4.6-4.
4.6.3.2.2 Either one or both of the ACSE Normal Release roles “Initiator” or “Responder” shall
be supported.
4.6.3.2.3 The ACSE Release Responder shall be allowed to give a negative response, despite the
fact that the session Negotiated Release functional unit is not selected for the association.
Note.— The above provision waives the ISO/IEC 8649 requirement that the Responder may give
a negative response only if session Negotiated Release is selected. This is possible because, for ATN,
the ACSE release PDUs do not map directly to the Presentation release service; they are re-mapped by
the CF to P-DATA.
IV-82 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
4.6.3.3.1 The supported roles for the Abnormal Release procedure shall be as specified in
Table 4.6-5.
A.A.6.3/1 Initiator M M
A.A.6.3/2 Responder M M
Upper layer communications service IV-83
4.6.4.1 The ACSE protocol mechanisms supported shall be as specified in Table 4.6-6.
Protocol
Ref. Mechanism ISO Status ATN Support Mnemonic
O.4: The ISO standard requires either Normal mode or X.410-1984 mode or both to be supported.
4.6.4.2.1 For the purposes of this specification, the abstract syntax module defined in clause 9 of
the ACSE protocol specification shall be augmented with the ASN.1 extensibility notation, as specified
in ISO/IEC 8650-1: 1996/Amd. 1: 1997
4.6.4.2.2 The system shall support that encoding which results from applying the ASN.1 packed
encoding rules (basic, unaligned variant), as specified in ISO/IEC 8825-2, to the abstract syntax module
specified in 4.6.4.2.1.
4.6.4.2.3 Packed encoding (basic, unaligned) shall be used for encoding all ACSE Protocol
Control Information (PCI) for interchange.
IV-84 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
4.6.5.1 The ACSE functional units selected shall be as specified in Table 4.6-7.
C1: If the Dialogue Service user requires the use of the Security Requirements parameter of the
D-START primitives, then M, else O.
Upper layer communications service IV-85
4.6.6.1 The ACSE Protocol data units supported shall be as specified in Table 4.6-8.
A.A.9/ 1 AARQ C1 M C2 M
A.A.9/ 2 AARE C2 M C1 M
A.A.9/ 3 RLRQ C3 M C4 M
A.A.9/ 4 RLRE C4 M C3 M
A.A.9/ 5 ABRT C5 M C5 M
4.6.6.2.1.1 The parameters in the AARQ APDU shall be supported as specified in Table 4.6-9.
Sender Receiver
Sender Receiver
Note.— The ATN specification is non-conformant to the ISO PICS proforma, in that the
“Authentication-mechanism-name” parameter is not supported for sending.
Note.— The ATN specification is non-conformant to the ISO PICS proforma, in that the
“Authentication-mechanism-name” parameter is “N/A” for receiving, if the Authentication functional
unit is selected, and “ACSE-requirements” and “Authentication-value” are “M” for receiving, even if
the Authentication functional unit is not supported.
4.6.6.2.2.1 The parameters in the AARE APDU shall be supported as specified in Table 4.6-10.
Sender Receiver
ISO ATN
Ref. Parameter ISO Status ATN Support Status Support
A.A.10.2/5 Responding AP C7 X C1 M
invocation-identifier
A.A.10.2/6 Responding AE C7 X C1 M
invocation-identifier
A.A.10.2/7 Result C2 M C1 M
4.6.6.2.3.1 The parameters in the RLRQ APDU shall be supported as specified in Table 4.6-11.
Sender Receiver
4.6.6.2.4.1 The parameters in the RLRE APDU shall be supported as specified in Table 4.6-12.
Sender Receiver
4.6.6.2.5.1 The parameters in the ABRT APDU shall be supported as specified in Table 4.6-13.
Upper layer communications service IV-89
Sender Receiver
4.6.6.3.1.1 The Application Entity Title parameter shall be supported in the forms specified in
Table 4.6-14.
Sender Receiver
O.5: The ISO standard requires a conforming implementation to support at least one of the forms.
4.6.6.3.2.1 The Authentication value parameter shall be supported in the forms specified in
Table 4.6-15.
Prerequisite: A-FU(AU)
Sender Receiver
Sender Receiver
O.6: The ISO standard requires a conforming implementation to support at least one of the forms.
C14: if [A-FU(AU)] then M else N/A
4.6.6.3.2.2 If the authentication functional unit is supported, at least one of the Authentication-value
forms listed in Table 4.6-15 shall be implemented for sending.
4.6.6.3.3.1.1 The User information parameter shall use the forms of reference specified in
Table 4.6-16.
Table 4.6-16. User information reference
Sender Receiver
ISO
ISO ATN Stat ATN
Ref. Parameter Status Support us Support
direct-reference O X M N/A
data-value-descriptor O X M N/A
4.6.6.3.3.2.1 The User information parameter encoding choice shall be as specified in Table 4.6-17.
Sender Receiver
single-ASN1-type O O M M
octet-aligned O X M N/A
arbitrary O O M M
Upper layer communications service IV-91
4.6.7.1 The mapping of ACSE APDUs and parameters to presentation service primitives shall
be performed by the CF as specified in 4.3, which takes precedence over the direct mapping defined in
clause 8 of ISO/IEC 8650-1.
Sub-Volume V
The list below shows the parts of this sub-volume that are different from similar parts of the first edition. It
also shows the parts of the first edition that have been deleted and thus no longer appear in this edition.
V-1
Reference Nature of change
5.3.5.2.15 Addition
5.3.5.2.15.1 Addition
5.3.5.2.15.1 (Note 1) Addition
5.3.5.2.15.1 (Note 2) Addition
5.3.5.2.16.1 Modification
5.3.5.2.16.2 Modification
5.3.5.2.16.3 Modification
5.3.5.2.16.4 Modification
5.3.5.2.16.5 Modification
5.3.5.2.16.6 Modification
5.4.3.8.4.4 Modification
5.6.3.1 Modification
5.6.3.1.2 (Note) Addition
5.6.3.1.3 Deletion
5.6.3.4 Addition
5.6.3.4.1 Addition
5.6.3.4.1 (Note) Addition
5.6.3.4.2 Addition
5.6.3.4.3 Addition
5.6.3.4.4 Addition
5.6.3.4.5 Addition
5.6.4.2 Modification
5.6.4.4 Modification
5.6.4.6 Modification
5.6.4.9 Modification
5.6.4.10 Modification
5.6.4.12 Modification
5.6.4.14 Modification
5.6.4.15 Modification
5.6.4.16 Modification
5.6.4.17 Modification
5.7.3 Modification
5.7.3 (Note) Modification
5.7.3.1 Modification
5.7.6.2.1.1.1 Modification
5.7.6.2.1.1.2 Deletion
5.7.6.2.1.1.2 (Note 1) Addition
5.7.6.2.1.5.6 Modification
5.7.6.2.1.5.14 Addition
5.7.6.3.4.1.1 g) Modification
Table 5.7-6 Heading Addition
5.7.6.5.2.2 a) Modification
5.7.6.5.2.9 Deletion
5.7.6.5.4.1.3 (Note 2) Deletion
5.7.6.5.4.1.4 Addition
5.7.6.5.4.1.4 (Note) Addition
V-2
Reference Nature of change
5.7.6.5.4.2.5.3 Deletion
5.7.6.5.4.2.5.3 (Note) Deletion
5.7.6.5.6.3 Addition
5.7.6.5.6.4 Addition
5.7.6.5.7.1.1 Modification
5.7.6.5.7.1.3 (Note 1) Modification
5.7.6.5.8.2.3 Addition
5.7.6.5.8.3.2 Deletion
5.7.6.5.8.3.2 (Note) Deletion
5.7.7.8.2 Modification
5.8.2.1.3 Addition
5.8.2.1.3.1 Addition
5.8.2.1.3.2 Addition
5.8.2.1.3.3 Addition
Figure 5.8-1 Addition
5.8.2.1.3.4 Addition
5.8.2.1.3.4.1 Addition
5.8.2.1.3.4.1 (Note) Addition
5.8.2.1.3.4.2 Addition
5.8.2.1.3.4.3 Addition
5.8.2.1.3.4.3.1 Addition
5.8.2.1.3.4.3.2 Addition
5.8.2.1.3.4.3.3 Addition
5.8.2.1.3.4.3.4 Addition
5.8.2.1.3.4.3.5 Addition
5.8.2.1.3.4.3.5 (Note 1) Addition
5.8.2.1.3.4.3.5 (Note 2) Addition
5.8.2.1.3.4.3.6 Addition
5.8.2.1.3.4.3.6 (Note) Addition
5.8.2.1.3.4.3.7 Addition
Table 5.8-1 Addition
Table 5.8-1 (Note) Addition
5.8.2.2.1 Modification
Table 5.8-2 Modification
5.8.3.2.3.2.2 Modification
5.8.3.2.3.2.5 Modification
5.8.3.2.3.3.6 Modification
5.8.3.2.8.1 Modification
Table 5.8-5 Modification
5.8.3.2.14.1 (Note) Addition
5.8.3.3.2.1.1 Modification
5.8.3.5.5 Modification
V-3
5.1 INTRODUCTION
5.1.1 This sub-volume defines the provisions that ATN compliant End Systems (ESs) and
Intermediate Systems (ISs) must implement in order to provide the ATN SARPs compliant “Internet
Communications Service” to the “User” i.e. the Upper Layer Architecture as defined in Section 4 of the ATN
SARPs. For the protocols, the majority of such provisions are specified in a tabular fashion under the title
of “ATN Protocol Requirements Lists” (APRLs).
Chapter 5.2, contains pertinent definitions of the Internet Routing Architecture and components including
Routing Domains, Administrative Domains, Routing Domain Confederations, ATN Backbone, ATN Islands
etc. Furthermore it contains system level provisions related to communications protocol support for ATN
End Systems and Intermediate Systems, and SARPs related to security and priority handling within the ATN
internet.
Chapter 5.3, contains provisions related to the deployment of ATN components within the ATN Internet,
to the use of routing information, to the definition of routing policies, and to the procedures for initiating the
exchange of routing information.
Chapter 5.4, contains provisions related to the ATN Internet addressing architecture and responsibilities
related to the definition and allocation of ATN Internet address fields.
Chapter 5.5, contains “Transport Layer” provisions applicable to ATN End Systems. Provisions for the ISO
Connection Oriented Transport Protocol (Class 4) and the Connectionless Transport Protocol are defined.
Chapter 5.6, contains “Inter-Network Layer” provisions, based on the ISO Connectionless Network Protocol
(CLNP), applicable to ATN End Systems and ATN Intermediate Systems.
Chapter 5.7, contains provisions related to the use of the various candidate Ground/Ground and Air/Ground
subnetworks of the ATN in order to ensure successful inter-operation of ATN Intermediate Systems and the
subnetworks to which they are attached. Compression techniques are also defined to enable the efficient use
of the limited bandwidth available over such Air/Ground subnetworks.
Chapter 5.8, contains provisions related to the exchange of routing information between ATN Intermediate
Systems using the Inter Domain Routing Information Exchange Protocol (IDRP) and specific features of the
ES-IS protocol.
Chapter 5.9, contains a recommendation regarding the implementation of Internet Systems Management.
V-1
V-2 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 1.— In computer data networking terminology, the infrastructure required to support the
interconnection of automated ATM (Air Traffic Management) systems is referred to as an internet. Simply
stated, an internet comprises the interconnection of computers with gateways or routers via real
subnetworks. This allows the construction of a homogeneous virtual data network in an environment of
administrative and technical diversity. Given the desire to interconnect an evolving and ever wider variety
of aircraft- and ground-based computers to accomplish ATM automation, it is clear that the civil aviation
community needs a global data internet. The internetworking infrastructure developed by ICAO
(International Civil Aviation Organization) for this purpose is the ATN.
Note 2.— The ATN design allows communication services for different user groups, i.e. air traffic
services (ATS), aeronautical operational control (AOC), aeronautical administrative communications (AAC)
and aeronautical passenger communications (APC). The design provides for the incorporation of different
Air/Ground subnetworks (e.g. SSR Mode S, AMSS, VDL) and different Ground/Ground subnetworks,
resulting in a common data transfer service. These two aspects are the basis for interoperability of the ATN
and will provide a reliable data transfer service for all users. Furthermore, the design is such that user
communications services can be introduced in an evolutionary manner.
Note 3.— The ATN is capable of operating in a multinational environment with different data
communication service providers. The ATN is capable of supporting Air Traffic Service Communication
(ATSC) as well as Aeronautical Industry Service Communication (AINSC).
Note 4.— The ATN is capable of supporting the interconnection of End Systems (ESs) and
Intermediate Systems (ISs) using a variety of subnetwork types.
Internet communications service V-3
5.2.2 Definitions
Note.— This specification makes extensive use of the definitions, concepts and terminology derived
from the OSI Reference Model (ISO 7498 parts 1-4) and the OSI Routing Framework (ISO/IEC TR 9575).
5.2.2.1.1 The ATN shall consist of a set of interconnected Routing Domains (RDs), within the global
OSI Environment (OSIE). Each such RD shall contain Air Traffic Service Communication (ATSC) and/or
Aeronautical Industry Service Communication (AINSC) related Intermediate and End Systems.
5.2.2.1.2 A Routing Domain that declares itself to be a Transit Routing Domain (TRD) shall
implement a Routing Policy that supports the relaying of Network Protocol Data Units (NPDUs) received
from at least one other Routing Domain to destinations in another Routing Domain.
5.2.2.1.3 Otherwise, the Routing Domain shall be defined as an End Routing Domain (ERD).
5.2.2.2.1 General
5.2.2.2.1.1 An ATN RD shall meet the requirements specified in ISO/IEC TR 9575 for a Routing
Domain and shall include one or more ATN Routers.
5.2.2.2.1.2 Every ATN RD shall have at least one Routing Domain Identifier (RDI).
Note.— An RDI is a generic Network Entity Title (NET), and has the same syntax as an ATN NSAP
Address; alias RDIs are permitted.
5.2.2.2.2.1 Each State and Organisation participating in the ATN shall operate one or more ATN RDs,
comprising Air/Ground and Ground/Ground Routers as required to interconnect with Mobile RDs and other
ground-based ATN RDs, respectively.
Note.— Adjacent States and/or Organisations may alternatively combine their RDs into a single
RD.
5.2.2.2.3.1 Each ATN equipped Mobile platform (e.g. an aircraft) shall operate at least one ATN RD.
This shall be an End Routing Domain.
5.2.2.2.3.2 This ERD shall include ATSC and AINSC related Intermediate and End Systems contained
within this Mobile platform, and at least one Airborne Router (Router Class 6 or 7 as defined in
Table 5.2.-1).
V-4 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.2.2.2.3.3 When more than one Airborne Router (BIS) is installed on board an aircraft, then each shall
be in a separate Routing Domain.
5.2.2.2.3.4 Recommendation.— ATSC and AINSC End Systems and Intermediate Systems (non-BISs)
located within a Mobile platform should form a single Routing Domain including the airborne router (BIS)
referred to in the above note, within the appropriate Administrative Domain.
Note 1.— A single routing domain minimizes the transfer of routing information over low-bandwidth
Air/Ground subnetworks.
Note 2.— It is anticipated that other classes of Mobile platforms (e.g. airport surface vehicles, etc.)
may be operated as ATN routing domains in the future.
5.2.2.3.1 General
5.2.2.3.1.1 The Ground ATN Internet shall consist of one or more ATN Island RDCs (Routing Domain
Confederations).
5.2.2.3.2.1 Each ATN Island shall comprise one or more ATN RDs forming a single ATN Island RDC.
5.2.2.3.2.2 An ATN Island RDC shall not contain any ATN Mobile RDs.
Internet communications service V-5
5.2.2.3.3.1 The Fixed ATN RDC shall comprise all ATN RDs other than ATN Mobile RDs.
Note.— The Fixed ATN RDC enables a ground ATN Router to advertise a route to a Mobile, the
destination of which is the entire fixed ATN, without having to enumerate the RDIs (Routing Domain
Identifiers) of all ATN RDs in the RD_Path Attribute.
5.2.2.4.1 General
5.2.2.4.1.1 The Global ATN Backbone shall comprise at least one ATN RD from each ATN Island,
interconnected either directly or indirectly via other members of the Global ATN Backbone.
Note.— The purpose of the Global ATN Backbone is to provide a high availability core network of
ATN Routers supporting ATN Mobile routing.
5.2.2.4.2.1 Recommendation.— Within each ATN Island, those ATN RDs that are members of the
Global ATN Backbone should form a single RDC, which is referred to as the ATN Island Backbone RDC.
5.2.2.4.2.2 An ATN Island Backbone RDC, when present, shall be nested within an ATN Island RDC.
Note 1.— The purpose of the ATN Island Backbone RDC is to permit more than one ATN RD to act
as the default route provider for an ATN Island. It also provides a containment boundary to limit the impact
of changes in routes to Mobile RDs to only the members of the Backbone RDC and not to the rest of the ATN
Island.
Note 2.— This is only a recommended practice as in some regions, simpler, or other alternative
structures may be more appropriate for an ATN Island.
5.2.2.5.1 Aircraft for which inter-Island communications are required shall have a “Home” domain,
which is a Routing Domain in an ATN Island.
Note 1.— This “home” needs not be in either the ATN Island through which the aircraft is currently
reachable, or in the ATN Island with which communication is required.
Note 2.— The role of the “Home” domain is to advertise a default route to all the aircraft belonging
to an airline, or the General Aviation aircraft of a given country of registration. This default route is
advertised to the ATN Global Backbone in line with the routing policies specified in 5.3.7.
5.2.2.6.1 The Administrative Domain of each administration, and aeronautical industry member that
operates one or more ATN RDs shall comprise both their ATN RDs, and any non-ATN RDs that they
operate.
Note 1.— The Routing Policies for communication between ATN and non-ATN RDs within the same
Administrative Domain is a local matter.
Note 2.— While meeting the requirements of the SARPs, the distribution of end system and
intermediate system functionality and the use of interworking processes exclusively within an Administrative
Domain is a local matter.
5.2.2.7.1 The default route to all aircraft shall be a route in the context of IDRP that:
b) has in its destination two NSAP Address prefixes. One of these is the NSAP
Address prefix that is common to all AINSC Airborne Systems and only AINSC
Airborne Systems, and the other is the NSAP Address prefix that is common to all
ATSC Airborne Systems and only ATSC Airborne Systems.
Internet communications service V-7
5.2.2.7.2 The default route to all the aircraft belonging to an airline or the General Aviation Aircraft
of a given country of registration shall be a route in the context of IDRP that:
b) has in its destination an NSAP address prefix which is common to all Airborne
Systems and only those Airborne Systems of the aircraft that belong to that airline
or are registered in that country.
V-8 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 1.— ATN End Systems are capable of communicating with other ATN End Systems, either
directly or indirectly, to provide end-to-end communication service for Air/Ground or Ground/Ground
applications, or both.
Note 2.— An ATN End System is a realisation of the OSI End System architectural entity.
Note 3.— An ATN End System supports one or more ATN Applications and supports their
communication over the ATN by providing either the connection mode transport service, or the
connectionless mode transport service, or both.
5.2.3.1.1 ATN End Systems shall implement the appropriate Physical and Data Link Layer functions
for access to the ATN subnetwork(s) to which they are attached.
a) The End System provisions of ISO/IEC 8473, as specified in 5.6, as the Subnetwork
Independent Convergence Function (SNICF).
5.2.3.2.2 Recommendation.— ATN End Systems should implement the End System provisions of
ISO/IEC 9542 to facilitate the exchange of routing information between the ES and any locally attached
IS(s).
5.2.3.3.1 Depending on the requirements of the application and its supporting upper-layer protocols,
ATN End Systems shall implement either one or both of the following:
Note.— The requirements for session, presentation and application layer protocols to support
end-user applications on ATN End Systems are defined in Section 4 of the ATN SARPs.
5.2.3.5 Applications
Note.— The requirements for Air/Ground and Ground/Ground applications are contained in
Sections 2 and 3 of the ATN SARPs respectively.
Internet communications service V-9
Note 1.— ATN Routers are capable of the relaying and routing of Network Layer protocol data units
with other ATN Routers and with directly connected ATN End Systems.
Note 2.— An ATN Router is a realisation of the OSI Intermediate System architectural entity. ATN
Routers that additionally implement ISO/IEC 10747 are also known as Boundary Intermediate Systems
(BISs).
5.2.4.1.1 The classes of ATN Router and the Routing Protocols supported, that are recognised by this
specification, are listed below in Table 5.2-1.
Note 1.— Classes 1, 2 and 3 are only for use within an ATN Routing Domain and their specification
is a local matter.
Note 2.— The intra-domain parts of Router Classes 4 and 5 are also a local matter.
Note 3.— The intra-domain parts of Router Classes 6 and 7 are concerned with the interconnection
of avionics to the airborne router and are the subject of aeronautical industry standards.
V-10 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 4.— Router Classes 5, 6 and 7 describe routers that support at least one ATN Mobile
Subnetwork.
5.2.4.1.2 All ATN Routers (i.e. Router Classes 1 to 7 inclusive) shall support the ISO/IEC 8473
Connectionless Network Protocol (CLNP) as specified in 5.6, including the use of the CLNP options security
parameter, and shall interpret and obey the Routing Policy Requirements expressed therein, whilst routing
the packet in accordance with any restrictions placed on the traffic types that may be carried over a given
ATN Subnetwork, by forwarding CLNP NPDUs.
5.2.4.1.3 With the exception of Airborne Routers that implement the procedures for the optional non-
use of IDRP (i.e. Router Class 7), all ATN Inter-Domain Routers (i.e. Router Classes 4 to 6 inclusive) shall
support the ISO/IEC 10747 Inter-Domain Routing Protocol (IDRP) as specified in 5.8 for the exchange of
inter-domain routing information according to 5.3.6 and 5.3.7.
5.2.4.1.4 An Airborne (Router Classes 6 or 7) or Air/Ground Router (Router Class 5) shall support
the Mobile SNDCF specified in 5.7 for the use of CLNP over an ATN Mobile Subnetwork, and the ISO/IEC
9542 ES-IS routing information exchange protocol, as specified in 5.8 for support of the route initiation
procedures specified in 5.3.5.2.
5.2.4.2.1 ATN Routers shall implement the appropriate Physical and Data Link Layer functions for
access to the ATN subnetwork(s) to which they are attached.
d) The routing protocols specified in Table 5.2-1 for the Router
s Router Class, as
specified in 5.8.
e) The Route Initiation procedures appropriate to the Router Class, as specified in 5.3.
5.2.4.3.2 ATN Routers of class 5 (Air/Ground Routers) and of class 7 (Airborne Routers without
IDRP) shall also implement the mechanisms necessary to support the “optional non-use of ISO/IEC 10747”
as specified in 5.3.
5.2.4.3.3 Recommendation.— All ATN Airborne Routers should support the use of ISO/IEC 10747
(i.e. Class 6 is the preferred Airborne Router Class).
Note.— Some States may elect to support the optional non-use of airborne IDRP procedures in their
Air/Ground Routers; however, Regional Implementation Planning Groups must acknowledge the
requirement for aircraft using IDRP within the Region to communicate with an Air/Ground Router,
independent of how that is accomplished.
V-12 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— An ATN Subnetwork is any fixed or Mobile data communications network that fulfils the
following requirements.
5.2.5.1.1 Both fixed and Mobile ATN subnetworks shall conform to the following requirements.
5.2.5.1.2.1 Data shall be transferred through ATN Subnetworks in a byte and code independent manner.
Note.— If necessary, this byte and code independence may be ensured through the services of the
SNDCF.
5.2.5.1.3.1 A Subnetwork service provider shall provide an indication of the Subnetwork Quality of
Service (QoS) available, in order to support the internetwork routing decision process.
5.2.5.1.4.1 An ATN subnetwork shall provide a mechanism for uniquely and unambiguously identifying
each ATN router attached to that subnetwork.
5.2.5.1.5.1 Routing between specified source and destination Subnetwork Point of Attachment (SNPA)
addresses on an ATN subnetwork shall be carried out by mechanisms internal to the subnetwork.
5.2.5.2.1 General
5.2.5.2.2.1 When priority is implemented within that subnetwork, an ATN Mobile Subnetwork shall
provide a SNAcP mechanism for invocation of subnetwork priority.
5.2.5.2.3.1 Recommendation.— ATN Mobile Subnetworks should provide a mechanism for invocation
of subnetwork QoS.
Note 1.— Subnetwork QoS parameters include transit delay, protection against unauthorized
access, cost determination and residual error probability.
Internet communications service V-13
Note 2.— ATN Mobile Subnetworks may allocate subnetwork resources on a per user or per
subnetwork connection basis in order to make available a different QoS.
5.2.5.2.4.1 An ATN Mobile Subnetwork shall provide a connection-mode service between SNPAs, with
a well-defined start and end to a connection, and with reliable, sequenced SNSDU transfer over that
connection.
5.2.5.2.4.2 When QoS is available on a per subnetwork connection basis, the SNAcP shall provide
mechanisms for selecting a specific QoS when the subnetwork connection is established.
Note 1.— A Mobile Subnetwork implementing ISO/IEC 8208 to provide a connection-mode service
between SNPAs meets this requirement; however, where appropriate, an alternative protocol providing the
same service may be used.
Note 2.— This requirement does not imply the need for a single Mobile SNAcP.
Note.— ATN Mobile Subnetworks may provide a mechanism for detection of change in media
connectivity and for the conveyance of this information to connected ATN routers.
5.2.5.2.5.1 If a Mobile Subnetwork provides subnetwork connectivity information, the subnetwork shall
convey this information to connected subnetwork service users (i.e. connected ATN routers), in order to
initiate operation of the internetwork routing protocols as specified in 5.3.
Note.— It is desirable for the Intermediate System - Systems Management Entity (IS-SME) to be
notified as soon as possible by the SN-SME when communication is possible with a newly attached BIS and
for an immediate decision to be made as regards bringing up the link.
5.2.5.2.6.1 Recommendation.— An ATN Mobile Subnetwork should provide a mechanism that allows
the conveyance of large SNSDUs greater than the subnetwork's internal packet size between SNPAs.
Note.— It is the responsibility of the subnetwork to ensure that this data is efficiently segmented
and/or concatenated for efficient transfer over the physical medium. If this capability is not present within
an ATN Mobile Subnetwork, ISO/IEC 8473 can support segmentation of NPDUs for transit over subnetworks
with small maximum SNSDU sizes.
V-14 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 1.— In the ATN, the Quality of Service provided to applications is maintained using capacity
planning techniques that are outside of the scope of this specification. Network Administrators are
responsible for designing and implementing a network that will meet the QoS requirements of the ATN
applications that use it.
Note 2.— Network Administrators may take advantage of the QoS requirements signalled by the
ATSC Class (see 5.2.7), in order to ensure that only those parts of the ATN that support the QoS
requirements of ATSC applications, need be designed to meet those requirements.
Internet communications service V-15
a) Protecting ATN Data Link applications from internal and external threats;
b) Ensuring that application Quality of Service and Routing Policy Requirements are
maintained, including service availability; and,
c) Ensuring that Air/Ground subnetworks are used in accordance with ITU resolutions
on frequency utilisation.
Note 2.— Other than through the provision of physical security mechanisms, no security mechanisms
are provided in the ATN Internet for protecting ATN Data Link applications. ATN Data Link applications
need to develop their own security mechanisms for countering any threats to their proper operation. This
may change in future versions of the specification.
Note 3.— There are currently no mechanisms for protecting the Routing Information Base from an
attacker. However, the use of ISO/IEC 10747 type 2 authentication is under consideration for specification
in future versions of this specification.
Note 4.— The ATN Internet does provide mechanisms to support items (b) and (c) above. These
mechanisms are defined to take place in a common domain of trust, and use a Security Label in the header
of each CLNP PDU to convey information identifying the “traffic type” of the data and the application
s
routing policy and/or strong QoS Requirements. No mechanisms are provided to protect the integrity of this
label or its binding to the application data.
Note 5.— In order to permit the later extension of the ATN to handle classified data, the Security
Label in the CLNP PDU header can additionally be used to convey Security Classification information.
Note 6.— The Routing Information necessary to support this Security Label is maintained through
information conveyed in the ISO/IEC 10747 Security Path Attribute about each route. ATN Routers of
classes 4 and above reference this routing information during the NPDU forwarding process in order to
meet the application
s requirements expressed through the NPDU
s Security Label and to enforce any
applicable ITU resolutions on frequency utilisation.
5.2.7.1.1 General
5.2.7.1.1.2 An ATN Security Label shall be provided as part of the header of every CLNP NPDU,
except for those that convey General Communications applications data.
Note.— The above implies that any CLNP NPDU that does not contain an ATN Security Label
contains General Communications data.
V-16 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.2.7.1.2.1 A CLNP Data NPDU
s Security Label shall identify the “Traffic Type” of its user data, as
either:
Note.— ATN Operational Communications traffic type is broken down into two categories: ATSC
and AOC (see Table 5.6-1).
5.2.7.1.2.2 For the ATN Operational Communications traffic type and the ATSC traffic category,
routing policy requirements shall be expressed through further information encoded into the Security Label,
as either:
5.2.7.1.2.3 For the ATN Operational Communications traffic type and the AOC traffic category, routing
policy requirements shall be expressed through further information encoded into the Security Label, as either
no routing policy preference, or an ordered list of appropriate Air/Ground subnetworks to be used.
Note.— The possible ordering of Air/Ground subnetworks are specified in Table 1-1.
Note 1.— The Transit Delay semantics of ATSC Class are defined in Table 1-1.
Note 2.— The semantics of the ATSC Class for other QoS metrics and availability are outside of the
scope of this specification.
Note.— The Security Classification may be used to convey the confidentiality level of application
data.
5.2.7.2.1 ATN Data Link applications shall specify an ATN Security Label for each message category
that they support. This ATN Security Label shall identify:
5.2.7.2.2 When sent using the connection-mode transport service, a message shall only be conveyed
over a transport connection which is associated with the same ATN Security Label as that specified for the
message
s message category.
5.2.7.2.3 When sent using the connectionless-mode transport service, the TSDU conveying that
message shall be associated with the ATN Security Label of the specified message category.
5.2.7.3.1.1 Except when a transport connection is used to convey general communications data, each
transport connection shall be associated with a single ATN Security Label.
5.2.7.3.1.2 The value of this label shall be determined when the connection is initiated.
Note.— It is not possible to change an ATN Security Label during the lifetime of a transport
connection.
5.2.7.3.1.3 Every NSDU passed to the Network Layer that contains a TPDU from a transport connection
associated with an ATN Security Label shall be associated with the same ATN Security Label.
Note.— The Network Layer functions may then encode this ATN Security Label in the NPDU header.
5.2.7.3.1.4 TPDUs from transport connections associated with different ATN Security Labels shall not
be concatenated into the same NSDU.
5.2.7.3.1.5 When an incoming CR TPDU is received, the ATN Security Label, if any, encoded into the
header of the NPDU that conveyed it, shall define the ATN Security Label that is associated with the
transport connection.
Note 1.— The mechanism by which the connection initiator provides the appropriate ATN Security
Label is a local matter. For example, it may be identified by an extension to the transport service interface,
be implicit in the choice of a given TSAP, or be identified using a Systems Management function.
Note 2.— Some applications may reject incoming transport connections for which the ATN Security
Label is inappropriate. Again, the mechanism by which the Transport provider passes to its user the ATN
Security Label associated with an incoming transport connection is a local matter.
5.2.7.3.2.1 In the connectionless mode, unless used to convey General Communications data, each
incoming or outgoing TSDU shall be associated with an ATN Security Label.
5.2.7.3.2.2 For outgoing TSDUs, this ATN Security Label shall be encoded into the header of the
resulting NPDU(s).
5.2.7.3.2.3 For incoming TSDUs, the associated ATN Security Label shall be the ATN Security Label
that was encoded into the header of the incoming NPDU(s) that contained the TSDU.
V-18 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— The mechanism by which ATN Security Labels are associated with TSDUs is a local matter.
5.2.7.4.1.1 The Network Service shall provide a mechanism that permits an ATN Security Label to be
associated with an NSDU:
a) When passed from the Transport Layer to the Network Layer in an NS-
UNITDATA.request. This ATN Security Label shall be encoded into the header of
the corresponding CLNP NPDU(s) according to 5.6.2.2.2.
5.2.7.4.2.1 When present in an NPDU header, the network layer routing functions shall ensure that:
a) The Routing Policy requirements, if any, encoded into the ATN Security Label are
obeyed, and
b) The NPDU is only routed over paths through the internetwork which both permit
and are suitable for data of the traffic type identified by the ATN Security Label.
Note 1.— 5.3.2.2 specifies the forwarding procedures that ensure the above.
Note 2.— The Security Information conveyed in ISO/IEC 10747 (IDRP) routes is used to provide
the forwarding process with the information needed to support the above.
5.2.7.4.3.1 IDRP type 1 Authentication, as specified in ISO/IEC 10747, shall be used as a mechanism
for ensuring the integrity of routing information exchange by IDRP.
Note.— A later extension to support type 2 authentication will enable the routing information base
to be protected from attackers that try to modify routing information while in transit, or which attempt to
masquerade as genuine ATN Routers.
Note.— There are no requirements for security mechanisms in ATN Subnetworks. However,
Administrations and other Organisations implementing ATN subnetworks are encouraged to ensure the
general security and availability of ATN subnetworks through the use of physical security mechanisms.
Internet communications service V-19
Note 1.— The purpose of priority is to signal the relative importance and/or precedence of data,
such that when a decision has to be made as to which data to action first, or when contention for access to
shared resources has to be resolved, the decision or outcome can be determined unambiguously and in line
with user requirements both within and between applications.
Note 2.— In the ATN, priority is signalled separately by the application in the transport layer and
network layer, and in ATN subnetworks. In each case, the semantics and use of priority may differ.
Figure 5.2-2 illustrates where priority is applied in the ATN, and where it is necessary to map the semantics
and syntax of ATN priorities.
Note 3.— In the ATN Internet, priority has the essential role of ensuring that high priority safety
related data is not delayed by low priority non-safety data, and in particular when the network is overloaded
with low priority data.
Note.— Priority in ATN Application Protocols is used to distinguish the relative importance and
urgency of application messages within the context of that application alone.
application messages shall be grouped into one or more categories listed in Table 1-2 .
Note.— An ATN Application may include messages from more than one category.
5.2.8.1.2 When a message is sent between ATN Application Entities, the message shall be sent using
either:
Note.— The priority of an individual transport connection cannot be changed during the lifetime of
the connection. Therefore, if an application exchanges messages belonging to more than one message
category using the connection mode transport service, then a separate transport connection needs to be
established for each message category.
V-20 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 1.— Transport connection priority is concerned with the relationship between transport
connections and determines the relative importance of a transport connection with respect to (a) the order
in which TCs are to have their QoS degraded, if necessary, and (b) the order in which TCs are to be broken
in order to recover resources.
Note 2.— The transport connection priority is specified by the transport user either explicitly or
implicitly, when the transport connection is established.
5.2.8.2.1 When an ATN Transport Layer entity is unable to satisfy a request for a transport connection
from either a local or remote TSAP, and which is due to insufficient local resources available to the transport
layer entity, then it shall terminate a lower priority transport connection, if any, in order to permit the
establishment of a new higher priority transport connection.
Note.— Implementations may also use transport connection priority to arbitrate access to other
resources (e.g. buffers). For example, this may be achieved by flow control applied to local users, by
discarding received but unacknowledged TPDUs, by reducing credit windows, etc.
5.2.8.2.2 All TPDUs sent by an ATN Transport Layer Entity shall be transferred by the ATN Internet
Layer, using the Network Protocol Priority that corresponds to the transport connection
s priority according
to Table 1-2.
Internet communications service V-21
Note.— There are no procedures required of the ATN Connectionless Transport Entity in respect
of priority, except for mapping the TSDU priority supplied by the service user (i.e. an ATN Application), to
the corresponding Network Layer Priority, and vice versa.
5.2.8.3.1 All UD TPDUs sent by an ATN Transport Layer Entity shall be transferred by the ATN
Internet Layer using the Network Protocol Priority that corresponds to the TSDU priority provided by the
service user according to Table 1-2.
Note.— In the ATN Internet Layer, an NPDU of a higher priority is given preferred access to
resources. During periods of higher network utilisation, higher priority NPDUs may therefore be expected
to be more likely to reach their destination (i.e. are less likely to be discarded by a congested router) and
to have a lower transit delay (i.e. be more likely to be selected for transmission from an outgoing queue) than
are lower priority packets.
5.2.8.4.1 ATN Internet Entities shall maintain their queues of outgoing NPDUs in strict priority order,
such that a higher priority NPDU in an outgoing queue will always be selected for transmission in preference
to a lower priority NPDU.
5.2.8.4.2 During periods of congestion, or when any other need arises to discard NPDUs currently held
by an ATN Internet Entity, lower priority NPDUs shall always be discarded before higher priority NPDUs.
Note.— In addition to NPDUs containing user (i.e. transport layer) data, the Internet Layer also
forwards routing information contained in CLNP Data PDUs (e.g. IDRP) and as distinct NPDUs (e.g. ES-
IS). These must all be handled at the highest priority if changes to network topology are to be quickly
actioned and the optimal service provided to users.
5.2.8.4.4 ES-IS (ISO/IEC 9542) PDUs shall be implicitly assumed to have priority 14 and shall be
forwarded as if they were CLNP PDUs of priority 14.
Note.— The priority encoded in an ISH PDU conveys the priority of the sending system, and not the
priority of the PDU.
Note 1.— In a connection-mode ATN subnetwork, priority is used to distinguish the relative
importance of different data streams (i.e. the data on a subnetwork connection), with respect to gaining
access to communications resources and to maintaining the requested Quality of Service.
Note 2.— On some subnetworks (e.g. public data networks), not all data streams will be carrying
ATN messages. Therefore, subnetwork priority is also used to distinguish ATN and non-ATN data streams.
V-22 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 3.— So as not to incur the overhead and cost of maintaining too many simultaneous
subnetwork connections, NPDUs of a range of Network Layer priorities may be sent over the same
subnetwork connection.
5.2.8.5.1.1 When an ATN connection mode subnetwork does not support prioritisation of subnetwork
connections, then the ATN Internet Entity shall not attempt to specify a subnetwork connection priority, and
NPDUs of any priority may be sent over the same subnetwork connection.
5.2.8.5.1.2 When an ATN connection mode subnetwork does support prioritisation of subnetwork
connections, then unless the relationship between ATN Internet Priority and subnetwork priority is explicitly
specified by the subnetwork specification, the following shall apply:
b) For the “Low” priority connection type, the priority to gain a connection, keep a
connection and for data on the connection shall be the defaults for routine use of the
subnetwork.
c) “High” priority connections shall be used to convey NPDUs of priority ten and
above. “Low” priority connections shall be used to convey all other NPDUs.
Note.— The above does not apply to the AMSS Subnetwork, which has specified its own priority
mapping scheme.
5.2.8.5.1.3 When a subnetwork connection is established between two ATN Internet Entities and no
other subnetwork connection between these two entities exists over any subnetwork, then that subnetwork
connection shall always be established at a priority suitable for conveying NPDUs of priority 14 (i.e.
Network/Systems Management).
Note.— This is to ensure that routing information can be exchanged at the appropriate priority.
Note 1.— The purpose of priority on a connectionless-mode subnetwork is to provide higher priority
NPDUs with preferred access to subnetwork resources.
Note 2.— The relationship between NPDU priority and subnetwork priority is subnetwork specific.
5.2.8.5.2.1 When an NPDU is sent over a connectionless-mode ATN Subnetwork which supports data
prioritisation, then the subnetwork priority assigned to the transmitted packet shall be that specified by the
subnetwork provider as corresponding to the NPDU priority.
Internet communications service V-23
5.3.1 Introduction
5.3.1.1 Scope
Note.— This chapter provides requirements and recommendations pertaining to the deployment of
ATN components within the ATN Internet; use of routing information distributed according to ISO/IEC
10747 in order to support policy based and Mobile routing in the ATN; and the Route Initiation procedures
for initiating the exchange of routing information using the ISO/IEC 10747 protocol. In the case of
Air/Ground data links, route initiation also includes the use of the ISO/IEC 9542 protocol. This chapter is
not concerned with compliancy with the ISO/IEC 10747 and ISO/IEC 9542 protocols. This is the subject of
5.8.
Note 1.— The classes of ATN Router referred to below are defined in 5.2.4.1.
Note 2.— The ATN RDs referred to below are defined in 5.2.2.2.
5.3.1.2.1 ATN Ground/Ground Routers shall comply with the provisions of 5.3.4 and 5.3.6.
5.3.1.2.2 When used as an ATN Router in an ATN RD that is a member of an ATN Island Backbone
RDC, an ATN Ground/Ground Router shall also comply with the provisions of 5.3.7.1.
5.3.1.2.3 When used in any other ATN Transit Routing Domain, an ATN Ground/Ground Router shall
also comply with the provisions of 5.3.7.3.
5.3.1.2.4 Otherwise, an ATN Ground/Ground Router shall comply with the provisions of 5.3.7.4.
5.3.1.2.5 ATN Air/Ground Routers shall comply with the provisions of 5.3.4 for Ground/Ground
interconnection, 5.3.5 for Air/Ground interconnection and 5.3.6.
5.3.1.2.6 When used as an ATN Router in an ATN RD that is a member of an ATN Island Backbone
RDC, an ATN Air/Ground Router shall also comply with the provisions of 5.3.7.1.
5.3.1.2.7 When used in any other ATN Transit Routing Domain, an ATN Air/Ground Router shall
also comply with the provisions of 5.3.7.3.
5.3.1.2.8 ATN Airborne Routers shall comply with the provisions of 5.3.5, 5.3.6, and 5.3.7.2.
5.3.1.2.9 When an RD is declared to be an ATN RD, then it shall comply with the provisions of
5.2.2.2.
5.3.1.2.10 When an RD is declared to be a Mobile RD, then it shall comply with the provisions of
5.2.2.2.3.
5.3.1.2.11 When an RDC is declared to be an ATN Island RDC, then its member RDs shall comply
with the provisions of 5.2.2.3.2.
5.3.1.2.12 When an RDC is declared to be an ATN Island Backbone RDC, then its member RDs shall
comply with the provisions of 5.2.2.4.2.
V-24 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.3.2.1 General
5.3.2.1.1 A route shall only be advertised by an ATN Router to an adjacent ATN RD when it can be
ensured that data sent over that route by the RD to which the route is advertised is acceptable to every RD
and RDC in the route's path, and will be relayed by them to the route's destination.
Note.— The acceptability of a route may be determined using a priori knowledge derived from
interconnection agreements with other RDs.
5.3.2.2.1 General
5.3.2.2.1.1 The forwarding processes for a CLNP NDPU shall operate by selecting the FIB identified
by the combination of the QoS Maintenance and Security Parameters found in the CLNP Header, and
selecting from that FIB, the entry, if any, identified by the longest matching NSAP Address Prefix.
5.3.2.2.1.2 The next hop information found in this FIB entry shall then be used to forward the NPDU.
Note.— Forwarding decisions that take into account the CLNP QoS Maintenance Parameter are a
local matter and an ATN Router may hence ignore this parameter.
5.3.2.2.2 Forwarding a CLNP NPDU when no Security Parameter is present in the PDU Header
Note.— This case applies for General Communications data (see 5.2.7.1).
5.3.2.2.2.1 When a CLNP NPDU is received by an ATN Router and that NPDU does not contain a
Security Parameter in the PDU Header then that NPDU shall be forwarded over the selected route to the
NPDU’s destination with the longest matching NSAP Address Prefix and which, either:
or
5.3.2.2.2.2 If no such route can be found then the NPDU shall be discarded.
Internet communications service V-25
5.3.2.2.3 Forwarding a CLNP NPDU when a Security Parameter is present in the PDU Header
5.3.2.2.3.1 General
5.3.2.2.3.1.1 When a CLNP NPDU is received by an ATN Router and that NPDU contains a Security
Parameter in the Globally Unique Format, and encodes security related information according to 5.6.2.2
under the ATN Security Registration Identifier, then the NPDU shall be forwarded according to the
procedures specified below.
Note 1.— The CLNP NPDU Header Security Parameter is used to indicate the Traffic Type of the
application data contained in the NPDU, and the application
s routing policy requirements.
Note 2.— The procedures for handling an NPDU with any other format of Security Parameter, or
with any other Security Registration Identifier are outside the scope of this specification.
Note.— In this case, either no Traffic Type policy preference may be specified, or an ATSC Class
may be specified.
Note.— This case corresponds to a Traffic Type and Associated Routing Policy Security Tag value
of 000 00001.
5.3.2.2.3.2.1.1 If the NPDU contains a CLNP NPDU Header Security Parameter in the globally unique
format, and encodes:
then the NPDU shall be forwarded over the selected route to the NPDU
s destination with the longest
matching NSAP Address Prefix, and which contains a security path attribute comprising the ATN Security
Registration Identifier and security information that comprises:
and an ATSC Class Security Tag indicating support of the lowest class out of all such routes available.
V-26 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 1.— The requirement in 5.3.2.2.1.1 always takes precedence over selection based on ATSC
Class i.e. a route with a longer matching NSAP Address Prefix with a higher ATSC Class is always preferred
over a route with a lower ATSC Class but with a shorter NSAP Address Prefix. This is essential for the
avoidance of routing loops.
Note 2.— ATSC Class “H” is the lowest and Class “A” is the highest.
5.3.2.2.3.2.1.2 If no such route can be found, then the NPDU shall be discarded.
Note.— This case corresponds to Traffic Type and Associated Routing Policy Security Tag values
000 10000 to 000 10111 inclusive.
5.3.2.2.3.2.2.1 If the NPDU contains a CLNP Header Security Parameter in the globally unique format, and
encodes:
then the NPDU shall be forwarded over the selected route to the NPDU
s destination with the longest
matching NSAP Address Prefix, and which contains a security path attribute comprising the ATN Security
Registration Identifier and security information that comprises:
II. if no such route is available then, the route with the highest ATSC Class available
is chosen.
Note 1.— The requirement in 5.3.2.2.1.1 always takes precedence over selection based on ATSC
Class i.e. a route with a longer matching NSAP Address Prefix with a higher ATSC Class is always preferred
over a route with a lower ATSC Class but with a shorter NSAP Address Prefix. This is essential for the
avoidance of routing loops.
Note 2.— ATSC Class “H” is the lowest and Class “A” is the highest.
Internet communications service V-27
5.3.2.2.3.2.2.2 If no such route can be found then the NPDU shall be discarded.
5.3.2.2.3.2.2.3 If multiple routes are available which meet or exceed the required ATSC Class, then the
route with the lowest relative cost, i.e. actual monetary cost, shall be selected.
Note.— The actual monetary cost is determined through means outside the scope of this
specification.
5.3.2.2.3.2.2.4 If the monetary cost is the same or unknown, then the hop count shall be used as the relative
cost metric.
Note.— In this case, either no routing policy may be specified, or an Air/Ground Subnetwork type
may be specified, or an Air/Ground subnetwork order of preference may be specified.
Note.— This case corresponds to a Traffic Type and Associated Routing Policy Security Tag value
of 001 00001.
5.3.2.2.3.3.1.1 If the NPDU contains a CLNP Header Security Parameter in the globally unique format, and
encodes:
then the NPDU shall be forwarded over the selected route to the NPDU
s destination with the longest
matching NSAP Address Prefix, and which contains a security path attribute comprising the ATN Security
Registration Identifier and security information that comprises:
and which does not contain an ATSC Class Security Tag indicating support for only ATSC traffic.
5.3.2.2.3.3.1.2 If no such route can be found, then the NPDU shall be discarded.
Note 1.— This case corresponds to Traffic Type and Associated Routing Policy Security Tag values
001 00010 through to 001 00110 inclusive.
Note 2.— The Air/Ground Subnetworks that may be specified are: Gatelink, VDL, AMSS, HF and
Mode S.
5.3.2.2.3.3.2.1 If the NPDU contains a CLNP Header Security Parameter in the globally unique format, and
encodes:
then the NPDU shall be forwarded over the selected route to the NPDU
s destination with the longest
matching NSAP Address Prefix, and which contains a security path attribute comprising the ATN Security
Registration Identifier and security information that comprises either
i. an Air/Ground Subnetwork Security Tag that indicates that the route passes over
that Air/Ground Subnetwork and has “ATN Operational Communications —
Aeronautical Operational Control” in its set of permissible Traffic Types, or,
and which does not contain an ATSC Class Security Tag indicating support for only ATSC traffic.
5.3.2.2.3.3.2.2 If no such route can be found, then the NPDU shall be discarded.
Note 1.— This case corresponds to Traffic Type and Associated Routing Policy Security Tag values
001 00111 through to 001 01001 inclusive.
Note 2.— The Air/Ground Subnetworks for which an order of preference may be specified are:
Gatelink, VDL, AMSS, HF and Mode S.
5.3.2.2.3.3.3.1 If the NPDU contains a CLNP Header Security Parameter in the globally unique format, and
encodes:
c) a requirement to route traffic only via certain Air/Ground Subnetworks and with a
specified order of preference,
then the NPDU shall be forwarded over the selected route to the NPDU
s destination with the longest
matching NSAP Address Prefix, and which contains a security path attribute comprising the ATN Security
Registration Identifier and security information that comprises:
i. an Air/Ground Subnetwork Security Tag that indicates that the route passes over the
first preference Air/Ground Subnetwork and has “ATN Operational
Communications - Aeronautical Operational Control” in its set of permissible
Traffic Types, if present, or
ii. an Air/Ground Subnetwork Security Tag that indicates that the route passes over the
second preference Air/Ground Subnetwork and has “ATN Operational
Communications - Aeronautical Operational Control” in its set of permissible
Traffic Types, if present, and so on until a suitable route is found or no further
preferences are specified, or
and which does not contain an ATSC Class Security Tag indicating support for only ATSC traffic.
5.3.2.2.3.3.3.2 If no such route can be found, then the NPDU shall be discarded.
5.3.2.2.3.3.3.3 If after applying the above procedures, a more specific route is available to the NPDU
s
destination, but
1) the route has an Air/Ground Subnetwork Security Tag that indicates that
the route passes over a lower preference Air/Ground Subnetwork while
3) the more specific route shall be selected in preference to the less specific
route.
Note.— The purpose of this requirement is to ensure that the NPDU is not forced to visit a default
route provider only to find that a higher preference route does not actually exist to the NPDU
s destination.
Note.— This case corresponds to a Traffic Type and Associated Routing Policy Security Tag value
of 001 10000.
5.3.2.2.3.4.1 If the NPDU contains a CLNP Header Security Parameter in the globally unique format, and
encodes:
then the NPDU shall be forwarded over the selected route to the NPDU
s destination with the longest
matching NSAP Address Prefix, and which contains a security path attribute comprising the ATN Security
Registration Identifier and security information that comprises:
and which does not contain an ATSC Class Security Tag indicating support for only ATSC traffic.
5.3.2.2.3.4.2 If no such route can be found, then the NPDU shall be discarded.
Note.— This case corresponds to a Traffic Type and Associated Routing Policy Security Tag value
of 011 00000.
5.3.2.2.3.5.1 If the NPDU contains a CLNP Header Security Parameter in the globally unique format, and
encodes:
then the NPDU shall be forwarded over the selected route to the NPDU
s destination with the longest
matching NSAP Address Prefix, and which:
or
5.3.2.2.3.5.2 If no such route can be found, then the NPDU shall be discarded.
Internet communications service V-31
5.3.3.1.1 General
5.3.3.1.1.1 ATN RDs shall be interconnected by real subnetworks permitting communication between
ATN Routers for each of the interconnection scenarios specified below.
Note 1.— Examples of possible interconnections between ATN Routing Domains are illustrated in
Figure 5.2-1.
Note 2.— There is no requirement for all ATN RDs to be fully interconnected.
5.3.3.1.1.2 Except for the interconnection of Mobile RDs with other ATN RDs, the real subnetwork(s)
used for such an interconnection shall be chosen by bilateral agreement and may be any subnetwork that
complies with the provisions of 5.2.5.1.
Note 1.— For example, the chosen subnetwork may be a point-to-point communications link, a public
or private PSDN providing the CCITT X.25 network access service, an Ethernet or an ISDN, etc.
Note 2.— The dynamic procedures for the interconnection of two ground-based ATN Routers are
specified in 5.3.4, and for interconnection of an Air/Ground and an Airborne Router in 5.3.5. The remainder
of this section is concerned with static interconnection requirements.
5.3.3.1.2.1 When there is more than one ATN RD in an ATN Island Backbone RDC, each
Administration or aeronautical industry member that has elected to participate in that ATN Island's Backbone
RDC, shall ensure that its RD is either:
a) interconnected directly with all other ATN RDs within the ATN Island's Backbone
RDC, over suitable and mutually agreeable real subnetwork(s), or
b) interconnected directly as in a), with one or more ATN RDs that are also members
of the ATN Island's Backbone RDC, and which are able and willing to provide
routes to the remaining RDs within the Backbone RDC.
Note.— The existence of the ATN Backbone RDC prohibits routes between its member RDs via other
ATN RDs in the same ATN Island.
5.3.3.1.3 Interconnection between Members of an ATN Island Backbone RDC and other ATN RDs
within the ATN Island
5.3.3.1.3.1 ATN RDs within an ATN Island RDC that are not members of the ATN Island's Backbone
RDC, shall ensure that they are either:
a) interconnected directly with one or more ATN RDs that are members of the ATN
Island
s Backbone RDC, over suitable and mutually agreeable real subnetworks; or
V-32 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
b) interconnected with one or more other ATN RDs that are members of the same
ATN Island RDC and which are able and willing to provide routes to and from one
or more ATN RDs within the same ATN Island
s Backbone RDC, and to all
destinations reachable via the ATN Island's Backbone RDC.
5.3.3.1.4.1 ATN Islands shall only interconnect via ATN RDs which are members of each ATN Island
s
Backbone RDC.
5.3.3.1.4.2 When an ATN RD is a member of more than one ATN Island RDC, its routing policy shall
not permit it to operate as a TRD between sources and destinations in different ATN Islands unless the RD
is a member of each Island's Backbone RDC.
Note.— A Mobile RD may interconnect concurrently with multiple ATN RDs which are attached to
the common Mobile Subnetworks and which are accessible to the Mobile RD at any given time. The purpose
of such interconnections is to provide data link communications services when required by ATN Data Link
applications and other aeronautical or airline industry applications.
5.3.3.1.5.1 In order to meet the availability requirements of ATN Data Link applications, Airborne and
Air/Ground Routers shall be capable of supporting multiple concurrent adjacencies with other Routers.
Note 1.— These adjacencies are supported by multiple subnetwork connections at the same or
different priorities, using the same or different Air/Ground subnetworks.
Note 2.— Dynamically, such adjacencies may be established and released in a « make before
break » fashion permitting continuous communications availability, and for the suitability of a newly
available adjacency to be determined before a no longer needed adjacency is released.
Note 3.— It is not within the scope of this specification to set minimum requirements in respect of
the number of adjacencies and subnetwork connections that an Airborne or Air/Ground Router must support.
Such requirements are dependant on the published coverage and number of Air/Ground subnetworks,
application availability requirements and additionally, in the case of Airborne Routers, on Airline operating
policies. Implementors are advised to interpret « multiple » as, in the context of the above requirement,
implying at least two adjacencies or connections, and, in practice, a larger number is anticipated as being
the likely minimum requirement.
Note.— ATN RDs may interconnect with non-ATN RDs whether they are members of the same
Administrative Domain or not.
Internet communications service V-33
Note 2.— Formally, these procedures only apply to interconnection between ATN Routers in
different Administrative Domains. However, in practice, they are also applicable to interconnection
scenarios within the same Administrative Domain.
Note.— Route Initiation is defined to be the point at which routing information exchange can begin,
and the route initiation procedures are those that permit the exchange of routing information to commence.
5.3.4.2.1 When the network administrators agree to the ground/ground interconnection of one or more
ATN Routers within their respective Administrative Domains, they shall:
Note.— The choice of appropriate subnetwork(s) to support the interconnection is a matter for
bilateral agreement between network administrators, including agreement on responsibility for installation,
operating and maintenance costs, and fault management.
Note 1.— Typically (e.g. with X.25), one ATN Router will be placed in a state where it will accept
an incoming connection from the other ATN Router, and then the other ATN Router is stimulated to initiate
one or more subnetwork connection(s) to the other ATN Router.
Note 2.— Multiple concurrent subnetwork connections over the same or different subnetworks may
be required in order to meet throughput and other QoS requirements.
c) Using global or local Systems Management mechanisms, ensure that the forwarding
information base in each ATN Router, used to support the connectionless network
protocol specified in 5.6, contains sufficient information to forward CLNP NPDUs
addressed to the NET of the other ATN Router, over the newly established
subnetwork connection(s).
Note.— This step is necessary to ensure that the connectionless network service can be used to
exchange the BISPDUs of IDRP.
d) Using global or local Systems Management mechanisms, append the NET of the
remote ATN Router to the externalBISNeighbor attribute of the BIS
s idrpConfig
MO,
V-34 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
f) Using global or local Systems Management mechanisms, invoke the start event
action on each such MO, in order to initiate a BIS-BIS connection between the two
ATN Routers.
Note.— As a matter for the bilateral agreement of the network administrators, either (a) both ATN
Routers will attempt to open the BIS-BIS connection, or (b) one and only one acts as the BIS-BIS connection
initiator.
5.3.4.3.1 Routing information shall be exchanged using the ISO/IEC 10747 Inter-Domain Routing
Protocol according to the profile specified in 5.8.
Note 1.— Route Termination is defined to be the point at which routing information ceases to be
exchanged between two ATN Routers, and, in consequence, the routes made available over the adjacency
cease to be useable and must be withdrawn. The route termination procedures are those procedures which
terminate the exchange of routing information.
Note 2.— Route Termination may result from a failure in the underlying subnetwork(s) causing a
loss of communication between the two ATN Routers. Alternatively, it may result from a deliberate decision
of network administrators to terminate the interconnection, either temporarily or permanently.
Note 3.— No special recovery procedures are specified if route termination is due to a network fault.
Once the fault has been repaired, the procedures of 5.3.4.2 may be re-invoked, as appropriate to re-establish
communication, and to exchange routing information.
5.3.4.4.2 If the adjacency is to be permanently terminated, then the AdjacentBIS MO shall also be
deleted, and the forwarding information base shall be updated to remove the route to the NET of the remote
ATN Router.
5.3.4.4.3 For either temporary or permanent termination, and if required, by using global or local
Systems Management mechanisms, the network administrator(s) shall also terminate the underlying
subnetwork connections.
Internet communications service V-35
Note 1.— Air/Ground interconnection applies to the interconnection between an ATN Airborne
Router and an ATN Air/Ground Router over one or more Mobile Subnetworks.
Note 2.— The significant difference between Air/Ground and Ground/Ground Interconnection is that
in the former case interconnection is automatic and consequential on the availability of communications and
local policy, while, in the latter case, interconnection is a deliberate and planned action with the direct
involvement of network administrators.
Note 3.— While IDRP is also intended to be used over Air/Ground Interconnections, as an interim
measure, the optional non-use of IDRP over Air/Ground Interconnections is permitted by this specification
and according to 5.3.5.2.12.
Note 4.— For the purposes of this specification, the functional model of an ATN Router illustrated
in Figure 5.3-1 is assumed. This model illustrates the basic functional entities in an ATN Air/Ground (Class
5 Router) and ATN Airborne Router with IDRP (Class 6 Router), the data flow between them as solid lines,
and the flow of certain events and control information, by dashed lines.
Note 5.— Figure 5.3-1 introduces a new architectural entity, the Intermediate System - Systems
Management Entity (IS-SME). As specified below, this plays an important role in the realisation of Route
Initiation in Air/Ground Operations, by responding to changes in subnetwork connectivity and thereby
controlling the route initiation and termination procedures.
Note 6.— The ATSC Class assigned to an Air/Ground Subnetwork and the traffic type(s) allowed to
pass over this Air/Ground Subnetwork are known a priori to the Air/Ground Router attached to each such
subnetwork. They are communicated to an Airborne Router using the options part of an ISO/IEC 9542 ISH
PDU which is uplinked to the Airborne Router as part of the route initiation procedure as described in
5.3.5.2.
V-36 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Figure 5.3-1 Assumed ATN Router Architecture for Air/Ground Route Initiation
5.3.5.2.1 General
Note 1.— Three classes of procedures are distinguished by this specification. These are: (a)
Air-Initiated i.e. when the Airborne Router initiates the procedure, (b) Ground-Initiated i.e. when the
Air/Ground Router initiates the procedure, and (c) Air or Ground-Initiated i.e. when either the Airborne or
the Air/Ground Router may initiate the procedure.
Note 2.— Two types of Mobile Subnetworks are also recognised by this specification. These are: (a)
those which provide information on the availability of specific Mobile Systems on the subnetwork through
the Join Event defined in this section, and (b) those which do not. The latter type are only appropriate to
Route Initiation Procedures which are Air-Initiated.
Note 3.— For a given Mobile Subnetwork type, the use of air-initiated or ground-initiated
procedures, and the implementation of Join Events is outside of the scope of this specification, and is a
matter for the SARPs specified by the relevant ICAO panel.
Internet communications service V-37
Note 4.— The interfaces to all Mobile Subnetworks are assumed to be compatible with ISO/IEC
8208. The ISO/IEC 8208 term Data Terminal Equipment (DTE) is also used in this specification to refer to
a system attached to a Mobile Subnetwork.
5.3.5.2.1.2 For Air-Initiated Subnetworks that do not provide information on the availability of specific
Mobile Systems, Airborne Routers shall comply with the procedures specified in 5.3.5.2.3.1, and Air/Ground
Routers shall comply with the procedures specified in 5.3.5.2.2.
5.3.5.2.1.3 For Air-Initiated Subnetworks that do provide information on the availability of specific
Mobile Systems, Airborne Routers shall comply with the procedures specified in 5.3.5.2.3.2, and Air/Ground
Routers shall comply with the procedures specified in 5.3.5.2.2.
5.3.5.2.1.4 For Ground-Initiated Subnetworks, Air/Ground Routers shall comply with the procedures
specified in 5.3.5.2.4, and Airborne Routers shall comply with the procedures specified in 5.3.5.2.2.
5.3.5.2.1.5 For Air or Ground-Initiated Subnetworks, Air/Ground and Airborne Routers shall comply
with the procedures specified in 5.3.5.2.2 and 5.3.5.2.5.
5.3.5.2.2.1 General
Note 1.— Route Initiation is always asymmetric with a clearly defined initiator and responder. In
all cases, the ATN Router in the responder role, follows the same procedures, as specified below.
Note 2.— For Air-Initiated Route Initiation, the Air/Ground Router is the responding ATN Router.
For Ground-Initiated Route Initiation, the Airborne Router is the responding ATN Router.
5.3.5.2.2.1.1 Each ATN Router that is specified to take the responder role for a given Mobile Subnetwork
type, and when attached to a subnetwork of that subnetwork type, shall be configured into a state whereby
it “listens” for Call Indications on that subnetwork.
5.3.5.2.2.1.2 For each Call Indication received, a responding ATN Router shall, based on local policy,
either:
b) Validate the calling DTE address and either accept the call using a Call Accept
Packet, or if the call is unacceptable then it shall be rejected using a Clear Request
Packet.
Note 1.— The procedures used to validate the calling DTE address and to determine the
acceptability of the call, are outside the scope of this specification.
Note 2.— The number of simultaneous virtual circuits that the ATN Router needs to support will be
subject to an implementation limit, that needs to be sufficient for the role in which the ATN Router is
deployed.
V-38 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.3.5.2.2.1.3 When a subnetwork connection is successfully established, then the procedures of 5.3.5.2.6
shall be applied to that subnetwork connection.
Note.— This section specifies the procedures to be used by an Airborne Router for Air-Initiated route
initiation.
5.3.5.2.3.1 Airborne Router Procedures for use of an ISO/IEC 8208 Mobile Subnetwork that does not
Provide Information on Subnetwork Connectivity
5.3.5.2.3.1.1 General
5.3.5.2.3.1.1.1 An Airborne Router
s IS-SME shall be configured with a list of subnetwork addresses for
each supported Mobile Subnetwork that does not provide information on subnetwork connectivity.
5.3.5.2.3.1.1.2 This list shall include the addresses which are necessary to meet the communication needs
of the aircraft.
Note.— In the case of the AMSS, the Airborne Router
s IS-SME will be configured with a list for
each GES that the aircraft may use to communicate. Each such list will include the subnetwork addresses
(e.g. DTE addresses) of the Air/Ground routers attached to the GES in question through which
communications services may be required.
5.3.5.2.3.1.1.3 An Airborne Router
s IS-SME shall continually issue a Call Request to each subnetwork
address on each appropriate list with which it does not currently have a subnetwork connection and which
is not subject to a back-off period (see 5.3.5.2.3.1.2), in turn.
5.3.5.2.3.1.1.4 The period between each successive Call Request shall be configurable to ensure that the
Mobile Subnetwork is not rendered unavailable.
5.3.5.2.3.1.1.5 When a subnetwork connection is successfully established, then the procedures of 5.3.5.2.6
shall be applied to that subnetwork connection. The polling procedure shall continue for the remaining
subnetwork addresses on the list, if any.
5.3.5.2.3.1.2.1 Whenever a Clear Indication is received in response to a Call Request that indicates rejection
by the called DTE and includes a call clearing diagnostic code of 0, 133, 160..163, or 240, 241, 242, 244,
246, 248, then the Airborne Router shall implement a “back off” procedure.
5.3.5.2.3.1.2.2 The back off procedure shall comprise the effective quarantining of the called subnetwork
address for a period configurable on a per subnetwork basis from 5 minutes to 20 minutes. During this
period, a Call Request shall not be issued to the subnetwork address.
Note.— The purpose of the back off procedure is to avoid unnecessarily overloading of the
Air/Ground subnetwork with Call Requests.
Internet communications service V-39
5.3.5.2.3.1.2.3 The “back off” procedure shall not be started on receipt of a Clear Indication which includes
any other call clearing diagnostic code.
5.3.5.2.3.1.2.4 If a Clear Indication is received with a diagnostic code reporting an error that the SNDCF
is unable to correct, then the called DTE shall be removed from the polled DTEs list.
5.3.5.2.3.1.2.5 Otherwise, if required, the SNDCF shall retry the call after having resolved the cause of the
call rejection.
Note.— Certain call clearing diagnostic codes in the range 128..143 are used by the Mobile SNDCF
specified in 5.7. The semantics of these codes are described in Table 5.7-3.
5.3.5.2.3.1.2.6 However, during any period when an Airborne Router does not have any subnetwork
connections over Mobile Subnetworks, then all back off procedures shall be suspended until connectivity
is established with at least one Air/Ground Router.
5.3.5.2.3.2 Airborne Router Procedures for use of an ISO/IEC 8208 Mobile Subnetwork that does
Provide Connectivity Information
Note 1.— The connectivity information is provided as a “Join Event”. This is an event generated
by a Mobile Subnetwork when it is recognised that a system has attached to the subnetwork and is available
for communication using the subnetwork. The Join Event provides the DTE Address of the newly available
system. It may also include other subnetwork specific information needed to route a call to that DTE
Address. For example, in the case of the VDL subnetwork, the call may need to be directed via a specific
Ground Station and hence the Ground Station Address must be provided in addition to the DTE Address.
Note 2.— An actual implementation of a Join Event may concatenate several distinct Join Events
as defined above into a single message.
Note 3.— For air-initiated subnetworks, the Join Event is received by the IS-SME in the Airborne
Router. The mechanism by which it is received is both subnetwork and implementation dependent and is
outside of the scope of this specification.
a) Issue an ISO/IEC 8208 Call Request with the DTE Address reported by the Join
Event as the Called Address, or
b) Validate the DTE Address reported by the Join Event as to whether or not a
subnetwork connection with it is acceptable according to local Routing Policy. If
such a connection is acceptable then an ISO/IEC 8208 Call Request shall be issued
with the DTE Address reported by the Join Event as the Called Address. Otherwise,
the Join Event shall be ignored.
Note.— The Airborne Router validates the DTE Address that is the subject of the Join Event and
determines the acceptability of a subnetwork connection with the so identified ATN Router, using procedures
outside of the scope of this specification.
V-40 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.3.5.2.3.2.2 On receipt of a Call Connected packet, and if the Called Line Address Modified Notification
optional user facility is used in the received packet and indicates that the returned Called Address is different
from that used in the Call Request packet, and the subnetwork also generates “Handoff”events (see
5.3.5.2.14), then the IS-SME shall store the relationship between the originally called DTE Address and the
returned Called Address in the same local database. The knowledge of this relationship shall be retained as
long as a subnetwork connection exists with the DTE.
5.3.5.2.3.2.3 When a subnetwork connection is successfully established, then the procedures of 5.3.5.2.6
shall be applied to that subnetwork connection.
Note 1.— Ground-Initiated Route Initiation is only appropriate for Mobile subnetworks that
originate a Join Event from their ground component.
Note 2.— For ground-initiated subnetworks, the Join Event is received by the IS-SME in the
Air/Ground Router. The mechanism by which it is received is both subnetwork and implementation
dependent and is outside of the scope of this specification.
a) Issue an ISO/IEC 8208 Call Request with the DTE Address reported by the Join
Event as the Called Address, or
b) Validate the DTE Address reported by the Join Event as to whether or not a
subnetwork connection with it is acceptable according to local Routing Policy. If
such a connection is acceptable then an ISO/IEC 8208 Call Request shall be issued
with the DTE Address reported by the Join Event as the Called Address. Otherwise,
the Join Event shall be ignored.
5.3.5.2.4.2 On receipt of a Call Connected packet, and if the Called Line Address Modified Notification
optional user facility is used in the received packet and indicates that the returned Called Address is different
from that used in the Call Request, and the subnetwork also generates “Handoff” events (see 5.3.5.2.14), then
the IS-SME shall store the relationship between the originally called DTE Address and the returned Called
Address in the same local database. The knowledge of this relationship shall be retained as long as a
subnetwork connection exists with the DTE.
5.3.5.2.4.3 When a subnetwork connection is successfully established, then the procedures of 5.3.5.2.6
shall be applied to that subnetwork connection.
Internet communications service V-41
Note 1.— Air or Ground-Initiated Route Initiation is only appropriate for mobile subnetworks that
do provide connectivity information through a Join Event to the Airborne or Air/Ground Router, or both.
Note 2.— For Air or Ground-Initiated subnetworks, the Join Event is received by the IS-SME in the
Airborne or Air/Ground Router, respectively. The mechanism by which it is received is both subnetwork and
implementation dependent.
a) Issue an ISO/IEC 8208 Call Request with the DTE Address reported by the Join
Event as the Called Address, or
b) Validate the DTE reported by the Join Event as to whether or not a subnetwork
connection with it is acceptable according to local Routing Policy. If such a
connection is acceptable then an ISO/IEC 8208 Call Request shall be issued with
the DTE Address reported by the Join Event as the Called Address. Otherwise, the
Join Event shall be ignored.
Note.— The ATN Router validates the DTE Address that is the subject of the Join Event and
determines the acceptability of a subnetwork connection with the so identified ATN Router, using procedures
outside of the scope of this specification.
5.3.5.2.5.2 On receipt of a Call Connected packet, and if the Called Line Address Modified Notification
optional user facility is used in the received packet and indicates that the returned Called Address is different
from that used in the Call Request, and the subnetwork also generates “Handoff” events (see 5.3.5.2.14), then
the IS-SME shall store the relationship between the originally called DTE Address and the returned Called
Address in the same local database. The knowledge of this relationship shall be retained as long as a
subnetwork connection exists with the DTE.
5.3.5.2.5.3 When a subnetwork connection is successfully established, then the procedures of 5.3.5.2.6
shall be applied to that subnetwork connection.
Note.— When a call collision occurs, then the call collision resolution procedures are applied by
the SNDCF in order to ensure that only a single virtual circuit is established and that connection initiator
and responder are unambiguously identified.
5.3.5.2.6 Exchange of Configuration Information using the ISO/IEC 9542 ISH PDU
5.3.5.2.6.1 ATN Airborne and Air/Ground Routers shall implement the ISO/IEC 9542 “Configuration
Information” Function for use over each Mobile Subnetwork that they support.
5.3.5.2.6.2 Whenever a subnetwork connection is established over a Mobile Subnetwork, the ISO/IEC
9542 ‘
Report Configuration
Function shall be invoked in order to send an ISH PDU containing the NET
of the Airborne or Air/Ground Router network entity over the subnetwork connection.
V-42 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.3.5.2.6.3 In the case of an Airborne Router, if it supports the use of IDRP for the exchange of routing
information over this subnetwork, then the SEL field of the NET inserted into the ISH PDU shall always be
set to 00h (i.e. a binary pattern of all zeroes).
5.3.5.2.6.4 Alternatively, if the Airborne Router implements the procedures for the optional non-use of
IDRP over this subnetwork, then the SEL field of the NET inserted into the ISH PDU shall always be set to
FEh (i.e. a binary pattern of 1111 1110).
5.3.5.2.6.5 An ATN Air/Ground Router shall include the Mobile Subnetwork Capabilities Parameter,
as defined in 5.8.2.1.3, in the options part of the uplinked ISH PDU. The Mobile Subnetwork Capabilities
Parameter shall indicate any restrictions on traffic types permitted to pass over the Mobile Subnetwork and
the ATSC Class of the Mobile Subnetwork, if the ATN Operational Communications traffic type - Air
Traffic Service Communications traffic category is among the permissible traffic types for this Mobile
Subnetwork.
Note 1.— The ATSC Class assigned to a Mobile Subnetwork and the traffic type(s) allowed to pass
over this Mobile Subnetwork are uplinked to the Airborne Router to enable this router to make the
appropriate routing decision when downlinking packets over an air/ground adjacency which is made up of
more than one Mobile Subnetwork.
Note 2.— The ISH PDU is only ever sent in the context of a single Mobile Subnetwork between the
Air/Ground and Airborne Router. Thus the capability information carried in the Mobile Subnetwork
Capabilities Parameter is unambiguously associated with this subnetwork.
5.3.5.2.6.6 Recommendation.— When in the initiator role, an ATN Router should use the ISO/IEC
8208 “Fast Select” facility, if supported by the subnetwork, and encode the first ISH PDU in the Call
Request user data, according to the procedures for the Mobile SNDCF specified in Chapter 5.7.
5.3.5.2.6.7 Recommendation.— When in the responder role and the initiator has proposed use of the
Fast Select Facility, the ATN Router should encode the first ISH PDU in the Call Accept user data,
according to the procedures for the Mobile SNDCF specified in Chapter 5.7.
Note.— The purpose of encoding an ISH PDU in call request or call accept user data is to minimise
the number of messages sent over limited bandwidth Mobile Subnetworks and the time taken to complete the
route initiation procedures.
5.3.5.2.6.8 Whenever an ISO/IEC 9542 ISH PDU is received by an Airborne Router, this router shall
evaluate the Mobile Subnetwork Capabilities Parameter contained in the options part of the received ISH
PDU.
5.3.5.2.6.9 The Airborne Router shall use the received subnetwork capability information to update its
local configuration data concerning the permissible traffic type(s) and the supported ATSC Class of the
Mobile Subnetwork over which the ISH PDU was received.
5.3.5.2.6.10 Whenever an ISO/IEC 9542 ISH PDU is received, either as Call Request or Call Accept user
data, or as data sent over the connection, the ISO/IEC 9542 Record Configuration function shall be invoked
and the routing information necessary for NPDUs to be sent over the subnetwork connection shall be written
into the Forwarding Information Base for use by ISO/IEC 8473.
Internet communications service V-43
5.3.5.2.6.11 A Systems Management notification shall be generated to report the arrival of the ISH PDU
to the ATN Router
s IS-SME.
5.3.5.2.7.1 The IS-SME shall, using the received NET to identify the remote ATN Router, validate the
acceptability of a BIS-BIS connection with that remote ATN Router.
5.3.5.2.7.2 If a BIS-BIS connection is unacceptable, then a Clear Request shall be generated to terminate
the subnetwork connection. Forwarding Information associated with the subnetwork connection shall be
removed from the Forwarding Information Base.
Note.— The acceptability of a BIS-BIS connection with the ATN Router identified by the received
NET is determined using procedures outside of the scope of this specification.
5.3.5.2.7.3 If a BIS-BIS Connection is acceptable then an Air/Ground Router shall apply the procedures
of 5.3.5.2.8, and an Airborne Router shall apply the procedures of 5.3.5.2.9.
5.3.5.2.8.1 When the arrival of the ISH PDU is reported to the IS-SME of an Air/Ground Router, then
the SEL field of the NET contained in this ISH PDU shall be inspected:
a) If the SEL field takes the value of 00h (i.e. a binary pattern of all zeroes), then this
shall be taken to imply that the Airborne Router that sent this ISH PDU supports the
use of IDRP for the exchange of routing information. The procedures of 5.3.5.2.10.
shall be applied.
b) If the SEL field takes the value of FEh (i.e. a binary pattern of 1111 1110), then this
shall be taken to imply that the Airborne Router that sent this ISH PDU supports the
procedures for the optional non-use of IDRP for the exchange of routing
information. The procedures of 5.3.5.2.12 shall be applied.
5.3.5.2.9.1 When the arrival of the ISH PDU is reported to the IS-SME of an Airborne Router, then if
the Airborne Router supports the use of IDRP for the exchange of routing information, then the procedures
of 5.3.5.2.10 shall be applied. If the Airborne Router supports the procedures for the optional non-use of
IDRP for the exchange of routing information, then the procedures of 5.3.5.2.12 shall be applied.
5.3.5.2.10.1 The IS-SME shall append the NET received on the ISH PDU to the externalBISNeighbor
attribute of the BIS's idrpConfig Managed Object, if not already present, and create an adjacentBIS Managed
Object for the remote ATN Router identified by this NET, if one does not already exist.
5.3.5.2.10.2 If the ISH PDU was received from a subnetwork connection which was established with the
local ATN Router in the responder role, then an IDRP activate action shall be invoked to start the BIS-BIS
connection according to ISO/IEC 10747, if such a BIS-BIS connection does not already exist.
V-44 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.3.5.2.10.3 If the ISH PDU was received from a subnetwork connection which was established with the
local ATN Router in the initiator role, then no IDRP activate action shall be invoked, but the ListenForOpen
MO attribute shall be set to true if a BIS-BIS connection does not already exist.
Note.— This procedure minimises the route initiation exchanges over a bandwidth limited Mobile
Subnetwork. The reversal of initiator and responder roles for the BIS-BIS connection compared with the
subnetwork connection ensures the fastest route initiation procedure.
5.3.5.2.10.4 If a BIS-BIS connection was already established with the remote ATN Airborne Router, then
the IS-SME of the Air/Ground Router shall cause
a) the update of the Security path attribute
s security information of all routes
contained in the Adj-RIB-In associated with the remote ATN Airborne Router, and
b) the IDRP Routing Decision function to be invoked in order to rebuild the FIB, the
Loc_RIB and relevant Adj-RIB-Out(s) taking into account the additional
subnetwork connectivity.
5.3.5.2.10.5 If a BIS-BIS connection was already established with the remote ATN Air/Ground Router,
then the IS-SME of the Airborne Router shall cause the IDRP Routing Decision Function to be invoked in
order to rebuild the FIB, the Loc-RIB and relevant Adj-RIB-Out(s) taking into account the additional
subnetwork connectivity.
5.3.5.2.10.6 Furthermore, the Air/Ground Router shall re-advertise all routes affected by the change in
subnetwork connectivity that are contained in the Adj-RIB-Out associated with the remote ATN Airborne
Router subsequent to the update of the security path attribute
s security information of these routes as
specified in 5.8.
5.3.5.2.10.7 The IS-SME shall also ensure that the procedures for the optional non-use of IDRP are not
concurrently being applied to routing information exchange with an ATN Router with the same NET over
a different subnetwork connection.
5.3.5.2.10.8 This is an error and shall be reported to Systems Management; a BIS-BIS connection shall
not be established in this case.
Note 1.— The purpose of the above is to effectively suppress the further generation of ISH PDUs.
Note 2.— Normally, the IDRP KeepAlive mechanism is sufficient to maintain a check on the
“liveness” of the remote ATN Router. However, when watchdog timers are necessary it is also necessary
to ensure a “liveness” check on a per subnetwork connection basis. The ISH PDU fulfils this role.
Internet communications service V-45
5.3.5.2.11.1 Once a BIS-BIS connection has been established with a remote ATN Router, then:
5.3.5.2.12 Procedures for the Optional Non-Use of IDRP over an Air/Ground Data Link
5.3.5.2.12.1 General
Note.— In this case, there is no recommendation to suppress the periodic re-transmission of ISH
PDUs according to the ISO/IEC 9542 Report Configuration Function. In the absence of IDRP, this
re-transmission is necessary to maintain the “liveness” of the connection.
5.3.5.2.12.1.1 When the procedures for the optional non-use of IDRP are employed by an Airborne Router,
then all ATN airborne systems on the same aircraft shall be located in the same Routing Domain.
Note.— This is because the procedures specified below make assumptions on the value and length
of the NSAP Address Prefix that is common to all systems on board an aircraft, and these assumptions are
invalidated if a single aircraft hosts multiple RDs.
5.3.5.2.12.2.1 Through the actions of the IS-SME as specified below, an Air/Ground Router shall simulate
the existence of a BIS-BIS connection with an Airborne Router that implements the procedures for the
optional non-use of IDRP by implementing the following procedure:
Note.— No activate action will be applied to this MO and the implementation will hence need to be
able to process information in the Adj-RIB-In even though the MO is in the “idle” state. Implementations
may choose to optimise the operation of these procedures with a special interface to IDRP.
b) Truncating the NET received on the ISH PDU to the first eleven octets and using
the resulting NSAP Address Prefix as the NLRI of a route which shall then be
inserted into the Adj-RIB-In for the remote ATN Router and which shall be
identified by the Security RIB-Att, as if it had been received over a BIS-BIS
connection. This route shall include an RD_Path attribute with the received NET
as the Routing Domain Identifier of the originating RD, and an empty security path
attribute.
V-46 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— According to the rules for the update of path information specified in 5.8, the security path
attribute will be updated by the Routing Decision process to include an Air/Ground Subnetwork type security
tag and an ATSC Class security tag, if this is appropriate. This procedure is identical to the normal use of
IDRP over a Mobile Subnetwork.
5.3.5.2.12.2.2 If a subnetwork connection is concurrently established with the remote ATN Router over
which the procedures for the optional non-use of IDRP have been applied, then the IS-SME shall not repeat
the above procedures for the new subnetwork connection.
5.3.5.2.12.2.3 Instead, the IS-SME shall cause the IDRP Routing Decision function to be invoked in order
to rebuild the FIB taking into account the additional subnetwork connectivity.
5.3.5.2.12.2.4 This shall include re-update of the security information contained in routes received from
the remote ATN Router, according to 5.8.
5.3.5.2.12.2.5 The IS-SME shall also ensure that a normal BIS-BIS connection does not concurrently exist
with an ATN Router with the same NET.
5.3.5.2.12.2.6 This is an error and shall be reported to Systems Management; the procedures for the
optional non-use of IDRP shall not be applied in this case.
5.3.5.2.12.3.1 An Airborne Router implementing the procedures for the optional non-use of IDRP over a
Mobile Subnetwork shall simulate the operation of IDRP by maintaining a Loc-RIB for the Security RIB_Att,
which is then used to generate FIB information.
5.3.5.2.12.3.2 Through the actions of its IS-SME, an Airborne Router shall derive entries for this Loc-RIB
from the ISH PDU received from an Air/Ground Router as follows:
a) The IS-SME shall insert into the Loc-RIB, a route derived by truncating the NET
received on the ISH PDU to the first eleven octets and using the resulting NSAP
Address Prefix as the NLRI of a route. This route shall include a security path
attribute with the Air/Ground Subnetwork Type and ATSC Class security tags (if
any) determined from the Mobile Subnetwork Capabilities Parameter contained in
the options part of the received ISH PDU, or from locally known information if
such a parameter is not present in the received ISH PDU.
Note.— This provides routing information for destinations in the Air/Ground Router
s RD and
assumes that the eleven octet prefix of the Air/Ground Router
s NET is common to all destinations in that
RD.
Internet communications service V-47
b) The IS-SME shall insert into the Loc-RIB other routes available through the
Air/Ground Router determined using locally known information. These routes shall
include a security path attribute with the Air/Ground Subnetwork Type and ATSC
Class security tags (if any) determined from the Mobile Subnetwork Capabilities
Parameter contained in the options part of the received ISH PDU, or from locally
known information if such a parameter is not present in the received ISH PDU.
Note.— As these routes are not subject to dynamic update, their availability must be ensured by the
operator of the Air/Ground Router, within the limits specified for the applications that will use them.
Note 1.— The “Leave Event” is defined to signal when subnetwork connectivity with a remote ATN
Router over a Mobile Subnetwork ceases to be available. This event may be generated by (a) the subnetwork
itself using mechanisms outside of the scope of this specification, or (b) the SNDCF when it receives a clear
indication from the subnetwork reporting either a network or a user initiated call clearing. The Leave Event
is always reported to the IS-SME.
Note 2.— When a Leave Event is generated by a subnetwork, it applies to all subnetwork connections
to a given DTE. When it is generated locally by the SNDCF, it typically applies to a single subnetwork
connection.
5.3.5.2.13.1 Recommendation. — A “Leave Event” should not be generated by the Mobile SNDCF
when a subnetwork connection is closed due to the expiration of the X.25 Idle timer, except if this subnetwork
connection fails to be re-established.
5.3.5.2.13.2 When a Mobile Subnetwork does not provide a network generated Clear Indication (e.g. to
indicate that an aircraft has left the range of the Mobile Subnetwork, or when some other communication
failure occurs, etc.), an ATN Router shall maintain a “watchdog” timer for each affected subnetwork
connection and clear each such subnetwork connection once activity has ceased for a configurable period.
5.3.5.2.13.3 When such a “watchdog” timer expires, this shall be reported as a “Leave Event” for that
subnetwork connection.
Note.— An ATN Router maintains a “watch-dog” timer for each applicable subnetwork connection
to detect the event of an aircraft leaving coverage (or other communication failure), if such an event
detection is not provided by the subnetwork.
5.3.5.2.13.5 When an IS-SME receives a Leave Event for a subnetwork connection or a DTE on a
subnetwork, then it shall ensure that respectively, either the affected subnetwork connection or all
subnetwork connections on that subnetwork and with the identified DTE, are cleared.
5.3.5.2.13.6 If, as a result of this procedure, no other subnetwork connection exists anymore on that
subnetwork and with the identified DTE, then the IS-SME shall remove the Configuration Information that
was extracted from the ISH previously received from that DTE on that specified subnetwork, without waiting
for the expiration of the Configuration Information Holding Timer.
V-48 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.3.5.2.13.7 If, as a result of this procedure or subsequent to the execution of the ISO/IEC 9542 “Flush
Old Configuration” function, Configuration Information, that was extracted from an ISH previously received
from that DTE still exists, then,
1) The IS-SME shall cause the update of the Security path attribute’s security
information of all routes contained in the Adj-RIB-In associated with the
remote ATN Airborne Router, and,
2) The IS-SME shall cause the IDRP Routing Decision function to be invoked
in order to rebuild the FIB, the Loc_RIB and relevant Adj-RIB-Out(s)
taking into account the loss of subnetwork connectivity, and,
3) The Air-Ground Router shall re-advertise all routes affected by the change
in subnetwork connectivity that are contained in the Adj-RIB-Out(s)
subsequent to the update of the security path attribute’s security
information of these routes as specified in 5.8.
b) In the case of an Airborne Router implementing the procedures for the optional
non-use of IDRP, the IS-SME shall update the Security path attribute’s security
information of all routes in the Loc-RIB that had been inserted according to the
procedures of 5.3.5.2.12.3 as a result of an ISH PDU having been received from the
Air/Ground Router for which loss of connectivity is reported.
5.3.5.2.13.8 If, as a result of the procedure 5.3.5.2.13.6 or subsequent to the execution of the
ISO/IEC 9542 “Flush Old Configuration” function, no Configuration Information exists anymore for the
ATN Router for which loss of connectivity is reported, then,
a) In the case of an ATN Router having established a BIS-BIS connection with that
ATN Router, an IDRP deactivate action shall be invoked to terminate that BIS-BIS
connection.
Note.— As a consequence of the deactivate action and following normal IDRP operation, the IDRP
Routing Decision process will be invoked, the local FIB updated and routes previously available via the
remote ATN Router may be withdrawn if suitable alternatives are not available.
c) In the case of an Airborne Router implementing the procedures for the optional
non-use of IDRP, all routes shall be removed from the Loc-RIB that had been
inserted into it according to the procedures of 5.3.5.2.12.3 as a result of an ISH
PDU having been received from the Air/Ground Router for which a loss of
connectivity is reported.
5.3.5.2.13.9 If the BIS-BIS connection is not re-established within a period configurable from 1 minute
to 300 minutes, or when the resources are required for other use, then the adjacentBIS Managed Object
associated with the initiating BIS shall be deleted, and the initiating BIS's NET removed from the
externalBISNeighbor attribute of the BIS's idrpConfig Managed Object.
Note 1.— Handoff is implemented by some subnetworks, for example, the VHF Digital Link (VDL),
when an aircraft moves out of the coverage of a Ground Station it is currently using and into the coverage
of another - typically operated by the same Service Provider. When the change of Ground Station also
requires a change of ATN Air/Ground Router then the subnetwork may simply generate a Join Event for the
new Air/Ground Router, followed by a Leave Event for the old Air/Ground Router. However, when the
Air/Ground Router accessed through the old Ground Station is also accessible through the new Ground
Station then a different procedure is required if the full overhead of Route Initiation is to be avoided.
Note 2.— A further event - the “Handoff Event” - and additional to the “Join” and “Leave” events
is defined to initiate such a procedure. A Handoff Event may be received by an Airborne or an Air/Ground
Router irrespective of whether the subnetwork is Air- or Ground-initiated, or both. The Handoff Event is
also processed by the IS-SME.
Note 3.— The parameters of a Handoff Event include the DTE Address of the system for which
Handoff is to take place, and may also include subnetwork specific information (e.g. to direct a Call Request
via a specific Ground Station).
5.3.5.2.14.1 On receipt of a Handoff Event, the IS-SME shall check to see if a subnetwork connection
already exists with the DTE identified by the Handoff Event. If it does not, then the Handoff Event shall be
processed identically to a Join Event.
5.3.5.2.14.2 If a subnetwork connection already exists with the identified DTE, then the ATN Router
shall issue an ISO/IEC 8208 Call Request to that DTE. If a different DTE Address to the originally called
DTE Address was reported when the connection had previously been made to that DTE, then the returned
Called DTE Address shall be used and not the originally called DTE Address.
5.3.5.2.14.3 If more than one subnetwork connection exists with the identified DTE, each with a distinct
subnetwork connection priority, then a new subnetwork connection shall be initiated for each such
subnetwork connection priority.
Note 1.— If the Maintenance/Initiation of the Local Reference Directory option is selected (see
5.7.6.2.1.5.12), then the subnetwork connection(s), once established, may become part of the same
subnetwork connection group(s) as the one(s) of the old subnetwork connection(s). If this is the case, then
the LREF Directory will be taken over by the new subnetwork connection(s).
V-50 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 2.— No further action needs to be taken once the subnetwork connection(s) have been
successfully established. This is because no change is implied to the Routing Information Base and the
underlying subnetwork is responsible for timing out and disconnecting the old subnetwork connections, once
all data in transit has been delivered.
Note 3.— In the case that a new (set of) connection(s) is established, existing old connections
between the same pair of DTEs are likely to become unavailable shortly. Implementations are advised to
use these new subnetwork connection(s) in preference to the old subnetwork connections(s).
and at least one subnetwork connection between the local and remote ATN Router exists.
Note 1.— This procedure guarantees that whenever a subnetwork connectivity is available between
an ATN Airborne and ATN Air/Ground Router routes are made available via IDRP and NPDUs can be
exchanged via the air/ground adjacency.
Note 2.— This procedure will cause an OPEN BISPDU to be sent irrespective of which side was the
initiator of the initial BIS-BIS connection in order to force the resynchronisation of the local and remote
IDRP protocol machines which may be out of sync as a result of the failure causing the termination of a BIS-
BIS connection.
ISHinCC-agr Encoding ISH PDU in Call Accepted User 5.3.5.2.6 RespISH-agr and
Data fsSubnet: O
negNoIDRP-agr Receipt of ISH PDU with SEL field of NET 5.3.5.2.8 aiOragSubnet:M
set to FEh
negIDRP-agr Receipt of ISH PDU with SEL field of NET 5.3.5.2.8 aiOragSubnet:M
set to zero
autoRoute-agr Inference of available routes from received 5.3.5.2.12.2 aiOragSubnet:M
NET of Airborne Router
initIDRP-agr IDRP startup procedures - Invoke activate 5.3.5.2.10 aiOragSubnet:M
action
supISH-agr Suppression of multiple ISH PDUs 5.3.5.2.10 aiOragSubnet:O
negNoIDRP-agi Receipt of ISH PDU with SEL field of NET 5.3.5.2.8 goOragSubnet:M
set to FEh
negIDRP-agi Receipt of ISH PDU with SEL field of NET 5.3.5.2.8 goOragSubnet:M
set to zero
autoRoute-agi Inference of available routes from received 5.3.5.2.12.2 goOragSubnet:M
NET of Airborne Router
initIDRP-agi IDRP startup procedures - listenForOpen 5.3.5.2.10 goOragSubnet:M
set to true
supISH-agi Suppression of multiple ISH PDUs 5.3.5.2.10 goOragSubnet:O
5.3.6.1 All ATN Routers in the same RD shall implement the same routing policy.
Note 1.— As specified in 5.8, an ATN Router supports both the empty (default) RIB_Att, and the
RIB_Att comprising the Security Path Attribute identifying the ATN Security Registration Identifier. An ATN
Router therefore includes two RIBs known as the default RIB and the Security RIB, each of which comprises
a Loc-RIB, and an Adj-RIB-In and an Adj-RIB-Out for each adjacent BIS.
Note 2.— Each ATN RD will necessarily have a distinct routing policy that depends on its nature,
and the nature of the RDs to which it is interconnected. Section 5.3.7 specifies the baseline Routing Policy
for each class of RD identified in 5.2.2.2 to 5.2.2.5 inclusive. ATN RDs may then extend the specified
baseline to match their actual requirements.
Note 3.— Each Routing Policy is expressed as a set of policy statements or rules.
Note 4.— These baseline policy statements given below are always subject to the ISO/IEC 10747
requirement that routes are only advertised when the DIST_LIST_INCL and DIST_LIST_EXCL path
attributes, if present, permit the route to be so advertised. Routes may never be advertised to an RD or RDC
which the route has already traversed.
V-56 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— In general, the selection of routes for advertisement to adjacent Routing Domains is
performed according to local routing policy rules. This specification mandates such routing policy rules for
support of Air/Ground routing only. Routing Policy rules for support of Ground/Ground routing are a local
matter.
5.3.7.1 Routing Policy Requirements for Members of an ATN Island Backbone RDC
5.3.7.1.1 General
5.3.7.1.1.1 An ATN RD that is a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC shall implement a Routing
Policy that is compatible with the policy statements given in this section and its subordinate sections.
Note.— These policy statements apply to the routes advertised by an ATN Router in an RD that is
a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC, to an adjacent ATN Router in a different RD, which is also a
member of the same ATN Island Backbone RDC.
5.3.7.1.2.1 Each ATN Router that is in an RD that is a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC shall
provide the following routes to each adjacent ATN RD within the same ATN Island Backbone RDC, and for
the Security RIB-Att:
a) A route to NSAPs and NETs contained within the RD; the route's destination shall
be one or more NSAP Address prefixes common to all NSAP Addresses and NETs
in the RD. If restrictions on distribution scope are applied by local routing policy,
then they shall not prevent distribution of this route to any member of the same
ATN Island Backbone RDC.
Note 1.— The well known discretionary attribute DIST_LIST_INCL may also be present. For
example, to restrict the scope of the information to members of the ATN Island Backbone RDC only. The
RDIs of other RDs and RDCs may also be present at the discretion of the local Administrative Domain, and
by bilateral agreement.
Note 2.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC will
tell all its neighbours within the backbone RDC about itself.
Note.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC will
inform all other Backbone RDC members within the island about all mobiles that it has available.
c) The selected route to every Fixed ATN RD in the same ATN Island, for which a
route is available.
Note.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC will
tell other members of the same Backbone RDC about all fixed RDs that it knows about.
Internet communications service V-57
Note 1.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC will
tell all other members of the same Backbone RDC about all the “homes” that it knows about.
Note 2.— Such a route can be characterised by an NSAP Address Prefix which ends at the ADM
field.
e) A route to each “Home” that the ATN TRD itself provides for Mobile RDs. This
route has as its destination, the common NSAP Address Prefix(es) for those mobile
RDs. The Security Path attribute shall contain an ATSC Class Security Tag
indicating support for both ATSC and non-ATSC traffic, and for all ATSC classes
supported for Air/Ground data interchange, if any.
Note.— The objective of this item is to ensure that all RDs in the ATN Island Backbone RDC are
aware that the identified “Homes” are located here.
Note.— These policy statements apply to the routes advertised by an ATN Router in an RD that is
a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC to an adjacent ATN Router in a different RD, which is also a
member of the same ATN Island RDC, but which is not a member of that ATN Island Backbone RDC.
5.3.7.1.3.1 An ATN Router that is in an RD that is a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC shall
provide the following routes to each adjacent ATN RD within the ATN Island RDC, which is not a member
of the ATN Island
s Backbone RDC, and for the Security RIB-Att :
a) A route to NSAPs and NETs contained within the RD; the route's destination shall
be one or more NSAP Address prefixes common to all NSAP Addresses and NETs
in the RD. If restrictions on distribution scope are applied by local routing policy,
then they shall not prevent distribution of this route to any member of the same
ATN Island RDC.
Note 1.— The well known discretionary attribute DIST_LIST_INCL may also be present. For
example, to restrict the scope of the information to members of the ATN Island only. The RDIs of other RDs
and RDCs may also be present at the discretion of the local Administrative Domain, and by bilateral
agreement.
Note 2.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC will
tell all RDs within the island about itself.
b) The selected route to every Fixed ATN RD in the same ATN Island for which a
route is available.
Note.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that an ATN Router located in an RD that is a member
of an ATN Island Backbone RDC, will tell all RDs within the island about all the fixed RDs it knows about.
c) A route to all AINSC Mobiles and all ATSC Mobiles. The well known discretionary
attribute DIST_LIST_INCL shall be present, and shall contain the RDI of the ATN
V-58 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Island RDC as its value. The Security Path attribute shall contain an ATSC Class
Security Tag indicating support for both ATSC and non-ATSC traffic, and for all
ATSC classes supported for Air/Ground data interchange, if any.
Note 1.— The objective of this rule is to tell the rest of the island that each RD in the ATN Island
Backbone RDC provides a default route to all aircraft.
Note 2.— The distribution scope of the route is limited because the ATN Island defines the domain
of the default route provider. This route is invalid outside of the local ATN Island.
Note 3.— This route is formally the result of aggregating all the routes to Mobile Systems and routes
to “Home” RDs, known to the ATN Router.
d) A route to each Mobile RD for which the adjacent RD is advertising a route to the
Mobile RD's “home”.
Note.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC will
tell all adjacent off Backbone RDs about all routes to Mobile RDs which have “home” routes advertised.
Note.— These policy statements apply to the routes advertised by an ATN Router in an RD that is
a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC to an adjacent ATN Router in a Mobile RD.
5.3.7.1.4.1 When IDRP is being used to exchange routing information with an Airborne Router, an ATN
Router in an RD that is a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC shall provide to each adjacent Mobile
RD a route to NSAPs and NETs contained within the local RD for the Security RIB-Att; the route's
destination shall be one or more NSAP Address prefixes common to all NSAP Addresses and NETs in the
local RD.
Note.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that an RD that is a member of an ATN Island
Backbone RDC will tell all adjacent Mobiles about itself.
5.3.7.1.4.2 Recommendation.— An ATN RD that is a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC should
also provide to each adjacent Mobile RD, and for the Security RIB-Att and for which a suitable route exists:
a) An aggregated route to NSAPs and NETs contained within the local ATN Island
RDC;
Note.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that an RD that is a member of an ATN Island
Backbone RDC provides to each connected Mobile RD, a route to all fixed ATN RDs within the island.
b) An aggregated route to NSAPs and NETs contained within all other ATN Islands
for which a route is available.
Note.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that an RD that is a member of an ATN Island
Backbone RDC will provide to each connected Mobile RD routing information to the backbone of other ATN
islands.
Internet communications service V-59
Note.— These policy statements apply to the routes advertised by an ATN Router in an RD that is
a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC to an adjacent ATN Router in a different RD, which is a member
of a different ATN Island's ATN Island Backbone RDC.
5.3.7.1.5.1 An ATN Router in an RD that is a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC shall provide
the following routes to each adjacent ATN Router that is a member of a Backbone RDC in another ATN
Island, and or the Security RIB-Att:
a) An aggregated route to NSAPs and NETs contained within the ATN Island RDC.
Note.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that an RD that is a member of an ATN Island
Backbone RDC will tell all adjacent RDs that are members of ATN Island Backbone RDCs in different ATN
Islands about the local ATN Island.
c) A route to each “Home” that the ATN TRD itself provides for Mobile RDs. This
route has as its destination, the common NSAP Address Prefix(es) for those Mobile
RDs. The Security Path attribute shall contain an ATSC Class Security Tag
indicating support for both ATSC and non-ATSC traffic, and for all ATSC classes
supported for Air/Ground data interchange, if any.
Note 1.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that an ATN Island Backbone RD will tell all
adjacent RDs that are member of an ATN Island Backbone RD in different ATN Islands about routes to
Mobiles whose “home” is in the local island.
Note 2.— The “home” identified above needs not correspond to a geographical notion of a home.
Note 3.— The “home” is typically identified by an NSAP Address Prefix that identifies all the RD's
belonging to the organisation responsible for the Mobile RD (i.e. aircraft), or all the Mobile RDs belonging
to the organisation. The former is only possible if all such Fixed RDs are part of the same ATN Island RDC.
d) A known route to each Mobile RD for which the adjacent RD is advertising a route
to the Mobile RD's “home”.
Note.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC will
tell all adjacent RDs in different islands about all routes to Mobile RDs which have “home” routes
advertised.
5.3.7.2.1 When IDRP is being used to exchange routing information with an Airborne Router, a
Mobile RD shall provide to each ATN RD to which it is currently connected, a route to NSAPs and NETs
contained within the Mobile RD for the Security RIB-Att.
Note 1.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that a Mobile RD will tell adjacent RDs about itself.
V-60 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 2.— This policy statement applies to the routes advertised by an ATN Router in a Mobile RD
to an adjacent ATN Air/Ground Router in a Fixed ATN RD.
5.3.7.3 Routing Policy Requirements for an ATN TRD that is not a Member of the ATN Island
Backbone RDC
5.3.7.3.1 General
5.3.7.3.1.1 An RD that is a member of an ATN Island RDC, and is a TRD, but which is not a member
of that ATN Island's Backbone RDC shall implement a Routing Policy that is compatible with the policy
statements given in this section and its subordinate sections.
Note.— An ATN RD that operates as a transit routing domain is referred to in this chapter as an
ATN TRD.
5.3.7.3.2 Adjacent ATN RDs that are Members of the ATN Island s Backbone RDC
Note.— These policy statements apply to the routes advertised by an ATN Router in an ATN TRD
to an adjacent ATN Router in an RD which is a member of the local ATN Island's Backbone RDC.
5.3.7.3.2.1 When an ATN TRD that is not itself a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC is adjacent
to an RD that is a member of an ATN Island Backbone RDC, then it shall provide the following routes to
each such adjacent ATN RD, and for the Security RIB-Att:
a) A route to NSAPs and NETs contained within the RD; the route's destination shall
be one or more NSAP Address prefixes common to all NSAP Addresses and NETs
in the RD.
Note 1.— The well known discretionary attribute DIST_LIST_INCL may also be present. For
example, to restrict the scope of the information to members of the ATN Island only. The RDIs of other RDs
and RDCs may also be present at the discretion of the local Administrative Domain, and by bilateral
agreement.
Note 2.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that an ATN TRD that is not itself a member of an
ATN Island Backbone RDC, will tell all adjacent ATN RDs which are members of an ATN Island Backbone
RDC within the same ATN Island about itself.
Note.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that an ATN TRD that is not itself a member of an ATN
Island Backbone RDC, will tell all adjacent ATN RDs which are members of an ATN Island Backbone RDC
within the same ATN Island about all Mobiles it knows about.
c) The selected route to every Fixed ATN RD in the ATN Island for which a route is
available.
Note.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that an ATN TRD that is not itself a member of an ATN
Island Backbone RDC, will tell all adjacent ATN RDs which are members of an ATN Island Backbone RDC
within the same ATN Island about all fixed RDs it knows about in the same ATN Island.
Internet communications service V-61
d) A route to each “Home” that the ATN TRD itself provides for Mobile RDs. This
route shall have as its destination, the common NSAP Address Prefix(es) for those
Mobile RDs. The Security Path attribute shall contain an ATSC Class Security Tag
indicating support for both ATSC and non-ATSC traffic, and for all ATSC classes
supported for Air/Ground data interchange.
Note.— The objective of this rule is to support the operation of the Home Domain concept on any
ATN TRD directly connected to an ATN Island Backbone RD.
5.3.7.3.3 Adjacent ATN RDs within the same ATN Island and which are not Members of the ATN
Island
s Backbone RDC
Note.— These policy statements apply to the routes advertised by an ATN Router in an ATN TRD
to an adjacent ATN Router in an ATN RD on the same ATN Island.
5.3.7.3.3.1 An ATN TRD shall provide the following routes to each adjacent ATN RD within the ATN
Island RDC, other than ATN RDs which are members of the ATN Island Backbone RDC, and for the
Security RIB-Att:
a) A route to NSAPs and NETs contained within the RD for the Security RIB-Att; the
route's destination shall be one or more NSAP Address prefixes common to all
NSAP Addresses and NETs in the RD.
Note 1.— The well known discretionary attribute DIST_LIST_INCL may also be present. For
example, to restrict the scope of the information to members of the ATN Island only. The RDIs of other RDs
and RDCs may also be present at the discretion of the local Administrative Domain, and by bilateral
agreement, including the RDI of the ATN Island Backbone RD or RDC, when the adjacent RD is providing
the local RD's route to the ATN Island Backbone.
Note 2.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that an ATN TRD that is not itself a member of the
ATN Island Backbone RDC, will tell all adjacent RDs within the island about itself.
b) The selected route to every Fixed RD in the same ATN Island for which a route is
available.
Note.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that an ATN TRD that is not itself a member of the ATN
Island Backbone RDC, will tell all adjacent RDs within the island about all fixed ATN RDs in the same ATN
Island that it knows about.
c) If the RD is currently advertising the preferred route to all AINSC and ATSC
Mobiles, then every route to an AINSC Mobile and an ATSC Mobile that is known
to the local RD shall be advertised to this RD, subject only to constraints imposed
by any DIST_LIST_INCL and DIST_LIST_EXCL path attributes.
Note.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that the provider of the default route to all aircraft (i.e.
the Backbone) is kept informed of the actual location of every aircraft adjacent to the Island.
d) The preferred route to all Mobiles, except when the RD is the source of this route.
V-62 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— The objective of this rule is to ensure propagation of the default route to all Mobiles
throughout the ATN Island.
e) A route to each Mobile RD for which the adjacent RD is advertising the preferred
route to the Mobile RD's “home”.
Note.— The objective of this rule is to ensure routes to Mobile RDs are propagated to off Backbone
Homes.
f) A route to each “Home” that the ATN TRD itself provides for Mobile RDs. This
route has as its destination, the common NSAP Address Prefix(es) for those Mobile
RDs. The Security Path attribute shall contain an ATSC Class Security Tag
indicating support for both ATSC and non-ATSC traffic, and for all ATSC classes
supported for Air/Ground data interchange, if any.
Note.— The objective of this item is to ensure that all RDs in the ATN Island are aware that the
identified “Homes” are located here.
Note.— These policy statements apply to the routes advertised by an ATN Router in an ATN TRD
to an adjacent ATN Router in a Mobile RD.
5.3.7.3.4.1 When IDRP is being used to exchange routing information with the airborne router, an ATN
TRD shall provide to each adjacent Mobile RD a route to NSAPs and NETs contained within the RD for the
Security RIB-Att; the route's destination shall be one or more NSAP Address prefixes common to all NSAP
Addresses and NETs in the RD.
Note.— The objective of this rule is to ensure that an ATN TRD will tell adjacent Mobile RDs about
itself.
5.3.7.3.4.2 Recommendation.— An ATN TRD should also provide to each adjacent Mobile RD, and
for the Security RIB-Att and for which a suitable route exists:
a) an aggregated route to NSAPs and NETs contained within the local ATN Island
RDC;
b) an aggregated route to NSAPs and NETs contained within all other ATN Islands for
which a route is available.
Note.— The objective of this rule is to encourage an RD to provide to each adjacent Mobile RD
routing information about: a) all fixed RDs within the island, and b) other ATN islands.
5.3.7.4.1 A Fixed ATN ERD shall provide to each ATN RD to which it is currently connected, a route
to NSAPs and NETs contained within the RD, for the Security RIB-Att.
Note 1.— The well known discretionary attribute DIST_LIST_INCL may be present, unless the RD
permits routes to destinations within itself to be advertised by other ATN RDs without restriction to any other
ATN RD, or non-ATN RD.
Note 2.— This policy statement applies to the routes advertised by an ATN Router in a fixed ATN
ERD to an adjacent ATN Router in an ATN RD.
Note 3.— An ERD does not advertise routes to destinations in any other RD, to another RD.
V-64 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.4.1 Introduction
Note 1.— The ATN Internet Addressing Plan defines an OSI Network Service Access Point (NSAP)
address structure which can support efficient internet routing procedures, and which conforms to common
abstract syntax, semantic and encoding rules throughout the ATN OSI environment.
Note 2.— This addressing plan also defines the format and use of TSAP Selectors to enable the
unambiguous identification of Multiple Transport Service users within a single End System.
5.4.1.1.1 The ATN Internet Addressing Plan shall be used by ATN End Systems and Intermediate
Systems.
Note.— The ATN Internet Addressing Plan serves the needs of a variety of aeronautical data
communication user groups, including ATSC and AINSC users.
Note.— The ATN Internet Addressing Plan defines the Network and Transport Layer addressing
information to be utilized by ATN End Systems, and by ATN Intermediate Systems.
5.4.1.3.1 Address field values specified as “reserved” shall not be used until assigned by future
versions of this specification.
5.4.1.4.1 When the value of a field is defined as a character string, then the actual value of the field
shall be derived from the IA-5 encoding of each character in the character string.
5.4.1.4.2 The IA-5 encoding of the first character in the string shall be taken as the value of the first
octet of the field and so on until all octets in the field have been given a value.
5.4.1.4.3 If the length of the character string is smaller than the number of octets in the field, then the
character string shall be right padded with the space character.
5.4.1.4.4 The most significant bit of each octet shall be set to zero.
Note.— For example, the character string ‘EUR’ would be encoded as 455552 hexadecimal, in a
three octet field.
Internet communications service V-65
5.4.2.1 General
Note 1.— This section provides requirements on the format of ATN TSAP addresses. An ATN TSAP
address is an NSAP address and a TSAP selector.
0QVG G 6JG TGSWKTGOGPVU KP VJKU UGEVKQP CRRN[ VQ VJG CFOKPKUVTCVKQP QH VTCPURQTV CFFTGUUGU NQECN
VQ CP #60 'PF 5[UVGO 6JG[ FQ PQV CRRN[ VQ CNN U[UVGOU KP C INQDCN 15+ 'PXKTQPOGPV #P #60 5[UVGO OC[
CNNQY TGOQVG VTCPURQTV CFFTGUUGU VQ QDG[ FKHHGTGPV UVCPFCTFU GI YJGP KPVGTYQTMKPI YKVJ C PQP#60
U[UVGO KU TGSWKTGF
5.4.2.2.1 An ATN TSAP selector shall be either one or two octets in length.
5.4.2.2.3 Valid ATN TSAP Selector field values shall be in the range 0 to 65535.
5.4.2.2.4 The TSAP Selector field shall be encoded as an unsigned binary number.
5.4.2.2.5 If the TSAP Selector needs to be encoded in more than one octet, then the number shall be
encoded with the most significant octet first.
5.4.2.2.6 Recommendation.— TSAP selector values in the range 0 to 255 should be encoded using
one octet, higher values should be encoded using two octets.
V-66 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
ICAO
Addressing
Domain
ISO 6523-ICD
Addressing Domain
Note 1.— The NSAP Address is formally defined in ISO/IEC 8348. It is the name of a Network
Service Access Point (NSAP) located in an End System, and uniquely identifies that NSAP. It is also an
address that may be used to find that NSAP.
Note 2. — The Network Entity Title (NET) is also formally defined in ISO/IEC 8348 and is the name
of a Network Entity located within an End or Intermediate System. NETs are syntactically identical to NSAP
Addresses and are allocated from the same address space. An NET is also an address that may be used to
find the Network Entity.
Note 3.— An NSAP Address Prefix is a substring of an NSAP Address or NET that is comprised of
the first ‘n’ characters of the NSAP Address or NET.
Note 1.— A Network Addressing Domain comprises all NSAP Addresses and NETs with a common
NSAP Address Prefix, and is always a sub-domain of the Global NSAP Addressing Domain which contains
all NSAP Addresses. This nesting of network addressing domains within the Global Network Addressing
Domain is conceptually illustrated in Figure 5.4-1.
Note 2.— A Network Addressing Domain has a single Administrator responsible for the assignment
of NSAP Addresses and NSAP Address Prefixes within the domain. A Network Addressing Domain is often
sub-divided into a number of sub-ordinate domains each characterised by a unique NSAP Address Prefix.
Management of such sub-ordinate Network Addressing Domains may then be devolved to another
Administrator.
5.4.3.2.1 An ATSC Network Addressing Domain shall be a Network Addressing Domain administered
by an ATSC authority.
5.4.3.2.3 ATN End Systems or Intermediate Systems located on-board general aviation aircraft shall
belong to an ATSC Network Addressing Domain, whereas ATN systems installed on-board commercial
aircraft shall belong to an AINSC Network Addressing Domain.
V-68 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 1.— Following ISO/IEC 10589, a Router interprets an NSAP Address as a three-fields bit
string. This is illustrated in Figure 5.4-2 below.
Note 2.— An Area Address is typically common to all NSAP Addresses and NETs assigned to
systems in a single Routing Area.
Note 4.— A System Identifier uniquely identifies an End or Intermediate System within a Routing
Area.
Note 5.— A Selector (SEL) identifies a Network Service User or the Network Entity within an End
or Intermediate System.
Note 1.— ISO/IEC 8348 has specified how the Global Network Addressing Domain is broken down
into a number of sub-ordinate Network Addressing Domains, each of which is identified by a unique
identifier that forms the initial part of all NSAP Addresses and NETs in those sub-ordinate domains. This
initial part is known as the Initial Domain Part (IDP). The IDP itself is defined as comprising two parts: an
Authority Format Identifier (AFI) and an Initial Domain Identifier (IDI). The AFI identifies the format and
allocation procedures for the IDI and the format of the remainder of the NSAP Address.
Note 2.— The ATN Network Addressing Domain is such a sub-ordinate Network Addressing Domain
and has an IDP that uses an ISO 6523-ICD IDI.
Note 3.— The IDP is always expressed as decimal digits. However, ISO/IEC 8348 permits NSAP
Addresses in an ISO 6523-ICD domain to have either a binary or a decimal format for the remainder of the
address - the Domain Specific Part (DSP). The format of the DSP is determined by the AFI.
5.4.3.4.1 All ATN NSAP Addresses shall have an AFI with the value 47 decimal.
Note.— This AFI value is defined by ISO/IEC 8348 to imply an ISO 6523-ICD IDI with a binary
format DSP.
5.4.3.4.2 All ATN NSAP Addresses shall have an IDI value of 0027 decimal.
Note.— This value has been allocated by ISO to ICAO under the ISO 6523-ICD scheme. An IDP of
470027 therefore forms the common NSAP Address Prefix to all ATN NSAP Addresses and effectively defines
the ATN Network Addressing Domain, as a sub-domain of the Global Network Addressing Domain.
Internet communications service V-69
Note.— The Reference Publication Format is defined by ISO/IEC 8348 for the publication of NSAP
Addresses and NETs in a form suitable for text documents.
5.4.3.5.1 Recommendation.— For the purposes of publication in a text format, ATN NSAP
Addresses and NETs should be written as the character sequence “470027+”, identifying the common prefix
for all ATN NSAP Addresses, followed by the DSP expressed as a sequence of hexadecimal characters.
Note.— The “+” sign is used as a separator between the decimal syntax IDP and the hexadecimal
syntax DSP.
5.4.3.5.2 Each successive pair of hexadecimal digits shall correspond to the next binary octet of the
DSP.
Note 1.— The derivation of the ATN NSAP Address Format is illustrated in Figure 5.4-3. This starts
with the AFI and IDI fields required by ISO/IEC 8348. It ends with the System ID (SYS) and SEL fields
required by ISO/IEC 10589. The remaining DSP fields are specified below and used to co-ordinate the
allocation of ATN NSAP Addresses.
Note 2.— The VER field is used to partition the ATN Addressing Domain into a number of
sub-ordinate addressing domains, each of which provides a different approach to address management.
Note 3.— The ADM field is then used to break down each such partition into a number of
sub-ordinate addressing domains, each of which may then be managed by a different manager.
Note 4.— In Fixed Network Addressing Domains, the ARS field may then be used to identify a
Network Addressing Domain that will correspond to each Routing Domain under the control of each such
manager, and the LOC field may then be used to identify each Routing Area within each Routing Domain.
Note 5.— In Mobile Network Addressing Domains, the ARS field identifies an aircraft. Where all
ATN systems onboard an aircraft form a single Routing Domain, the ARS field also identifies the Addressing
Domain that will correspond to that Routing Domain, and the LOC field is used as above. However, when
the ATN systems onboard a single aircraft form more than one Routing Domain, then part of the LOC field
is also used to identify such an Addressing Domain.
Note 6.— The reason for the existence of the RDF field is historical.
Note 1.— In ISO/IEC 8348 terms, the IDP has an abstract decimal syntax, and the DSP has an
abstract binary syntax. The reason for the use of the word abstract is to emphasise the fact that the actual
encoding is outside of the scope of ISO/IEC 8348, and instead is the responsibility of the standards that
specify the encoding of network layer protocols.
V-70 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 2.— ISO/IEC 8348 does, however, describe two possible encoding schemes, the “preferred
binary encoding” and the “preferred decimal encoding”. ISO/IEC 8473 mandates the use of the preferred
binary encoding for CLNP, while ISO/IEC 10747 mandates a modified version of the preferred binary
encoding in order to cope with bit aligned NSAP Address Prefixes.
Note 3.— In consequence, this specification only specifies how each field of the DSP is allocated
as an unsigned binary number. The actual encoding of the resulting bitstring in an NPDU is then according
to the applicable protocol specification.
Internet communications service V-71
Note.— The DSP fields of an ATN NSAP Address are the VER, ADM, RDF, ARS, LOC, SYS and SEL
fields. The size of each of these fields is given in Table 5.4-1.
Note 1.— The purpose of the VER field is to partition the ATN Network Addressing Domain into a
number of sub-ordinate Addressing Domains.
Note 2.— The values currently specified for the VER Field and the Network Addressing Domains
so defined, are summarised in Table 5.4-2.
5.4.3.8.1.2 A VER field value of [0000 0001] shall be used for all NSAP Addresses and NETs in the
Network Addressing Domain that comprises all Fixed AINSC NSAP Addresses and NETs.
Note.— The NSAP Address Prefix “470027+01” is therefore the common NSAP Address Prefix for
the Fixed AINSC Network Addressing Domain.
5.4.3.8.1.3 A VER field value of [0100 0001] shall be used for all NSAP Addresses and NETs in the
Network Addressing Domain that comprises all Mobile AINSC NSAP Addresses and NETs.
V-72 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— The NSAP Address Prefix “470027+41” is therefore the common NSAP Address Prefix for
the Mobile AINSC Network Addressing Domain.
5.4.3.8.1.4 A VER field value of [1000 0001] shall be used for all NSAP Addresses and NETs in the
Network Addressing Domain that comprises all Fixed ATSC NSAP Addresses and NETs.
Note.— The NSAP Address Prefix “470027+81” is therefore the common NSAP Address Prefix for
the Fixed ATSC Network Addressing Domain.
5.4.3.8.1.5 A VER field value of [1100 0001] shall be used for all NSAP Addresses and NETs in the
Network Addressing Domain that comprises all Mobile ATSC NSAP Addresses and NETs.
Note.— The NSAP Address Prefix “470027+C1” is therefore the common NSAP Address Prefix for
the Mobile ATSC Network Addressing Domain.
5.4.3.8.2.1 General
Note.— The purpose of the ADM field is to sub-divide each of the Network Addressing Domains
introduced by the VER field into a further set of sub-ordinate Network Addressing Domains, and to permit
devolved administration (i.e. address allocation) of each resulting domain to an individual State or
Organisation.
Note.— In the Fixed AINSC Network Addressing Domain, the ADM field is used to sub-divide this
Addressing Domain into a number of sub-ordinate Network Addressing Domains, each of which comprises
NSAP Addresses and NETs for fixed systems operated by a single AINSC Organisation.
5.4.3.8.2.2.1 Allocation of NSAP Addresses and NETs in each such Network Addressing Domain
subordinate to the Fixed AINSC Network Addressing Domain shall be the responsibility of the organisation
identified by the value of the ADM field.
5.4.3.8.2.2.2 Recommendation.— The field value should be derived from the set of three-character
alphanumeric symbols representing an IATA Airline or Aeronautical Stakeholder Designator, according to
5.4.1.4.
Note.— AINSC Organisations are intended to register their ADM values with IATA.
Note.— In the Fixed ATSC Network Addressing Domain, the ADM field is used to sub-divide this
Addressing Domain into a number of sub-ordinate Network Addressing Domains, each of which comprises
NSAP Addresses and NETs for fixed systems operated by a single State or within an ICAO Region.
5.4.3.8.2.3.1 Allocation of NSAP Addresses and NETs in each such Network Addressing Domain
subordinate to the Fixed ATSC Network Addressing Domain shall be the responsibility of the State or ICAO
Region identified by the value of the ADM field.
5.4.3.8.2.3.2 When used for identifying a State, the ADM field shall be derived from the State’s
three-character alphanumeric ISO 3166 Country Code, represented as upper case characters.
5.4.3.8.2.3.3 In this case, the value of the field shall be determined according to 5.4.1.4.
Note.— For example, the encoding of ‘GBR’ is 474252 in hexadecimal. Therefore the NSAP Address
Prefix 470027+81474252 is the common NSAP Address Prefix for all NSAP Addresses and NETs in the UK
Fixed ATSC Network Addressing Domain.
5.4.3.8.2.3.4 When used to identify an ICAO Region, the first octet of the ADM field shall identify the
ICAO Region, according to Table 5.4-3, while the values of the remaining two octets shall be assigned by
the identified ICAO Region.
V-74 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 1.— The ISO 3166 character codes are always represented as binary octets, each of which has
a zero most significant bit. Therefore, it is possible to guarantee that the field values listed in Table 5.4-3
do not conflict with ISO 3166 derived State Identifiers.
Note 2.— This Addressing Plan enables ICAO Regions to allocate ADM field values in the Fixed
ATSC Network Addressing Domain to States and Organisations within the ICAO Region, in a structured
manner. This is in order to permit the efficient advertisement of routing information. For example, in the
advertisement of routes to ‘all RDs in the same ATN Island’ as recommended in 5.3.7.1.4.2.
5.4.3.8.2.3.5 All ADM field values in the Fixed ATSC Network Addressing Domain that do not
correspond to valid ISO 3166 Country Codes or which are not assigned to ICAO Regions shall be reserved.
Note.— In both the Mobile AINSC and the Mobile ATSC Network Addressing Domains, the ADM
field is used to sub-divide this Addressing Domain into a number of sub-ordinate Network Addressing
Domains, each of which comprises NSAP Addresses and NETs for mobile systems operated by a single
Airline or onboard the General Aviation aircraft of a single State.
5.4.3.8.2.4.1 For Mobile AINSC NSAP Address and NETs, the ADM field value shall be set according
to 5.4.3.8.2.2, and the corresponding sub-ordinate Network Addressing Domain administered by the
organisation identified by the value of the ADM field.
5.4.3.8.2.4.2 For Mobile ATSC NSAP Address and NETs, the ADM field value shall be set according
to 5.4.3.8.2.3, and the corresponding sub-ordinate Network Addressing Domain administered by the State
identified by the value of the ADM field.
Internet communications service V-75
Note 1.— There is no absolute requirement for the remainder of the DSP in each of the above
defined Network Addressing Domains to be allocated according to a co-ordinated addressing plan, or for
even the same fields to exist, or the NSAP Addresses to have the same length. However, in order to
encourage common equipment development, this specification specifies the existence, size and use of the
RDF, ARS and LOC fields.
Note 2.— The reason for the existence of the RDF field is historical.
5.4.3.8.3.1 The RDF field shall be one octet in length and its value shall be [0000 0000] in binary.
Note 1.— In Fixed Network Addressing Domains, the purpose of the ARS field is to distinguish
Routing Domains operated by the same State or Organisation.
Note 2.— In Mobile Network Addressing Domain, the purpose of the ARS field is to identify the
aircraft on which the addressed system is located. When the systems onboard an aircraft form a single
Routing Domain, then the ARS field also identifies the Routing Domain. When the systems onboard an
aircraft form multiple RDs, then part of the LOC field is used to distinguish them.
5.4.3.8.4.2 In the Fixed AINSC and ATSC Network Addressing Domains, the value of the ARS field
shall be a 24-bit unsigned binary number that uniquely identifies the NSAP Addresses and NETs assigned
to systems in a single Routing Domain.
5.4.3.8.4.3 In the Fixed AINSC and ATSC Network Addressing Domains, the State or Organisation
identified by the value of the ADM field shall be responsible for assigning the ARS field.
Note 2.— Where necessary, the allocation of NSAP Addresses and NETs may thus readily be
delegated to a Network Administrator responsible for each Network Addressing Domain that corresponds
to each Routing Domain.
V-76 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.4.3.8.4.4 In Mobile AINSC and ATSC Network Addressing Domains, the value of the ARS field shall
be the 24-bit ICAO Aircraft Address that uniquely identifies the NSAP Addresses and NETs in a single
Routing Domain.
Note 1.— If the aircraft is operated by an IATA Airline then the NSAP Address or NET is in a Mobile
AINSC Network Addressing Domain.
Note 2.— For General Aviation Aircraft, the NSAP Address or NET is in a Mobile ATSC Network
Addressing Domain.
Note 1.— In Fixed Network Addressing Domains, the purpose of the LOC field is to distinguish
Routing Areas within the same Routing Domain.
Note 2.— In Mobile Network Addressing Domains, the LOC field is used
a) to distinguish Routing Areas within the same Mobile Routing Domain, or,
b) when more than one Routing Domain is located on a single Aircraft, to distinguish
each Routing Domain and the Routing Areas contained within them.
Note 3.— For example, the first octet of the LOC field may be used to distinguish each Routing
Domain on board a single aircraft, and the second octet to distinguish each Routing Area.
Note 4.— The combination of AFI, IDI, VER, ADM, RDF, ARS and LOC fields therefore forms an
Area Address.
5.4.3.8.5.1 The LOC field shall be two octets in length and may be given any binary value.
5.4.3.8.5.2 The administrator of the Network Addressing Domain that co-incides with the Routing
Domain in which a given Routing Area is located, shall be responsible for the allocation of a LOC field value
that provides a unique Area Address for that Routing Area.
Note.— ISO/IEC 10589 defines the System Identifier as a variable length field which uniquely
identifies an End or Intermediate System within a ISO/IEC 10589 Routing Area. Within a Routing Area, all
System Identifiers are of the same length, although a Router is not able to make assumptions about the length
of this field outside of its own Routing Area. However, the ATN Addressing Plan does specify this field to
always be six octets in length in order to encourage a common equipment base.
5.4.3.8.6.1 In an ATN NSAP Address or NET, the System Identifier (SYS field) shall be six octets in
length.
5.4.3.8.6.2 The value of the SYS field shall be a unique binary number assigned by the addressing
authority responsible for the Network Addressing Domain that corresponds with the Routing Area in which
the identified system is located.
Note.— If the System is attached to an IEEE 802 Local Area Network (e.g. an Ethernet), then a
common approach is to use the 48-bit LAN address as the value of the SYS field.
Note.— The NSAP Selector (SEL) field identifies the End System or Intermediate System network
entity or network service user process responsible for originating or receiving Network Service Data Units
(NSDUs).
5.4.3.8.7.2 The SEL field value for an Intermediate System network entity shall be [0000 0000], except
for the case of an airborne Intermediate System implementing the procedures for the optional non-use of
IDRP.
5.4.3.8.7.3 In the case of an airborne Intermediate System implementing the procedures for the optional
non-use of IDRP, the SEL field value shall be [1111 1110].
Note 1.— In an Intermediate System, any other SEL field value may be assigned to NSAPs. The
actual value chosen is a local matter.
Note 2.— SEL field values in stand-alone End Systems (i.e. in End Systems not co-located with
Intermediate Systems) are not constrained.
V-78 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.4.3.8.7.5 SEL field values other than those defined for Intermediate System Network Entities in
5.4.3.8.7.2 and 5.4.3.8.7.3 above or being reserved, shall be assigned by the addressing authority responsible
for the identified End or Intermediate System.
5.4.3.9.1.1 The NSAP Address Prefix 470027+41 shall provide a common NSAP Address Prefix for
all AINSC Mobiles.
5.4.3.9.2.1 The NSAP Address Prefix 470027+C1 shall provide a common NSAP Address Prefix for
all ATSC Mobiles.
Note.— The NLRI for the Default Route to all Mobiles comprises both the NSAP Address Prefixes
defined above.
5.4.3.9.3.1 The NSAP Address Prefix 470027+41 plus the value of the ADM field assigned to the airline
shall provide a common NSAP Address Prefix for all AINSC Mobiles operated by a single airline.
Note.— The NLRI for the Route to the “Home” for the aircraft belonging to a given airline contains
this NSAP Address Prefix.
5.4.3.9.4 All General Aviation and Other Types of Aircraft Registered by a State
5.4.3.9.4.1 The NSAP Address Prefix 470027+C1 plus the value of the ADM field assigned to the State
shall provide a common NSAP Address Prefix for all ATSC Mobiles registered by a single State.
Note.— The NLRI for the Route to the “Home” for the General Aviation and other types of aircraft
registered by a single State contains this NSAP Address Prefix.
Internet communications service V-79
5.5.1 General
5.5.1.1 Overview
5.5.1.1.1 The COTP (Connection Oriented Transport Protocol ) shall be used to provide an end-to-end
reliable data transfer service between Transport Service users on two ATN End Systems.
5.5.1.1.2 In ATN End Systems, the implementation of the COTP shall conform to ISO/IEC 8073 and
the mandatory requirements given in this Chapter.
5.5.1.1.3 The CLTP (Connectionless Mode Transport Protocol) shall be used to provide a
Connectionless data transfer service between Transport Service users on two ATN End Systems.
5.5.1.1.4 In ATN End Systems, the implementation of the CLTP shall conform to ISO/IEC 8602 and
the mandatory requirements given in this chapter.
Note.— The transport protocols specified for use in ATN End Systems provide both Connection
Mode and Connectionless Mode communication services. The implementation and use of a particular mode
of the Transport Layer service depends on the requirements of the application(s) supported by a given ATN
End System.
Note 1.— When the TS-user requires use of the connection mode transport service the TS-user will
provide the following information to the TS-provider on a per Transport Connection basis:
c) the required residual error rate (RER) to determine whether use or non-use of the
transport checksum is allowed;
d) the Application Service Priority to be mapped into the resulting CLNP NPDUs
according to Table 1-2;
e) the ATN Security Label specifying the ATN Traffic Type, i.e.
Note 2.— In the case where the Traffic Type specified is ATN Operational Communications the
TS-user will additionally provide the traffic category, i.e. Air Traffic Services Communications (ATSC) or
Aeronautical Operational Control (AOC).
V-80 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 3.— In the case of the ATSC traffic category the TS-user will further specify the required ATSC
Class as defined in Table 1-1, or no traffic type policy preference.
Note 4.— In the case of the AOC traffic category the TS-user will further specify the subnetwork
preference (including no preference).
Note 5.— The ATN Traffic Types and their associated traffic categories are specified in Table 5.6-1.
The encoding of the ATN Security Label is specified in Figure 5.6-1 and 5.6.2.2.2.2 bullet b).
Note 6.— The TS-user is not required to specify any other Transport Service Quality of Service
parameters.
5.5.1.3.1 A TSAP address shall comprise two elements, a NSAP address and a TSAP selector.
5.5.1.3.2 The NSAP address and the TSAP selector shall conform to the provisions in 5.4.
Note.— TSAP Selectors are transmitted in Calling and Called Transport-Selector parameters in
COTP, and in Source and Destination Transport-Selector parameters in CLTP.
5.5.1.4.1 The transport entity shall support Transport-Selector parameters to accommodate the ATN
TSAP selector syntax and encoding requirements as specified in 5.4.
Note.— The absence of a Calling and Called Transport-Selector assumes the Network Address alone
unambiguously defines the Transport Address.
5.5.1.4.3 In COTP, on receipt of CR (Connection Request) TPDU, the absence of a Calling or Called
Transport-Selector shall be treated as equivalent to a zero length Calling or Called Transport-Selector.
5.5.1.4.5 When present in a received CC TPDU, Calling and Called Transport-Selector parameters
shall be identical in length and value to the corresponding parameter specified in the sent CR TPDU.
5.5.1.4.6 In CLTP, on receipt of UD (User Data) TPDU, the absence of a Source or Destination
Transport-Selector shall be treated as equivalent to a zero length Source or Destination Transport-Selector.
Internet communications service V-81
Note 1.— For the purpose of describing the notional interfaces between different OSI protocol
layers, each protocol layer is assumed to provide a service to the next higher protocol layer. The assumed
service provided by the ATN transport layer to its user is described in ISO/IEC 8072.
Note 2.— ATN Applications may specify their use of the COTP implemented in ATN End Systems
using the Transport Service specified in ISO/IEC 8072, including use of ATN priority, and security
parameters as defined in this specification.
Note 3.— There is no requirement to implement the service specified in ISO/IEC 8072 as a software
interface.
5.5.2.2.1 ATN End Systems shall implement the ISO/IEC 8073 Class 4 transport protocol in order to
provide Connection Mode communications over the ATN Internet.
5.5.2.2.2 The COTP shall operate using the CLNS (Connectionless Network Service) as specified in
5.6.
Note.— TPDUs (Transport Protocol Data Units) are sent via the N-UNITDATA Request primitive.
5.5.2.2.3 The transport entity shall not concatenate TPDUs from TCs with different transport priorities
or different Security Labels.
5.5.2.2.6 Recommendation. — The maximum TPDU size should be at least 1024 octets.
5.5.2.2.7 Recommendation.— The Transport Layer should propose a TPDU size of at least 1024
octets.
5.5.2.2.8 Recommendation.— The Transport Layer should use the TPDU size parameter rather than
the preferred maximum TPDU size parameter.
5.5.2.2.9 Recommendation.— Implementations of the ATN Transport Layer should propose use of
normal format in the CR TPDU.
5.5.2.2.10 Recommendation.— The Extended format should only be proposed when explicitly
necessary to meet application Quality of Service requirements.
V-82 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— Because the increased TPDU size resulting from use of extended data TPDU numbering may
be more inefficient, this option is used on a TC only when absolutely required.
5.5.2.2.11 Recommendation.— The Transport Layer should accept non-use of checksum when
proposed in a CR TPDU.
5.5.2.2.12 Implementations of the transport protocol shall support configurable values for all timers
and protocol parameters, rather than having fixed values, in order to allow modification as operational
experience is gained.
5.5.2.2.13 When intended for operation over Air/Ground subnetworks, transport protocol
implementations shall support the minimum - maximum ranges for COTP timer values as presented in
Table 5.5-1.
5.5.2.2.13.2 Recommendation.— The assignment of optimized values for timers and parameters other
than the nominal values indicated in Table 5.5-1 should be based on operational experience.
Note 4.— In Table 5.5-1, the subscripts “R” and “L” refer to “remote” and “local” respectively.
The variable ERL, for example, refers to the maximum transit delay from the remote entity to the local entity.
The variable ELR is the maximum transit delay from the local entity to the remote entity. It is assumed that
these values may be different.
Note 5.— Several of the timers and variables listed in Table 5.5-1 are not directly configurable, but
may be determined based on the values of other timers and variables. These computed values are:
T1 = (ELR + ERL + AR + x)
R = (T1 * (N-1) + x)
L = (MLR + MRL + R + AR)
W = (I - ELR - offset)
x = Local processing time
offset = Unanticipated delay exceeding ELR values
5.5.2.3.1.1 The Transport Layer shall allow a TC (Transport Connection) priority in the range [0 - 14]
5.5.2.3.1.2 The Transport Layer shall not alter the proposed TC priority specified by the TS-user.
5.5.2.3.1.3 The Transport Layer shall treat all connections without expressed priority as being at the
default TC priority.
5.5.2.3.1.4 The default TC priority shall be the lowest priority, i.e. priority [14].
5.5.2.3.1.5 When a TS-user specifies a TC priority, the relationship between this TC priority and the
CLNP priority shall be as specified in Table 1-2.
Note.— The ATN security mechanism does not make use of the ISO/IEC 8073 Protection parameter.
The support of the Protection parameter is therefore optional.
5.5.2.3.2.1 The Transport Layer shall allow a TS-user to specify a Security Label for a transport
connection. The transport security procedure shall be implemented as specified in 5.2.7.3.1.
5.5.2.3.2.2 The Security Label format shall be according to 5.2.7.1. The Transport Layer shall not alter
the Security Label specified by the TS-user.
5.5.2.4.1 General
V-84 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.5.2.4.1.1 The encoding of TPDUs shall conform to ISO/IEC 8073 for the COTP.
5.5.2.4.2.1 In ATN compliant systems, the acknowledgement time parameter of the CR and CC TPDUs
shall be encoded as follows:
Parameter 2 or 3 octets.
Length:
Parameter Acknowledgment Timer (AL) value expressed in milliseconds
Value: (per ISO/IEC 8073 standard)
Note 2.— This enhancement is in response to the unique requirements of the aeronautical
environment which may require longer acknowledgment times than foreseen in ISO/IEC 8073.
Note 3.— Initial values of these timers may depend upon the subnetwork, traffic type and routing
policy requirements expressed in the associated ATN Security Label.
Note 4.— In cases where the AL value is expressed in 2 octets (less than 65536 milliseconds), the ATN
implementation will behave in compliance with the ISO/IEC 8073 standard.
Note 5.— Implementors are advised to permit systems administrators to readily specify initial values.
5.5.2.5.1 General
Note 1.— The congestion avoidance mechanisms in the Transport Layer make use of the notification
by the Network Layer of Congestion Experienced flags in received NPDUs. This mechanism allows transport
entities to reduce the window, i.e. the number of DT TPDUs allowed to be sent without acknowledgement,
when the proportion of NPDUs indicating congestion reaches a certain threshold.
Note 2.— This congestion information consists of the total length of the sequence of NPDUs forming
the associated NSDU, and the number of NPDUs of that sequence that had their congestion experienced flag
set upon reception.
Note 3.— Transport Congestion Avoidance measures are applicable to the Connection Mode
transport service only.
5.5.2.5.1.1 The transport entity shall implement the congestion avoidance algorithm defined in this
section.
Internet communications service V-85
5.5.2.5.1.2 This algorithm shall be applied for each transport connection individually.
5.5.2.5.2.1 General
5.5.2.5.2.1.1 A receiving transport entity shall provide the sending transport entity with the lower window
edge and the size of the advertised window (W) by using the explicit flow control mechanisms specified in
ISO/IEC 8073.
Note.— The advertised window is the window advertised by the receiver of the data to the sender
of the data. It indicates the number of DT TPDUs that the receiver is willing to accept.
5.5.2.5.2.2.1 The initial value of the window W0 that is advertised to the sending transport entity shall
have a locally configurable value.
5.5.2.5.2.2.2 This initial window shall be sent to the sending transport entity in the first CDT field
transmitted.
5.5.2.5.3.1 General
5.5.2.5.3.1.2 Each update phase shall terminate with the possible advertisement of a new window size to
the sending transport entity.
5.5.2.5.3.2.1 An update phase of the advertised window shall start after the receiving transport entity has
advertised a new value of the window Wnew to the sending transport entity.
5.5.2.5.3.3.1 After having advertised a new window size, the receiving transport entity shall ignore
congestion information coming from the Network Layer, until it has received W (i.e. the « old » advertised
window size) further DT-TPDUs. It then shall enter the sampling sub-phase.
5.5.2.5.3.3.2 When the sending transport entity advertises the initial window size W0, it shall set W to 0.
5.5.2.5.3.4.1 The receiving transport entity shall maintain a count N equal to the total number of NPDUs
that convey DT-TPDUs, and a count NC equal to the number of such NPDUs that had their congestion
experienced flag set upon reception.
V-86 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.5.2.5.3.4.2 Upon entering the sampling sub-phase, these counts shall be reset to zero.
5.5.2.5.3.4.3 These counts shall be updated upon receipt of a DT-TPDU using the congestion information
supplied by the Network Layer.
5.5.2.5.3.4.4 The sampling sub-phase shall end as soon as the transport entity has received Wnew
DT-TPDUs within the sampling sub-phase. The end of the sampling sub-phase also terminates the update
phase.
5.5.2.5.3.5.1 The receiving transport entity shall take the following actions at the end of each update
phase:
a) If the count NC is less than % of the count N, the receiving transport entity shall
increase the size of the advertised window by adding δ up to a maximum based on
the local buffer management policy. Otherwise, it shall decrease the size of the
advertised window by multiplying it by . If the result of this multiplication has a
decimal part, the new window size shall be the truncated to its integer value. The
size of the advertised window shall not go to a value smaller than 1.
c) The new window size shall be transmitted to the sending transport entity in
accordance with the explicit flow control mechanisms specified in ISO/IEC 8073.
Note.— This procedure does not explicitly require the reduction of the upper window edge, as it is
possible to gradually reduce the credit window.
5.5.2.5.4.1 Recommendation.— The value settings defined in the following table should be
implemented and configurable by a System Manager:
W0 Initial window 1
Note.— This section specifies how the COTP operates over the CLNS provided by the ATN Network
Layer.
5.5.2.6.1.1 General
5.5.2.6.1.1.1 The Transport Layer shall use the N-UNITDATA Request primitive, as defined in ISO/IEC
8073, to transmit TPDUs.
Note.— The way the parameters are exchanged between the transport entity and the Network Service
is a local matter.
5.5.2.6.1.1.2 The length indication given to the network service shall be equal to the length of the
TPDU(s).
Note.— The maximum size of each TPDU is restricted to the locally defined maximum NSDU size.
5.5.2.6.1.2 NS-user-data
Note.— Transport entities transmit TPDUs as NS-user-data of the N-UNITDATA Request primitive.
Note.— The Transport Layer has knowledge of the source and destination address parameters only
as octet strings.
5.5.2.6.1.4.1 General
5.5.2.6.1.4.1.1 The COTP shall use the network QoS parameters as defined in the sections below.
5.5.2.6.1.4.2.1 The COTP shall use the network priority parameter to indicate the relative priority of a
NSDU.
5.5.2.6.1.4.2.2 When a transport priority has been specified, the value of network priority shall be
determined based on the transport connection priority, as defined in Table 1-2.
5.5.2.6.1.4.2.3 If the Transport Layer supports levels of TC priority numerically greater than 14, TPDUs
associated with the TC shall be transmitted using a network priority level of zero.
Note.— As specified in ISO/IEC 8073, the Transport Layer priority level zero is highest. ISO/IEC
8473 specifies zero as the lowest network priority and fourteen as the highest. Table 1-2 defines the required
mapping between these two schemes for use by ATN systems.
V-88 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.5.2.6.2.1 General
5.5.2.6.2.1.1 The Transport Layer shall be capable of receiving TPDUs from the ATN network service
using the N-UNITDATA indication primitive, as defined in ISO/IEC 8073.
Note.— The way the parameters are exchanged between the transport entity and the Network Service
is a local matter.
5.5.2.6.2.2 NS-user-data
Note.— Transport entities receive TPDUs as NS-user-data of the N-UNITDATA Indication primitive.
5.5.2.7.1.1 General
Note.— The requirements for the COTP are provided in the form of an ATN Protocol Requirements
List (APRL). The APRL has been prepared using the PICS (Protocol Implementation Conformance
Statement) proforma provided with ISO/IEC 8073.
5.5.2.7.1.1.1 An implementation of the ISO/IEC 8073 Transport Protocol shall be used in an ATN End
System if and only if its PICS is in compliance with the APRL provided with these SARPs.
Note.— The following table states for which classes, if any, ER TPDU is supported on transmission.
Note 1.— According to ISO, the following parameters are optional if a CC TPDU is issued in
class 4:
Note 2.— The support of T4F26 implies that the Additional Options Selection parameter is
mandatory.
Note.— According to ISO, an AK TPDU containing flow control information will be transmitted if
an AK TPDU is received under the conditions specified in ISO/IEC 8073 12.2.3.9. The following parameter
is mandatory for ATN compliant systems if an AK TPDU is issued in Class 4.
Note.— According to ISO, if an implementation can reduce credit and does so in the manner outlined
in ISO/IEC 8073 12.2.3.8.2 then the subsequence number in AK TPDU is mandatory.
Note.— ISO/IEC 8073 requires implementations to be capable of receiving and processing all
possible parameters for all possible TPDUs, depending upon the class and optional functions implemented.
Note.— According to ISO, if use of checksum has been selected then it is mandatory to process a
checksum parameter in the following TPDUs.
5.5.2.7.1.10 Negotiation
Note.— If an option is not returned in the CC, it is considered to have been refused. This allows
compatible negotiation between versions of the ISO/IEC 8073 transport protocol.
Internet communications service V-97
Note 1.— Negotiation of other protocol classes is out of scope. If this is the only profile supported
then it is not possible to negotiate any other protocol class.
Index Preferred class ISO/IEC 8073 ISO Allowed Values ATN Supported Values
References
NAC5 Class 4 over 6.5.5 j) None None
CLNS
Note 3.— The class cannot be negotiated since Class 4 is the only class allowed over CLNS.
Index Preferred class ISO/IEC 8073 ISO Allowed Responses ATN Supported
References Values
RC4 What classes can 6.5.4 j) Table 3 2,4 or connection refused Class 4
you respond with depending on classes
if CR proposes supported
only class 4?
RC4a What classes can 6.5.4 j) Table 3 0,1,2,3,4 or connection Class 4
you respond with refused depending on
if CR proposes classes supported and
class 4 as coding of alternative class
preferred class
and the alternative
class parameter is
present?
Note.— This table does not preclude connection refusal for other reasons.
V-98 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— An implementation of the Transport Layer can support a preferred maximum TPDU size
larger than 1024 octets.
Note.— This table does not preclude proposal of the extended format.
Note.— Expedited data is proposed using the Additional Options Parameters in the CR and CC
TPDUs.
Note 1.— A Transport Layer is able to propose either use or non-use of checksum in a CR TPDU.
Note 2.— The term “non-use” means that the Transport Layer may respond accepting non-use of
checksum. A Transport Layer may also respond with use of checksum if non-use has been proposed.
V-100 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— Using Class 4 over CLNS, a TPDU with an invalid checksum will be discarded.
Note.— The choice of action (DR, Discard) is an implementation choice and may depend on the type
of error encountered.
Internet communications service V-101
Note.— The choice of action (Ignore, Protocol error) is an implementation choice and may depend
on the type of error encountered.
5.5.2.7.1.11.3 Actions on receipt of an invalid or undefined parameter in a TPDU other than a CR TPDU
Note.— According to ISO, the following applies to an implementation under test (IUT):
5.5.3.1.1 ATN End Systems shall implement the ISO/IEC 8602 transport protocol in order to provide
Connectionless Mode communications over the ATN Internet.
Note.— The ATN CLTS model conforms to the service model defined in ISO/IEC 8072.
5.5.3.1.2 The CLTP shall operate over the CLNS provided by the ATN Network Layer, according to
the provisions in 5.5.3.5.
Note 1.— For the purposes of describing the notional interfaces between different OSI protocol
layers, each protocol layer is assumed to provide a service to the next higher protocol layer. The assumed
service provided by the ATN Transport Layer to its user is described in ISO/IEC 8072.
Note 2.— ISO/IEC 8072 limits CL user-data to a maximum of 63488 octets per TSDU.
Note 3.— There is no requirement to implement the service specified in ISO/IEC 8072 as a software
interface.
5.5.3.2.1.1 The source and destination Transport Addresses shall conform to the ATN Transport Layer
Addressing provisions as specified in 5.4.
Note.— All of the associated parameter values are equal to the values passed to the TS provider via
the T-UNITDATA Request primitive, except possibly the QoS parameter values.
5.5.3.3.1 General
5.5.3.3.1.1 The Transport Layer shall support the use of checksums on a per TSDU (Transport Service
Data Unit) basis.
Note.— The actual use of this feature will be dependant upon the application s requirements.
5.5.3.3.2 Priority
5.5.3.3.2.1 The transport entity providing the connectionless mode transport service shall allow a
TS-user to specify TSDU priority in the range [0-14].
Note.— The CLTP itself does not support a priority field in the TPDU.
V-104 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.5.3.3.3 Security
5.5.3.3.3.1 The transport entity providing the connectionless mode transport service shall allow a
TS-user to specify the ATN Security Label in the T-UNITDATA request.
Note.— The CLTP itself does not support a security parameter field in the TPDU.
5.5.3.4.1 The encoding of TPDUs shall conform to ISO/IEC 8602 for the CLTP.
Note.— This section specifies how the CLTP operates over the CLNS provided by the ATN Network
Layer.
5.5.3.5.1.1 General
5.5.3.5.1.1.1 The Transport Layer shall use the N-UNITDATA Request Primitive, as defined in ISO/IEC
8602, to transmit TPDUs.
5.5.3.5.1.2 NS-user-data
Note.— Transport Entities transmit TPDUs as NS-user-data of the N-UNITDATA Request primitive.
Note.— The Transport Layer has knowledge of source and destination address parameters only as
octet strings.
5.5.3.5.1.4.1 General
5.5.3.5.1.4.1.1 The transport entity providing the connectionless mode transport service shall use the
network QoS parameters as defined in the sections below.
5.5.3.5.1.4.2.1 The transport entity providing the connectionless mode transport service shall use the
network priority parameter to indicate the relative priority of an NSDU. The NSDU priority shall be
determined from the TSDU priority, using the mapping given in Table 1-2.
5.5.3.5.1.4.3.1 The transport entity providing the connectionless mode transport service shall use the
Security Label provided in the T-UNITDATA request as the value of the N-UNITDATA security parameter.
Internet communications service V-105
Note.— Following ISO/IEC 8602, the Transport Layer receives TPDUs from the Network
Layer-provided N-UNITDATA Indication primitive.
5.5.3.5.2.1 Network Quality of Service
5.5.3.5.2.1.1 To meet the ISO/IEC 8072 service specification, the transport entity providing the
connectionless mode transport service shall translate the received NSDU priority to the TSDU priority using
the mapping shown in Table 1-2.
Note.— The requirements for the CLTP are provided in the form of an APRL. The APRL has been
prepared using the PICS proforma provided with ISO/IEC 8602.
5.5.3.6.1 General
5.5.3.6.1.1 An implementation of the ISO/IEC 8602 Transport Protocol shall be used in an ATN End
System if and only if its PICS is in compliance with the APRL provided with these SARPs.
PDU Support
UD1 Unitdata PDU supported on transmission 6.1.3 M M
UD2AM Unitdata PDU supported on reception 6.1.3 M M
Service Support
CL Connectionless Mode Network Service 6.2 M M
Internet communications service V-107
5.6.1 Introduction
Note 1.— The ATN Internet comprises a number of interconnected ATN routers and constituent
subnetworks supporting data communication among host computers operating the ATN Internet protocols.
Note 2.— All ATN NPDUs (Network Protocol Data Units) are encapsulated within appropriate
subnetwork protocol data units for transfer among ATN network entities using the connectionless ISO OSI
Network Layer service provided by the ATN Internet. As the ATN Internet protocol is connectionless, any
information required to process a particular NPDU is carried within the header of that network protocol
data unit for processing by ATN routers and host computers.
5.6.1.1 Scope
Note 1.— This chapter provides requirements and recommendations pertaining to the use of the
ISO/IEC 8473 by ATN End System and Intermediate System Network entities. This Chapter is concerned with
the use of ISO/IEC 8473 in the context of the internetworking protocol approach to the provision of CLNS
as defined in ISO/IEC 8348. This Chapter contains ATN-specific protocol implementations and is concerned
with the interoperability of protocol implementations. It therefore provides appropriate compliance
statements and APRLs for this purpose.
Note 2.— The ATN Network Layer Connectionless-Mode Network Service supports the transfer of
a connectionless network service data unit (NSDU) from a source NSAP to a destination NSAP within the
ATN network. Each such NSDU transfer is the result of a single invocation of the connectionless-mode
Network Service encompassed within the ATN.
5.6.1.2.1 All ATN Intermediate System and End System Network entities shall comply with the
provisions contained in 5.6.2 and 5.6.3, in addition to all APRLs specified in 5.6.4.
V-108 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 1.— The ATN infrastructure, referred to as an Internet, comprises the interconnection of
computers with gateways and routers via real subnetworks. This internetworking infrastructure, allows for
the incorporation of differing Air/Ground and Ground/Ground subnetworks servicing differing user groups,
i.e., Air Traffic Services (ATS), Aeronautical Operational Control Services (AOC), and others.
Note 2.— The CLNP (Connectionless Network Protocol) protocol used to operate this
internetworking infrastructure is based on ISO/IEC 8473 with ATN-specific additions to reflect the unique
communications environment of the ATN.
Note 3.— The ATN specific functions listed in this chapter reflect responses to the additional
functional needs of ATN Network entities in order to support user requirements concerned with:
a) Ensuring that information is conveyed about Traffic Type and Routing Policy
requirements pertaining to user data in NPDUs;
b) Ensuring that a priority scheme can be applied for management of End Systems and
Intermediate Systems output queues and buffers;
c) Ensuring that specific policies and procedures are available to handle congestion
avoidance and congestion control requirements within the ATN.
5.6.2.2.1 General
5.6.2.2.1.1 The SECURITY Function of ISO/IEC 8473, as defined in this specification, shall be
supported by ATN End System or Intermediate System Network entities receiving or transmitting
inter-domain traffic other than Traffic Type as General Communications.
5.6.2.2.1.2 ATN Network entities shall therefore provide the Globally Unique Security format for all
created NPDUs.
5.6.2.2.1.3 The sole exception to this requirement is for General Communications traffic where no
Security parameter information is required to be encoded in created NPDUs.
5.6.2.2.2.1 The CLNP Options Security Parameter shall be used in the ATN to convey information
about the Traffic Type and Routing Policy Requirements pertaining to the user data of the NPDU (other than
General Communications).
Note.— The CLNP Options Security Parameter may also be used to convey a security classification.
5.6.2.2.2.2 The value component of the CLNP Options Security Parameter (in the NPDU header) shall
be encoded as follows:
Internet communications service V-109
a) The first octet shall always be encoded as [1100 0000] to indicate the Globally
Unique Security Format;
b) The remaining octets shall contain the ATN Security Label encoded as the four
fields illustrated in Figure 5.6-1, and defined below.
5.6.2.2.3.1 This field shall be one octet long and contain the length in octets of the Security Authority's
Security Registration Identifier.
Note.— The Security Registration ID identifies the authority that has specified the associated
security policy.
5.6.2.2.4.1 This field shall contain the following hexadecimal string which identifies the ATN Security
Registration ID:
[ 06 04 2b 1b 00 00 ]
Note.— The ATN Security Registration ID value defined above is the encoding useing ASN.1 Basic
Encoding Rules [ISO/IEC 8825-1] of the ATN Security Registration Identifier defined as {1 3 27 0 0}. This
ATN Security Registration Identifier identifies the ATN Security Authority as an object in the ICAO object
hierarchy. ICAO has been assigned an International Code Designator (ICD) decimal value [0027] in
accordance with the dictates of ISO/IEC 6523. According to ISO/IEC 6523 and ISO/IEC 8824 this value
identifies an arc of the identified organisation of ISO. ICAO object identifiers designate an ICAO defined
hierarchy starting with {1 3 27}. Under this arc, {0} has been designated as ATN, and the flat address space
under ATN starts with object identifiers {0,1,2,3,4, ...}. Value {0} has been assigned as the Traffic Type and
Routing Policy identifier.
5.6.2.2.5.1 This field shall be one octet in length and shall define the length in octets of the Security
Information.
5.6.2.2.6.1 General
5.6.2.2.6.1.1 When present, the Security Information field of the ATN Security Label shall be used to
convey, as separate Tag Sets:
a) The Traffic Type and Routing Policy Requirements, if any, applicable to the
transfer of the user data through the ATN.
5.6.2.2.6.1.2 When no traffic type is identified then the General Communications traffic type shall be
assumed, with a routing policy requirement of “no preference”. When no security classification is specified
then “unclassified” shall be assumed.
5.6.2.2.6.2.1 The Security Information Field shall comprise zero, one or more Security Tag Sets. A
Security Tag with the same Tag Set Name shall not occur more than once in the options Security Parameter
of the CLNP NPDU.
Tag Set Name Length Tag Set Name Tag Set Length Security Tag
Octet 0 1 n n+1
5.6.2.2.6.2.2 Each Security Tag Set shall consist of four fields, as illustrated in Figure 5.6-2, and shall be
as defined in the following sections.
Note.— This format has been chosen to provide for an extensible type-length-value encoding method
for security related information placed in the CLNP Header under rules specified by the ATN Security
Authority.
5.6.2.2.6.3.1 The Security Tag Set Name Length shall contain the length in octets of the Tag Set Name
field.
5.6.2.2.6.4.1 The Security Tag Set Name shall be used to uniquely identify the Tag Set.
5.6.2.2.6.5.1 The Tag Set Length Field shall contain the length in octets of the Security Tag field.
Internet communications service V-111
5.6.2.2.6.6.1 The Security Tag field shall be used to convey security related information for which the
syntax and semantics are identified by the preceding Tag Set Name.
5.6.2.2.6.7 Encoding of the Tag Set for Traffic Type and Associated Routing Policies
5.6.2.2.6.7.2 When present in the CLNP options Security Parameter, this Tag Set shall always be the first
Tag Set to be encoded in the Security Information field of the ATN Security Label.
Note.— This Tag Set is used to identify the traffic type of the data, whether it is for ATC or Airline
communications, and, for Operational Communications, any Routing Policy requirements that apply.
5.6.2.2.6.7.3 The Security Tag shall indicate the Routing Policy Requirements for the data contained in
the same NPDU, according to Table 5.6-1.
Note.— See 5.2.7 for detailed information on the ATN Security Policy.
5.6.2.2.6.8.2 When present in the security parameter, this Tag Set shall always follow the Tag Set for
Traffic Type and Associated Routing Policies (see 5.6.2.2.6) if present, but otherwise shall be the first Tag
Set to be encoded in the field.
Note.— The purpose of this field is to permit the later extension of the ATN to handle classified data.
5.6.2.2.6.8.3 The Security Tag shall indicate the security classification of the NPDU according to the
following table:
Value Security
Classification
0000 0001 unclassified
0000 0010 restricted
Internet communications service V-113
Value Security
Classification
0000 0011 confidential
0000 0100 secret
0000 0101 top secret
0000 0110 to unassigned
1111 1111
Note 1.— The congestion management provisions in the Network Layer are intended to guarantee
the notification to the Transport Layer of potential risks of congestion via the CE bit conveyed in the QoS
Maintenance parameter of an ISO/IEC 8473 NPDU. 5.5.2.5 defines the measures that the Transport Layer
implements upon receipt of NPDUs with the CE bit set.
Note 2.— The above requirement is applicable to all types of ISO/IEC 8473 NPDUs.
5.6.2.4.1.1 The congestion experienced flag (CE-flag) in the QoS maintenance parameter in the options
part of an NPDU header shall initially be set to zero by the originator of the NPDU.
5.6.2.4.1.2 When a NPDU is being forwarded by an ATN Intermediate System, the Intermediate System
shall examine the depth of the output queue selected for that NPDU.
5.6.2.4.1.3 If the depth of the selected output queue exceeds a threshold . (see Table 5.6-3), the ATN
Intermediate System shall set the CE-flag in the NPDU header.
Note.— The above assumes a single output queue per network (CLNP) priority. If mixed priority
queues are implemented, which is valid provided that priority order is always maintained, then the CE-flag
is set only when the number of NPDUs on the queue of the same or a higher priority exceeds alpha.
5.6.2.4.1.4 Once the CE-flag is set, it shall not be reset by any ATN Intermediate System traversed by
the NPDU further along to the path towards the destination.
5.6.2.4.2.1 For each sequence of NPDUs that together form an NSDU, the destination network entity
shall keep two counters:
a) the first one, n-total, shall reflect the length of that sequence.
V-114 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
b) the second one, n-CE, shall reflect the number of those NPDUs of this sequence,
that had the CE-flag set on reception by the destination network entity.
Note.— Each NSDU is forwarded through the network as a sequence consisting of one or more
NPDUs.
5.6.2.4.2.2 When the destination network entity passes an NSDU to the receiving NS-User, it shall
convey the associated counters n-total and n-CE to the NS-User.
Note.— The conveyance of the congestion information associated with an NSDU to the NS-User is
a local matter.
5.6.2.4.3.1 The value settings defined in the following table shall be implemented:
Note.— This section defines ATN specific requirements on the ISO/IEC 8473 Protocol.
5.6.3.1.1 ATN Intermediate Systems (ISs) shall support both the segmenting and the non-segmenting
subsets of ISO/IEC 8473.
5.6.3.1.2 ATN End Systems shall support the ISO/IEC 8473 segmenting subset.
Note.— Use of the non-segmenting subset of ISO/IEC 8473 for NPDUs whose packet size exceeds
the maximum SNSDU size supported by an underlying subnetwork will result in the packet being discarded.
Use of the non-segmenting ISO/IEC 8473 subset is most appropriate for situations where the SNSDU size
of the subnetwork(s) used for NPDU transfer is well understood.
Note.— The ATN Specific use of the ISO/IEC 8473 Security Function is specified in 5.6.2.2.
5.6.3.3.1 Recommendation. — ATN End System and Intermediate System Network Entities (NEs)
should support the ECHO REQUEST Function as invoked by Network Layer management.
Note.— The Echo Request Function is invoked to obtain information on the reachability of specific
network entities and the path characteristics between NEs through the operation of Network Layer routing
functions.
5.6.3.4.1 ATN End Systems and Intermediate Systems shall support the Echo Response Function of
ISO/IEC 8473.
Note.— The Echo Response function is performed by a Network Entity when it has received an Echo
Request (ERQ) PDU that has reached its destination. When invoked, the Echo Response function causes an
Echo Response (ERP) PDU to be created.
5.6.3.4.2 If the data part of the received ERQ PDU contains an ERP PDU header, then the options part
of the ERP PDU to be sent shall be identical to (copied from) the options part of the ERP PDU header
contained in the data part of the received ERQ PDU.
5.6.3.4.3 If the data part of the received ERQ PDU does not contain an ERP PDU header, then the
security, priority, and QoS maintenance options of the ERP PDU shall be identical to the corresponding
options in the header of the ERQ PDU, if present.
5.6.3.4.4 If the data part of the received ERQ PDU does not contain an ERP PDU header, and if the
security option (respectively the priority or QoS maintenance option) is not present in the received ERQ PDU
V-116 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
header, then the security option (respectively the priority or QoS maintenance option) shall not be included
in the ERP PDU.
5.6.3.4.5 If the data part of the received ERQ PDU does not contain an ERP PDU header, and if the
partial recording of route option is present in the received ERQ PDU header, then the partial recording of
route option shall be specified in the ERP PDU, with the second octet of the parameter value field set to the
value 3.
Note.— The ATN Specific use of the ISO/IEC 8473 Priority is specified in 5.2.8.4.
Internet communications service V-117
5.6.4 APRLs
5.6.4.1 General
5.6.4.1.1 An implementation of the ISO/IEC 8473 Protocol shall be used in an ATN System if and
only if its PICS is in compliance with the APRL provided in these SARPs.
Note.— The CLNP requirements list is a statement of which capabilities and options of the protocol
at minimum are required to be implemented for the ATN environment. The requirements list may be used by
the protocol implementor as a check list to conform to this standard; by the supplier and procurer to provide
a detailed indication of the capabilities of an implementation; by the user to check the possibility of
interworking between two different implementations; and by the protocol tester, as the basis for selecting
appropriate tests against which to assess the claim for conformance to the protocol.
ISMOB: If ISO/IEC 8473 is used over Mobile Subnetworks, then ISMOB is true, else ISMOB is false.
ISGRD: If ISO/IEC 8473 is used over Ground Subnetworks, then ISGRD is true, else ISGRD is false.
O.1: The supported functions, NPDUs, associated parameters and timers required for End Systems are
provided in APRLs 5.6.4.4 through 5.6.4.11. The supported functions, NPDUs, associated parameters and
timers required for Intermediate Systems are provided in APRLs 5.6.4.12 through 5.6.4.18.
O.2: APRLs for the SNDCF for use with ISO/IEC 8802-2 subnetworks are provided in 5.7.7.2 and 5.7.7.3.
APRLs for the SNDCF for use with ISO/IEC 8208 subnetworks are provided in 5.7.7.4 through 5.7.7.7.
Internet communications service V-119
O.5: The Security parameter within a single NPDU specifies a security format code indicating Source
Address Specific, Destination Address Specific or Globally Unique Security.
Which of the
following formats of
QOS are
implemented ?
V-130 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
O.3: The Quality of Service Maintenance parameter within a single NPDU specifies a QOS format code
indicating Source Address Specific, Destination Address Specific or Globally Unique QOS.
O.4: If the QOS format code indicates that the Globally Unique QOS maintenance function is employed, then
each bit in the associated parameter value may be set to indicate the order of intra and inter domain routing
decisions based on QOS. The parameter values which apply to inter-domain routing are provided in Table
4 of ISO/IEC 10747.
5.7.1 Introduction
Note 1.— The purpose of a Subnetwork Dependent Convergence Function (SNDCF) is to provide
the connectionless SN-Service assumed by the ATN Internet Protocols over real subnetworks.
Note 2.— The Subnetwork Service (SN-Service) provided by an SNDCF and as specified in this
Chapter is provided to the ISO/IEC 8473 Internetwork Protocol and the ISO/IEC 9542 End System to
Intermediate System Protocol entities.
Note 3.— The ATN Internetwork Layer, including CLNP and the routing protocols that support it,
assumes this common connectionless service to be provided by all subnetworks providing communications
between ATN systems.
Note 4.— Figure 5.7-1 illustrates the relationships between the SNDCFs defined in this chapter, the
SN-Service that they provide to CLNP and ES-IS, and the underlying subnetworks.
Note 1.— This section specifies the assumed service provided internally by the SNDCF for the
purpose of conveying Network Data PDUs between Network Entities.
Note 2.— The service to support SN-Service-Users is defined by the primitives in Table 5.7-1.
Note.— The following sections specify the Subnetwork Service primitive parameters.
5.7.2.1.2 SN-Priority
Note 1.— The SN-Priority parameter indicates the relative importance of the associated
SNS-Userdata parameter, and may influence the order in which the SNS-Userdata are transferred via the
real underlying subnetwork service.
Note 2.— SN-Priority values are in the range zero to fourteen, with higher values indicating higher
priorities.
Note 3.— If no SN-Priority is indicated, the value zero is assumed to be the default.
Note 4.— Further requirements related to subnetwork priority are specified in 5.2.8.5.
Note 1.— The use of the SN-Quality-of-Service parameter is optional, and depends on the needs of
the SN-Service-User.
V-140 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 2.— Associated with each connectionless-mode transmission, certain measures of quality of
service are requested when the SN-UNITDATA primitive action is initiated. These requested measures (or
parameter values and options) are based on a priori knowledge of the service available from the subnetwork.
Knowledge of the nature and type of service available is typically obtained prior to an invocation of the
underlying connectionless-mode service and the information passed is a local matter.
Note 1.— The SNS-Userdata contains the ISO/IEC 8473 or ISO/IEC 9542 NPDU that has to be
conveyed between adjacent network entities.
Note 2.— The SNS-Userdata is an ordered multiple of octets, and is transferred transparently
between the subnetwork points of attachment specified in the SNS primitive.
Internet communications service V-141
Note.— ISO/IEC 8802-2 subnetworks are subnetworks that provide the logical link control sublayer
service defined by ISO/IEC 8802-2.
5.7.3.1 The SNDCF for use with ISO/IEC 8802-2 Subnetworks shall be implemented according to
ISO/IEC 8473-2.
V-142 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.7.4 SNDCF for the Common ICAO Data Interchange Network (CIDIN)
Note 1.— The ISO/IEC 8473 Protocol assumes a Connectionless underlying subnetwork service.
CIDIN provides a Connectionless Mode Service which is already very close to what is required by this
protocol in the ATN.
Note 2.— This SNDCF maps to level 4 of CIDIN as specified in Annex 10, Volume III.
5.7.4.1.1 The SNDCF for CIDIN shall be as specified in the following sections.
5.7.4.2.1 These primitives shall correspond to the request to send a CIDIN message at a CIDIN entry
centre and the reception of a CIDIN message at a CIDIN exit centre respectively.
5.7.4.2.2 CIDIN messages shall be sent with the “no acknowledgement” option.
Note.— CIDIN messages requested to be transported to exit addresses which are not reachable are
discarded in the entry centre.
5.7.4.3.1 This address shall correspond to a CIDIN entry address in the Entry Address item.
5.7.4.4.1 This address shall correspond to a CIDIN exit address in an Exit Address item.
5.7.4.5.1 A priori values for transit delay, protection against unauthorized access, cost determinants
and residual error probability shall be entered as management data in the ATN system.
5.7.4.6 SN Priority
5.7.4.6.1 The mapping between SN Priority and the CIDIN Subnetwork Priority shall be entered as
management data in the ATN system.
5.7.4.7 SNS-Userdata
5.7.4.7.1 SNS-Userdata shall be conveyed as the contents of the CIDIN message which is transported
transparently by CIDIN.
Note.— The coding of the CIDIN message is code and byte independent.
Internet communications service V-143
5.7.5.1 Over ISO/IEC 8208 General Topology Subnetworks, the subnetwork service described in
5.7.2 shall be provided using either the SNDCF for ISO/IEC 8208 General Topology Subnetworks as
specified in ISO/IEC 8473-3, or the Mobile SNDCF specified below in 5.7.6.
Note.— Although most ATN Ground Systems are generally expected to use the ISO/IEC 8473-3
specified SNDCF over ISO/IEC 8208 General Topology Subnetworks, Ground Systems may specify the use
of the Mobile SNDCF, in order to improve the bandwidth utilisation over fixed ISO/IEC 8208 subnetworks.
5.7.5.2 Recommendation.— Implementations using the Mobile SNDCF as specified in 5.7.6 and
the LREF Compression Procedure for Ground/Ground communications, should also use the LREF optional
local reference cancellation mechanism.
V-144 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.7.6.1 General
5.7.6.1.1 Over ISO/IEC 8208 Mobile Subnetworks, the subnetwork service described in 5.7.2 shall
be provided using the SNDCF for ISO/IEC 8208 Mobile Subnetworks as specified below.
Note 1.— The SNDCF specified below is only applicable when providing the SN-UNITDATA service
to ISO/IEC 8473, ISO/IEC 9542, ISO/IEC 11577 and ISO/IEC 10589 Network Layer protocols.
Unpredictable behavior may result if used to support other Network Layer Entities.
Note 2.— This SNDCF supports the following Data Compression Procedures:
Note 3.— The Data Stream Mode Compression uses the Deflate algorithm which was originally
specified in IETF RFC 1951.
Note 4.— Optional features of LREF Compression provide for “Local Reference Cancellation” and
for “maintenance of the Local Reference Directory”. The mechanism for maintaining the Local Reference
Directory requires the support of the ISO/IEC 8208 Fast Select Facility.
Note 5.— A Subnetwork Connection Group is the set of virtual circuits simultaneously active
between the same pair of DTEs, and which use the same subnetwork priority level, the same Data
Compression Mechanisms and options, and share the same Local Reference Directory as defined in
5.7.6.3.1.
Note 6.— If a Subnetwork Connection Group already exists with the same remote DTE and the same
compression mechanisms but with a different priority than the one used by the newly established virtual
circuit, this circuit may not use the Local Reference Directory of this group, as packets will not travel at the
same speed on two circuits which have different priorities.
Note 7.— The supported Data Compression Mechanisms and their options are negotiated when each
virtual circuit used by the SNDCF is established. As a result of this negotiation, the virtual circuit is placed
into a new Subnetwork Connection Group or is inserted in an existing Subnetwork Connection Group.
Negotiated Data Compression mechanisms and their options are applied on a Subnetwork Connection Group
basis.
5.7.6.1.2 All ATN Intermediate Systems using Mobile ISO/IEC 8208 subnetworks for communication
with other Intermediate Systems shall implement the LREF compression procedure.
5.7.6.2.1.1 General
5.7.6.2.1.1.1 When it has been determined that a virtual circuit is to be made available, the calling SNDCF
shall establish the virtual circuit using the procedures specified in ISO/IEC 8208, either
5.7.6.2.1.1.2 An ISO/IEC 8208 CALL REQUEST packet shall be sent to the DTE Address specified as
the SN-Destination-Address, with the following optional user facilities and CCITT-specified DTE facilities.
Note 1.— Normally, this is achieved by encoding the destination DTE Address as the called address
of the ISO/IEC 8208 Call Request packet. This is appropriate when the ATN Router is directly connected
to the air/ground subnetwork, or when it is connected to the air/ground subnetwork via another subnetwork
and an interworking facility (ISO TR 10029). However, when the ATN Router is connected to the air/ground
subnetwork via another subnetwork and an interworking facility is not available, one possible alternative
approach is to address the ISO/IEC 8208 Call Request packet to the access point of the air/ground
subnetwork (e.g. a GDLP) and to to convey the destination DTE Address in the Called Address Extension
facility of the ISO/IEC 8208 Call Request packet whereas the DTE addresses configured for the local access
point of the air/ground subnetwork is encoded in the called address field of the ISO/IEC 8208 Call Request
packet. It is then the responsibility of the air/ground subnetwork access facility to reformat the received
ISO/IEC 8208 Call Request packet into a Call Request packet appropriate for transmission to the destination
DTE address over the air/ground subnetwork.
Note 2.— Other optional user facilities and CCITT-specified DTE facilities may be required by
subnetworks. The use of these facilities is a local matter.
5.7.6.2.1.1.3 The Call Request user data shall be formatted as specified in 5.7.6.2.1.5.
5.7.6.2.1.2.1 The mapping of ATN network layer priorities to ATN mobile subnetwork priorities shall
be as defined in 1.3.8 for those mobile subnetworks subject to ICAO standards.
5.7.6.2.1.2.2 For mobile subnetworks not subject to ICAO standards, the Priority Facility shall be used
if the subnetwork provider supports prioritisation of Virtual Circuits and specifies the mapping of Network
Service to Subnetwork Service priorities.
5.7.6.2.1.2.3 The priority value passed in the SN-UNITDATA request or indicated by the System Manager
shall be mapped to priority of data on a connection, as specified by the Subnetwork Provider.
V-146 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.7.6.2.1.2.4 If the priority to gain a connection and/or priority to keep a connection is conveyed within
the ISO/IEC 8208 Facility Parameter Field, these priorities shall be consistent with the priority of data on
a connection, and set according to the Subnetwork Provider
s guidelines.
Note 3.— The SNDCF is assumed to know, a priori, if a given subnetwork supports prioritisation
of virtual circuits, the number of discrete priority levels supported and the relationship between the
subnetwork priority and SNSDU priority.
Note 4.— The mapping between SNSDU priority and subnetwork priority is specified separately for
each subnetwork type.
5.7.6.2.1.3.1 Non-standard default packet size Facility shall be used and the value requested set to the
maximum supported by the subnetwork.
5.7.6.2.1.4.1 The Fast Select Facility shall be used if supported by all Subnetwork Provider(s) in the
DTE-DTE virtual path.
Note.— Airborne routers are assumed to have a priori knowledge of Fast Select support (or lack
thereof) along the DTE-DTE virtual path based on each individual destination air/ground router´s DTE
address.
Note 1.— This permits the responding DTE accept the call and to return up to 128 octets of user
data.
Note 2.— If Fast Select is not supported, the Compression Procedures can only be negotiated by
successive attempts to establish the virtual circuit requesting different combinations of Compression
Procedures.
Note.— Call Request User Data is used to indicate which Compression Procedures are offered by
the calling DTE. When the Fast Select Facility is used, Call Accept User Data is then used to indicate which
Compression Procedures are accepted by the Called DTE.
5.7.6.2.1.5.1 The Call Request User Data format shall be as illustrated in Figure 5.7-2.
Internet communications service V-147
5.7.6.2.1.5.2 The first octet of the call user data (the Subsequent Protocol Identifier (SPI)) shall be set to
binary [1100 0001] to indicate that the virtual circuit is to be used to provide the underlying service by this
SNDCF.
Note.— ISO TR 9577 provides the international register for SPI values. The value binary [1100
0001] has not been assigned by the ISO Technical Report and it is unlikely that it will be.
5.7.6.2.1.5.3 The value of the second octet (length indicator) shall be an unsigned binary number giving
the number of octets in the SNDCF parameter block (from version number field up to and including (if
present) the maximum number of directory entries field).
5.7.6.2.1.5.4 The third octet is the SNDCF version indicator and shall be set to [0000 0001] to indicate
this version of the SNDCF protocol.
5.7.6.2.1.5.5 The fourth and fifth octets shall provide the Subnetwork Connection Reference (SNCR).
5.7.6.2.1.5.6 The value encoded in this field shall be the lowest available SNCR value in the range from
0 up to one less than the number of virtual circuits needed at this call priority.
Note.— The use of the SNCR is specified in ISO/IEC 8473 for use in call collision resolution over
ISO/IEC 8208 subnetworks.
5.7.6.2.1.5.7 The sixth octet shall indicate the compression techniques offered by the calling DTE,
according to Table 5.7-2.
Note 1.— This specification mandates the use of the LREF Compression algorithm. This may not
be true in future versions of this specification. Hence procedures are specified to negotiate the use of the
LREF Compression on a per virtual circuit basis.
Note 2.— The decision as regards which options to offer out of those supported is otherwise a local
matter.
Note.— At most, one of the the ACA or Deflate compression algorithms can be used. However, both
can be offered in the Call Request Packet when Fast Select is in use, but only one can be accepted in the Call
Accept Packet.
5.7.6.2.1.5.10 Both ACA and Deflate shall not be simultaneously offered if the Fast Select Facility is not
in use.
5.7.6.2.1.5.11 When the LREF Compression algorithm is offered, i.e if bit 2 in octet six is set, then the
seventh and eight octets (Maximum Directory Entries) shall indicate the maximum number of directory
entries supported for the local reference (minimum size 128), as an unsigned even number.
5.7.6.2.1.5.12 The M/I bit shall be set to one by the calling SNDCF in the Call Request Packet when the
calling SNDCF has identified a Subnetwork Connection Group with the called DTE, with the requested
Internet communications service V-149
subnetwork priority and Data Compression mechanisms and options, to request that the newly established
circuit shares the Local Reference Directory associated with this group.
5.7.6.2.1.5.13 The request for Local Reference directory maintenance shall only be used when the Call
Request uses the Fast Select Facility and when bit 2 of the Compression Options Parameter (Local Reference
compression) is set to one.
5.7.6.2.1.5.14 When the request for Local Reference directory maintenance is used, then the Subnetwork
Connection Reference (SNCR) of the Call Request packet shall be set to the lowest available SNCR value
in the range from 0 up to one less than the number of virtual circuits needed at this call priority.
5.7.6.2.1.5.15 When the LREF compression algorithm is not offered, the seventh octet shall be the first
octet of the User Data field.
5.7.6.2.1.5.16 When the LREF compression algorithm is offered , the ninth octet shall be the first octet of
the User Data field.
Note.— When the fast select facility is available, the User Data field may be used to convey the
ISO/IEC 9542 ISH PDU as part of the routing initiation sequence.
5.7.6.2.1.6.1.1 When an ISO/IEC 8208 Call Confirm Packet is received from the Called DTE and the Fast
Select Facility is in use, then the Calling DTE shall inspect the Call Confirm User Data (see 5.7.6.2.2.4) in
order to determine which of the offered Compression Procedures have been accepted.
5.7.6.2.1.6.1.2 If the called SNDCF has accepted the call indicating that an offered Compression Procedure
is not supported, then the Calling SNDCF shall maintain the virtual circuit and shall not apply this
compression procedure.
5.7.6.2.1.6.1.3 If the M/I bit is set to zero in the Call Confirm User Data, then a new Subnetwork
Connection Group shall be created and the newly established virtual circuit becomes the first member of that
Group.
5.7.6.2.1.6.1.4 If the M/I bit is set to one in the Call Confirm User Data and the M/I bit in the preceding Call
Request had also been set to one, then the newly established virtual circuit shall be inserted into the
Subnetwork Connection Group identified when the Call Request was issued.
5.7.6.2.1.6.1.5 If the M/I bit is set to one in the Call Confirm User Data, and M/I bit had been set to zero
in the preceding Call Request, then this is an error condition, and the call shall be cleared with an ISO/IEC
8208 Cause Code of zero, and a diagnostic code of 242 (Disconnection - incompatible information in user
data).
5.7.6.2.1.6.1.6 If the length of the User Data of the received Call Confirm Packet is greater than one, then
the remaining part of the received Call Confirm User Data contains an NPDU, and the calling SNDCF shall
pass this NPDU in an SN-UNITDATA indication to the appropriate SN-Service User.
V-150 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.7.6.2.1.6.1.7 The first octet of this NPDU (i.e. the SPI) shall be used by the calling SNDCF in order to
identify the network layer protocol, and hence which SN-Service User is responsible for handling this NPDU.
5.7.6.2.1.6.1.8 If no such SN-Service user exists, then the NPDU shall be discarded.
5.7.6.2.1.6.2.1 When an ISO/IEC 8208 Call Confirm Packet is received from the Called DTE and the Fast
Select Facility is not in use, then the Calling DTE shall assume that all of the offered Compression
Procedures have been accepted.
5.7.6.2.1.7.1 General
5.7.6.2.1.7.1.1 Recommendation.— When a DTE originated ISO/IEC 8208 Call Clearing Packet is
received with a diagnostic value indicating that the proposed LREF directory is too big (see Table 5.7-3),
then the call should be re-attempted with the minimum directory size (see 5.7.6.3.1.3).
Note.— This is to ensure that the call is not rejected again due to the requested directory size being
too big.
5.7.6.2.1.7.1.2 If the diagnostic indicates Call Collision resolution then no further attempt shall be made
to re-establish the call.
5.7.6.2.1.7.1.3 Recommendation.— In all other cases, the problem should be reported to a System
Manager.
Note.— Any further attempts to establish the virtual circuit are a local matter.
5.7.6.2.1.7.2.1 When a DCE or DTE originated ISO/IEC 8208 Call Clearing Packet is received with a
diagnostic indicating Fast Select not Subscribed or Fast Select Acceptance Not Subscribed, then the call shall
be re-attempted but without requesting the Fast Select Facility.
Note.— Some Network Service Providers may indicate the non availability of the Fast Select Facility
via other diagnostic codes.
Note.— In this case, when rejection by the called DTE indicates that the reject reason is due to an
offered compression procedure not being supported, then the call is re-attempted without offering the
rejected procedure. This is the only negotiation procedure possible when Fast Select is not available.
5.7.6.2.1.7.3.1 When a DTE originated ISO/IEC 8208 Call Clearing Packet is received with a diagnostic
indicating LREF Compression not Supported (see Table 5.7-3), the call shall be re-attempted without offering
LREF Compression.
Internet communications service V-151
5.7.6.2.1.7.3.2 When a DTE originated ISO/IEC 8208 Call Clearing Packet is received with a diagnostic
indicating Local Reference Cancellation not Supported (see Table 5.7-3), the call shall be re-attempted
without offering Local Reference Cancellation.
5.7.6.2.1.7.3.3 When a DTE originated ISO/IEC 8208 Call Clearing Packet is received with a diagnostic
indicating ACA compression not Supported (see Table 5.7-3), the call shall be re-attempted without offering
the ACA.
5.7.6.2.1.7.3.4 When a DTE originated ISO/IEC 8208 Call Clearing Packet is received with a diagnostic
indicating Deflate compression not Supported (see Table 5.7-3), the call shall be re-attempted without
offering Deflate compression.
5.7.6.2.2.1.1 When an ISO/IEC 8208 Incoming Call Packet is received, the called SNDCF first shall check
for a call collision.
5.7.6.2.2.1.2 If the SNDCF has an outstanding Call Request to the same DTE Address, specified as the
calling DTE in this Incoming Call Packet, and the call priority and SNCR are identical, then a call collision
has occurred, and the call collision resolution procedures specified in ISO/IEC 8473-3 shall be invoked to
resolve the call collision.
5.7.6.2.2.1.3 The called SNDCF shall then determine whether to accept the call.
5.7.6.2.2.1.4 The call shall be rejected if any of the following conditions are true:
c) The Fast Select Facility was not selected in the Incoming Call Packet and an offered
compression algorithm is not supported;
f) The Local Reference compression is offered and the called SNDCF does not
support the proposed directory size;
g) Local Policy does not permit communication with the calling DTE.
5.7.6.2.2.1.5 The call shall then be rejected using a Call Clearing Packet, with the appropriate diagnostic
code, as listed in Table 5.7-3.
5.7.6.2.2.1.6 If the call is to be accepted then the Called SNDCF shall perform the ISO/IEC 8208
procedures associated with accepting a call.
V-152 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.7.6.2.2.2.1 The combination of compression techniques acceptable to the SNDCF, out of those offered
by the Calling SNDCF, shall be indicated by setting the appropriate bits in the first octet of the ISO/IEC 8208
Call Accept User Data as shown in Figure 5.7-3.
5.7.6.2.2.2.2 The Called SNDCF shall not accept both the ACA and Deflate compression algorithms
simultaneously.
5.7.6.2.2.2.3 If the M/I bit is set to one in the Call Request User Data and,
a) there is one and only one existing Subnetwork Connection Group with the calling
DTE with the same Data Compression Procedures and options as indicated in the
Call Request User Data, and the requested priority, and
then the virtual circuit shall be inserted in this Subnetwork Connection Group and the M/I bit set to one in
the Call Accept User Data.
5.7.6.2.2.2.4 Otherwise, a new Subnetwork Connection Group shall be created, with this virtual circuit
as the first member of the group and the M/I bit set to zero in the Call Accept User Data.
Note.— By setting the M/I bit to zero, the responding SNDCF can refuse to maintain the Local
Reference directory from the old virtual circuit to the new virtual circuit. This will result in an additional
Subnetwork Connection Group and , as long as one or more exists, in all further Local Reference directory
maintenance requests to be rejected.
5.7.6.2.2.2.5 If there is additional User Data beyond the SNDCF Parameter Block (see Figure 5-7.2) in
the received Incoming Call Packet and the first octet of this additional user data is a recognized NPDU SPI,
then the remaining part of the received Incoming Call User Data contains an NPDU, and the called SNDCF
shall pass this NPDU in an SN-UNITDATA indication to the appropriate SN-Service User.
5.7.6.2.2.2.6 The first octet of this NPDU (i.e. the SPI) shall be used by the called SNDCF in order to
identify the network layer protocol, and hence which SN-Service User is responsible for handling this NPDU.
5.7.6.2.2.2.7 If no such SN-Service User exists, then the NPDU shall be discarded.
5.7.6.2.2.3.1 If Fast Select is not in use then a call shall only be accepted if all offered compression
procedures and facilities are acceptable, and the proposed LREF directory size can be supported.
Note.— User Data can only be present in the Call Accept packet if the Fast Select Facility is
available and has been selected in the Call Request.
5.7.6.2.2.4.1 When Fast Select is available and has been selected in the Call Request, then a Call Accept
5.7.6.2.2.4.2 The Call Accept User Data format shall be as illustrated in Figure 5.7-3.
5.7.6.2.2.4.3 The first octet of the Call Accept User Data shall identify the compression procedure(s)
accepted by the called DTE.
Note.— The bit fields have the same semantics as the ones used for the sixth octet of the Call Request
User Data.
5.7.6.2.2.4.4 In case that the Call Accept Packet will be used to convey an NPDU, the second octet of the
Call Accept User Data shall be the first octet of this NPDU.
Note 1.— An ISO/IEC 9542 ISH PDU may be conveyed as part of the routing initiation procedure.
Note 2.— Since the negotiated compression procedures apply to the data transfer phase (see
5.7.6.2.3.1), the optional NPDU in the Call Accept User Data, if present, is sent uncompressed.
5.7.6.2.3.1 During the data transfer phase of a virtual circuit established by this SNDCF, the
Compression Procedures accepted by the called DTE shall be applied to each NPDU transferred over the
virtual circuit.
Note.— NPDUs are queued for transfer as a result of an SN-UNITDATA.request. Received NPDUs
are passed to the SN-Service user by an SN-UNITDATA.indication.
5.7.6.2.3.2 The order in which concurrently applied Compression Procedures and ISO/IEC 8208
segmentation are applied shall be as follows:
a) If the LREF compression algorithm is used, it shall be applied to the ISO/IEC 8473
PDU first;
V-154 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
c) Finally, if the ISO/IEC 8208 M-bit sequencing procedures are required due to the
size of the PDU, then these shall be applied.
a) If M-bit -segmentation has been applied, then reassembly of the NPDU from the
received ISO/IEC 8208 Data Packets shall be done first;
c) Finally if the LREF compression is used, the LREF decompression algorithm shall
then be applied.
c) If the resources are required by another virtual circuit with a higher priority.
5.7.6.2.4.2 Items b) or c) above shall only apply to those virtual circuits that have been established
following an SN-UNITDATA.request.
5.7.6.2.4.3 When it has been determined that a virtual circuit is to be cleared, the SNDCF shall invoke
the ISO/IEC 8208 functions associated with call clearing.
5.7.6.2.4.4 All packets subsequently received other than a Clear Confirm or a Clear Indication shall be
ignored.
5.7.6.2.4.5 The same actions shall apply to the receipt of a Clear Indication.
5.7.6.2.4.6 The Clearing Cause octet in the ISO/IEC-8208 Cause/Diagnostic field shall be set to [1000
0000].
5.7.6.2.4.7 The reason for clearing the call shall be placed in the Diagnostic field using the appropriate
diagnostic values according to Table 5.7-3.
Note.— If a virtual connection is cleared due to a network problem, the SNDCF may attempt to
re-establish the connection before the associated forwarding information is removed from Network Layer
Internet communications service V-155
routing tables. The selective re-establishment of X.25 connections may be based on the originating Clearing
Cause and Diagnostic Codes.
5.7.6.3.1.1 Both calling and called SNDCFs shall create a local directory to be associated with each
newly established Subnetwork Connection Group.
5.7.6.3.1.2 This directory shall consist of entries numbered from zero to a maximum of 32767, each
entry consisting of:
a) A pair of NSAP Addresses, known as the inward and outward NSAP Addresses
respectively;
5.7.6.3.1.3 The directory shall be initially empty. The Mobile SNDCF shall support a minimum
directory size of 128 entries.
5.7.6.3.2.1 General
5.7.6.3.2.1.1 On receipt of a SN-UNITDATA request the SNDCF shall identify an appropriate virtual
circuit to the subnetwork user associated with the SN-Destination-Address, and which satisfies the PDU
Priority and Security requirements, and queue the accompanying PDU (i.e. the user data associated with the
SN-UNITDATA request) for transfer over that virtual circuit.
5.7.6.3.2.1.2 If there is no virtual circuit which satisfies the PDU Priority and Security requirement, then
the SNDCF shall try to establish a virtual circuit with the requested PDU Security and priority.
5.7.6.3.2.1.3 If a suitable virtual circuit can be established, then the PDU shall be queued for transfer over
the newly established virtual circuit. If no such virtual circuit can be established, then if an existing virtual
circuit associated with the SN-Destination-Address provides an adequate level of security and priority, the
PDU shall be queued for transfer over the existing virtual circuit.
Note 1.— The opening of an additional virtual circuit for this purpose may be inappropriate in
certain cases. For example, opening an additional virtual circuit via a single frequency VDL subnetwork or
via the Mode S subnetwork will not necessarily result in increased capacity.
Note 2.— The maintenance of the minimum QoS level includes ensuring that the number of local
references that are required to support the number of data streams multiplexed over a given virtual circuit
does not exceed the number available.
5.7.6.3.2.1.5 If no virtual circuit exists to the SN-Destination-Address, and the circuit is not classified as
dynamically assigned by the ISO/IEC 10589 (IS-IS) routing protocol or under a static routing regime, then
the SN-UNITDATA shall be discarded, with an error report sent to a System Manager.
Note.— Virtual Circuits between Intermediate Systems and between Intermediate Systems and End
Systems are initially established by procedures associated with the specific routing procedures employed.
If no such virtual circuit has been established, or may be established under the routing procedures, then no
route exists and hence it is an error if an attempt is made to send a PDU over such a route.
5.7.6.3.2.2.2 If the IPI contains binary [1000 0001] indicating ISO/IEC 8473, then the procedures in
5.7.6.3.2.3 shall be performed.
5.7.6.3.2.2.3 If the IPI contains binary [1000 0010] indicating ISO/IEC 9542 (ES-IS), binary [1000 0011]
indicating ISO/IEC 10589 (IS-IS), or binary [0100 0101] indicating ISO/IEC 11577 (NLSP), then the packet
shall be sent unchanged over the virtual circuit, using the M-bit segmentation mechanism, if the packet is
larger than the maximum length of user data permitted for the virtual circuit.
5.7.6.3.2.2.4 If the IPI contains any other value, the SN-UNITDATA request shall be discarded, and an
error sent to a System Manager.
Note.— The IPI designating the ISO/IEC 11577 has been included in the set of allowed IPIs in order
to preserve the possiblity for use of this protocol in the future. However, at the time of publication of this
specification, no ATN Security Protocol Architecture has been defined. Thus, this inclusion of the NLSP IPI
in the allowed IPI set does not indicate that NLSP will be incorporated into the future ATN security
architecture.
5.7.6.3.2.3.1 The options part of the ISO/IEC 8473 NPDU header contained in the SN-Userdata shall then
be inspected. If one of the following is true:
c) QoS Maintenance option is anything other than the globally unique format,
then the SN-Userdata shall be sent unchanged over the virtual circuit using M-bit segmentation procedures
as appropriate.
5.7.6.3.2.3.2 Otherwise, the local directory associated with the virtual circuit shall then be interrogated
to determine if an entry exists such that:
a) the inward NSAP Address is equal to the PDU's source NSAP Address;
b) the outward NSAP Address is equal to the PDU's destination NSAP Address;
c) a security parameter is present with the same value as that contained in the PDU
header, if present, and otherwise absent;
V-158 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
d) the same ISO/IEC 8473 version number as is present in the PDU header.
5.7.6.3.2.3.3 If an entry is found, then the NPDU shall be sent in the compressed form constructed
according to 5.7.6.3.3, using the local directory entry number as the local reference.
5.7.6.3.2.3.4 If no entry is found, then a new directory entry shall be created and the SN-Userdata shall
be modified as specified in 5.7.6.3.2.4.
5.7.6.3.2.4.1 A new directory entry shall be created containing the NPDU source NSAP Address as the
inward NSAP Address, and the NPDU destination NSAP Address as the outward NSAP Address.
5.7.6.3.2.4.2 The value of the protocol version number, and the security parameter, if present, shall also
be placed in this entry.
5.7.6.3.2.4.3 The entry number shall have the lowest possible entry number that has not previously been
used for the local directory associated with this virtual circuit, and shall be in the range [0..63] or
[128..16447] if the SNDCF is the initiator of the first virtual circuit in a Subnetwork Connection Group, or
[64..127] or [16448..32767], if the SNDCF is the responder for such a virtual circuit.
5.7.6.3.2.4.4 When a directory size greater than 128 but less than 32767 has been negotiated, then the
highest local reference that the initiator may allocate shall be
127 + (n -128) / 2
and the highest local reference that the responder may allocate shall be
16447 + (n -128) / 2
5.7.6.3.2.4.5 If a directory full condition occurs then, as a local matter, either the PDU shall be sent
unmodified over the virtual circuit or the virtual circuit shall be reset.
Note.— A user generated Network Reset results in the total clearing of the directory which then
permits the assignment of an unused local reference.
5.7.6.3.2.4.6 Recommendation.— When this SNDCF is used for Air/Ground communication or when
the local reference cancellation option is available for use, then the PDU should be sent unmodified over
the virtual circuit.
5.7.6.3.2.4.7 The PDU, which may be either a DT PDU or an ER PDU, shall have an additional options
field added to the PDU header.
5.7.6.3.2.4.8 This option parameter shall have local significance only (i.e. is only of interest to the sending
and receiving SNDCFs), and is called the Local Reference.
Internet communications service V-159
5.7.6.3.2.4.9 This Local Reference option parameter shall be included as the first parameter in the Option
Part of the DT or ER PDU header.
5.7.6.3.2.4.11 The Checksum, Length Indicator, and Segment Length fields of the PDU header shall be
modified to reflect the insertion of the new options field, and any changes to the length of the source and
destination address.
5.7.6.3.2.5.1 When the optional Local Reference Cancellation facility is implemented, and both SNDCFs
using a virtual circuit have indicated that they support this facility, then the SNDCF shall monitor the number
of local references on each virtual circuit which it has both assigned and are in use.
5.7.6.3.2.5.2 When the number of such local references on a given virtual circuit exceeds a System
Manager specified threshold, then the local reference cancellation procedures specified in 5.7.6.3.6 shall be
invoked, in order to ensure that the number of unused local references in the range in which the SNDCF is
permitted to assign local references, is at least equal to a System Manager specified target.
5.7.6.3.2.6.1 The modified ISO/IEC 8473 NPDU (i.e. the NPDU with the added Local Reference Option)
shall be inserted in the User Data field of an ISO/IEC 8208 Data packet and shall be sent over the virtual
circuit, using the ISO/IEC 8208 M-bit segmentation procedure if appropriate.
5.7.6.3.3.1 General
5.7.6.3.3.2.1 General
Note.— An Initial DT PDU is an ISO/IEC 8473 DT PDU that either contains no Segmentation Part
in its PDU header or contains a Segmentation Part with a Segment Offset value that equals zero and the
Segment Length is equal to the Total Length.
5.7.6.3.3.2.1.1 The original Initial DT PDU shall be compressed into the Compressed Initial Data PDU as
shown in Figure 5.7-4.
5.7.6.3.3.2.1.2 The fields of the Compressed Initial Data PDU shall be set as follows.
Internet communications service V-161
5.7.6.3.3.2.2.1 The PDU Type field value shall be set according to the values of the original Initial DT PDU
ER, SP and More Segments (MS) flags as defined in Table 5.7-4.
0011 1 1 0
5.7.6.3.3.2.3.1 The PDU Priority field value shall be set to the lowest four bits of the original PDU Priority
parameter value field, if the Priority option is present, and set to zero otherwise.
5.7.6.3.3.2.4.1 The PDU Lifetime field value shall be set to the eight bits of the original NPDU lifetime
field.
5.7.6.3.3.2.5.1 The P field value shall be set to one if the original uncompressed PDU contained the priority
option. This field shall be set to zero otherwise.
5.7.6.3.3.2.6.1 The Q field value shall be set to one if the original uncompressed PDU contained the QoS
Maintenance option.
5.7.6.3.3.2.7.1 The R field value shall be set to one if the original uncompressed PDU contains a non-zero
checksum.
5.7.6.3.3.2.8.1 The values of these fields shall be set to bits 5 through 1 of the QoS parameter value option
field of the original PDU, if the Quality of Service maintenance option is present.
5.7.6.3.3.2.8.2 The S/T field shall be set to the value of bit 5 of the Quality of Service Maintenance
parameter value field, if present (i.e. sequencing vs. transit delay) and set to zero otherwise.
5.7.6.3.3.2.8.3 The CE field shall be set to the value of bit 4 in the Quality of Service Maintenance
parameter value field.
5.7.6.3.3.2.8.4 The T/C field shall be set to the value of bit 3 in the Quality of Service Maintenance
parameter value field.
5.7.6.3.3.2.8.5 The E/T field shall be set to the value of bit 2 in the Quality of Service Maintenance
parameter value field.
5.7.6.3.3.2.8.6 The E/C field shall be set to the value of bit 1 in the Quality of Service Maintenance
parameter value field.
5.7.6.3.3.2.9.1 If the value of the Local Reference determined according to the procedure specified in
5.7.6.3.2.4 is less than 128, then the EXP field shall be set to zero.
5.7.6.3.3.2.9.2 In this case, only the Local-REF/A field shall be present in the PDU.
5.7.6.3.3.2.9.3 The Local-REF/A field value shall be set to the value of the Local Reference encoded as an
unsigned integer.
5.7.6.3.3.2.9.4 If the value of the Local Reference is greater than or equal to 128, the EXP field shall be set
to one, and both Local-REF/A and Local-REF/B fields shall be present in the PDU.
5.7.6.3.3.2.9.5 The Local Reference shall be encoded as a 15 bit unsigned integer, with the least significant
eight bits placed in the Local-REF/B field, and the most significant seven bits placed in the Local-REF/A
field.
5.7.6.3.3.2.10.1 If the Initial DT PDU allows segmentation (SP Flag is set to one), then the PDU Identifier
field shall be included in the Compressed Initial Data PDU.
5.7.6.3.3.2.10.2 The PDU Identifier field shall contain the Data Unit Identifier as provided in the
segmentation part of the Initial DT PDU.
5.7.6.3.3.2.10.3 If the Initial DT PDU does not allow segmentation (SP Flag is set to zero), then this field
shall not be included in the Compressed Initial Data PDU.
Internet communications service V-163
5.7.6.3.3.2.11.1 This field shall not be present in the Compressed Data PDU for an Initial DT PDU.
Note.— The segment offset of an Initial DT PDU is always zero and is a priori known by the
receiving SNDCF.
5.7.6.3.3.2.12.1 This field shall not be present in the Compressed Data PDU for an Initial DT PDU.
Note.— The Total Length field value of an Initial DT PDU is the length of the entire PDU in octets.
This value is identical to the value of the Segment Length field for an Initial DT PDU and both values may
be recalculated by the receiving SNDCF.
5.7.6.3.3.2.13.1 This field shall contain the Data Part of the original Initial DT PDU.
5.7.6.3.3.3.1 General
5.7.6.3.3.3.1.1 The original Derived DT PDU shall be compressed into the Compressed Derived Data PDU
as shown in Figure 5.7-4.
5.7.6.3.3.3.1.2 The fields of the Compressed Derived Data PDU shall be set as defined in the following
sections.
5.7.6.3.3.3.2.1 The PDU Type field value shall be set according to the values of the original NPDU ER, SP
and MS flags as defined in Table 5.7-5.
PDU Type Values CLNP NPDU ER Value CLNP NPDU SP Value CLNP NPDU MS
Value
0110 0 1 0
0111 0 1 1
1001 1 1 0
1010 1 1 1
5.7.6.3.3.3.9.1 The PDU Identifier field value shall be set to the Data Unit Identifier contained in the
segmentation part of the original Derived DT PDU header.
5.7.6.3.3.3.10.1 The PDU Segment Offset field value shall be set to the Segment Offset value contained in
the segmentation part of the original Derived DT PDU header.
5.7.6.3.3.3.11.1 The PDU Total Length field value shall be set to the value of the Total Length field
contained in the Segmentation Part of the original Derived DT PDU.
5.7.6.3.3.4.1 General
5.7.6.3.3.4.1.1 The original ER PDU shall be compressed into the Compressed Error Report PDU as shown
in Figure 5.7-5.
5.7.6.3.3.4.1.2 The fields of the Compressed Error Report PDU shall be set as defined in the following
sections.
5.7.6.3.3.4.9.1 This field shall be set to the value of the Reason for Discard Parameter Value field contained
in the original NPDU header.
5.7.6.3.3.4.10.1 This field shall contain the value of the Error Report Data Part if provided in the original
Error Report PDU.
5.7.6.3.3.4.11.1 The compressed ISO/IEC 8473 NPDU (i.e. Compressed Initial Data PDU, Compressed
Derived Data PDU, or Compressed Error Report PDU) shall be inserted in the User Data field of an ISO/IEC
8208 Data packet and shall be sent over the virtual circuit, using the ISO/IEC 8208 M-bit segmentation
procedure if appropriate.
Note.— The following sections specify the processing of packets received from the Subnetwork
Service provider.
5.7.6.3.4.1.1 On receipt of an incoming packet received from a virtual circuit, the SNDCF shall inspect
the first octet to determine the Network Layer Protocol ID or the compressed PDU type (see Table 5.7-6).
a) If this value is set to [1000 0001] indicating that the NPDU is an ISO/IEC 8473
NPDU with an uncompressed header, then the NPDU shall be processed according
to 5.7.6.3.4.2.2.
b) If the first octet indicates either ISO/IEC 9542 (ES-IS), ISO/IEC 11577 (NLSP) or
ISO/IEC 10589 (IS-IS), the SNDCF shall generate an SN-UNITDATA.indication
with the NPDU as its SN-Userdata parameter, and the SN-Source-Address and
SN-Destination-Address parameters set to the remote and local DTE addresses for
the virtual circuit over which the NPDU was received.
c) If the value of the first four bits of the first octet is in the range binary [0000] to
binary [0011] then the PDU is a compressed ISO/IEC 8473 Initial DT PDU which
shall be decompressed using the procedures specified in 5.7.6.3.4.3.
d) If the value of the first four bits of the first octet is in the range binary [0110] to
binary [1010] (excluding 1000) then the PDU is a compressed ISO/IEC 8473
Derived PDU, which shall be decompressed using the procedures specified in
5.7.6.3.4.3.
e) If the value of the first four bits of the first octet is binary [1101] then the PDU is
a compressed ISO/IEC 8473 Error PDU, which shall be decompressed using the
procedures specified in 5.7.6.3.4.4.
Internet communications service V-167
f) If the value of the first four bits of the first octet is binary [1110] then the PDU is
an SNDCF Error Report, which shall be processed according to the procedures of
5.7.6.3.4.5, and no SN-UNITDATA.indication generated.
g) If the value of the first four bits of the first octet is binary [0100] or binary [0101],
then the PDU is respectively, a local reference cancellation request or response,
which shall be processed according to the procedures of 5.7.6.3.6 and no
SN-UNITDATA.indication generated.
Table 5.7-6 Mapping between Compressed PDU Type Fields and Uncompressed PDU Types
5.7.6.3.4.1.2 In all other cases, the PDU shall be discarded and an SNDCF Error Report Generated (see
5.7.6.3.5).
5.7.6.3.4.2.1 General
5.7.6.3.4.2.1.1 If the received NPDU is an ISO/IEC 8473 NPDU then the options part shall be inspected
for the options field containing the local reference.
5.7.6.3.4.2.2.1 If the local reference option is not present, then the SNDCF shall generate a SN-UNITDATA
indication with the NPDU as its SN-Userdata, and the SN-Source-Address and SN-Destination-Address
parameters set to the remote and local DTE addresses for the virtual circuit over which the NPDU was
received.
5.7.6.3.4.2.3.1 If the Local Reference option is present, it shall be removed, and the checksum and PDU
header length indication and segment length shall be modified to reflect this removal.
V-168 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.7.6.3.4.2.3.2 If a Local Reference options field is present, then the local directory associated with the
virtual circuit over which the PDU was received shall be inspected for the presence of the corresponding
entry.
5.7.6.3.4.2.3.3 If no such entry is present, and the value of the Local Reference is in the range within which
the remote SNDCF is permitted to create local directory entries, then the entry shall be created, and:
a) The value of the inward NSAP Address set to the PDU's destination NSAP Address,
b) The value of the outward NSAP Address set to the NSAP's source NSAP Address,
and
c) The values of the Version Number and Security Parameter, set to the corresponding
values in the PDU header.
5.7.6.3.4.2.3.4 An SNDCF Error Report (see 5.7.6.3.5) shall be generated if the value of the Local
Reference is not within the range within which the remote SNDCF is permitted to create local directory
entries, or is greater than the maximum negotiated when the call was established.
5.7.6.3.4.2.3.5 Otherwise, the local directory entry shall be compared with the received PDU. If:
a) The inward NSAP Address does not match the destination NSAP Address, or
b) The outward NSAP Address does not match the source NSAP Address, or
c) The Version Number does not match the Version Number present in the directory
entry, or
d) The value of the Security options parameter does not match the value in the
directory, or is not correspondingly absent, then
an SNDCF Error Report shall be generated and returned over the same virtual circuit as the PDU was
received.
5.7.6.3.4.2.3.6 The SNDCF shall then generate a SN-UNITDATA.indication with the NPDU as its
SN-Userdata, and the SN-Source-Address and SN-Destination-Address parameters set to the remote and local
DTE addresses for the virtual circuit over which the NPDU was received.
5.7.6.3.4.3.1 General
5.7.6.3.4.3.1.1 If the most significant four bits of the first octet of a received PDU (i.e. the PDU Type field)
are in the range [0000] to [0011] binary, excluding [1000], then the packet is a compressed ISO/IEC 8473
Initial DT NPDU.
5.7.6.3.4.3.1.2 If the PDU Type field of a received compressed PDU is in the range [0110] to [1010] binary,
then the PDU is a compressed ISO/IEC 8473 Derived DT NPDU.
Internet communications service V-169
5.7.6.3.4.3.1.3 Upon receipt, the SNDCF shall examine and validate the Local-REF in the compressed PDU.
5.7.6.3.4.3.1.4 The value of the Local Reference shall be extracted from the compressed header and the
corresponding entry in the local directory located.
5.7.6.3.4.3.1.5 If no entry exists corresponding to the Local-REF present in the PDU, then an SNDCF Error
Report shall be generated and returned over the same virtual circuit as the PDU was received, and the PDU
shall be discarded.
5.7.6.3.4.3.1.6 If the Local-REF is valid, the original uncompressed NPDU shall be recreated by the
procedures defined in 5.7.6.3.4.3.2 through 5.7.6.3.4.3.6.
5.7.6.3.4.3.1.7 The SNDCF then shall generate a SN-UNITDATA.indication with the SN-Source Address
and SN-Destination Address parameters set to the remote and local DTE addresses for the virtual circuit over
which the NPDU was received, and the SN-Userdata shall be set to the uncompressed DT NPDU.
Note 1.— The Fixed Part of the NPDU header consists of the Network Layer Protocol Identifier,
Length Indicator, Version/Protocol Identifier Extension, PDU Lifetime, SP flag, MS flag, E/R Flag, Type,
Segment Length and Checksum fields as defined in ISO/IEC 8473.
Note 2.— If the EXP field is set to zero, the Local Reference is the seven bit integer value of the
Local-REF/A field. If the EXP field is set to one, the Local Reference value consists of the fifteen bit unsigned
integer as stored with the least significant eight bits placed in the Local-REF/B field, and the most significant
seven bits placed in the Local-REF/A field.
5.7.6.3.4.3.2.1.1 This field shall be set to binary [1000 0001] to identify this Network Layer Protocol as
ISO/IEC 8473.
5.7.6.3.4.3.2.2.1 This field shall be set to the length of the uncompressed NPDU header in octets.
5.7.6.3.4.3.2.3.1 The Version/Protocol Identifier Extension field shall be set to the values provided in the
corresponding entry of the local directory.
5.7.6.3.4.3.2.4.1 The eight bits of the PDU Lifetime field shall be set to the eight bits of the PDU Lifetime
field of the Compressed Data PDU.
5.7.6.3.4.3.2.5.1 The values of these flags shall be derived from the value of the Protocol ID field and Type
field of the Compressed Data PDU.
5.7.6.3.4.3.2.5.2 These flag values shall be determined according to Table 5.7-4 for an Initial Data PDU
and Table 5.7-5 for a Derived Data PDU.
5.7.6.3.4.3.2.7.1 This field shall indicate the entire length in octets of the PDU, including both header and
data.
5.7.6.3.4.3.2.7.3 For an Initial DT NPDU, the value of this field shall be identical to the value of the Total
Length field located in the Segmentation Part of the header.
5.7.6.3.4.3.2.8.1 The value of this field shall be set to zero if the R bit in the compressed header is zero.
Note.— For the DT PDU, this includes the segmentation and options part (if present). For the Error
Report PDU, this includes the reason for discard field as well.
Note.— The Address Part consists of the Destination Address Length Indicator, Destination Address,
Source Address Length Indicator and Source Address as defined in ISO/IEC 8473.
5.7.6.3.4.3.3.1.1 The Source and Destination NSAP addresses shall be set to the values provided in the
corresponding entry of the local directory for the Local Reference number calculated.
5.7.6.3.4.3.3.1.2 The source NSAP Address shall be set to the value of the outward NSAP Address, and the
destination NSAP Address set to the value of the inward NSAP Address.
5.7.6.3.4.3.3.1.3 The Length fields shall contain the length of each address in octets.
5.7.6.3.4.3.4.1 General
5.7.6.3.4.3.4.1.1 If the ISO/IEC 8473 SP field is set to one, then the Segmentation Part shall be generated.
Internet communications service V-171
5.7.6.3.4.3.4.1.2 The Segmentation Part shall consist of the Data Unit Identifier, Segment Offset, and Total
Length field as defined in ISO/IEC 8473.
5.7.6.3.4.3.4.2.1 This field shall contain the value of the PDU Identifier field as provided in the compressed
DT PDU.
5.7.6.3.4.3.4.3.2 For a Derived DT PDU, this field shall be set to the PDU Segment Offset field as provided
in the compressed DT PDU.
5.7.6.3.4.3.4.4.1 For a Derived DT PDU, this field shall contain the value of the PDU Total Length field as
provided in the Compressed DT PDU.
5.7.6.3.4.3.4.4.2 For an Initial PDU, the entire length of the PDU in octets shall be calculated by the SNDCF
and stored in this field.
5.7.6.3.4.3.5.1 General
5.7.6.3.4.3.5.1.1 If the Q bit field is set to one, the Globally Unique QoS option shall be recreated according
to 5.7.6.3.4.3.5.3.
5.7.6.3.4.3.5.1.2 If the Security option is present in the local reference directory entry, the Security option
shall be recreated according to 5.7.6.3.4.3.5.4.
5.7.6.3.4.3.5.1.3 If the P bit field is set to one, the Priority option shall be recreated according to
5.7.6.3.4.3.5.2.
5.7.6.3.4.3.5.2 Priority
5.7.6.3.4.3.5.2.1 For the Priority option, the Parameter Code shall be set to binary [1100 1101] and the
Parameter Length set to one octet.
5.7.6.3.4.3.5.2.2 The four most significant bits of the Parameter Value shall be set to zero, and the four least
significant bits set to the PDU Priority field as provided in the compressed DT PDU.
5.7.6.3.4.3.5.3.1 For the Quality of Service Maintenance option, the Parameter Code shall be set to binary
[1100 0011], the Parameter Length set to one octet.
V-172 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.7.6.3.4.3.5.3.2 The high order two bits of the Parameter Value shall be set to binary [11] to indicate
Globally Unique, bit 6 shall be set to zero, and bits 5 through one set to the S/T, CE , T/C, E/T and E/C fields
respectively as provided in the compressed Data PDU.
5.7.6.3.4.3.5.4 Security
5.7.6.3.4.3.5.4.1 This field shall be set to the value of the Security parameter contained in the corresponding
Local Reference directory entry.
5.7.6.3.4.3.6.1 The Data Part shall be copied from the Compressed Data PDU data part.
5.7.6.3.4.4.1 General
5.7.6.3.4.4.1.1 The original uncompressed header shall be recreated as defined in the following sections.
Note.— If the four most significant bits of the first octet (the PDU Type Field) of a received packet
are [1101] then the packet is a compressed ISO/IEC 8473 ER NPDU.
5.7.6.3.4.4.2.1 The Fixed Part of the ER PDU shall be composed in the same manner as defined in
5.7.6.3.4.3.2 except for the Type Code which shall be set to binary [00001] to indicate an ER PDU, and for
the SP and MS flags which shall be set to zeros.
5.7.6.3.4.4.3.1 The Address Part of the ER PDU shall be composed in the same manner as defined in
5.7.6.3.4.3.3.
5.7.6.3.4.4.4.1 The Options Part of the ER PDU shall be composed in the same manner as defined in
5.7.6.3.4.3.5 for an Initial DT PDU.
5.7.6.3.4.4.5.1 To compose this field, the Parameter Code shall be set to binary [1100 0001], the Parameter
Length set to two octets, and the Parameter Value set to the Discard Reason field as provided in the
Compressed Error Report PDU.
5.7.6.3.4.4.6.1 If the Compressed Error Report PDU contains the Header of Discarded NPDU field, then
the Error Report Data Part shall be set to the value of the Header of Discarded NPDU field.
Internet communications service V-173
5.7.6.3.4.5.1 On receipt of an SNDCF Error Report with reason “compressed NPDU with unrecognized
local reference”, the directory entry corresponding to the local reference returned in the SNDCF Error Report
shall be reset to the unused state.
5.7.6.3.4.5.2 On receipt of an SNDCF Error Report with reason other than “compressed NPDU with
unrecognized local reference” (see Table 5.7-7), the virtual circuit shall be reset (see 5.7.6.3.7) and the local
reference directory associated with the virtual circuit shall be cleared to its initial state.
Note.— If the virtual circuit on which the error has been reported belongs to a connection group
which shares the same LREF directory, there is no need to reset the remaining virtual circuits of that group.
Note.— If the four most significant bits of the first octet (the PDU Type field) of an incoming packet
are set to [1110], then a SNDCF Error Report has been received (see 5.7.6.3.5).
5.7.6.3.5.1 The SNDCF Error Report is a packet format unique to the Mobile SNDCF, and shall be
used to report errors in the use of local references as specified below. The SNDCF Error Report PDU shall
be constructed as follows:
a) The most significant four bits (PDU Type) of the first octet are set to binary 1110,
while the least significant four bits are set to 0000.
b) The second octet is a discard reason encoded as an unsigned integer, with the
following reason codes defined in the Table 5.7-7:
Code Reason
[0000 0000] Compressed NPDU with
unrecognized Local Reference
[0000 0001] Creation of directory entry
outside of sender's permitted
range
[0000 0010] Directory entry exists
[0000 0011] Local Reference greater than
maximum value accepted
[0000 0100] Data Unit Identifier missing
when SP=1
[0000 0101] Reserved
[0000 0111] Compressed ISO/IEC 8473 PDU
with unrecognized Type
[0000 1000] Local Reference Cancellation
Error
V-174 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
c) The Local Reference contained in the PDU for which the error is being reported is
placed in the remaining octet(s) of the SNDCF Error Report PDU Header, unless
the reason is Local Reference Cancellation Error, when the SNDCF Error Report
shall consist of three octets only, and the third octet shall contain the Cancellation
Reference of the invalid Cancellation Request PDU.
5.7.6.3.5.2 The data portion of the SNDCF Error Report shall be used to return a copy of the PDU in
error, similar to the ISO/IEC 8473 Error Report PDU.
5.7.6.3.5.3 The Error Report PDU shall be sent as an ISO/IEC 8208 DATA packet(s) and, if needed,
segmented using the M-bit procedures.
5.7.6.3.6.1 General
Note.— When the implementation of this option has been agreed by both SNDCFs using a virtual
circuit during the call setup procedures, then the following procedures may be used to selectively cancel one
or more Local References, i.e. make them available for re-use. An SNDCF may only request the cancellation
of Local References which are within the range in which it is permitted to assign Local References.
5.7.6.3.6.1.1 When an SNDCF invokes the procedures for Local Reference cancellation it shall format
a Cancellation Request PDU, as specified below, and send the PDU to the other SNDCF over the virtual
circuit to which it applies.
5.7.6.3.6.1.3 When a Cancellation Accept PDU is received, the corresponding directory entries shall be
cleared, and the Local References therefore become available for re-use.
5.7.6.3.6.1.4 When an SNDCF receives a Cancellation Request PDU, it shall first check to ensure that
the local references identified in the PDU are within the range in which the sending SNDCF is permitted to
assign local references.
5.7.6.3.6.1.5 If any one of them is not, then an SNDCF error report shall be returned, and the request
ignored.
5.7.6.3.6.1.6 Otherwise, the directory entries corresponding to the indicated local references shall be
cleared, and a cancellation accept PDU be formatted and returned, in order to accept cancellation of these
local references.
5.7.6.3.6.2.1 The PDU format shall be as illustrated in Figure 5.7-6. The first octet shall be set to [0100
0000]. The remainder of the PDU shall consist of:
Note.— In most cases uniqueness will be assured if the reference is implemented as a sequence
number starting at zero and incremented by one (modulo 256), each time a Cancellation Request is sent.
b) A length octet (L1) given as an unsigned integer (0 to 255), which indicates the
length in octets of the set of individual Local References to cancel.
L1
EXP Local-REF/A
Local-REF/B
.
.
.
L2
EXP Local-REF/A
Local-REF/B
.
.
.
d) A length octet (L2) given as an unsigned integer (0 to 255), which indicates the
length in octets of the set of inclusive Local Reference ranges to cancel.
V-176 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
e) One or more pairs of Local Reference ranges expressed as one or two octets each,
as appropriate, and encoded in successive octets, with the total number of octets
containing such Local References given by L2.
5.7.6.3.6.2.2 In each of the above cases, if the value of a local reference is less than 128, then bit eight
of the first octet in which it is encoded shall be set to zero, and the remaining seven bits set to the value of
the Local Reference encoded as an unsigned integer.
5.7.6.3.6.2.4 Otherwise, bit eight shall be set to one, and the remaining seven bits and the next octet set
to the value of the Local Reference encoded as a 15 bit unsigned integer, with the least significant eight bits
placed in the extended Local Reference octet, and the most significant seven bits placed in the first octet.
Note.— This format allows for the Local References to be cancelled, to be expressed as either a set
of individual references, or a set of inclusive ranges of individual references, or both.
5.7.6.3.7.1 If at any time, a Reset Indication is received indicating a DCE originated reset, then this
shall be confirmed and all other procedures associated with the Call Reset performed.
5.7.6.3.7.2 If the Reset Indication indicates a DTE user originated reset then, additionally, the directory
associated with the virtual circuit shall be cleared to its initial state.
5.7.6.3.8.1 When a virtual circuit has been terminated and the corresponding Subnetwork Connection
Group is now empty, then the Local Reference Directory associated with this group shall be discarded.
Internet communications service V-177
5.7.6.4.1.1 When negotiated in the Mobile SNDCF Call establishment phase, the optional ATN NSAP
Compression Algorithm (ACA) shall be applied as follows:
b) the decompression processing (5.7.6.4.6) to data octets input from the subnetwork.
5.7.6.4.2.1 The address length for the address or address prefix to be compressed shall be extracted
from the octet preceding the AFI octet in the uncompressed data stream.
5.7.6.4.2.2 If the extracted length lies in the range 7 through 20, the extracted length shall be used as
the address “octet length” and the address length type shall be indicated as “normal”.
5.7.6.4.2.3 If the extracted length lies in the range 56 through 160 and is an integral multiple of 8, the
extracted length shall be divided by 8 to compute the length in octets of the address prefix and the address
length type shall be indicated as “IDRP”.
5.7.6.4.2.4 If the extracted length does not lie in either of these ranges, the input data does not form
a compressible ATN NSAP address and the ACA shall not further process the current data as a compressible
ATN NSAP address.
5.7.6.4.2.5 The octet length for ACA compressed address prefixes shall be encoded in the first header
octet LEN/SEL subfield and the FP subfield shall be set to one.
5.7.6.4.2.6 If the octet length for the ACA compressed address is 20 (indicating a full address instead
of a prefix) the FP subfield shall be set to zero.
5.7.6.4.2.7 The explicit address length octet shall be removed as part of the ACA compression
processing.
Note 1.— No length octet is required for compressed ACA addresses. All information concerning
address length and the presence or length of variable-length fields is contained in the header octets.
Note 2.— The shortest ATN NSAP address prefix that can be compressed is 7 octets and the length
of a full ATN address is 20 octets.
Note 3.— Address lengths for normal addresses and prefixes are expressed in octet units. The
address lengths for IDRP addresses and prefixes are expressed in bit units (even though the address lengths
are always in full octets).
Note 4.— The IDRP subfield in the first header octet indicates whether the expanded address used
octet or bit length units. Internal (compressed) addresses assume octet lengths for encoding.
V-178 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.7.6.4.3.1 General
5.7.6.4.3.1.1 An ACA compressed address or address prefix shall consist of the following components
in the order shown in Table 5.7-8.
5.7.6.4.3.1.2 The coding and use of each component shall be as defined below.
Note.— Multi-octet uncompressed ATN address fields (ADM, ARS, LOC, and SYS) are processed
from left to right, i.e. from most-significant to least-significant octet.
5.7.6.4.3.2.1 General
5.7.6.4.3.2.1.1 Two header octets shall begin each compressed address or address prefix.
5.7.6.4.3.2.1.2 All bits of these header octets shall be set to zero unless otherwise specified in the following
subparagraphs.
5.7.6.4.3.2.1.3 Bits in each header octet shall be assigned from the high-order (most-significant or
left-most).
Note.— The value of the first header octet is never zero for any compressed address. This prevents
confusing a compressed address with an embedded address marker (5.7.6.4.4.3).
5.7.6.4.3.2.2.1 General
5.7.6.4.3.2.2.1.1 The first header octet of a compressed address shall be subdivided into four subfields as
follows:
Internet communications service V-179
5.7.6.4.3.2.2.1.2 The coding and use of each subfield shall be as defined below.
5.7.6.4.3.2.2.2.1 If the address length determination process (5.7.6.4.1, 5.7.6.4.2) indicates that the address
to be compressed expresses length in octet units, the IDRP subfield shall be set to zero.
5.7.6.4.3.2.2.2.2 If the address expresses length in bit units (i.e. IDRP address), the IDRP subfield shall be
set to one.
5.7.6.4.3.2.2.3 FP Subfield
5.7.6.4.3.2.2.3.1 The FP subfield shall be set to one if the address to be compressed is an address prefix.
5.7.6.4.3.2.2.3.2 The FP subfield shall be set to zero if the address to be compressed is a full address (i.e.
its octet length is 20).
5.7.6.4.3.2.2.4.1 If the address to be compressed is an address prefix (the FP subfield is set to one), the
LEN/SEL subfield shall be set to the the prefix length encoded using the encodings in Table 5.7-10.
5.7.6.4.3.2.2.4.2 If the length is not found in this encoding table then the input data does not form an ATN
NSAP address prefix that can be compressed and the address prefix shall not be further processed.
5.7.6.4.3.2.2.4.3 If the address to be compressed is a full address (the FP subfield is set to zero), the
LEN/SEL subfield shall be set to the encoded value of the address SEL field (5.4.3.8.7) using encodings in
Table 5.7-11.
5.7.6.4.3.2.2.4.4 If the SEL field value in the address to be compressed is not one of the table entries above,
the LEN/SEL encoding value shall be set to 7.
Note.— A LEN/SEL subfield value of zero is not allowed in either encoding to insure that the first
header octet can never have the value [00] hexadecimal. Hence, no compressed address can be confused
with an embedded address marker (5.7.6.4.4.3).
5.7.6.4.3.2.2.5.1 If the value of the VER field in the address is in the range [01- 07], [41- 47], [81- 87], or
[c1- c7], then the CVER subfield shall be set to the low-order 3 bits of the VER value.
5.7.6.4.3.2.2.5.2 If the value of the VER field in the address is not in one of the above ranges, then the CVER
subfield shall be set to zero.
Note.— The encoding of the VER field in an ATN address is defined in 5.4.3.8.1.
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.1 General
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.1.1 The second header octet of a compressed address shall be subdivided into 8 subfields as
follows:
Internet communications service V-181
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.1.2 The encodings and use of each subfield shall be as defined below.
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.2.1 The ADMF subfield shall be set to one if the ADM value in the address to be compressed
may be encoded into two octets using the identifier metacharacter syntax.
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.2.2 The ADMF subfield shall be set to zero if the ADM value in the address to be compressed
cannot be expressed using the identifier metacharacter syntax.
Note.— The ADM value can be compressed if each of its three octets contain a character from one
of the following character classes:
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.3.1 The T/I subfield shall be set to zero if the VER value in the address to be compressed lies
in the ranges [01]-[3f] or [41]-[7f], indicating that the address is in the AINSC domain.
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.3.2 The T/I subfield shall be set to one if the VER value in the address to be compressed lies
in the ranges [81]-[bf] or [c1]-[ff], indicating that the address is in the ATSC domain.
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.3.3 If the VER value in the address to be compressed is either [00], [40], [80], or [c0], then the
T/I subfield shall be set to zero.
V-182 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— The encoding of the VER field in an ATN address is defined in 5.4.3.8.1.
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.4.1 The F/M subfield shall be set to zero if the VER value in the address to be compressed lies
in the ranges [01]-[3f] or [81]-[bf], indicating that the address is a fixed system.
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.4.2 The F/M subfield shall be set to one if the VER value in the address to be compressed lies
in the ranges [41]-[7f] or [c1]-[ff], indicating that the address is a Mobile system.
Note.— The values [00], [40], [80] and [c0] are not used in the VER field of an ATN address (see
5.4.3.8.1)
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.5.1 The ARSD subfield shall be set to zero if the ARS value in the address to be compressed
is not the default value ([000001] hexadecimal) or if the address prefix to be compressed does not include
an ARS field.
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.5.2 The ARSD subfield shall be set to one if the ARS value in the address to be compressed
has the default value.
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.6.1 The LOCD subfield shall be set to zero if the LOC value in the address to be compressed
is not the default value ([0001] hexadecimal) or if the address prefix to be compressed does not include a
LOC field. The LOCD subfield shall be set to one if the LOC value in the address to be compressed has the
default value.
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.7.1 The SYS6 subfield shall be set to zero if the value of the high-order (6th) octet of the SYS
field in the address to be compressed is zero or if the address prefix to be compressed does not include a SYS
field.
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.7.2 The SYS6 subfield shall be set to one if the value of the high-order (6th) octet of the SYS
field in the address to be compressed is nonzero.
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.8.1 The SYS5 subfield shall be set to zero if the value of the second to high-order (5th) octet
of the SYS field in the address to be compressed is zero or if the address prefix to be compressed does not
include a SYS field.
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.8.2 The SYS5 subfield shall be set to one if the value of the second to high-order (5th) octet
of the SYS field in the address to be compressed is nonzero.
Internet communications service V-183
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.9.1 The SYS4 subfield shall be set to zero if the value of the third to high-order (4th) octet of
the SYS field in the address to be compressed is zero or if the address prefix to be compressed does not
include a SYS field.
5.7.6.4.3.2.3.9.2 The SYS4 subfield shall be set to one if the value of the third to high-order (4th) octet of
the SYS field in the address to be compressed is nonzero.
5.7.6.4.3.3.1 If the ADM field value of the address to be compressed follows the syntax of an identifier
then the compressed ADM field shall consist of two octets and shall contain the encoded value of the ADM
field identifier.
5.7.6.4.3.3.2 If the ADM field value of the address to be compressed does not follow the identifier syntax
then the compressed ADM field shall consist of three octets and shall contain the 3-octet ADM value
unchanged.
Note.— The value of the ADMF subfield in the second header octet indicates whether the compressed
ADM field has the 2-octet (compressed) or 3-octet (uncompressed) format.
5.7.6.4.3.4.1 The variable fields shall have a minimum length of 0 octets and a maximum length of 13
octets. Variable field data octets shall be concatenated when required in the order that their fields occur in
the ATN address (Figure 5.7-3) as follows:
5.7.6.4.3.4.2 The ACA compression of address prefixes shall omit those variable fields b) through h)
which are not present in the uncompressed address prefix.
V-184 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.7.6.4.4.1 General
5.7.6.4.4.1.1 The ACA shall prefix each compressed address or address prefix with an address marker.
5.7.6.4.4.1.2 The address marker shall consist of two octets with the value [55aa] hexadecimal.
5.7.6.4.4.1.3 The ACA shall process the case of the address marker value occuring in the input octet
stream as defined in 5.7.6.4.4.3 below.
5.7.6.4.4.2.1 In the case of a normal compressed address or address prefix, the header octets of the
compressed address format (5.7.6.4.3) shall follow the address marker.
Note.— The first header octet of a compressed address can never have the value [00]. This
distinguishes the normal address case from the embedded address case.
5.7.6.4.4.3.1 If two octets with the value of an address marker occur in data, a padding octet with value
[00] hexadecimal shall be inserted into the data stream following the embedded address marker octets.
Note 1.— The likelihood of embedded address markers in the input data stream is very low. When
they occur, however, the ACA algorithm must add the extra padding octet. Hence, it is possible (although
highly unlikely) for the ACA to expand data.
Note 2.— The design of the ACA requires that the first header octet of a compressed address can
never have the value [00] hexadecimal. Hence, the first header octet of a compressed address cannot be
confused with the padding octet of an embedded address marker.
5.7.6.4.5.1 General
5.7.6.4.5.1.1 The ACA shall perform compression by replacing ATN addresses or address prefixes
identified in the input octet stream with compressed, encoded equivalents as defined below.
5.7.6.4.5.1.3 Each compressed address shall be prefixed with a compressed address marker (5.7.6.4.4).
5.7.6.4.5.1.4 Any embedded address markers found in the input octet stream shall be padded with a null-
value octet (5.7.6.4.4.3).
5.7.6.4.5.1.5 The overall logic flow of the ACA compression processing shall be as defined in
5.7.6.4.5.3.
Internet communications service V-185
5.7.6.4.5.2.1 General
5.7.6.4.5.2.1.1 The process of encoding an ATN address or address prefix into the ACA compressed format
(5.7.6.4.3) shall be performed using the sequence of steps defined in this paragraph.
5.7.6.4.5.2.1.2 The steps shall be performed in the order they are listed.
5.7.6.4.5.2.1.3 If any step of the encoding process fails, the ACA compression processing shall not
consider the current input octets as an address and shall continue with the compression logic.
5.7.6.4.5.2.2.2 If the address length is of type “normal”, the IDRP subfield in the first header octet shall
be set to zero.
5.7.6.4.5.2.2.4 If the octet length of the address is 20 (indicating a full ATN address), the FP subfield in
the first header octet shall be set to zero.
5.7.6.4.5.2.2.5 If the octet length of the address is less than 20 (indicating an address prefix), the FP
subfield shall be set to one and the address length shall be encoded in the LEN/SEL subfield of the first
header octet according to the table in 5.7.6.4.3.2.2.4.
5.7.6.4.5.2.2.6 If the address length is not found in the length table, the encoding process shall halt and the
current input octet string shall not be treated as an ATN address.
5.7.6.4.5.2.3.1 No encoding shall be performed on the constant values of the address AFI and IDI fields.
5.7.6.4.5.2.3.2 These fields shall be omitted from the compressed address encoding.
5.7.6.4.5.2.4.1 If the VER value in the address to be compressed lies within the range [01]-[3f], the T/I
subfield in the second header octet shall be set to zero and the F/M subfield in the second header octet shall
be set to zero.
5.7.6.4.5.2.4.2 If the VER value lies within the range [01]-[07], then the low-order 3 bits of the VER value
shall be stored in the CVER subfield of the first header octet.
5.7.6.4.5.2.4.3 If the VER value lies in the range [08]-[3f], then the CVER subfield shall be set to zero and
the VER value octet shall be concatenated to the variable field of the encoded address.
V-186 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.7.6.4.5.2.4.4 If the VER value in the address to be compressed lies within the range [41]-[7f], the T/I
subfield in the second header octet shall be set to zero and the F/M subfield in the second header octet shall
be set to one.
5.7.6.4.5.2.4.5 If the VER value lies within the range [41]-[47], then the low-order 3 bits of the VER value
shall be stored in the CVER subfield of the first header octet.
5.7.6.4.5.2.4.6 If the VER value lies in the range [48]-[7f], then the CVER subfield shall be set to zero and
the VER value octet shall be concatenated to the variable field of the encoded address.
5.7.6.4.5.2.4.7 If the VER value in the address to be compressed lies within the range [81]-[bf], the T/I
subfield in the second header octet shall be set to one and the F/M subfield in the second header octet shall
be set to zero.
5.7.6.4.5.2.4.8 If the VER value lies within the range [81]-[87], then the low-order 3 bits of the VER value
shall be stored in the CVER subfield of the first header octet.
5.7.6.4.5.2.4.9 If the VER value lies in the range [88]-[bf], then the CVER subfield shall be set to zero and
the VER value octet shall be concatenated to the variable field of the encoded adress.
5.7.6.4.5.2.4.10 If the VER value in the address to be compressed lies within the range [c1]-[ff], the T/I
subfield in the second header octet shall be set to one and the F/M subfield in the second header octet shall
be set to one.
5.7.6.4.5.2.4.11 If the VER value lies within the range [c1]-[c7], then the low-order 3 bits of the VER value
shall be stored in the CVER subfield of the first header octet.
5.7.6.4.5.2.4.12 If the VER value lies in the range [c8]-[ff], then the CVER subfield shall be set to zero and
the VER value octet shall be concatenated to the variable field of the encoded adress.
5.7.6.4.5.2.4.13 If the VER value is either [00], [40], [80], or [c0], the encoding process shall halt and the
current input octet string shall not be treated as an ATN address.
5.7.6.4.5.2.5.1 If the three octets of the ADM field in the address to be compressed do not follow the rules
for Identifier Syntax, the ADMF subfield in the second header octet shall be set to zero and the three octets
of the ADM field value shall be concatenated to the compressed ADM of the encoded address.
5.7.6.4.5.2.5.2 If the ADM field value does follow the Identifier Syntax rules, the ADMF subfield shall
be set to one and the two-octet compressed ADM value (5.7.6.4.3.3) shall be concatenated to the compressed
ADM of the encoded address.
5.7.6.4.5.2.6.1 If the address length indicates an address prefix whose length is less than or equal to 7, no
RDF field value shall be encoded and the encoding process shall halt.
Internet communications service V-187
5.7.6.4.5.2.6.2 If the RDF value in the address to be compressed is not [00], the encoding process shall halt
and the current input octet string shall not be treated as an ATN address.
5.7.6.4.5.2.7.1 If the address length indicates an address prefix whose length is less than or equal to 8, no
ARS field value shall be encoded and the encoding process shall halt.
5.7.6.4.5.2.7.2 If the ARS value of the address to be compressed has the default value ([000001]
hexadecimal), the ARSD subfield in the second header octet shall be set to one.
5.7.6.4.5.2.7.3 If the ARS value of the address to be compressed is not default, the ARSD subfield shall
be set to zero and the three octets of the ARS value shall be concatenated to the variable field data of the
encoded address.
5.7.6.4.5.2.8.1 If the address length indicates an address prefix whose length is less than or equal to 11,
no LOC field value shall be encoded and the encoding process shall halt.
5.7.6.4.5.2.8.2 If the LOC value of the address to be compressed has the default value ([0001]
hexadecimal), the LOCD subfield in the second header octet shall be set to one.
5.7.6.4.5.2.8.3 If the LOC value of the address to be compressed is not default, the LOCD subfield shall
be set to zero and the two octets of the LOC value shall be concatenated to the variable field data of the
encoded address.
5.7.6.4.5.2.9.1 If the address length indicates an address prefix whose length is less than or equal to 13,
no SYS field value shall be encoded and the encoding process shall halt.
5.7.6.4.5.2.9.2 If the high-order (6th) octet of the SYS field of the address to be compressed has a nonzero
value, the SYS6 subfield in the second header octet shall be set to zero and the value of the SYS field octet
shall be concatenated to the variable field data of the encoded address. Otherwise, the SYS6 subfield shall
be set to one.
5.7.6.4.5.2.9.3 If the second to high-order (5th) octet of the SYS field of the address to be compressed has
a nonzero value, the SYS5 subfield in the second header octet shall be set to zero and the value of the SYS
field octet shall be concatenated to the variable field data of the encoded address.
5.7.6.4.5.2.9.5 If the third to high-order (4th) octet of the SYS field of the address to be compressed has
a nonzero value, the SYS4 subfield in the second header octet shall be set to zero and the value of the SYS
field octet shall be concatenated to the variable field data of the encoded address.
5.7.6.4.5.2.9.7 The three remaining octets of the SYS field shall be concatenated to the variable field data
of the encoded address.
5.7.6.4.5.2.10.1 If the address length indicates an address prefix whose length is less than or equal to 19,
no SEL field value shall be encoded and the encoding process shall halt.
5.7.6.4.5.2.10.2 Since the address length indicates a full ATN address, the FP subfield in the first header
octet shall be set to zero.
5.7.6.4.5.2.10.3 The SEL value shall be encoded into the LEN/SEL subfield in the first header octet
according to the table in 5.7.6.4.3.2.2.4.
5.7.6.4.5.2.10.4 If the SEL value is not one of the table entries, the LEN/SEL subfield shall be set to 7 and
the SEL value octet shall be concatenated to the variable field data of the encoded address.
5.7.6.4.5.3.1 The ACA compression logic shall process octets sequentially from the uncompressed data
input stream.
5.7.6.4.5.3.2 For each input octet, a test shall be performed to determine if the current octet and the
subsequent octets form an ATN address or address prefix.
5.7.6.4.5.3.3 If they do form an ATN address, the ACA shall attempt to encode the address into the
compressed address format (5.7.6.4.3) as defined in the steps of 5.7.6.4.5.2.
5.7.6.4.5.3.4 If the encoding process is successful, a compressed address marker (5.7.6.4.4) shall be
output to the compressed octet stream followed by the compressed address octets.
5.7.6.4.5.3.5 The compression processing shall then continue with the next uncompressed data octet not
a part of the address just processed.
5.7.6.4.5.3.6 If the encoding process fails, or if the current octet does not begin an ATN address, the
ACA processing shall check at the current uncompressed octet position in the input data stream for an
embedded address marker (5.7.6.4.4.3).
5.7.6.4.5.3.7 If an embedded address marker is found, the ACA shall copy the address marker octets to
the compressed output octet stream. A padding zero-valued octet shall be output as well as the address
marker.
5.7.6.4.5.3.8 The compression processing shall then continue with the next uncompressed data octet not
a part of the embedded address marker.
5.7.6.4.5.3.9 If neither an ATN address or embedded address mark is found, the ACA shall copy the
current uncompressed input octet to the compressed output octet stream and shall continue processing with
the next sequential input octet.
Internet communications service V-189
Note.— Since the ACA compression logic may not recognize the appearance of an ATN address or
prefix in the data stream until after the uncompressed length octet has been processed (the length octet
precedes the fixed-value ATN AFI and IDI fields that distinguish an ATN address), the ACA compression
process will need to be able to recall the value of the previous input octet during compression processing.
Hence, a one-octet “backup” may be necessary in the implementation of the ACA compression logic.
5.7.6.4.6.1 General
5.7.6.4.6.1.1 The ACA shall perform decompression by replacing compressed ATN addresses or address
prefixes in the ACA compressed format (5.7.6.4.3) with their expanded equivalent as defined below. Address
markers and padding octets shall be removed from the data stream during ACA decompression processing.
5.7.6.4.6.1.2 The overall logic flow of the ACA decompression processing shall be as defined in
5.7.6.4.5.3.
5.7.6.4.6.2.1 General
5.7.6.4.6.2.1.1 The process of decoding a compressed ATN address or address prefix from the ACA
compressed format (5.7.6.4.3) shall be performed using the sequence of steps defined in the following
paragraphs.
5.7.6.4.6.2.1.2 The steps shall be performed in the order listed below. The expanded address or prefix shall
include the decoded address length octet and the decoded 7-20 address octets.
5.7.6.4.6.2.2.1 If the FP subfield in the first header octet is zero, the octet length of the compressed address
shall be set to 20 (a full ATN address).
5.7.6.4.6.2.2.2 Otherwise, the octet length of the compressed address prefix shall be decoded from the
LEN/SEL subfield in the first header octet according to the table in 5.7.6.4.3.2.2.4.
5.7.6.4.6.2.2.3 The address octet length shall be used in the further decoding process steps.
5.7.6.4.6.2.2.4 If the IDRP subfield in the first header octet is zero, the output address length shall be the
address octet length.
5.7.6.4.6.2.2.5 Otherwise, the output address length shall be 8 times the address octet length.
Note.— The address octet length is an internal variable used in the decoding process. The output
length prefixed to the expanded address after the decoding process is completed is either the same as the
octet length (normal case) or 8 times the octet length (IDRP case, length in bits).
V-190 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.7.6.4.6.2.3.1 The AFI field of the decoded address shall be set to its constant value of [47] hexadecimal.
5.7.6.4.6.2.3.2 The IDI field of the decoded address shall be set to its constant value of [0027]
hexadecimal.
5.7.6.4.6.2.4.1 If the CVER subfield in the first header octet is zero, the VER octet shall be extracted from
the next octet in the variable field of the compressed address.
5.7.6.4.6.2.4.2 If the CVER subfield is non-zero, then the VER field value in the expanded address shall
be computed as follows:
a) If the T/I subfield in the second header octet is zero and the F/M subfield in the
second header octet is zero, then the VER field value shall be set to the CVER
value.
b) If the T/I subfield in the second header octet is zero and the F/M subfield in the
second header octet is one, then the VER field value shall be set to the CVER value
plus 64.
c) If the T/I subfield in the second header octet is one and the F/M subfield in the
second header octet is zero, then the VER field value shall be set to the CVER value
plus 128.
d) If the T/I subfield in the second header octet is one and the F/M subfield in the
second header octet is one, then the VER field value shall be set to the CVER value
plus 192.
5.7.6.4.6.2.5.1 If the ADMF subfield in the second header octet is set to zero, the three octets of the ADM
field shall be extracted from the next three octets in the variable field data.
5.7.6.4.6.2.5.2 Otherwise, the ADM field value shall be decoded from the compressed ADM which is
extracted from the next two octets in the variable field data of the compressed address.
5.7.6.4.6.2.5.3 The decoding of the compressed ADM value shall be performed as defined in 5.4.2.3.7.
5.7.6.4.6.2.6.1 The RDF field in the expanded address shall be set to zero.
5.7.6.4.6.2.7.1 If the address length indicates an address prefix whose length is less than or equal to 8, no
ARS field value shall be decoded and the decoding process shall halt.
Internet communications service V-191
5.7.6.4.6.2.7.2 If the ARSD subfield in the second header octet of the compressed address is set to one,
the expanded ARS field shall be set to the default value ([000001] hexadecimal).
5.7.6.4.6.2.7.3 Otherwise, the expanded ARS field value shall be extracted from the next three octets in
the variable field data of the compressed address.
5.7.6.4.6.2.8.1 If the address length indicates an address prefix whose length is less than or equal to 11,
no LOC field value shall be decoded and the decoding process shall halt.
5.7.6.4.6.2.8.2 If the LOCD subfield in the second header octet of the compressed address is set to one,
the expanded LOC field shall be set to the default value ([0001] hexadecimal).
5.7.6.4.6.2.8.3 Otherwise, the expanded LOC field value shall be extracted from the next two octets in the
variable field data of the compressed address.
5.7.6.4.6.2.9.1 If the address length indicates an address prefix whose length is less than or equal to 13,
no SYS field value shall be decoded and the decoding process shall halt.
5.7.6.4.6.2.9.2 If the SYS6 subfield in the second header octet has the value one, the high-order (6th) octet
of the expanded SYS field shall be extracted from the next octet in the variable data field of the compressed
address.
5.7.6.4.6.2.9.3 Otherwise, the high-order (6th) octet of the expanded SYS field shall be set to zero.
5.7.6.4.6.2.9.4 If the SYS5 subfield in the second header octet has the value one, the second to high-order
(5th) octet of the expanded SYS field shall be extracted from the next octet in the variable data field of the
compressed address. Otherwise, the second to high-order (5th) octet of the expanded SYS field shall be set
to zero.
5.7.6.4.6.2.9.5 If the SYS4 subfield in the second header octet has the value one, the third to high-order
(4th) octet of the expanded SYS field shall be extracted from the next octet in the variable data field of the
compressed address.
5.7.6.4.6.2.9.6 Otherwise, the third to high-order (4th) octet of the expanded SYS field shall be set to zero.
5.7.6.4.6.2.9.7 The remaining three octets of the expanded SYS field shall be extracted from the next three
octets in the variable data field of the compressed address.
5.7.6.4.6.2.10.1 If the address length indicates an address prefix whose length is less than or equal to 19,
no SEL field value shall be decoded and the decoding process shall halt.
V-192 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.7.6.4.6.2.10.2 If the FP subfield in the first header octet has the value zero (indicating a full ATN address),
then the value of the SEL field shall be decoded from the LEN/SEL subfield in the first header octet.
5.7.6.4.6.2.10.3 If the value of the LEN/SEL subfield lies in the range 1-2 the SEL value shall be decoded
using the SEL encoding table in 5.7.6.4.3.2.2.4.
5.7.6.4.6.2.10.4 If the LEN/SEL subfield encoding has the value 7, the SEL field value shall be extracted
from the next octet in the variable data field of the compressed address.
Note.— Only a full ATN address (not a prefix) includes a SEL field.
5.7.6.4.6.3.1 The ACA decompression logic shall process octets sequentially from the compressed data
input stream.
5.7.6.4.6.3.2 If the octet at the current input position and the next octet do not form a compressed address
marker (5.7.6.4.4), the current input octet shall be copied to the decompressed output octet stream and
decompression processing shall continue with the next input octet.
5.7.6.4.6.3.3 When a compressed address marker is found in the input octet stream, the decompression
processing shall examine the value of the next octet beyond the address marker.
5.7.6.4.6.3.4 If the value of this octet is zero (indicating an embedded address mark (5.7.6.4.4.3), the
compressed address marker octets shall be copied to the decompressed output octet stream and the zero-value
octet shall be dropped from the output stream.
5.7.6.4.6.3.5 If the value is nonzero (indicating a compressed ATN address), the compressed address
shall be decoded according to 5.7.6.4.6.2.
5.7.6.4.6.3.6 The decoded address octets shall be copied to the decompressed octet output stream and
decompression processing shall continue with the next input octet beyond those that formed the compressed
ATN address.
5.7.6.4.6.3.7 The compressed address marker octets shall not be copied to the output.
Note 1.— The Deflate algorithm was originally specified in IETF RFC 1951 and through example
‘C’ code available from the algorithm’s authors.
Note 2.— The Deflate algorithm is a combination of two public domain and well known data
compression algorithms. These are the LZ77 algorithm (Lempel-Ziv 1977) and Huffman Codes. LZ77
removes redundancy in the data stream by replacing re-occurring strings by backward references to
previous occurrences of such strings. Huffman Codes are variable length symbols that are used to compress
strings of fixed length symbols. The Huffman Codes are chosen such that frequently occurring symbols are
replaced by shorter bitstrings whilst rarely occurring symbols are replaced by longer bitstrings. They are
also chosen such that no code is the prefix of another code in the same set of Huffman Codes. In Deflate, the
uncompressed data is first compressed using LZ77 and the result of this compression stage is further
Internet communications service V-193
compressed using a set of standard Huffman Codes in order to compress both the literal value of strings for
which no backward reference can be given, and the backward references themselves.
Note 3.— Deflate further optimises the data compression by monitoring the stream of uncompressed
data and dynamically generating a set of more optimal Huffman Codes. These can be communicated to the
receiver at any time and used to improve the compression ratio.
Note 4.— The Deflate specification also permits the compressor, when it detects an uncompressible
string, to send that string as plain text.
Note 5.— The Deflate algorithm has significant memory requirements when providing high
compression efficiency. This extensive memory demand per compressed data stream may limit the number
of virtual circuits which can be simultaneously supported by a given ATN Router implementation over an
air/ground adjacency. Consequently, ATN operators may choose to not support data stream compression
when the demand for simultaneous air/ground connections exceeds the available memory resources.
Note.— The Deflate encoder operates on NPDUs submitted via the SN-Service and after
compression by the LREF function if used. The Deflate decoder operates on data packets received from the
subnetwork service provided by ISO/IEC 8208. The decoded NPDUs may then be further decompressed by
the LREF compression procedures, if in use, or passed to the SN-Service user. The positioning of the Deflate
encoder and decoder is illustrated in Figure 5.7-8.
5.7.6.5.1.1 When the use of the Deflate algorithm has been proposed in the Call Request User Data and
either implicitly accepted by Call Acceptance in the absence of the Fast Select procedures, or explicitly
V-194 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
accepted in the Call Accept when Fast Select is in use, then user data on all subsequent data packets shall
be encoded using this algorithm.
Note.— ISO/IEC 8208 packets other than data packets may also contain user data. The above
requirement excludes the encoding of user data on control packets as they may be delivered out of sequence.
5.7.6.5.2.1 Each NPDU shall be encoded into the compressed representation shown in Figure 5.7-9.
Note.— The length of the encoded data need not be explicitly specified as the encoded block is
delimited by ISO/IEC 8208.
5.7.6.5.2.3 The sender shall ensure that the encoded representation of an NPDU is complete, i.e. that
the receiver can recover the original NPDU without requiring information contained in any subsequent
packets.
Note.— In IETF RFC 1951, an encoded data stream may comprise an arbitrary number of
compressed blocks. This is also true for this specification. The purpose of the Deflate Data Blocks is to
delimit the scope of uncompressed data strings, strings compressed using the standard set of Huffman Codes,
and those compressed using dynamically determined Huffman Codes. The compressor may decide to change
between either one of these strategies at any time and not just at an NPDU boundary. A compressed NPDU
will always start at a Deflate Data Block boundary and end at the end of a Deflate Data Block.
5.7.6.5.2.4 The encoded representation of the NPDUs shall be a data stream that is subdivided into a
number of bit-aligned blocks of arbitrary length.
5.7.6.5.2.5 Each such block shall be in the format shown in Figure 5.7-10.
H Compressed Data
5.7.6.5.2.7 The first bit of the 3-bit header (i.e. the first bit transmitted) shall always be set to zero.
Note.— In IETF RFC 1951, setting the first bit to one indicates that it is the last block in an encoded
data stream. This semantic is not required by this specification, as the end of a subnetwork connection fulfils
this requirement.
5.7.6.5.2.8 The remaining two bits of the header shall be used to indicate the compression type
according to Table 5.7-13.
5.7.6.5.3.1 When the encoder determines that no benefit can be derived by data compression of a given
string, then that string shall be sent uncompressed.
5.7.6.5.3.2 The 3-bit header shall be right-padded with zeroes to the next octet boundary, and the
remainder of the encoded data shall be formatted as shown in Figure 5.7-11.
a) An unsigned 16-bit length indicator (LEN), giving the number of octets of literal
data in the block;
5.7.6.5.3.4 The two length fields (LEN and NLEN) shall be encoded and sent least significant octet first.
5.7.6.5.3.5 The literal data shall be encoded in the same byte order as encountered in the uncompressed
data stream.
V-196 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 1.— The procedures by which the encoder determines that there is no benefit in compressing
an NPDU are outside of the scope of this specification.
Note 2.— Even though the string is not compressed, this does not prevent the data in this block being
referenced as part of the data stream by a subsequent LZ77-encoded NPDU.
5.7.6.5.4.1 General
Note.— Encoded data blocks in the Deflate format consist of sequences of symbols drawn from three
conceptually distinct alphabets: either literal bytes, the alphabet of byte values (0..255), or <length,
backward distance> pairs, where the length is drawn from (3..258) and the distance is drawn from
(1..32,768). The literal and length alphabets are merged into a single alphabet (0..285), where values 0..255
represent literal bytes, and values 257..285 represent length codes (possibly in conjunction with extra bits
following the symbol code). The value 256 indicates end-of-block and the block is hence self-delimiting
without requiring an explicit length indicator.
5.7.6.5.4.1.1 A compressed NPDU shall be sent as a bit stream of bit-aligned symbols (the Huffman Codes
representing literal values or length distance pairs), starting with the first bit transmitted after the 3-bit
header.
5.7.6.5.4.1.2 The Huffman Codes used to encode the literal/length code in the LZ77 compressed data
stream shall be as specified in Table 5.7-14.
Note.— Although Table 5.7-14 includes values 286 and 287, these are not used by the compression
algorithm and are included only for completeness of the set of valid Huffman Codes.
5.7.6.5.4.1.3 Huffman encoded values 0 to 255 inclusive shall represent literal values, i.e. the single octet
values of a literal string.
Note.— The term “Huffman Encoded Value” is used to identify a symbol value that is represented
by a Huffman code taken from Table 5.7-14. For example, the “Huffman Encoded Value 145” is encoded
as a 9-bit bit string “110010001”.
Internet communications service V-197
5.7.6.5.4.1.4 The Hufman Encoded value of 256 shall be used to indicate end-of-block and shall be
appended at the end of each intermediate compressed Deflate Data Block.
Note.— An octet containing this value may be removed from a Deflate Data Block, if this data block
is the last one in an NPDU. In this case the block is delimited by the NPDU boundary and by not using this
value, the size of the compressed data stream is reduced.
5.7.6.5.4.1.5 The Huffman codes shall be encoded (packed) into the compressed data block, most
significant bit first.
5.7.6.5.4.2.1.1 Huffman-encoded values in the range 257 to 285 shall represent a length code and shall
always be followed by an associated distance code.
5.7.6.5.4.2.1.2 Each length code shall represent a particular string length, as specified in Table 5.7-15.
5.7.6.5.4.2.2.1 Where a non-zero Extra Bit is specified for a given code, then a range of length values is
represented by the length indicator, and the encoded representation of the length indicator shall be followed
by exactly that number of additional bits.
5.7.6.5.4.2.2.2 The Extra Bits shall be interpreted as an integer stored with the most significant bit first.
5.7.6.5.4.2.2.3 The value of the extra bits shall be added to the first length value in the range identified by
such Length Code in order to determine the actual string length.
Note 1.— For example, Length Code 277 is followed by four extra bits. If these are 1110 then the
actual string length indicated is 81.
Code Extra Bits Length(s) Code Extra Bits Lengths Code Extra Bits Length(s)
257 0 3 267 1 15,16 277 4 67-82
258 0 4 268 1 17,18 278 4 83-98
259 0 5 269 2 19-22 279 4 99-114
260 0 6 270 2 23-26 280 4 115-130
261 0 7 271 2 27-30 281 5 131-162
262 0 8 272 2 31-34 282 5 163-194
263 0 9 273 3 35-42 283 5 195-226
264 0 10 274 3 43-50 284 5 227-257
265 1 11,12 275 3 51-58 285 0 258
266 1 13,14 276 3 59-66
5.7.6.5.4.2.3.1 Each length code in the encoded data stream shall be followed by a Huffman-encoded
distance code according to Table 5.7-16.
5.7.6.5.4.2.3.2 In this block format, the Huffman Codes for the distance codes shall be the 5-bit value of
the distance code completed with leading zero-bits.
Note.— As this implies, the distance codes are assumed to each have the same probability of
occurrence and hence there is no possibility of compression using Huffman Codes.
5.7.6.5.4.2.4.1 Where a non-zero Extra Bit is specified for a given distance code, then a range of distances
is represented by the distance code, and the encoded representation of the length indicator shall be followed
by exactly that number of additional bits.
5.7.6.5.4.2.4.2 The Extra Bits shall be interpreted as an integer stored with the most significant bit first.
5.7.6.5.4.2.4.3 The value of the extra bits shall be added to the first distance value in the range identified
by such a distance code in order to determine the actual string length.
5.7.6.5.4.2.5 Semantic
5.7.6.5.4.2.5.1 The semantic of the distance value shall be the string (of length given by the length indicator)
in the previously received data, at exactly the number of octets given by the distance value from the current
position.
Note 1.— For example, the most recently received octet has a distance of one from the current
position.
Internet communications service V-199
Note 2.— It is therefore possible under this specification to refer to a previously occurring string
within the previous 32KB of data transmitted.
5.7.6.5.4.2.5.2 A backward reference shall not refer to a string on any other subnetwork connection, or
transmitted before a network reset has been performed.
Note 1.— A string reference may refer to a string in a previous block; i.e., the backward distance
may cross one or more block boundaries. However a distance cannot refer past the beginning of the
subnetwork connection, or since the most recent network service reset due to the fact that the receiving user
may not have received those blocks transmitted immediately prior to a reset.
Note 2.— The referenced string may overlap the current position; for example, if the last 2 bytes
decoded have values X and Y, a string reference with <length = 5, distance = 2> adds X,Y,X,Y,X to the
output stream.
Code Extra Bits Distance Code Extra Bits Distance Code Extra Bits Distance
0 0 1 10 4 33-48 20 9 1025-1536
1 0 2 11 4 49-64 21 9 1537-2048
2 0 3 12 5 65-96 22 10 2049-3072
3 0 4 13 5 97-128 23 10 3073-4096
4 1 5,6 14 6 129-192 24 11 4097-6144
5 1 7,8 15 6 193-256 25 11 6145-8192
6 2 9-12 16 7 257-384 26 12 8193-12288
7 2 13-16 17 7 385-512 27 12 12289-16384
8 3 17-24 18 8 513-768 28 13 16385-24576
9 3 25-32 19 8 769-1024 29 13 24577-32768
5.7.6.5.5 Compressed Deflate Data Blocks using Dynamically Determined Huffman Codes
5.7.6.5.5.1 General
Note 1.— The fixed set of Huffman Codes represent an initial “guess” as to the entropy of the
original data stream and hence what are the optimal Huffman Codes. However, it is likely that analysis of
an actual data stream will reveal a more appropriate set. This specification allows for this by providing a
means to communicate a set of dynamically determined Huffman Code Tables from compressor to
decompressor and to identify the scope of applicability for those codes. This is achieved through the Deflate
Data Block format specified in this section. The data block includes a new set of Huffman Code Tables at
the beginning of the block and the remainder of the block comprises a compressed LZ77 data stream,
compressed using these Huffman Code Tables.
V-200 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 2.— In order to avoid the overhead of exchanging the actual Huffman Code Tables, the
Huffman Codes are required to comply with a set of rules that permits a Huffman Code Table to be
generated from knowledge of the code lengths and the encoded alphabet only. As the alphabet is known by
the decompressor a priori, only the code lengths have to be communicated.
Note 3.— A further level of compression is achieved by encoding the lists of code lengths as Huffman
Codes. The Huffman Codes for the code lengths are themselves communicated at the start of this Deflate
Data Block format, by communicating their code lengths only.
Note 4.— The mechanism by which the compressor decides to make use of dynamically determined
Huffman Codes is outside of the scope of this specification.
5.7.6.5.5.1.1 The Huffman codes used for each alphabet in the Deflate format shall obey the following
rules:
a) All codes of a given bit length have lexicographically consecutive values, in the
same order as the symbols they represent; and
5.7.6.5.5.1.2 The sequences of code length shall themselves be compressed using a Huffman code and
the alphabet for code lengths specified in Table 5.7-17.
Code Semantic
0 .. 15 Represent code length of 0 to
15
16 Copy the previous code
length 3 to 6 times; the next 2
bits indicate the repeat length
(0 = 3, ... 3 = 6)
17 Repeat a code length of 0 for
3 to 10 times; the next 3 bits
indicate the repeat length
18 Repeat a code length of 0 for
11 to 138 times; the next 7
bits indicate the repeat length
Note.— For example, codes 8, 16(+ binary 11), 16(+ binary 10) will expand to 12 code length of
8.
5.7.6.5.5.1.3 A code length of 0 shall indicate that the corresponding symbol in the literal/length or
distance alphabet will not occur in the block and does not participate in the Huffman code construction
algorithm.
Internet communications service V-201
5.7.6.5.5.2.1 The format of a Deflate Data Block using Dynamically Determined Huffman Codes shall
comprise the following bit-aligned fields starting immediately after the 3-bit header, and encoded
consecutively:
c) The 4-bit HCLEN field, set to (number of Code Length codes - 4);
d) (HCLEN + 4) x 3 bits: code lengths for the code length alphabet given in
Table 5.7-17, in the order: 16, 17, 18, 0, 8, 7, 9, 6, 10, 5, 11, 4, 12, 3, 13, 2, 14, 1,
15;
Note.— The code lengths are interpreted as 3-bit integers (0-7); as above,
a code length of 0 means the corresponding symbol (literal/length or distance code
length) is not used.
e) (HLIT + 257) code lengths for the literal/length alphabet, encoded using the code
length Huffman code
f) (HDIST + 1) code lengths for the distance alphabet, encoded using the code length
Huffman code
g) The actual compressed data of the block, encoded using the literal/length and
distance Huffman codes defined in the first part of this block
h) The literal/length symbol 256 (end of data), encoded using the literal/length
Huffman code.
Note.— The code-length repeat codes can cross from HLIT + 257 to the HDIST + 1 code lengths.
In other words, all code lengths form a single sequence of HLIT + HDIST + 258 values.
Note.—The following algorithm generates the Huffman Codes from the encoded bit-length codes as
integers, intended to be read from most- to least-significant bit. A version of this algorithm expressed in ‘C’
code may be found in IETF RFC 1951.
V-202 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
2) Find the numerical value of the first code for each code length, by applying the rule
that no Huffman Code in the same table can be the prefix of another. For the
smallest code length this is zero. For each subsequent code length, this is
determined by identifying the next unallocated code for the preceding code length
(by adding the number of codes to the first code) and then representing the result
as a binary number, and right-padding the number with zero-bits so that the number
has the same number of bits as required by the code length.
3) Assign numerical values to all codes, using consecutive values for all codes of the
same length with the base values determined at step 2. Codes that are never used
(which have a bit length of zero) must not be assigned a value.
Note.— For example, consider the alphabet ABCDEFGH with code lengths defined to be
(3,3,3,3,3,2,4,4). Applying the above algorithm would generate the following Huffman Codes for each
member of the alphabet:
5.7.6.5.6.1 A two-octet, octet-aligned, frame checksum shall be appended to the end of each encoded
packet.
5.7.6.5.6.2 The frame checksum shall be computed according to the same procedures as specified in
ISO/IEC 8073 for computation of the transport protocol class 4 checksum.
5.7.6.5.6.3 The two octets of the frame checksum shall be the two partial sums C0 and C1 as specified
in ISO/IEC 8073 Annex D.
5.7.6.5.6.4 The value of C0 shall be the first octet of the frame checksum parameter and the value of
C1 shall be the second octet.
5.7.6.5.6.5 The checksum shall be computed on the NPDU prior to application of the Deflate data
compression procedure, i.e. it is a checksum on the uncompressed NPDU.
Internet communications service V-203
Note.— The Frame Check Sum may be used by the decompression procedure to verify correct
decompression of the NPDU.
5.7.6.5.7.1 General
5.7.6.5.7.1.1 Each NPDU received from the SN-Service User, possibly after compression by the LREF
algorithm, shall be encoded into a single compressed data block in the format given by Figure 5.7-9 and
specified in section 5.7.6.5.2.
5.7.6.5.7.1.2 The resulting data block shall be a complete encoded representation of the NPDU.
5.7.6.5.7.1.3 Recommendation.— An implementation should use the full 32KB range of distance values
permitted by the compressed data format.
Note 1.— This permits an implementation of the compressor to autonomously limit the size of the
backwards window used to compress data in order to optimise the use of memory resources. However, the
result will be a poorer compression ratio. On the other hand, the decompressor must always be able to
accept any valid distance value, i.e. must maintain a 32KB buffer.
Note 2.— The actual procedure by which an implementation locates matches for strings in previously
sent data, or even the length of the strings it looks for, is out of the scope of this specification.
5.7.6.5.7.2.1 The NPDU shall be encoded in the same sequence in which it would have been transmitted
if it had not been compressed.
5.7.6.5.7.2.2 Octet sequences for which no preceding match is found shall be encoded as literal values
using their corresponding Huffman codes (i.e. Huffman Codes representing values in the range 0..255).
5.7.6.5.7.2.3 Octet sequences for which a match has been found within the last 32KB of encoded data
shall be encoded as length/distance pairs.
5.7.6.5.7.2.4 The length of the octet string shall be encoded first, where necessary followed by the
appropriate extra bits needed to fully define the length value.
5.7.6.5.7.2.5 The distance to the duplicate string shall similarly be encoded using the Huffman Code
specified in Table 5.7-15 for the required distance, where necessary also followed by the appropriate extra
bits needed to fully define the distance.
5.7.6.5.7.2.6 The Huffman Codes used shall be defined by the type of Deflate Data Block (i.e. using the
set of Fixed Huffman codes or a dynamically determined set).
5.7.6.5.7.2.7 NPDUs shall be compressed and passed to the ISO/IEC 8208 subnetwork in exactly the same
order that they were given to the Deflate compression function by the SN-Service User.
V-204 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.7.6.5.7.2.8 When all octets in the NPDU have been encoded, the bit stream shall be padded with
zero-bits until the next octet boundary is reached.
5.7.6.5.7.2.9 The Frame Check Sum (FCS) shall then be appended to the compressed block.
Note.— The FCS is encoded as its binary value. It is not subject to Huffman Encoding.
5.7.6.5.8.1 General
5.7.6.5.8.1.1 NPDUs shall be decompressed in exactly the same order that they have been received from
the ISO/IEC 8208 subnetwork.
5.7.6.5.8.1.2 Each data packet received from an ISO/IEC 8208 subnetwork shall be assumed to be in the
format given by Figure 5.7-9, and thus comprises one or more Deflate Data Blocks.
5.7.6.5.8.2.1 Each compressed Deflate Data Block shall be interpreted as a sequence of Huffman-encoded
symbols.
5.7.6.5.8.2.2 Huffman-encoded values in the range 0..255 shall be taken as literal octet values and
appended to the NPDU that is being decompressed in the order that they are found.
5.7.6.5.8.2.3 The Huffman-encoded value 256 shall be taken as end-of-block indication and not appended
to the NPDU that is decompressed.
5.7.6.5.8.2.4 Huffman-encoded values in the range 257..285 shall be taken as length indicators and as
introducing a length/distance pair.
5.7.6.5.8.2.5 The length and distance values shall be decoded and the referenced string shall be appended
to NPDU that is being decompressed.
5.7.6.5.8.3.1 Octets from uncompressed Deflate Data Blocks shall be appended to the NPDU in the order
in which they are encoded.
5.7.6.5.8.4.1 The Frame Check Sum for the uncompressed NPDU shall be the last two octets of the
received packet and shall be verified for all received NPDUs.
5.7.6.5.8.4.2 If this verification check fails, then the NPDU shall be discarded and a Network Reset
initiated on the ISO/IEC 8208 subnetwork connection.
Note.— This network reset will be indicated to the receiving peer entity as a DTE-originated reset.
Internet communications service V-205
5.7.6.5.8.4.3 In this case, the history compression window shall be reset to the initial state.
Note.— As the sender is not permitted to reference strings prior to a network reset, this procedure
ensures that a backwards reference cannot be made into a corrupt NPDU.
5.7.6.5.9.1 If, at any time, a Reset Indication is received indicating a DCE-originated reset, then this
shall be confirmed and all other procedures associated with the Call Reset performed.
5.7.6.5.9.2 If, at any time, a Reset Indication is received indicating a DTE-originated reset, then
additionally the history compression window shall be reset to the initial state.
Note.—The history decompression window does not need to be cleared because Deflate will never
refer to any prior history (Deflate is a sliding-window compressor).
V-206 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.7.7.1 Conformance
5.7.7.1.1 An implementation of the ATN Mobile SNDCF shall be used in ATN Airborne and
Air/Ground Routers if and only if its PICS is in compliance with the APRLs given in 5.7.7.8.
5.7.7.1.2 An implementation of the ISO/IEC 8802 SNDCF shall be used in ATN End Systems and
Routers if and only if its PICS is in compliance with the APRLs given in 5.7.7.2.
5.7.7.1.3 An implementation of the SNDCF for General Topology ISO/IEC 8208 Subnetworks shall
be used in ATN End Systems and Routers if and only if its PICS is in compliance with the APRLs given in
5.7.7.4.
5.7.7.2 Subnetwork Dependent Convergence Functions SNDCF for use with ISO/IEC 8802-2
Subnetworks - Functions
5.7.7.3 Subnetwork Dependent Convergence Functions SNDCF for use with ISO/IEC 8802-2
Subnetworks - Multi Layer Dependencies
5.7.7.4 Subnetwork Dependent Convergence Functions SNDCF for use with ISO/IEC 8208
Subnetworks - Functions
5.7.7.5 Subnetwork Dependent Convergence Functions SNDCF for use with ISO/IEC 8208
Subnetworks - X.25 Call User Data
5.7.7.6 Subnetwork Dependent Convergence Functions SNDCF for use with ISO/IEC 8208
Subnetworks - ISO/IEC 8208 SNDCF Timers
5.7.7.7 Subnetwork Dependent Convergence Functions SNDCF for use with ISO/IEC 8208
Subnetworks - SNDCF Multi Layer Dependencies
Note.— This section specifies the requirements for the Mobile SNDCF in Airborne and Air/Ground
Routers.
ATN SARPs
Item Description Reference ATN Support
cqType PDU Type 5.7.6.3.6 mcCan:M
5.8.1 Introduction
5.8.1.1 Scope
Note.— This chapter provides requirements and recommendations pertaining to the use of the
ISO/IEC 10747 Inter-Domain Routing Protocol over Air/Ground and Ground/Ground Data Links, and the
use of ISO/IEC 9542 in support of Route Initiation over Air/Ground Data Links. This chapter is concerned
with the interoperability of protocol implementations and provides a compliance statement and APRL for
each of the above protocols. It does not specify how Routing Information exchanged using ISO/IEC 10747
is used by Routers when forwarding ISO/IEC 8473 NPDUs, or the application of Routing Policy controlling
route aggregation and re-advertisement of routes. These subjects are covered in 5.3.
5.8.1.2.1 All ATN Airborne Routers, with the exception of Airborne Routers implementing the
procedures for the optional non-use of IDRP, shall comply with the provisions contained in 5.8.2, 5.8.3,
5.8.3.2.2 to 5.8.3.2.5 inclusive, 5.8.3.2.8 to 5.8.3.2.11 inclusive, 5.8.3.3.2.1, 5.8.3.3.3 and the APRLs
specified for an Airborne Router in 5.8.3.4.
5.8.1.2.2 Airborne Routers implementing the procedures for the optional non-use of IDRP shall be
compliant with 5.8.2.
5.8.1.2.3 All ATN Air/Ground Routers shall comply with the provisions contained in 5.8.2, 5.8.3,
5.8.3.2.2 to 5.8.3.2.11 inclusive, 5.8.3.3.2.2, 5.8.3.3.3 and the APRLs specified for an Air/Ground Router
in 5.8.3.4.
5.8.1.2.4 All Ground/Ground Inter-Domain Routers shall comply with the provisions contained in
5.8.2, 5.8.3.2.2 to 5.8.3.2.11 inclusive, 5.8.3.3.2.2, 5.8.3.3.3 and the APRLs specified for an Ground/Ground
Router in 5.8.3.4.
V-220 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.8.2.1 General
5.8.2.1.1 ATN Airborne and Air/Ground Routers directly connected to a Mobile Subnetwork (e.g.
Mode S, AMSS or VDL) shall operate ISO/IEC 9542 over each such Mobile Subnetwork.
5.8.2.1.2 Configuration Information shall be exchanged by both ATN Air/Ground and Airborne
Routers over each Mobile Subnetwork connection supporting an adjacency between them.
Note.— The use of ISO/IEC 9542 Configuration Information over Mobile Subnetworks in support
of Air/Ground route initiation is specified in 5.3.
5.8.2.1.3.1 ATN Air/Ground and Airborne Routers shall support the Mobile Subnetwork Capabilities
Parameter in the options part of an ISO/IEC 9542 ISH PDU.
5.8.2.1.3.2 The Mobile Subnetwork Capabilities Parameter shall be used in the ATN to convey
information about the ATSC Class and the traffic type(s) supported by an ATN Mobile Subnetwork.
5.8.2.1.3.3 The Mobile Subnetwork Capabilities Parameter shall consist of three fields, as illustrated
in Figure 5.8-1, and shall not occur more than once in the options part of an ISO/IEC 9542 ISH PDU.
5.8.2.1.3.4.1 The Mobile Subnetwork Capabilities Parameter code field shall be one octet in length and
shall always be encoded as binary [1000 0001] to indicate the Mobile Subnetwork Capabilities Parameter.
Note.— The above parameter code and its associated semantics are defined by this specification for
the ATN in addition to the parameter codes specified by ISO/IEC 9542. ISO/IEC 9542 only uses eight bit
parameter codes with bits 8 and 7 set to one and has reserved a parameter code of 255 for possible future
extensions. The future use of the above ATN parameter code by an ISO standard cannot be ruled out but is
highly unlikely.
5.8.2.1.3.4.2 The Mobile Subnetwork Capabilities Parameter length field shall be one octet long and shall
define the length in octets of the Mobile Subnetwork Capabilities Parameter value field.
Internet communications service V-221
5.8.2.1.3.4.3.1 The first octet of this field shall indicate the traffic type(s) allowed to pass over the
Air/Ground Subnetwork over which the ISO/IEC 9542 ISH PDU is exchanged.
5.8.2.1.3.4.3.2 This octet shall comprise a bit map, where each bit corresponds to a different traffic type.
5.8.2.1.3.4.3.3 The assignment of bits to traffic types shall be according to Table 5.8-4, where bit 0 is the
low order bit.
5.8.2.1.3.4.3.4 Setting a bit to one shall indicate that the corresponding traffic type is allowed to pass over
the air/ground subnetwork.
5.8.2.1.3.4.3.5 The semantics of bits 5 to 7 shall be reserved for future use and shall always be set to one.
Note 2.— The first octet of the Mobile Subnetwork Capabilities Parameter Value field has the same
encoding and semantics as the second octet of the Air/Ground Subnetwork type security Tag Set of the IDRP
Security Path Attribute which is defined in 5.8.3.2.3.2.3.
5.8.2.1.3.4.3.6 If bit 0 of the first octet of the Mobile Subnetwork Capabilities Parameter Value field is set
to one, then this field shall contain a second octet which defines the ATSC Class supported by that
Air/Ground Subnetwork.
Note.— Bit 0 of the first octet set to one indicates that the Air/Ground Subnetwork is available to
the ATN Operational Communications traffic type - Air Traffic Service Communications traffic category.
5.8.2.1.3.4.3.7 If present, the second octet of the Mobile Subnetwork Capabilities Parameter Value field
shall be encoded according to Table 5.8-1.
V-222 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— ATSC Class “H” is the lowest and Class “A” is the highest class.
5.8.2.1.4 Route Redirection information shall not be exchanged between an ATN Air/Ground and
Airborne Router.
5.8.2.2.1 An implementation of the ISO/IEC 9542 protocol shall be used in ATN Airborne and
Air/Ground Routers, if and only if its PICS is in compliance with the APRL given in Table 5.8-2.
Parameter Ranges
HTv What range of values can be set ATN SARPs M M from: 0 seconds
for the Holding Time Field in Ref.: 5.3.5.2.9 to: 65535
transmitted PDUs ? seconds
with a tolerance
of: 10%
CTv If configuration information is ATN SARPs CI:M M from: 0 seconds
supported, what range of values Ref.: 5.3.5.2.5 to: 65535
can be set for the Configuration seconds
Timer ? with a tolerance
of: 10%
Note 1.— In case where IDRP is used over the Air/Ground link, the Holding Time field of
transmitted ISH PDUs is preferably set to 65534 seconds as recommended in 5.3.5.2.9. The purpose of
this recommendation is to effectively suppress the regular generation of ISH PDUs on the Air/Ground
link.
Note 2.— In case where the procedures for the optional non-use of IDRP are used on the
Air/Ground link, the Holding Time field of the transmitted ISH PDUs and the Configuration Timer are
set appropriately based on operational experience so that the exchange of ISH PDUs ensures a regular
update of the respective FIBs in both the Air/Ground and Airborne Routers, without overloading the
Air/Ground link.
Internet communications service V-225
5.8.3.1 General
5.8.3.1.1 With the exception of Airborne Routers that implement the procedures for the optional
non-use of IDRP, ATN Routers shall implement ISO/IEC 10747, including the ATN Specific Features
specified in this section, and the APRLs specified in 5.8.3.4.
Note.— The ATN Specific Features specified in the following subsections support user requirements
concerned with:
a) Ensuring that application data passed over Air/Ground data links conforms with
any national and/or ITU restrictions applicable to that Air/Ground data link;
b) Ensuring that a classification scheme can be applied to routes throughout the ATN
Ground Environment, reflecting the expected QoS available over each such route;
c) Ensuring that information on Air/Ground subnetwork types that a route passes over
is available for determining which route to choose for a given application
s data;
d) Ensuring that changes to routing information that report negative changes (e.g. a
downgrading of the classification of a route) are reported in a timely manner.
5.8.3.2.2.1 ATN Routers supporting inter-domain routing shall support the IDRP Security Path Attribute
with a Security Registration Identifier set to the value defined in 5.6.2.2.6 for the ATN Security Registration
Identifier.
5.8.3.2.2.2 The Security Information provided with a so identified IDRP Security Path Attribute shall
consist of zero one or more Security Tag Sets as defined in 5.6.2.2.6.
5.8.3.2.2.4 Recommendation. — When an ATN Router supports data classified according to a security
policy and for the purpose of implementing mandatory access controls, then the ATN Router should also
support the security classification Security Tag Set defined in 5.6.2.2.6.
V-226 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.8.3.2.2.5 When a route is available over more than one Air/Ground subnetwork type, then a separate
Security Tag Set shall be encoded into this field to identify each Air/Ground subnetwork that may support
the route.
5.8.3.2.2.6 When an Air/Ground Subnetwork is restricted to carrying data of only certain traffic types,
then the Security Tag Set that identifies that Air/Ground Subnetwork shall enumerate the Traffic Types that
may pass over that subnetwork.
5.8.3.2.2.7 At most one ATSC Class Security Tag Set shall be present in a route
s Security Path
Attribute.
5.8.3.2.2.8 An ATSC Class Security Tag Set shall not be present when one or more Air/Ground
Subnetwork Security Tag Sets are also present, and when none of these Air/Ground Subnetwork Security
Tag Sets indicates support of ATN Operational Communications traffic type — Air Traffic Service
Communications traffic category.
5.8.3.2.3.1 General
5.8.3.2.3.1.1 The Security Path Attribute Security Information Field shall comprise zero, one or more
Security Tag Sets as defined in 5.6.2.2.6.
Note.— The Security Tag Set format defined for use with CLNP in 5.6, has been adopted here as a
convenient method for the extensible encoding of security related information.
5.8.3.2.3.2.1 The Tag Set Name of the Air/Ground Subnetwork Type Security Tag Set shall be set to
[0000 0101], and the Security Tag shall always be two octets in length.
5.8.3.2.3.2.2 The first (lowest numbered) octet of the Security Tag shall define the Air/Ground
subnetwork type over which the route may be available according to Table 5.8-3.
5.8.3.2.3.2.3 The second (highest numbered) octet of the Security Tag shall indicate the Traffic Types
allowed to pass over the Air/Ground subnetwork identified in the first octet.
5.8.3.2.3.2.4 This octet shall comprise a bit map, where each bit corresponds to a different Traffic Type.
A value of FFh shall be used to imply no restrictions.
5.8.3.2.3.2.5 The assignment of bits to Traffic Type shall be according to Table 5.8-4, where bit 0 is the
low order bit:
5.8.3.2.3.2.6 The semantics of bits 5 to 7 shall be reserved for future use and shall always be set to one.
5.8.3.2.3.3.1 The Tag Set Name of the ATSC Class Security Tag Set shall be set to [0000 0110] if the
associated route is available to both ATSC and non-ATSC traffic.
5.8.3.2.3.3.2 The Tag Set Name of the ATSC Class Security Tag Set shall be set to [0000 0111] if the
associated route is available to ATSC traffic only.
5.8.3.2.3.3.4 If a Security Tag with one of these Tag Set Names is received which is longer than one octet,
then all octets after the first octet shall be ignored.
5.8.3.2.3.3.5 When a Security Tag with one of these Tag Set Names is present, the Security Tag shall
identify the ATSC Class(es) supported by the route.
5.8.3.2.3.3.6 The ATSC Class(es) supported shall be identified according to Table 5.8-5, where bit 0 is
the low order bit, and setting a bit to one shall indicate that the corresponding ATSC Class is supported.
5.8.3.2.3.3.7 A bit set to zero shall indicate that the corresponding ATSC Class is not supported.
V-228 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
c) has the ATN Security Policy Identifier, as the Security Path Attribute
s Security
Registration Identifier, then
1) an Air/Ground Subnetwork Type Security Tag shall be added for each Air/Ground
Subnetwork supporting the adjacency and which is not already contained in the
Security Information;
2) for each Air/Ground Subnetwork Type Security Tag present in or added to the
route, if ITU requirements or local policies restrict the Traffic Types that may pass
over that subnetwork then the second octet of the security tag shall be modified to
set to zero the bits corresponding to each traffic type not supported by that
Air/Ground Subnetwork.
Note.— According to the procedures specified in 5.3.5.2.12 for the optional non-use of IDRP over
an air-ground data link, this update of the Security information also includes routes which have been
originated by an Air/Ground router on behalf of an Airborne router not implementing IDRP.
Internet communications service V-229
5.8.3.2.4.1.2 When a route containing one or more Air/Ground Subnetwork Tags is advertised over an
adjacency that supports only ATSC traffic, the Air/Ground Subnetwork Tags shall be updated such that the
second octet of the security tag shall be modified to set to zero the bits corresponding to all Traffic Types
other than ATSC.
5.8.3.2.4.1.3 Any Air/Ground Subnetwork Security Tags with a second octet that is all zeroes shall be
removed from the route.
5.8.3.2.4.1.4 If all Air/Ground Subnetwork Security Tags present have a zero second octet then the route
shall not be advertised over this adjacency.
b) if the route had been received from an Airborne Router by an Air/Ground Router,
over an Air/Ground Data Link approved for ATSC use, then an ATSC Class
Security Tag shall be added, replacing any that may already be present, identifying
the ATSC Class(es) supported by the adjacency with that Airborne Router;
c) if the route
1) has been originated locally (i.e. within the same Routing Domain), by a
Router other than an Airborne Router, and
an ATSC Class security tag shall be added to the route identifying the ATSC
Class(es) supported by the adjacency;
Note.— In the case of an Airborne Router, the ATSC Class is inserted by the Air/Ground Router (see
case (b) above), and this avoids an Airborne Router having to know which Air/Ground data links are
approved for ATSC use.
d) if the route
3) has an ATSC Class security tag that is higher than the ATSC Class that the
System Administrator has specified as being supported by the adjacency,
then
the ATSC class of the route shall be downgraded, as specified below, to the ATSC
Class supported by the adjacency.
e) if the route
the ATSC Class security tag shall be removed from the route before it is advertised
to the adjacent BIS.
5.8.3.2.4.2.2 When an ATSC Class Security tag is added to a route, then the value of the Tag Set Name
shall be set according to 5.8.3.2.3.3 and depending upon whether the adjacency has been specified to support
ATSC traffic only or both ATSC and non-ATSC traffic.
5.8.3.2.4.2.3 When the ATSC Class Security Tag indicating support for both ATSC and non-ATSC traffic
is updated then the Tag Set Name shall be changed to that indicating support for ATSC only traffic if the
adjacency is specified to support only ATSC traffic.
5.8.3.2.4.2.4 In all other cases, the ATSC Class Security Tag Name shall not be modified.
Note.— The Tag Set Name is set to [0000 0110] when both ATSC and non-ATSC traffic is supported,
and to [0000 0111] when only ATSC traffic is supported.
5.8.3.2.4.2.5 When the ATSC Class is downgraded, the ATSC Class Security Tag Set shall be modified
such that all bits indicating support for an ATSC Class higher than that supported by the local policy shall
be set to zero, and the bit corresponding to the highest ATSC Class supported by local policy shall be set to
one. All remaining bits shall be unaffected.
5.8.3.2.4.2.6 An ATSC Class Security Tag shall not be present in a route
s security information, if an
Air/Ground Subnetwork Security Tag is also present indicating that the Air/Ground Subnetwork does not
support ATSC Traffic.
5.8.3.2.4.2.7 When an ATSC Class Security Tag indicating support for ATSC only is present in a route,
an Air/Ground Subnetwork Security Tag when present in the same route shall not indicate support for any
traffic type other than ATSC.
c) the highest level of protection offered by the subnetworks supporting the adjacency
is lower than that reported by a Security Classification Security Tag,
then that Security Tag shall be replaced by a Security Classification Security Tag reporting the highest
protection offered by those subnetworks, as specified in the applicable security policy.
Note.— ISO/IEC 10747 clause 7.16.2 permits a Loc-RIB that is identified by a RIB_Att containing
the Security Path Attribute, to contain more than one route to the same NLRI, provided that those routes
provide the same level of protection.
5.8.3.2.5.1 When the Security Registration Identifier in the IDRP Security Path Attribute is the ATN
Security Registration Identifier, and when no security classification is present in the route
s security
information, then all such routes shall be assumed to offer the same level of protection.
Note.— The purpose of this statement is to permit, within the limitations imposed by ISO/IEC 10747,
the existence in the Loc-RIB of multiple routes to the same aircraft which differ in the security related
information.
a) two or more routes to the same or overlapping destination are found in the
Adj-RIB-Ins identified by a RIB_Att that includes the Security Path Attribute, but
which differ in the security information contained in their security path attribute,
then all such routes shall be selected and copied to the corresponding Loc-RIB.
b) two routes are found in the Adj-RIB-Ins identified by a RIB_Att that includes the
Security Path Attribute, which differ in the security information contained in their
security path attribute, and when the NLRI of the less preferable route is a proper
subset of the NLRI of the more preferable route, then only the more preferable route
shall be copied to the corresponding Loc-RIB. Otherwise, both such routes shall be
copied to the corresponding Loc-RIB.
5.8.3.2.6.1 General
5.8.3.2.6.1.1 ATN Routers shall implement the procedures for Route Aggregation and Route Information
Reduction when required to do so according to 5.8.3.4.2.
Note 1.— Route Aggregation is defined by ISO/IEC 10747 as a procedure for the merging or
aggregation of two routes in order to form a single replacement route. Route Aggregation may be applied
as the result of a Routing Policy decision in order to reduce the routing information advertised to an
adjacent Router. It is also necessary to aggregate two routes in the same Loc-RIB and with identical NLRI
prior to being advertised to an adjacent Router. This latter case of Route Aggregation is automatic, not
subject to Routing Policy, and necessary for the proper dissemination of routing information.
V-232 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note 2.— Route Information Reduction is defined by ISO/IEC 10747 as a procedure for replacing
two or more NSAP Address Prefixes in a route
s NLRI by a single shorter NSAP Address Prefix. The decision
on when to apply Route Information Reduction is also subject to Routing Policy and is typically associated
with the application of Route Aggregation when applied as a result of Routing Policy.
5.8.3.2.6.2.3 Recommendation.— ATN Ground/Ground Routers should perform Route Aggregation and
Route Information Reduction on routes to ground destinations, in line with local policy requirements for
reducing the amount of routing information distributed within the ATN Ground Environment.
Note.— The need for this will be determined according to local topology and NSAP Address
Assignment and is outside of the scope of this specification. However, this feature is a necessary condition
for the development of a large scale and scaleable internet.
5.8.3.2.6.2.4 The selection of candidate routes for aggregation shall be performed separately for each
adjacent BIS according to a filter on each route
s destination, with a combination of inclusion and exclusion
filters.
Note.— For example, filters might be applied in order to select all routes to NSAP Address Prefixes
within the local ATN Island, while excluding those to the local Administrative Domain.
5.8.3.2.6.3.1 When two or more routes exist in the same Loc-RIB which have identical NLRI, then such
routes shall be aggregated after the application of local policy rules that select routes for re-advertisement
to each adjacent BIS.
5.8.3.2.6.3.3 For each adjacent BIS, the resulting aggregated route shall be inserted into the associated
Adj-RIB-Out.
5.8.3.2.6.3.4 In order to aggregate such routes, an ATN Router shall apply one of the following two
strategies:
a) True Route Aggregation: the routes are aggregated according to ISO/IEC 10747
route aggregation procedures and the procedures for aggregation of the security path
attribute specified in 5.8.3.2.6.4 below.
b) Route Merging: the routes are merged by arbitrarily selecting one of these routes
and updating its security path attribute to the value that would have resulted had the
Internet communications service V-233
routes been aggregated, as above. The selected route with its updated security path
attribute is then the result of the merging procedure.
Note 2.— The second strategy has been introduced as an interim measure to simplify initial
implementations. However, this second strategy leads to a situation where routing decisions based on
RD_PATH information cannot be performed, as this information is lost in the merging process. The second
strategy may therefore be deleted in a later revision of these SARPs.
Note 3.— Whenever local policy rules that select routes for advertisement to adjacent BISs select
different combinations of routes from the same Loc-RIB and with identical NLRI, for advertisement to
different adjacent BISs, then the Route Aggregation or Merging procedure has to be carried out separately
for each Adj-RIB-Out. For each Adj-RIB-Out, only those routes which are eligible for advertisement to the
corresponding BIS will be input to the merging/aggregation procedure. For example, a route may not be
eligible for advertisement to an adjacent BIS due to distribution restrictions or a potential route loop
recognised from the RD_PATH information.
Note 4.— An aggregated route resulting from these procedures may also be aggregated with other
routes in an Adj-RIB-Out, due to the application of local policy rules.
5.8.3.2.6.4.1 General
5.8.3.2.6.4.1.1 ATSC and non-ATSC routes with dissimilar NLRI shall not be aggregated.
Note 1.— An ATSC Route is a route containing an ATSC Class Security Tag in its Security Path
Attribute. A non-ATSC Route is similarly a route that does not contain an ATSC Class Security Tag in its
Security Path Attribute.
Note 2.— Two possible strategies for aggregating such routes were considered. However, neither
gave a satisfactory outcome. This is because the aggregated route must either be identified as an ATSC
route, or a non-ATSC route. If the aggregated route is identified as a non-ATSC route, then this would result
in ATSC routes being “hidden” when aggregated with non-ATSC routes. On the other hand, if the
aggregated route is identified as an ATSC route, then this would result in a situation where an aggregated
route that was apparently approved for ATSC Traffic, included a destination which could not be reached
over a path that was approved end-to-end for ATSC Traffic. This runs the risk of creating a “black hole”
for ATSC Traffic.
5.8.3.2.6.4.1.2 Similarly, routes available to ATSC traffic only and routes available to both ATSC and non-
ATSC traffic with dissimilar NLRI shall not be aggregated.
5.8.3.2.6.4.1.3 Otherwise, the aggregation rules for the security information field contained in security path
attributes that include the ATN Security Registration Identifier shall be as follows.
V-234 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.8.3.2.6.4.2.1 The aggregated security path attribute shall comprise each air/ground subnetwork security
tag contained in the security path attribute of the component routes.
5.8.3.2.6.4.2.2 When an air/ground subnetwork type security tag for the same air/ground subnetwork type
occurs in more than one component route, then these shall be combined by a logical “OR” of the second octet
of the Air/Ground Subnetwork type security tags.
5.8.3.2.6.4.2.3 Only a single air/ground subnetwork type security tag for each distinct air/ground
subnetwork type shall be present in the aggregated route.
5.8.3.2.6.4.3.1 General
5.8.3.2.6.4.3.1.1 If an ATSC Class Security Tag is not present in any component route, then the aggregated
route shall not contain an ATSC Class Security Tag.
5.8.3.2.6.4.3.2.1 If the NLRI of the component routes is not identical then, when an ATSC Class security tag
with the same Tag Set Name occurs in all component routes the aggregated route shall contain an ATSC
Class security tag with the same Tag Set Name.
5.8.3.2.6.4.3.2.2 The ATSC Class of the aggregated route shall be the lowest ATSC Class of the aggregated
route
s component routes, indicated by setting the value of the corresponding bit in the security tag value to
one.
5.8.3.2.6.4.3.2.3 All the other bits in this tag shall be set to zero.
5.8.3.2.6.4.3.3.1 If the NLRI of the component routes is identical then, when an ATSC Class security tag
occurs in one or more component routes then the aggregated route shall contain an ATSC Class security tag.
5.8.3.2.6.4.3.3.2 If an ATSC Class Tag Set occurs in all component routes and the ATSC Class Tag Set
Names in all such tag sets are identical, then the Tag Set Name of the aggregated route shall be the same as
in the component routes.
5.8.3.2.6.4.3.3.3 If the ATSC Class Tag Set Names in the component routes are different, or one or more
component routes do not include an ATSC Class Security Tag, then the ATSC Class Security Tag Set in the
aggregated route shall use the Tag Set Name that indicates that the route is available for both ATSC and
non-ATSC traffic.
Note.— This Tag Set Name is defined by 5.8.3.2.3.3.1 to take the value [0000 0110].
Internet communications service V-235
5.8.3.2.6.4.3.3.4 The ATSC Class of the aggregated route shall be formed by a logical ‘OR
of the encoded
representation of the supported ATSC Class in each of the aggregated route
s component routes that contains
an ATSC Class security Tag.
5.8.3.2.6.4.3.3.5 If none of the component routes contains an ATSC Class security tag, then the aggregated
route shall not contain an ATSC Class security tag.
5.8.3.2.6.4.3.4.1 When a Security Classification security tag occurs in all component routes, then the
aggregated route shall contain a Security Classification security tag.
5.8.3.2.6.4.3.4.2 This tag shall be set to the lowest classification from the classifications given to the
aggregated route
s component routes.
5.8.3.2.6.4.3.4.3 If a Security Classification security tag is not present in at least one component route then
the aggregated route shall not contain a Security Classification security tag.
Note.— It is intended that the result of Route Information Reduction is a single NSAP Address Prefix
to each destination group to which aggregation is performed. However, this will only be possible if NSAP
Addresses have been allocated appropriately (e.g. all systems within the same ATN Island have a single
common prefix for all such addresses).
5.8.3.2.6.5.2 Route Information Reduction shall be performed using local policy rules, with such routing
policy rules required to specify when a set of NSAP Address Prefixes is replaced by a shorter NSAP Address
Prefix. Two types of rules shall be supported:
Note.— ISO/IEC 10747 clause 7.17.3.1 requires that the advertisement of feasible routes to some
common set of destinations received from BISs in other Routing Domains must be separated in time by at
least minRouteAdvertisementInterval except for certain identified cases. The list of exceptions to this
requirement is extended by this specification.
5.8.3.2.7.1 If a selected route to a given destination changes in respect of the Security Information
contained in its Security Path Attribute, then that route shall be immediately re-advertised to all adjacent
BISs to which that route had previously been advertised and not since withdrawn.
V-236 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
5.8.3.2.8.1 For the ATN environment, the CAPACITY path attribute shall contain one of the values
listed in Table 5.8-6, and shall be assumed to have the semantics given there:
Value Meaning
1 ... 9 Unassigned
13 0 - 19.2 Kbits/sec
12 19.2 - 56 Kbits/sec
11 56 - 1500 Kbits/sec
10 > 1500 Kbits/sec
14 .. 255 Unassigned
Note.— The CAPACITY path attribute is a well known mandatory attribute that is used to denote
the traffic handling capacity of the RD_PATH listed in the same UPDATE PDU. Higher values indicate a
lower traffic handling capacity than do low values.
5.8.3.2.9.1 General
5.8.3.2.9.1.1 In support of ATN communications, ATN Routers shall encode the NLRI Addr_info field
of each route as a list of NSAP Address Prefixes.
5.8.3.2.9.1.2 The proto_type, and proto_length fields shall be set to 1 and the Protocol field shall be set
to X
81
in order to signal support of ISO/IEC 8473.
5.8.3.2.9.2.1 When originating a route or performing route information reduction, an ATN Router shall
only generate NSAP address prefixes that are octet-aligned.
Note 1.— For IDRP, ATN NSAP address prefixes will be eleven octets (or less).
Note 2.— 5.8.3.2.12 specifies the RIB-Atts that an ATN Router must support.
Note 3.— The above requirement does not modify the requirement in ISO/IEC 10747 to be able to
accept and correctly handle a non-octet aligned NSAP Address Prefix.
5.8.3.2.10.1 ATN Routers shall support the validation of BISPDUs using Authentication Type 1.
5.8.3.2.10.2 When an ATN Router initiates a BIS-BIS connection, it shall set the value of the
Authentication Code in the OPEN PDU to 1, in order to indicate that the Validation field in the header of
all BISPDU sent over the BIS-BIS connection will contain an unencrypted checksum.
5.8.3.2.10.3 When an authentication code of 1 is specified in the Authentication Code of the OPEN
BISPDU that initiated a BIS-BIS connection then, an ATN Router shall generate a validation pattern
according to clause 7.7.1 of ISO/IEC 10747, for each BISPDU that it sends over that connection, and
similarly validate the validation pattern of all received BISPDUs on such a connection.
Note.— The use of ISO/IEC 10747 type 2 authentication is under consideration for specification in
future versions of these SARPs.
5.8.3.2.10.4 The type 1 authentication code shall be generated according to the MD4 specification
published in RFC 1320.
Note 1.— The interpretation of MD4 given in Annex B of ISO/IEC 10747 is open to ambiguous
interpretation and may lead to interoperability problems.
Note 2.— RFC 1320 supersedes RFC 1186 which was the basis for ISO/IEC 10747 Annex B.
Specifications of MD4 algorithm contained in these two RFC documents are technically equivalent.
a) The route contains the receiving RD s RDI in its RD_PATH path attribute, or
b) The route
s RD_PATH path attribute contains the RDI of a routing domain
confederation which is being entered when the route is advertised to the other RD.
Note.— This is essential to avoid long lived black holes following the explicit withdrawal of an
unfeasible route and when many alternate paths are available (e.g. within an ATN Island Backbone RDC).
Table 5.8-7 ISO/IEC 10747 Mandatory Requirements, for Which Support is Optional for ATN
Airborne Routers
7. Support of Partial Source Routing Note 7.— There are no known user
requirements for partial source routing.
5.8.3.2.12.1 An ATN Router incorporating IDRP shall support the following RIB_Att sets:
b) SECURITY
and shall attempt to negotiate the use of all those RIB_Atts it supports when opening a BIS-BIS connection.
5.8.3.2.12.2 The semantics of the empty RIB_Att shall be taken as implying that routes advertised under
the empty RIB_Att:
5.8.3.2.13.1 When an UPDATE PDU is received with a Security Path Attribute containing an ATN
Security Registration Identifier and Security Information that contains:
b) One or more Air/Ground Subnetwork type Security Tag Sets, such that none of
these Security Tag Sets indicates support of ATN Operational Communications —
Air Traffic Service Communications, then the UPDATE PDU shall be discarded
and an IDRP ERROR PDU generated with an Error_Code indicating an
UPDATE_PDU_Error, and an error subcode set to 64.
5.8.3.2.14.1 The CLNP Data PDU that carries a BISPDU between two ATN Routers shall include:
Note.— To ensure the exchange of ISO/IEC 10747 BISPDUs over an air/ground adjacency under
the above traffic type classification, the air/ground router or airborne router respectively must be configured
in a way that includes ATN Systems Management Communications in the set of permissible traffic types
allowed to pass over the air/ground subnetwork(s) forming the air/ground adjacency. Otherwise, an IDRP
connection may not be established over the air/ground adjacency; consequently no CLNP PDUs will ever
flow over it and the adjacency will be unusable.
5.8.3.3.1 General
5.8.3.3.1.1 The IDRP protocol exchange shall use the connectionless network service provided by
ISO/IEC 8473, as specified in ISO/IEC 10747.
5.8.3.3.2.1.1 An ATN Airborne Router supporting the ISO/IEC 10747 Inter-Domain Routing Protocol
shall support all mandatory requirements as specified in clause 12.1 of ISO/IEC 10747 with the exception
of the requirements listed in Table 5.8-7, for which support is optional.
Note.— This specification deviates from ISO/IEC 10747 for Airborne Routers, in order to simplify
the specification of operational equipment by removing all non-applicable requirements.
V-240 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
Note.— This section refers to both Air/Ground and Ground/Ground Routers generically as Ground
Routers.
5.8.3.3.2.2.1 An ATN Ground Router supporting the ISO/IEC 10747 Inter-Domain Routing Protocol shall
support all mandatory requirements as specified in clause 12.1 of ISO/IEC 10747.
5.8.3.3.2.2.2 However, over adjacencies with Airborne Routers, ATN Air/Ground Routers shall exclude
the dynamic use of the following functions and features:
i) Hierarchical Recording
5.8.3.3.3.1 An ATN Router shall support the Security Path Attribute as specified in 5.8.3.2.2 and
5.8.3.2.3.
5.8.3.3.3.2 Recommendation.— An ATN Air/Ground Router should implement Route Aggregation and
Route Information Reduction Procedures.
5.8.3.4.1 Recommendation.— Air/Ground Routers and Airborne Routers (i.e. Router Classes 5 and
6) should utilize initial keepAlive timer values on air/ground BIS-BIS connections as follows:
Internet communications service V-241
Note 1.— Choice of nominal keepAlive timer value is based on the longest adjacency equipage.
Note 2.— The Leave Event is the primary means of reporting the loss of connectivity on air/ground
adjacencies. A lost Leave Event in AMSS is trapped by the timer event, and routing tables are thus cleared.
5.8.3.4.3 Air/Ground and Airborne Router implementations (i.e. Router Classes 5 and 6) shall
implement the capability of different timer values on separate BIS-BIS connections.
Note.— ISO/IEC 10747 section 11.4 in the definition of the adjacentBISPkg-P PACKAGE requires
each BIS-BIS connection to operate a separate hold and keepAlive timer.
5.8.3.5 APRLs
5.8.3.5.1 General
5.8.3.5.1.1 An implementation of the ISO/IEC 10747 protocol shall be used in ATN Routers if and only
if its PICS is in compliance with the APRLs specified in the following sections.
Note.— The IDRP requirements list is a statement of which capabilities and options of the protocol
at minimum are required to be implemented for the ATN environment. The requirements list may be used by
the protocol implementor as a check list to conform to this standard; by the supplier and procurer to provide
a detailed indication of the capabilities of an implementation; by the user to check the possibility of
interworking between two different implementations; and by the protocol tester, as the basis for selecting
appropriate tests against which to assess the claim for conformance to the protocol.
Note.— The interpretation of the Item MGT is that mandatory compliance requires that access to
the MO is provided via a Systems Management Agent. Remote Systems Management is not required for this
version of the SARPs and hence it is not reasonable to require mandatory support for this requirement.
^IDRPAG:
O
DLI Does the BIS support generation 7.12.5 O O O O
of the DIST_LIST_INCL
attribute?
DLE Does the BIS support generation 7.12.6 O O O
of the DIST_LIST_EXCL IDRPAG:
attribute? OX
^IDRPAG:
O
TDLY Does the BIS support generation 7.12.8 O O O
of the TRANSIT DELAY IDRPAG:
attribute? OX
^IDRPAG:
O
RERR Does the BIS support generation 7.12.9 O O O
of the RESIDUAL ERROR IDRPAG:
attribute? OX
^IDRPAG:
O
EXP Does the BIS support generation 7.12.10 O O O
of the EXPENSE attribute? IDRPAG:
OX
^IDRPAG:
O
Does the BIS support generation 7.12.11 O OX OX OX
LQOSG of the LOCALLY DEFINED
QOS attribute?
V-248 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
^IDRPAG:
O
IDRPAG: if Air/Ground adjacency then true else false
^IDRPAG:
O
DLIP Does the BIS support 7.12.5 O M M -
propagation of the
DIST_LIST_INCL attribute?
DLEP Does the BIS support 7.12.6 O M IDRPAG: -
propagation of the OX
DIST_LIST_EXCL attribute?
^IDRPAG:
M
Internet communications service V-249
^IDRPAG:
O
RERRP Does the BIS support 7.12.9 O O IDRPAG: -
propagation of the RESIDUAL
ERROR attribute?
OX
^IDRPAG:
O
EXPP Does the BIS support 7.12.10 O O -
propagation of the EXPENSE IDRPAG:
attribute?
OX
^IDRPAG:
O
Does the BIS support 7.12.11 O OX OX -
LQOSP propagation of the LOCALLY
DEFINED QOS attribute?
HRECP Does the BIS support 7.12.12 O OX OX -
propagation of the
HIERARCHICAL
RECORDING attribute?
SECP Does the BIS support 7.12.14 O M M -
propagation of the SECURITY
attribute?
PRTYP Does the BIS support 7.12.16 O O -
propagation of the PRIORITY IDRPAG:
attribute? OX
^IDRPAG:
O
V-250 Manual of Technical Provisions for the Aeronautical Telecommunication Network (ATN)
IDRP Timer
5.9.1 Introduction
Note.— The definition and implementation of a global ATN Systems Management solution may be
specified in future amendments to these SARPs. Currently:
— END —